NATIONAL TECHTEAM INC /DE/
10-K, 1996-03-29
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: ENVIRONMENTAL POWER CORP, 10-K, 1996-03-29
Next: GEORGIA GULF CORP /DE/, 10-K, 1996-03-29



<PAGE>   1
                     US SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

/x/      ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
         OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 1995
                           -----------------

/ /      TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
         ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

Commission file number: 0-16284
                        -------

                            National TechTeam, Inc.
                        -------------------------------
                        (Name of issuer in its charter)

         Delaware                                       38-2774613
- -------------------------------           ------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)      

                22000 Garrison Avenue, Dearborn, MI               48124
              ------------------------------------------------------------
              (Address of principal executive offices)          (Zip Code)

Issuer's telephone number: (313) 277-2277

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act:        None
                                                                                 ----

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act:         Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                                        (Title of Class)
</TABLE>

Check whether the issuer (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
/x/   Yes     / /  No

Indicate by check mark if the disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. / /

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of March 15, 1996 was approximately $54,000,000.

Revenues for issuer's most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 were
$41,787,462.

The number of outstanding shares of the issuer's common stock as of March 15,
1996 was 11,224,655.


                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

National TechTeam, Inc.'s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed no later than
120 days after the end of the year covered by this report is incorporated by
reference into Part III.
<PAGE>   2
                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT

National TechTeam, Inc., a Delaware Corporation ("TechTeam" or "Company"), was
formed as a result of the 1987 merger of MegaVest Industries, Inc., a publicly
traded corporation, and Computer Trade Development Corporation, a privately
held company in the high technology industry. Computer Trade Development was
founded in 1979 by Dr. William F. Coyro Jr. for the purpose of selling
microcomputer equipment and providing microcomputer training and support
services. Previous to the merger, MegaVest Industries, Inc.  was a "blind-pool"
company that was organized in 1986 solely for the purpose of investing in
business opportunities, including acquisitions. Immediately after the merger
the name of the company was changed to National TechTeam, Inc.

TechTeam has now evolved into a computer services company that provides call
center services, corporate support services, systems integration,  and training
for major companies on an international scale.  Headquartered in Dearborn,
Michigan, TechTeam also supports customers through facilities located in
Lansing, Southfield, and Troy, Michigan; Chicago, Illinois; San Francisco,
California; Dallas, Texas; Indianapolis, Indiana; Seattle, Washington and
Chelmsford, England.

DEPARTMENTS AND SERVICES

TechTeam is organized into functional departments along  the service lines
offered.  These service lines are described in detail in Item 7.  Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

National TechTeam provides integrated solutions in computer support and
services, network services, computer training, consulting, and contract
computer services.  The Company has also formed strategic relationships with
the major computer hardware and software manufacturers such as IBM,
Hewlett-Packard, Novell, Sun, Netscape, Computer Associates, and Oracle, in
order to sell, train, and support their products in corporate environments.
TechTeam believes it is well positioned, with its integrated suite of services,
to take advantage of one of the largest growing segments in the computer
industry.

TechTeam continues to believe that the largest growth segment in the computer
industry during the next decade will be in providing services to corporations
to increase efficiency and manage computer technology more productively.  The
need for computer support and services has grown exponentially with the
dramatic rise in computing power and the number of computer users.  TechTeam
believes that demand will continue to rise through the 1990's as networks
proliferate and applications become even more sophisticated.

CUSTOMERS

TechTeam has developed a strong customer base. The Company's business activity
has continued its positive upward trend with a number of significant
announcements throughout 1995.  In February, the Company announced a major
systems integration contract with the Prosecuting Attorney's Association of
Michigan to automate all 82 of their offices throughout Michigan.  In July,
TechTeam announced a significant new contract with AAA Michigan for a
comprehensive computer help desk support center, and that it would provide
office automation and end-user computer training for all north American
locations of NBD Bank.  In August, the Company announced a contract to provide
technical support for the Visio product line.  Also in 1995, TechTeam signed
the largest new contract in the Company's history, with revenues conservatively
estimated in excess of $10 million during the first year of the contract.

The Company has maintained its well balanced customer profile including, Ford
Motor Company and two finance-related subsidiaries, Chrysler Corporation,
Hewlett-Packard Corporation, Micrografx, Motorola, and AT&T to name a few.
TechTeam continues to concentrate its marketing efforts toward best-in-class
companies in their respective industries.  Providing value added solutions,
while improving productivity in hardware and software applications, computer
training, consulting, contract computer services, and the management of
computer technologies, is the Company's primary focus.


                                       2



<PAGE>   3
COMPETITION

The marketplace for computer support and services is intensely competitive.
The dramatic rise in the number of computer users, rapid technological
advancements, and a  surge in outsourcing has increased the demand  for these
services.  TechTeam has concentrated on providing integrated solutions in call
center services, corporate support services, systems integration, and training.
TechTeam believes that there are many companies providing at least one service
which competes directly with one or more of TechTeam's services.  Many of these
competitors are substantially larger than TechTeam and have greater financial,
technical, and marketing resources.  However, the Company believes there are
several factors that contribute to its ability to compete effectively in the
markets it serves.  These include the breadth and quality of its integrated
solutions, experience and success with best-in-class companies, diversification
of its customer base, and its unique customer focused computer service
offerings.

EMPLOYEES

As of March 15, 1996 TechTeam had a total of 1,056 employees of which 135 are
part-time.  TechTeam believes its relationship with its employees is excellent.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table sets forth the primary real properties which TechTeam
leases and occupies:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Approximate
                                                            Lease Term Beginning           Square
    Location                Function                            &  Expiring                Footage
    --------                --------                            -----------                -------
<S>                      <C>                                <C>                             <C>
Dearborn, MI             World Headquarters                 11/16/87 - 04/01/97             15,290
Dearborn, MI             North American Training Center     10/01/88 - 04/01/97             19,468
Southfield, MI           World Call Center Headquarters     11/01/93 - 06/30/98             30,817
Chicago, IL              Chicago Regional Office            09/01/93 - 08/31/96              5,334
Dallas, TX               Dallas Regional Office             10/01/95 - 09/30/00             32,666
Troy, MI                 Training Center                    01/01/96 - 12/31/98              2,345
Indianapolis, IN         Training Center                    01/01/96 - 12/31/00              1,881
Seattle, WA              Call Center                        04/01/96 - 03/31/97              3,175
</TABLE>


TechTeam believes that the facilities it occupies are well maintained and in
good operating condition. The offices include general office space and 17
computer training classrooms equipped with microcomputers, workstations, UNIX
and NT servers and X-terminals.  Because some TechTeam services are performed
at customer sites, the cost of maintaining multiple offices is minimized. In
addition to the properties listed in the above table, TechTeam employs
personnel and performs ongoing business in California and the United Kingdom.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

TechTeam is not aware of any legal proceedings against it.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of 1995.


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

                                    PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

National TechTeam's common stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the
symbol "TEAM". The following table reflects the high and low prices for each
quarter for the two year period ended December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                 1995                     1994
                                 ----                     ----
             QUARTER       LOW         HIGH           LOW      HIGH
             <S>        <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>
             First      $ 3.38       $ 5.25        $ 4.63    $ 9.63
             Second       4.00         6.50          5.75      8.25
             Third        5.25         7.25          5.13      7.50
             Fourth       5.00         6.00          4.63      7.63
</TABLE>

National TechTeam has not paid cash dividends and anticipates that dividends
will not be paid in the foreseeable future and that all retained earnings will
be used to develop and expand TechTeam's business.

TechTeam had 1,079 shareholders of record as of March 15, 1996.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data of TechTeam should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing in Item
8 of this report.  In the opinion of management, the financial data presented
below contains all adjustments necessary for fair presentation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR:                                1995             1994             1993                 1992                 1991
                                             ----             ----             ----                 ----                 ----

<S>                                     <C>               <C>              <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Revenues                                $41,787,462       $30,224,428      $20,443,947          $10,902,266           $7,905,485
Income before tax provisions              4,077,303         3,371,924        2,769,098            1,031,301              141,428
Net income                                2,399,067         1,971,049        1,672,413              766,301               56,939
Earnings per share                             0.21              0.18             0.18                 0.09                 0.01
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding                     11,360,768        10,981,183        9,306,255            8,421,756            7,618,221

AT YEAR END:

Current assets                          $16,191,444       $12,889,697       $6,173,176           $3,084,774           $2,023,040
Current liabilities                       3,838,529         1,173,196        2,005,995            2,036,810            1,477,581
Total assets                             22,285,523        17,148,682       10,299,647            4,130,459            2,650,229
Long-term liabilities                       555,028           146,460          214,100              104,362               39,587
Total shareholders' equity               17,891,966        15,829,026        8,079,552            1,989,287            1,133,061
</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>   5
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the percentage relationship to revenues of
certain items in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31
                                                            1995         1994         1993
                                                            ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>
REVENUES:
         Call center services                               36.2%         23.7%        11.4%
         Corporate support services                         35.3          42.5         49.3
         Systems integration                                18.9          18.5         12.9
         Training programs                                   9.6          15.3         26.4
                                                           -----         -----        -----
TOTAL REVENUES                                             100.0%        100.0%       100.0%
                                                           =====         =====        =====

GROSS MARGIN (Revenues less directly related expenses):
         Call center services                               30.7%         32.2%        23.3%
         Corporate support services                         29.6          27.4         22.9
         Systems integration                                 0.2           5.4          5.0
         Training programs                                  10.8          21.6         30.4
                                                           -----          ----         ----
TOTAL GROSS MARGIN                                          22.6          23.6         22.6
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE AND INTEREST           (12.9)        (12.9)        (9.1)
GAIN ON SALES OF INVESTMENT                                  -             0.5          -
                                                           -----          ----         ----
NET MARGIN (INCOME BEFORE TAX PROVISIONS)                    9.7%         11.2%        13.5%
                                                           =====          ====         ====
</TABLE>


COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE 1995 VERSUS 1994

National TechTeam established new records for revenues and earnings in 1995.
TechTeam earned net income of $2,399,067, or $.21 per share, for 1995 as
compared to a net income of $1,971,049, or $.18 per share, for 1994.  The
Company's total revenues increased by $11,563,024 in 1995 to $41,787,462, a
38.3% increase over 1994 revenues.

Call center services  - Revenues from call center operations increased by
$7,950,297 in 1995.  This was a 110.8% increase over call center revenues in
1994.  The Company had 18 contracts in place at December 31, 1995 compared to
the seven contracts at December 31, 1994.  The margin on this line of service
decreased between 1994 and 1995 as start-up costs related to new contracts were
incurred, mitigated to some extent by amounts billed at the commencement of
certain new contracts; see Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note
A - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Revenue recognition.  This
service line consists of international 800 and 900 telephone support for
computer hardware, computer software and other products and services.

Corporate support services - There was a $1,895,098 (14.8%) increase in
revenues generated from providing computer support and contract staffing
services. The margin on this line of service increased between 1994 and 1995
because of increased utilization of staff resources. The increase in corporate
support services revenues resulted from continued customer demand for
TechTeam's computer services personnel at Ford and other major accounts.
Corporate support services includes a variety of technical services, including
consulting, programming services, and the placement of computer personnel at
customer sites to support end-user applications via on-site help desks and
telephone hotline services.  Contracts for these services are generally
negotiated on an hourly rate basis or are priced on a project basis.

Systems integration - There was a $2,313,190 (41.3%) increase in revenues in
this service line between 1994 and 1995.  The increased revenues reflect a
growing demand for TechTeam's systems integration, database design and
applications development


                                       5
<PAGE>   6
COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE 1995 VERSUS 1994 -  CONTINUED

services.  The margin on this line of service decreased between 1994 and 1995
as the Company incurred losses in excess of $100,000 related to settlement of a
lawsuit and experienced substantial margin pressure on the sale of the
Company's computer hardware and software products.

Training programs - Revenues for 1995 decreased $595,561 (12.9%) as compared to
1994, due to a reduced scope of training services for a major customer.  The
Company's experience is that enrollments are somewhat cyclical in nature.  The
margin on this line of service decreased between 1994 and 1995 as the Company
incurred substantial start-up costs for a major new contract and charged to
expense all remaining assets of TechTeam's Ford  training operations in the
United Kingdom.  Training programs consist of instructor led training for word
processing, spreadsheets, graphics, data bases, desktop publishing, operating
systems, and systems administration for JAVA, NT, Windows, OS/2 and UNIX and
mainframe operating systems.

Selling, general and administrative and interest - These expenses, as a percent
of revenues, were 12.9% in 1995 and 1994.

Tax provisions - TechTeam recognized $1,268,236 of Federal income tax in 1995,
resulting in an effective tax rate of 34.6% for 1995 compared to 35.7% for
1994.  The Michigan Single Business Tax in 1995 was $410,000, with an effective
tax rate of 10.1% compared to 9.1% for 1994.

COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE 1994 VERSUS 1993 (See 1995 versus 1994 for general
information on each service line.)

1994 was TechTeam's previous record year in terms of both revenues and
earnings.  TechTeam earned net income of $1,971,049, or $.18 per share, for
1994 as compared to a net income of $1,672,413, or $.18 per share, for 1993.
TechTeam's total revenues increased by $9,780,491 in 1994 to $30,224,438, a
47.8% increase over 1993 revenues.

Call center services - This service line commenced in the second quarter of
1993, and the Company had seven contracts in place at December 31, 1994
compared to the four contracts at December 31, 1993.  The margin on this line
of service increased between 1993 and 1994 as the product offerings matured and
start-up costs were reduced.

Corporate support services - There was a $2,751,788 (27.3%) increase in
revenues generated from providing computer support and contract staffing
services. The margin on this line of service increased between 1993 and 1994
because of increased utilization of staff resources. The increase in corporate
support services revenues resulted from continued customer demand for
TechTeam's computer services personnel at Ford and other major accounts.

Systems integration - There was a $2,954,178 (111.6%) increase in revenues in
this service line between 1993 and 1994.  The increase was primarily
attributable to $1,710,299 additional revenue generated by National TechTeam of
Illinois, Inc. (formerly Micro Systems Group, Inc.) in 1994 versus 1993; this
company was acquired by the Company on September 30, 1993.  The increased
revenues also reflect a growing demand for TechTeam's systems integration,
database design and applications development services.

Training programs - Revenues for 1994 decreased $773,141 (14.4%) as compared to
1993, due to a reduced scope of training services for a major customer.  The
Company's experience is that enrollments are somewhat cyclical in nature.  The
margin on this line of service decreased between 1993 and 1994 because of
reduced utilization of TechTeam's training capacity.

Selling, general and administrative and interest - These expenses, as a percent
of revenues, were 12.9% in 1994 compared with 9.1% in 1993.  These costs
increased in response to increased business activity and to support the
Company's expansion in Europe.

Gain on sales of investment - In 1994 TechTeam sold a portion of its investment
in Action Trac.

Tax provisions - TechTeam recognized $1,095,000 of Federal income tax in 1994,
resulting in an effective tax rate of 35.7% for 1994 compared to 34.7% for
1993.  The Michigan Single Business Tax in 1994 was $305,875, with an effective
tax rate of 9.1% compared to 7.5% for 1993.


                                       6
<PAGE>   7
IMPACT OF BUSINESS WITH MAJOR CUSTOMERS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Percentage
                                                                             Increase/(Decrease)    Percentage of
                                                               Amount          From Prior Year      Total Revenues
                                                               ------          ---------------      --------------
         <S>                                              <C>                       <C>                  <C>
         Ford Motor Company ("Ford")
                     1995                                   $15,584,964               9.8%               37.3%
                     1994                                    14,195,853               3.6                47.0
                     1993                                    13,703,312              54.0                67.0

         Hewlett-Packard Company ("Hewlett-Packard")
                     1995*                                $   7,269,445                -                 17.4%

         Chrysler Corporation ("Chrysler")
                     1995                                 $   4,162,419              26.3%               10.0%
                     1994                                     3,294,788             160.2                10.9
                     1993                                     1,266,320              72.9                 6.2

         Corel Corporation ("Corel")
                     1995                                 $   2,737,601             (25.8%)               6.6%
                     1994                                     3,687,298             789.4                12.2
                     1993*                                      414,604                -                  2.0

         Novell, Inc. ("Novell")
                     1995                                 $     522,973             (76.7%)               1.3%
                     1994                                     2,260,203              31.6                 7.5
                     1993*                                    1,717,417                -                  8.4
</TABLE>

                     *First year of business relationship


Services provided to Ford and Chrysler consist of contract computer end-user
support including on-site help desks and hotline telephone support, programming
services, documentation services, and classroom training programs. National
TechTeam provides these services to virtually all Ford divisions and two
finance-related Ford subsidiaries. Services provided to Hewlett-Packard, Corel
and Novell consist of help desk telephone support provided from TechTeam call
center sites.

While the large concentration of business with Ford contributes significantly
to earnings, management is aware of, and has acted upon, the need to diversify
its customer base from both a customer and industry perspective. TechTeam's
services are not specific to any single industry and can be beneficial to most
large corporations. TechTeam's computer support services and training programs
cover most of the popular software applications and can be customized  to
improve the productivity of microcomputer users in most companies. Continuing
efforts to increase sales outside of Ford have produced positive results, as
total revenues from non-Ford customers were $26,202,498  in 1995, compared to
$16,028,585 in 1994 and $6,740,635  in 1993; this represents a 288.7% increase
over the two year period.


                                       7
<PAGE>   8
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's need for capital is dependent upon factors common to most
businesses, such as the rate of business growth and whether sufficient capital
can be generated internally from profits, or must be raised externally to meets
its objectives. Indicators of the Company's growing financial strength are
summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31
                                                            1995              1994               1993
                                                            ----              ----               ----
         <S>                                            <C>               <C>                <C>
         Working capital                                $12,352,915       $11,716,501         $4,167,181
         Current ratio                                      4.2               11.0                3.1
         Debt as a percentage of total capitalization       2.9%                .1%               6.6%
         Shareholders' equity                           $17,891,966       $15,829,026         $8,079,552
</TABLE>

The Company's working capital was $12,352,915 at December 31, 1995 an increase
of 5.4% from December 31, 1994. This increase was due primarily to 1995
operating results (reflected primarily in higher accounts receivable balances
due to increased sales).

TechTeam has a line-of-credit agreement with NBD Bank which provides for
short-terms borrowings of up to $3,500,000; the credit is unsecured.  The
line-of-credit is at the prime rate.  There were no borrowings under the credit
agreement at December 31, 1995. The Company expects to borrow under this
arrangement to finance anticipated increases in accounts receivable balances.

TechTeam invested $680,000 in new computer equipment for its training
classrooms in 1993, which was financed through existing working capital and
through two year bank term notes and $1,057,000 in telecommunications hardware
and software in 1995 which was financed through a five year bank term note.
Management believes sufficient cash resources exist to support its current
long-term growth strategies either through currently available cash, cash
generated from future operations, or the ability for the Company to obtain
additional financing.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PAGE NUMBER(S)
                                                                                                                     --------------
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
The following consolidated financial statements of National TechTeam, Inc. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:

      Report of independent auditors.                                                                                      10

      Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.                                11

      Consolidated Statements of Financial Position - December 31, 1995 and 1994.                                        12 - 13

      Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.                      14

      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.                                15

      Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                                                                     16 - 23
</TABLE>

The following financial statement schedules of National TechTeam, Inc. and
Subsidiaries are included pursuant to the requirements of Item 14(d):  None.

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under
the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.


                                       8
<PAGE>   9
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                      This Page Intentionally Left Blank





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                        [ERNST & YOUNG LLP LETTERHEAD]




                        Report of Independent Auditors




Board of Directors
National TechTeam, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position 
of National TechTeam, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on those financial statements 
based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in 
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of National 
TechTeam, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the 
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with 
generally accepted accounting principles.


                                        /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

February 23, 1996





                                      10



<PAGE>   11
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Year Ended December 31
                                                                1995            1994            1993
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

<S>                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
REVENUES -- NOTE B
   Call center services                                   $  15,123,294    $  7,172,997    $  2,325,331
   Corporate support services                                14,732,050      12,836,952      10,085,164
   Systems integration                                        7,914,414       5,601,224       2,647,046
   Training programs                                          4,017,704       4,613,265       5,386,406
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             41,787,462      30,224,438      20,443,947
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

COSTS AND EXPENSES
   Call center services                                      10,485,945       4,862,186       1,783,700
   Corporate support services                                10,368,907       9,321,694       7,775,458
   Systems integration                                        7,899,636       5,298,511       2,515,394
   Training programs                                          3,582,528       3,616,524       3,746,700
   Selling, general and administrative                        5,349,034       3,872,159       1,786,900
   Interest                                                      24,109          33,911          66,697
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             37,710,159      27,004,985      17,674,849
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

REVENUES LESS COSTS AND EXPENSES                              4,077,303       3,219,453       2,769,098
GAIN ON SALES OF INVESTMENT                                           -         152,471               -
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
INCOME BEFORE TAX PROVISIONS                                  4,077,303       3,371,924       2,769,098
TAX PROVISIONS -- NOTE F                                      1,678,236       1,400,875       1,096,685
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

NET INCOME                                                $   2,399,067    $  1,971,049    $  1,672,413
                                                           ============    ============    ============

PRIMARY AND FULLY DILUTED
   EARNINGS PER SHARE                                             $0.21           $0.18           $0.18
                                                           ============    ============    ============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON
   SHARES AND COMMON SHARE
   EQUIVALENTS OUTSTANDING
   Primary                                                   11,360,768      10,981,183       9,306,255
   Fully diluted                                             11,360,768      11,079,136       9,522,940
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes.


                                      11
<PAGE>   12
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31,
ASSETS                                                               1995            1994
                                                                ------------   -------------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash and cash equivalents                                   $   1,717,543   $     412,559
   Temporary investments                                                   -       3,500,000
   Accounts receivable -- Note B                                  13,269,272       7,751,801
   Note receivable - current portion                                  53,333               -
   Inventories                                                       769,545         499,748
   Refundable income tax                                                   -         384,258
   Other                                                             381,751         341,331
                                                                ------------   -------------
   Total current assets                                           16,191,444      12,889,697
                                                                ------------   -------------



PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- NOTE D
   Office furniture and equipment                                  6,622,953       4,017,641
   Transportation equipment                                          154,395         138,572
   Leasehold improvements                                            681,223         345,701
                                                                ------------   -------------
                                                                   7,458,571       4,501,914
   Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization                2,898,257       1,861,876
                                                                ------------   -------------
                                                                   4,560,314       2,640,038
                                                                ------------   -------------



OTHER ASSETS
   Goodwill (less accumulated amortization of $354,512 at
      December 31, 1995 and $193,306 at December 31, 1994)
      -- Note H                                                    1,252,585       1,413,791
   Note receivable - long-term                                       102,222               -
   Other                                                             178,958         205,156
                                                                ------------   -------------
                                                                   1,533,765       1,618,947
                                                                ------------   -------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                   $  22,285,523   $  17,148,682
                                                                ============   =============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      12
<PAGE>   13
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        December 31,
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                1995            1994
                                                                -----------    ------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Current portion of long-term debt                            $    96,884    $    140,100
   Accounts payable                                                 893,965         287,403
   Accrued payroll, related taxes and withholdings                2,037,446         494,181
   Deferred income tax -- Note F                                     89,839          65,850
   Federal income tax payable                                       160,116               -
   Deferred revenue and unapplied receipts                          431,967          47,540
   Other                                                            128,312         138,122
                                                                -----------    ------------  
   Total current liabilities                                      3,838,529       1,173,196  
                                                                -----------    ------------  
                                                                                             
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                                                                        
   Deferred income tax -- Note F                                    116,066         146,460  
   Long-term debt, less current portion -- Note D                   438,962               -  
                                                                -----------    ------------  
                                                                    555,028         146,460  
                                                                -----------    ------------  
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY -- NOTES E, G, J AND K
   Preferred stock, par value $.01
      Authorized -- 5,000,000 shares
      None issued
   Common stock, par value $.01
      Authorized -- 45,000,000 shares
      Issued:
        11,407,666 shares at December 31, 1995                      114,077
        10,989,166 shares at December 31, 1994                                      109,892
   Additional paid-in capital                                    12,601,925      12,035,229
   Retained earnings                                              6,082,972       3,683,905
                                                                -----------    ------------  
   Total                                                         18,798,974      15,829,026
   Less - Treasury stock (200,000 shares at
      December 31, 1995)                                            907,008               -
                                                                -----------    ------------  
   Total shareholders' equity                                    17,891,966      15,829,026
                                                                -----------    ------------  
                                                                               
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                      $22,285,523    $ 17,148,682
                                                                ===========    ============  

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.


                                      13
<PAGE>   14
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES                               
                                                                       
<TABLE>                                                                
<CAPTION>                                                              
                                                                                    Additional                    
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                      Common          Paid-In          Retained       Treasury
                                                                     Stock           Capital          Earnings         Stock
                                                                   ---------       ------------      -----------     ----------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993                                         $  72,288       $  1,876,556      $    40,443     $        -
   Proceeds from issuance of 475,150                                                                                
      shares of common stock -- Note G                                 4,752            320,726                -              -
   Proceeds from issuance of 1,291,750                                                                              
      shares under stock option plans -- Note J                       12,917          1,977,783                -              -
   Shares issued to acquire                                                                                         
      Micro Systems Group, Inc. -- Note H                              6,241          2,072,025                -              -
   Tax benefit from exercise of employee stock options and other           -             23,408                -              -
   Net income for 1993                                                     -                  -        1,672,413              -
                                                                   ---------       ------------      -----------     ----------
Balance at December 31, 1993                                          96,198          6,270,498        1,712,856              -
   Proceeds from issuance of 1,060,731                                                                              
      shares of common stock -- Note G                                10,607          5,010,227                -              -
   Proceeds from issuance of 308,625                                                                                
      shares under stock option plans -- Note J                        3,087            574,123                -              -
   Tax benefit from exercise of employee stock options and other           -            180,381                -              -
   Net income for 1994                                                     -                  -        1,971,049              -
                                                                   ---------       ------------      -----------     ----------
Balance at December 31, 1994                                         109,892         12,035,229        3,683,905              -
   Proceeds from issuance of 418,500                                                                                
      shares under stock option plans -- Note J                        4,185            256,475                -              -
   Tax benefit from exercise of employee stock options and other           -            310,221                -              -
   Purchase of common stock -- Note K                                      -                  -                -       (907,008)
   Net income for 1995                                                     -                  -        2,399,067              -
                                                                   ---------       ------------      -----------     ----------
Balance at December 31, 1995                                       $ 114,077       $ 12,601,925      $ 6,082,972     $ (907,008)
                                                                   =========       ============      ===========     ==========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.                                                       
                                      
                                      
                                      14
<PAGE>   15

NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Year Ended December 31
                                                                                 1995               1994             1993
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>                <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income                                                                $ 2,399,067      $   1,971,049      $ 1,672,413
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by (used in) operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization                                        1,594,250          1,037,279          572,927
          Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable                        123,143             30,308           15,549
          Provision for deferred income tax                                      (89,631)           138,310          128,000
          (Gain) on sales of investment                                                -           (152,471)               -
          (Gain)/loss on sales of equipment and other                             55,209             (3,878)         (27,180)
          Changes in current assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable                                            (5,640,614)        (2,725,807)      (2,240,166)
               Inventories                                                      (269,797)          (130,574)          14,582
               Other current assets                                              (40,420)          (168,268)         (15,956)
               Accounts payable                                                  606,562           (173,373)         156,174
               Accrued payroll, related taxes and withholdings                 1,543,265            128,159          309,144
               Federal income tax                                                544,374           (892,231)         399,795
               Deferred revenue and unapplied receipts                           384,427            (99,091)          65,239
               Other current liabilities                                          (9,810)          (182,233)        (214,133)
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                -----------      -------------      -----------
                                                                               1,200,025         (1,222,821)         836,388
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Purchases of property and equipment                                        (3,187,027)          (864,798)      (2,145,003)
   Development of training manuals                                              (117,970)          (116,722)         (82,132)
   Purchases of temporary investments                                           (100,000)       (12,388,000)               -
   Proceeds from sales of temporary investments                                3,600,000          8,888,000                -
   Proceeds from sales of investment                                                   -            160,000                -
   Issuance of note receivable                                                  (160,000)                 -                -
   Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
      and other assets                                                            22,630             23,227           53,256
   Net cash of Micro Systems Group, Inc. at acquisition date                           -                  -            3,005
   Other assets - net                                                            (12,293)            13,082          (18,902)
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                     45,340         (4,285,211)      (2,189,776)
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from long-term borrowings                                            565,998                  -          680,000
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                        570,881          5,778,425        2,339,586
   Purchase of Company common stock                                             (907,008)                 -                -
   Payments on short-term borrowings                                                   -                  -       (1,126,830)
   Payments on long-term borrowings                                             (170,252)          (432,471)        (372,514)
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
          Net cash provided by financing activities                               59,619          5,345,954        1,520,242
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
          Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                     1,304,984           (162,078)         166,854
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                   412,559            574,637          407,783
                                                                             -----------      -------------      -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                     $ 1,717,543      $     412,559      $   574,637
                                                                             ===========      =============      ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.




                                     15

                                      


<PAGE>   16
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of National TechTeam, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries TechTeam
Europe, Ltd. and National TechTeam of Illinois, Inc., formerly Micro Systems
Group, Inc. ("MSG").  Collectively, these companies are referred to as the
"Company" or "TechTeam." Intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated as appropriate.

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash includes both interest bearing and non-interest
bearing deposits which are available on demand. Cash equivalents include all
liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased,
including money market funds held at banks.

Temporary investments: The December 31, 1994, temporary investments consisted
of tax free municipal obligations, stated at cost, which equals market value.
Repayment of the principal amount of these investments was guaranteed by
letters of credit issued by a bank.  The Company classified the debt securities
held at December 31, 1994, as temporary investments as they were available for
sale.

Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined by the
first-in, first-out method) or market and consist principally of computer
equipment and software.

Property and equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and
equipment are depreciated on the straight-line method over their estimated
useful lives, ranging from 3 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized
on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated
useful lives of the improvements.

Goodwill: Represents the excess cost over the fair value of net assets acquired
in the acquisition of MSG and is amortized on a straight-line basis over 10
years. The carrying value of goodwill will be reviewed if the facts and
circumstances suggest that it may be impaired.

Revenue recognition: Revenues from call center services, corporate support
services, systems integration, and training are recognized as services are
performed. Revenues from product sales are recognized when title is transferred
to the customer.  Under the terms of certain call center service contracts,
customers are required to pay certain amounts at the commencement of the
contract.  Amounts billed under this provision of such contracts aggregated
$1,655,700 in 1995 and $19,600 in 1994; all such amounts were recognized as
revenues when billed.

Deferred revenue: TechTeam receives advance payments from customers under
certain lease and maintenance agreements. These payments are recognized as
revenues when earned. All deferred revenue recorded at December 31 is expected
to be earned in the subsequent year.

Deferred income taxes:  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be
in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Stock options:  TechTeam accounts for employee stock options under Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and
related Interpretations.

Earnings per share:  Earnings per share is computed using the weighted average
number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during each
year presented. Common share equivalents consist of stock options and warrants
and are calculated using the treasury stock method.


                                       16
<PAGE>   17

NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Use of estimates:  Preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires Management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements
and accompanying notes.  Actual results could differ from the estimates and
assumptions made.

NOTE B - DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

The Company provides call center services, corporate support services, systems
integration, and  training for major companies on an international scale.

Revenues and accounts receivable from major customers are summarized as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Revenues            Accounts Receivable
                                              for  the Year              at Year End
                                              -------------              -----------
<S>                                           <C>                        <C>
Ford Motor Company ("Ford")
           1995                                $15,584,964                $4,863,948
           1994                                 14,195,853                 2,487,263
           1993                                 13,703,312                 2,192,175

Hewlett-Packard Company ("Hewlett-Packard")
           1995*                               $ 7,269,445                $2,923,934

Chrysler Corporation ("Chrysler")
           1995                                $ 4,162,419                $1,221,121
           1994                                  3,294,788                 1,457,273
           1993                                  1,266,320                   356,075

Corel Corporation ("Corel")
           1995                                $ 2,737,601                $  268,550
           1994                                  3,687,298                   537,972
           1993*                                   414,604                   414,604

Novell, Inc. ("Novell")
           1995                                $   522,973                $  193,682
           1994                                  2,260,203                   508,736
           1993                                  1,717,417                   436,385
</TABLE>

           *First year of business relationship 

Allowances for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable at December 31,
1995 and 1994 were $200,000 and $76,857, respectively.  The Company generally
does not require collateral from its customers. Credit losses experienced have
been consistent with Management's expectations.


                                       17
<PAGE>   18
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE C - LEASES

The Company leases its corporate offices, other office facilities and certain
office equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring over the next
five years. These leases are renewable with various options and terms. Total
rental expense was $1,344,574 in 1995, $1,000,992 in 1994 and $595,366 in 1993.

Minimum future payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial terms
of one year or more at December 31, 1995 were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Year               Operating Leases
                         ----               ----------------
                        <S>                      <C>
                         1996                     $1,556,786
                         1997                      1,042,704
                         1998                        660,992
                         1999                        406,446
                         2000                        288,455
                                                   ---------
             Total minimum lease payments         $3,955,383
                                                   =========
</TABLE>


NOTE D - FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

TechTeam has an agreement with NBD Bank which provides for short-term
borrowings of up to $3,500,000; the credit is unsecured.  Borrowings are at the
prime rate.  There were no borrowings under the agreement at December 31, 1995.

The following amounts relate to short-term borrowings:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Maximum Amount        Average Amount       Average Cost of
         Year            Borrowed             Borrowed             Borrowings
         ----            --------             --------             ----------

         <S>         <C>                  <C>                         <C>
         1995        $      -0-           $      -0-                  0.0%
         1994           1,220,000              201,666                5.3%
         1993           1,199,830              666,719                5.8%
</TABLE>





Long-term debt consists of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         December 31
                                                  1995                1994
                                                  ----                ----
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>

Total amounts due under term notes              $535,846             $140,100
Less-current portion                              96,884              140,100
                                                 -------              -------
                                                $438,962             $      -
                                                 =======              =======

</TABLE>


Term notes consist of notes payable with interest of 8.9%  held by NBD Bank
with maturities as follows:  1996 - $96,884; 1997 -$105,868; 1998 - $115,684;
1999 - $126,410; and 2000 - $91,000.  These notes require monthly payments of
principal and interest and are collateralized by specific telecommunications
hardware and software used for call center operations.

Interest paid was $24,109 in 1995, $33,911 in 1994, and $75,300 in 1993.


                                       18
<PAGE>   19
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE E - EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan which covers substantially all
employees. Under the provisions of the Plan, the Company will match employee
contributions in amounts up to 3% of gross compensation; contributions were
$247,181 in 1995, $163,087 in 1994 and $88,392 in 1993.  The Company's policy
is to fund employee contributions and the Company's matching contributions each
pay period.  Contributions are deposited with the trustee, NBD Bank, and then
invested in six funds at the direction of the participants.  Effective in 1996,
the Company's matching contributions are credited only to the National TechTeam
Stock Fund for the benefit of each participant.


NOTE F - TAX PROVISIONS

Tax provisions are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year Ended December 31
                                             1995              1994               1993
                                             ----              ----               ----
<S>                                      <C>               <C>                <C>
Federal income tax:
      Currently payable                   $1,357,867        $  956,690         $  760,000
      Deferred (credit)                      (89,631)          138,310            128,000
                                          ----------         ----------         ----------
      Total                                1,268,236         1,095,000            888,000
Michigan single business tax                 410,000           305,875            208,685
                                          ----------        ----------         ----------
                                          $1,678,236        $1,400,875         $1,096,685
                                           =========         =========          =========

Tax payments                              $  905,000        $2,022,000         $  535,500
                                          ==========         =========         ==========
</TABLE>

A reconciliation of the Federal income tax provision and the amount computed by
applying the Federal statutory income tax rate to earnings before Federal
income tax follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31
                                                                1995                1994          1993
                                                                ----               -----         -----
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>           <C>
Income tax at Federal statutory rate of 34%                  $ 1,246,883         $1,042,457    $ 870,540
Goodwill, intangibles and other permanent differences             21,353             52,543       17,460
                                                              ----------          ---------      -------
                                                             $ 1,268,236         $1,095,000    $ 888,000
                                                              ==========          =========      =======
</TABLE>



                                       19
<PAGE>   20
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE F - TAX PROVISIONS (Continued)

The principal components of the deferred Federal income tax provision/(credit)
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31
                                                               1995              1994               1993
                                                               ----              ----               ----
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>             <C>
Prepaid expenses                                            $ (2,143)          $ 80,056          $    418
Accelerated tax depreciation                                  28,909             10,672            39,858
Inventory valuation                                                -                  -            33,320
Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable              (41,868)           (10,305)           (5,287)
Conversion of MSG to accrual basis of tax accounting         (76,078)            76,078               -
Other                                                        ( 1,549)           (18,191)           59,691
                                                            --------           --------          --------
                                                            $(89,631)          $138,310          $128,000
                                                            ========           ========          ========
</TABLE>


The principal components of deferred Federal income tax balances, and the
classification thereof in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 December 31
                                               1995                                   1994
                                               ----                                   ----
                                      Assets         Liabilities             Assets         Liabilities
                                      ------         -----------             ------         -----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>                    <C>              <C>
Allowance for uncollectible       
 accounts receivable                  $68,000          $    -                $26,132          $    -
Sale of other assets                   15,226               -                 15,823               -
Prepaid expenses                          -              89,839                  -              91,982
Accelerated tax depreciation              -             116,066                  -              87,157
Conversion of MSG to accrual   
 basis of tax accounting                  -                 -                    -              76,078
Other                                     -                 -                    952               -
                                      -------          --------              -------          --------
                                      $83,226          $205,905              $42,907          $255,217
                                      =======          ========              =======          ========
</TABLE>


Included in income before tax provisions are losses from foreign operations of
$320,641 in 1995, $520,753 in 1994 and $83,683 in 1993.


                                       20
<PAGE>   21
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE G - STOCK TRANSACTIONS

A summary of stock transactions other than those discussed in Notes H and J for
the three years ended December 31, 1995 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Shares       Proceeds
                                                              -------       -------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
                      1993
                      ----
Warrants issued in 1990 and 1991 and exercised in 1993         475,150     $  325,478
                                                               =======     ==========

                      1994
                      ----
Warrants issued in 1990 and 1991 and exercised in 1994          41,667     $   45,834
Private placement of common shares at
     $5.00 per share                                           618,000      3,090,000
     $4.70 per share                                           401,064      1,885,000
                                                             ---------     ----------
                                                             1,060,731     $5,020,834
                                                             =========     ==========
</TABLE>

                      1995
                      ----
None


NOTE H - ACQUISITION

TechTeam acquired all of the outstanding shares of MSG in September 1993. The
transaction was structured as a stock-for-stock exchange and 624,104 shares
(valued at $2,078,266) of TechTeam's restricted common stock were issued. The
purchase method of accounting was used to record the acquisition and $1,607,097
was recorded as goodwill. The following pro-forma financial information
includes the operations of MSG and an adjustment for amortization of goodwill.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Year Ended December 31
                                               1993
                                              -----
    <S>                                     <C>
    Revenues                                $22,366,778
    Costs and expenses                       19,917,557
    Income before tax provisions              2,449,221
    Net income                                1,562,813
    Earnings per share                             $.17
</TABLE>


NOTE I - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

TechTeam paid legal fees of $119,876 in 1995, $73,591 in 1994 and $117,128 in
1993 to law firms whose members included directors, officers or shareholders of
TechTeam. In addition, TechTeam paid $39,587 in 1995, $42,444 in 1994 and
$47,275 in 1993 for employee travel expenses to a travel agency which is
50%-owned by a TechTeam director.


                                       21
<PAGE>   22
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE J - STOCK OPTIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 EMPLOYEES                         DIRECTORS          
                                                                 ---------                         ---------
                                                     
                                 Total Shares             Shares             Price          Shares           Price    
                                 ------------             ------             -----          ------           -----    
<S>                            <C>                  <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>          
Outstanding                                                                                                           
January 1, 1993                     2,275,000            617,000          .59-2.32         185,000            0.59    
                                                                                                                      
   Granted                            190,000            140,000         2.88-4.82          50,000            4.82    
   Exercised                       (1,291,750)          (188,750)         .59-2.00               -                    
   Cancelled                         (220,000)            (5,000)             1.20               -                    
                                -------------        -----------                        ----------                                 
Outstanding                                                                                                           
December 31, 1993                     953,250            563,250          .59-4.82         235,000        .59-4.82    
                                                                                                                      
   Granted                            335,500            235,500         5.00-6.38         100,000            7.00    
   Exercised                         (308,625)          (153,625)         .59-2.88               -                    
   Cancelled                          (22,500)           (22,500)        3.81-6.38               -                    
                                -------------        -----------                        ----------                                 
                                                                                                                      
Outstanding                                                                                                           
December 31, 1994                     957,625            622,625          .59-6.38         335,000        .59-7.00    
                                                                                                                      
   Granted                            338,000            338,000  (1)  4.50-5.3125               -               -    
   Exercised                         (418,500)          (233,500)         .59-2.88        (185,000)           0.59    
   Cancelled                         (208,000)          (208,000) (1)    4.50-6.38               -               -    
                                -------------        -----------                        ----------                                 
                                                                                                                      
Outstanding                                                                                                           
December 31, 1995                     669,125 (2)        519,125         1.20-6.38         150,000       4.82-7.00    
                                =============        ===========      ============      ==========      ==========                 

<CAPTION>
                                            OTHERS
                                            ------
                                    Shares           Price
                                    ------           -----
<S>                          <C>               <C>
Outstanding                     
January 1, 1993                  1,473,000        .52-3.00
                                
   Granted                               -
   Exercised                    (1,103,000)       .52-2.78
   Cancelled                      (215,000)       .57-2.32
                             -------------
Outstanding                     
December 31, 1993                  155,000        .59-3.00
                                
   Granted                               -
   Exercised                      (155,000)       .59-3.00
   Cancelled                             -
                             -------------
                                
Outstanding                     
December 31, 1994                        -               -
                                
   Granted                               -               -
   Exercised                             -               -
   Cancelled                             -               -
                             -------------
                                
Outstanding                     
December 31, 1995                        -               -
                             =============      ==========
</TABLE>                        


(1) In February 1995, the Company cancelled 183,000 options at prices ranging
    from $5.00 to $6.38 and regranted them at $4.50.
(2) Of the 669,125 options outstanding at December 31, 1995
   a) 131,125 are currently exercisable through the fourth quarter 1998;
   b) 200,000 are currently exercisable through the fourth quarter 1999; and
   c) 338,000 will be exercisable in the first quarter 1996 through the fourth
      quarter 2001.


Exercise prices for all options granted by TechTeam equaled or exceeded fair
market value at date of grant and, therefore, no compensation expense related
to these options was recorded.





                                      22





<PAGE>   23

NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED

NOTE K - STOCK BUY-BACK PROGRAM

In February, 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a stock
buy-back program.  The program provided for the open market purchase of up to
$4,000,000 of the Company's common stock.  The repurchase program terminated
July 31, 1995 with 200,000 shares repurchased at a total cost of $907,008.

NOTE L - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly consolidated results of operations are summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Quarter Ended
                                           March 31        June 30     September 30     December 31
                                           --------        -------     ------------     -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
1995
- ----

Revenues                                 $8,460,857     $9,610,262      $10,562,202     $13,154,141
Income before tax provisions                908,662      1,264,894          676,675       1,227,072
Net income                                  539,227        775,109          346,540         738,191
Earnings per share                              .05            .07              .03             .07

1994
- ----

Revenues                                 $6,827,299     $7,640,227     $  8,050,161    $  7,706,751
Income before tax provisions                462,465      1,199,772        1,099,303         610,384
Net income                                  273,599        720,606          621,538         355,306
Earnings per share                              .03            .07              .06             .03

1993
- ----

Revenues                                 $3,817,267     $4,507,827     $  5,419,685    $  6,699,168
Income before tax provisions                548,132        733,387          889,866         597,713
Net income                                  331,157        449,387          544,498         347,371
Earnings per share                              .04            .05              .06             .03
</TABLE>



Quarterly earnings per share may not add to annual earnings per share because
of rounding and new shares issued during the year.


                                       23
<PAGE>   24
ITEM 9. DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

There were no changes in accountants, disagreements, or other events requiring
reporting under this Item.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information required is set forth under the caption "Election of Directors and
Management Information" in the Proxy Statement relating to the 1996 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 15, 1996, which is incorporated
herein by reference.

Information required pertaining to compliance with Section 16(a) of the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth under the caption "Election of
Directors and Management Information - Information Regarding Beneficial
Ownership of Principal Shareholders, Directors and Executive Officers" in the
Proxy Statement relating to the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held
on May 15, 1996, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required is set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation" in
the Proxy Statement relating to the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
held on May 15, 1996, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Information required is set forth under the caption "Election of Directors and
Management Information - Information Regarding Beneficial Ownership of
Principal Shareholders, Directors and Executive Officers" in the Proxy
Statement relating to the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May
15, 1996, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information required is set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation -
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the Proxy Statement relating
to the 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 15, 1996, which is
incorporated herein by reference.

                                    PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

   (a)     Certain documents filed as part of the Form 10-K
           See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and (d)
           below.

   (b)     Reports on Form 8-K
           Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company during the last quarter of
           the year ended December 31, 1995:  None

   (c)     Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
           The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate
           section of this Report under the caption, Index of Exhibits

   (d)     Financial statements schedules required by Regulation S-X
           The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate
           section of this Report under the caption, Item 8.  Financial
           Statements and Supplementary Data.


                                       24
<PAGE>   25

                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                            NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.


<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>                                      <C>
Date: March 22, 1996        By:/s/ Lawrence A. Mills                 Lawrence A. Mills
      --------------           -------------------------             Senior Vice President,
                                                                     Chief Financial Officer
                                                                     and Treasurer
</TABLE>


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated
on March 22, 1996.




/s/William F. Coyro Jr.                       Director, Chairman of the Board,
- ----------------------------                  Chief Executive Officer
   William F. Coyro Jr.


/s/Valerie J. Niemiec                         Director
- ----------------------------
   Valerie J. Niemiec


/s/Wallace D. Riley                           Director
- ----------------------------
   Wallace D. Riley


/s/Charles H. Roeske                          Director
- ----------------------------
   Charles H. Roeske


/s/Richard G. Somerlott                       Director
- ----------------------------
   Richard G. Somerlott


/s/LeRoy H. Wulfmeier III                     Director
- ----------------------------
   LeRoy H. Wulfmeier III


 /s/Karen J. Matheny                          Controller
- ----------------------------
    Karen J. Matheny (Chief Accounting Officer)


                                   25
<PAGE>   26
                               INDEX OF EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT                                                                                  PAGE
NUMBER      EXHIBIT                                                                     NUMBER
- -------     -------                                                                     ------
 <S>        <C>                                                                         <C>

  3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Delaware
            Secretary of State on September 14, 1987.                                     *(1)

  3.2       Certificate of Amendment dated November 27, 1987 to the Company's
            Certificate of Incorporation to change the par value from $ .001 to
            $.01 per share.                                                             3.2*(3)

  3.3       Restated Bylaws of the Company.                                              A*(4)

  4.1       1990 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.                                        4.14*(5)

  4.2       Form of Stock Option Agreement used for grant of options to employees
            under the 1990 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.                              4.2*(8)

  4.3       Form of Stock Option Agreement utilized for option grants to
            non-employee directors and certain consultants.                             4.16*(5)

 10.1       Lease for office space in Dearborn, Michigan, between the Company and
            Salisbury Properties Limited Partnership.                                     *(2)

 10.2       Lease Amendment for office space in Dearborn, Michigan, between the
            Company and Salisbury Properties Limited Partnership dated January
            29, 1992.                                                                  10.17*(6)

 10.3       Lease for office space in Dearborn, Michigan, between the Company and
            Dearborn Atrium Associates Limited Partnership dated August 17, 1988.       10.3*(3)

 10.4       Lease Amendment for office space in Dearborn, Michigan, between the
            Company and Dearborn Atrium Associates Limited Partnership dated
            January 19, 1992.                                                          10.18*(6)

 10.5       Lease Amendment for office space in Dearborn, Michigan known as Suite
            295 between the Company and Dearborn Atrium Associates Limited
            Partnership dated April 19, 1993.                                           10.5*(8)

 10.6       Lease Amendment for office space in Dearborn, Michigan known as Suite
            145 between the Company and Dearborn Atrium Associates Limited
            Partnership dated May 5, 1993.                                              10.6*(8)

 10.7       Purchase Order dated August 4, 1988 by and between the Company as
            Vendor and Ford Motor Company as Vendee for End User Computer
            Training Classes and User Assistance Services.                                *(3)

 10.8       Purchase Order dated January 1, 1992 by and between the Company as
            Vendor and Ford Motor Company as Vendee for Agency Programmer
            Services.                                                                  10.21*(7)


</TABLE>

- -----------

         All exhibits listed above that include a * indicate exhibits
that are incorporated by reference. See the footnotes following the list of
exhibits to locate those exhibits. All other exhibits are filed as part of this
Annual Report at the page number shown.


                                   26
<PAGE>   27
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                                                                  PAGE
NUMBER      EXHIBIT                                                                     NUMBER
- ------      -------                                                                     ------
 <S>        <C>                                                                        <C>
 10.9       Lease Agreement for office space in Southfield, Michigan known as
            Suite 171, 17197 N. Laurel Park Drive between the Company and Eleven
            Inkster Associates dated September 29, 1993.                                10.18*(9)

 10.10      Lease Amendment for office space in Southfield, Michigan known as
            Suite 171, 17197 N. Laurel Park Drive between the Company and Eleven
            Inkster Associates dated December 7, 1993.                                  10.19*(9)

 10.11      Purchase Order dated November 6, 1986 by and between the Company as
            Vendor and Ford Motor Company as Vendee for Support Services,
            together with currently effective Amendment dated August 23, 1994.          10.16*(10)

 10.12      Sublease Agreement affecting office space leased in Dearborn,
            Michigan from Dearborn Atrium Associates Limited Partnership known as
            Suites 185 and 195 between the Company and Ford Motor Company dated
            December 21, 1994.                                                          10.18*(10)

 10.13      Lease Amendment for office space in Southfield, Michigan known as
            Suite 171, 17197 N. Laurel Park Drive between the Company and Eleven
            Inkster Associates dated January 23, 1995.                                  10.20*(10)

 10.14      Supplier Contract dated July 1, 1994 by and between the Company as
            Vendor and Geometric Results Incorporated (doing business as
            "PeopleNet") as Vendee for Personnel Services, together with
            currently effective Amendment dated February 6, 1995.                       10.21*(10)

 10.15      Purchase Order dated March 23, 1995 by and between the Company as
            Vendor and Ford Motor Company as Vendee for Support for Ford 2000,
            together with currently effective amendment dated February 23, 1996.       
                                                                                       
 10.16      Agreement dated June 21, 1995 between the Company and Hewlett-Packard      
            Company for Technical Support Assistance.                                  
                                                                                       
 10.17      Lease for office space in Dallas, Texas known as Lyndon Plaza between      
            the Company and Dallas Lyndon Corporation dated August 17, 1995.           
                                                                                       
 10.18      Credit Authorization Agreement in the principal amount of $3,500,000       
            between the Company and NBD Bank dated August 28, 1995.                    
                                                                                       
 10.19      Installment Business Loan Note in the principal amount of $565,998         
            and related Continuing Security Agreement between the Company and NBD      
            Bank dated August 28, 1995.                                                
                                                                                       
 10.20      Agreement dated September 15, 1995 between the Company and NBD Bank        
            for End User Computer Training.                                            
                                                                                       
 10.21      Lease for office space in Troy, Michigan known as Troy Officenter B        
            between the Company and WRC Properties, Inc. dated November 16, 1995.      
</TABLE>

- ---------

        All exhibits listed above that include a * indicate exhibits
that are incorporated by reference. See the footnotes following the list of
exhibits to locate those exhibits. All other exhibits are filed as part of this
Annual Report at the page number shown.


                                   27
<PAGE>   28



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                                                                  PAGE
NUMBER     EXHIBIT                                                                      NUMBER
- ------     -------                                                                      ------
<S>        <C>                                                                         <C>
10.22      Office Space Lease for office space in Indianapolis, Indiana known as
           Market Square Center Building between the Company and MET Life
           International Real Estate Partners Limited Partnership dated November
           27, 1995.                                                                   
                                                                                       
10.23      Currently effective Purchase Order Amendment dated January 6, 1996 by       
           and between the Company as Vendor and Ford Motor Company as Vendee          
           for End User Computer Training Classes and User Assistance Services.        
                                                                                       
10.24      Installment Business Loan Note in the principal amount of $480,212          
           and related Continuing Security Agreement between the Company and NBD       
           Bank dated January 17, 1996.                                                
                                                                                       
10.25      Lease for office space in Seattle, Washington between the Company and       
           Sixth & Pike Associates, L.P. dated February 14, 1996.                      
                                                                                       
10.26      Currently effective Purchase Order Amendment dated February 21, 1996        
           by and between the Company as Vendor and Ford Motor Company as Vendee       
           for Programming Services.                                                   

11         Statement re: Computation of per share earnings.                             29
</TABLE>



*(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
      the year ended December 31, 1987.

*(2)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
      dated December 5, 1987.

*(3)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
      S-4 (Registration No. 33-26689).

*(4)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's 1991 Proxy Statement dated May
      24, 1991. The number set  forth herein is the exhibit number this Exhibit
      was given in that report.

*(5)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
      the year ended December 31,  1990. The number set forth herein is the
      exhibit number this Exhibit was given in that report.

*(6)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
      the year ended December 31,  1991. The number set forth herein is the 
      exhibit number this Exhibit was given in that report.

*(7)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
      for the year ended December 31, 1992.  The number set forth herein is the
      exhibit number this Exhibit was given in that report.

*(8)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
      Form S-2 (Registration No. 33-67904).  The number set forth herein is the
      exhibit number this Exhibit was given in that report.

*(9)  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
      for the year ended December 31, 1993.  The number set forth herein is
      the exhibit number this Exhibit was given in that report.

*(10) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
      10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.  The number set forth
      herein is the exhibit number this Exhibit was given in that
      report.


                                   28

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.15

<TABLE>
<S><C>
                                                                *THESE ITEMS MUST APPEAR ON ALL SHIPPING AND BILLING
                        Blanket Order Release           Blanket order number (if any)           Purchase Order Number, or Release
          [FORD LOGO]           Original                                                        Authorization when blanket order
                                                                                                is entered

    *SHIP TO                                              055834                                *No. A10 RL95 040929
        FORD MOTOR CO                                   
        21500 OAKWOOD REC C BODY ENGR                   F.O.B.(TITLE TRANSFER POINT)                    DATE OF ORDER
        DEARBORN, MI 48121                                DESTINATION                                   03/23/95
                                                        
                                                        TRANSPORTATION TERMS                            DELIVERY DATE
                                                          PREPAID (BY SELLER)                           04/20/95

                                                        PAYMENT TERMS
                                                          NET 15TH & 30TH PROX

                                                        ROUTING                                            FUNDS
                                                          SELLER'S DELIVERY                             U.S. DOLLAR

                                        Q479D                 SALES AND                     *INVOICE TO
        NATIONAL TECHTEAM INC                                 USE TAXES           
        22000 GARRISON AVE                              Do not bill sales or use tax         DO NOT INVOICE
        DEARBORN, MI 48124                              because purchases are covered        ERS CODE 2                  FM2150
                                                        by direct pay permit or are          SEE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW
                                                        for resale.
                                                        Permit No.
                
    SELLER, agrees to sell and deliver                  See Section 15 for additional
    supplies or services specified herein               information and instructions.
   
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  LINE#  *  ITEM NUMBER  *                 QUANTITY* U/M*         UNIT PRICE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   001  PLANT PART # - MISC 513742              1   LOT        1,183,733.000000
        PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SERVICES TO ASSIST FORD MOTOR CO. 
        IN PERFORMING 12,000 COMPUTER MOVES IN SUPPORT OF FORD 
        2000 IN THE GREATER DEARBORN AREA (PER QUOTATION DATED 
        03-03-95 AND AMENDED 03-08-95):
        * DE-INSTALL COMPUTERS AT BASE (ORIGINATING) LOCATION
        * PACKAGE FOR TRANSPORT
        * RE-INSTALL COMPUTERS AT NEW LOCATION (DESTINATION)
        * LOAD SOFTWARE, CONFIGURE SYSTEM, PERFORM SYSTEM
          CHECK AND CHECKOUT
        TECHNICAL SPECIALIST CLASSIFICATIONS PERFORMING THIS
        CONTRACT INCLUDE, PER PRESENT NTT BLANKET ORDER:
        0000 10 MI SC B0621407 ($3895/mth), 
        0000 30 MI SC B0621413 ($5110/mth) AND
        000 60 MI SC BO621421 ($6175/mth)

DO NOT INVOICE.  FORD'S PAYMENT OBLIGATION IS AS 
SPECIFIED IN PURCHASE ORDER.  IF A PRICE IS NOT
CORRECT, SEND PRICE ADVICE WITHIN 10 CALENDAR DAYS
OF SHIPMENT.  MAIL OR FAX PRICE ADVICE TO: FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, P.O. BOX 6015, DEARBORN, MI 48121,
FAX: (313) 458-0153.  IF PAYMENT DOES NOT AGREE WITH 
PRICE ADVICE, CONTACT PRICE ADVICE ADMINISTRATION               NTW-SP-0000-00
AT (313) 458-0162.  IF PAYMENT IS NOT RECEIVED OR
PAYMENT REFLECTS INCORRECT QUANTITY, CONTACT REQUESTER
SHOWN ON THIS ORDER.  IF ORDER SPECIFIES PREPAID
AND SUMMARY FREIGHT, INVOICE FREIGHT TO P.O. BOX
6015.  DIRECT EVALUATED RECEIPT SETTLEMENT (ERS) OR
PAYMENT INQUIRIES TO (313) 248-4860.

  FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, CONTACT: TOM WILSON 313-594-2156.
                                                        TOTAL $1,183,733.00
REQUESTOR:  TOM WILSON - 3135942156
   BUYER :  MARK SWEDAN (4752) - (313)-337-3347
REQUISITION# : RQ95081R48
                   PAGE 1 OF 1          1 = LINE ITEM COUNT


*Each month - put grand total to 41000.
 Then give Karen copy of billing report
 to she can reclass from 41000 to 11000
 that portion.

<PAGE>   2
<TABLE>
<S><C>
GRAP759B        C P A R S REQUEST TO PURCHASE (REQUISITION)     DIV: A PLT: 10
03/23/95

 Blanket No.      Requisition No.      Procurement No.       From Prior Doc.
BKBO 055834        RQ95 081R48            040929               

Requested By: TOM WILSON        Code: 409  Dept: PTF    Phone: (313)-594-2156

Purpose: MOVE PRODUCT DEVEL COMPUTERS AS REQUIRED BY FORD 2000 REORG.
Program:
                              Buyer: 4752       Requested Delivery: 04/20/95
PPPPP  N   N
P   P  NN  N
PPPPP  N N N                  Ship To:  FORD MOTOR CO
P      N  NN                   FM1BB    21500 OAKWOOD REC C BODY ENGR
P      N   N                            DEARBORN         MI   48121

Last Updated: 03/22/95        Supplier: NATIONAL TECHTEAM INC
              1:00 PM          Q479D    22000 GARRISON AVE
                                        DEARBORN         MI   48124

                  GEN S/ACC S/D   DEPT  PROD  BAL REF   MISC REF/W.0.
     Account No:  

                                                      PRICE ATTACHMENT  
LINE --ITEM-NUMBER-- -QUANTITY- UM -------PRICE------- TYPE TYPE DATE
 ------------DESCRIPTION-------------------------DESCRIPTION-----------------

001   MISC 513742           1   LO    1,183,733.00      E
 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SERVICES TO ASSIST FORD MOTOR CO. IN PERFORMING 12,000
 COMPUTER MOVES IN SUPPORT OF FORD 2000 IN THE GREATER DEARBORN AREA (PER
 QUOTATION DATED 03-03-95 AND AMENDED 03-08-95):
 * DE-INSTALL COMPUTERS AT BASE (ORIGINATING) LOCATION
 * PACKAGE FOR TRANSPORT
 * RE-INSTALL COMPUTERS AT NEW LOCATION (DESTINATION)
 * LOAD SOFTWARE, CONFIGURE SYSTEM, PERFORM SYSTEM CHECK AND CHECKOUT
 TECHNICAL SPECIALIST CLASSIFICATIONS PERFORMING THIS CONTRACT INCLUDE, PER
 PRESENT NTT BLANKET ORDER:  0000 10 MI SC B0621407, 0000 30 MI SC B0621413 
 AND 000 60 MI SC B0621421

     Account No: 10X 03                     Work Order:
Line 001 Keyword:                         Commodity Cd:       Tox #:

******************************************************************************
***                          PROJECT INFORMATION                           ***
******************************************************************************

   Project(s):    20969A    Item(s):          6   Cost:   1,183,733.00


                                    [FORD LOGO] Mini-FAX Transmittal   Date 3-23-95  Pages 2
                                    TO TOM WILSON               FROM   S. WILLEUMIER
                                    BLDG.          RM.          BLDG.           RM.
                                    TELEPHONE                   TELEPHONE 71636
                                    FAX NO.  57616              FAX NO.  27897
                                    11/90 1564


</TABLE>

                                       1
<PAGE>   3
GRAP759B        C P A R S REQUEST TO PURCHASE (REQUISITION)  DIV: A PLT: 10
03/23/95

 Blanket No.      Requisition No.     Procurement No.     From Prior Doc.
BKBO 055834        RQ95 081R48            040929

****************************************************************************
***                             ADDENDA                                  ***
****************************************************************************


                                                                     VE4

         FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, CONTACT: TOM WILSON 313-594-2156.










**Total Cost:    $1,183,733.00                               **Total Items:  1



- -----------------  ------------------  -------------------  -----------------
APPROVAL           APPROVAL            APPROVAL             APPROVAL


                                                                PAGE:   2 OF 2
<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<S><C>
                                                                     *THESE ITEMS MUST APPEAR ON ALL SHIPPING AND BILLING
       [FORD LOGO]          Purchase Order                  *Blanket order number (if any)      *Purchase Order Number, or Release
                              REVISION                                                           Authorization when blanket order
                                                                                                 is entered

        BUYER AGREES TO PURCHASE AND RECEIVE                    BKBO 055834                        A 10 RL95 040929 001

                                                             F.O.B. (TITLE TRANSFER POINT)                   DATE OF ORDER
        NATIONAL TECHTEAM INC                                   DESTINATION                                     02/23/96 ***
        22000 GARRISON AVE                                   
        DEARBORN        MI  48124                            TRANSPORTATION TERMS                            DELIVERY DATE
                                                                PREPAID                                         02/13/96

                                                             PAYMENT TERMS                                   SHIPPING POINT
                                                                NET 15TH AND 30TH PROX                          U.S.A.

        SELLER, agrees to sell and deliver                   ROUTING                                         FUNDS
        supplies and services specified herein                  SELLERS' DELIVERY                               FUNDS =USD

        *Ship to:                                     SALES AND USE TAXES                   *INVOICE TO:
                                                      DO NOT BILL SALES OR
        FORD MOTOR CO                                 USE TAX BECAUSE                       DO NOT INVOICE
        21500 OAKWOOD REC C BODY ENG                  PURCHASES ARE FOR                     ERS CODE 2
        DEARBORN                MI                    RESALE.                               SEE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW
        48121
                                                      See Section 15 for additional
                                                      information and instructions          
</TABLE>

      
        DO NOT INVOICE.  FORD'S PAYMENT OBLIGATION IS AS SPECIFIED IN PURCHASE
        ORDER.  IF A PRICE IS NOT CORRECT, SEND PRICE ADVICE WITHIN 10 CALENDAR
        DAYS OF SHIPMENT.  MAIL OR FAX PRICE ADVICE TO:  FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
        P.O. BOX 6015, DEARBORN, MI 48121, FAX: (313) 458-0153.  IF PAYMENT DOES
        NOT AGREE WITH PRICE ADVICE, CONTACT PRICE ADVICE ADMINISTRATION AT
        (313) 458-0162.  IF PAYMENT IS NOT RECEIVED OR PAYMENT REFLECTS
        INCORRECT QUANTITY, CONTACT REQUESTER SHOWN ON THIS ORDER.  IF ORDER
        SPECIFIES PREPAID AND SUMMARY FREIGHT, INVOICE FREIGHT TO P.O. BOX 6015.
        DIRECT EVALUATED RECEIPT SETTLEMENT (ERS) OR PAYMENT INQUIRIES TO (313)
        248-4860.

PURPOSE: MOVE PRODUCT DEVEL COMPUTERS AS REQUIRED BY FORD 2000 REORG.

DELIVERY DATE CHANGED FROM:                     TO:
07/20/97                                         02/13/96

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LINE#  *ITEM NUMBER*         QUANTITY*  U/M*       PRC/QTY U/M       UNIT PRICE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***********************************DESCRIPTION*********************************
ITEM   MI SC  513742                    CHANGED FROM:       TO:
            QUANTITY         1                            QUANTITY         1
     UNIT OF MEASURE LOT                        UNIT OF MEASURE LOT
 EFF 02/13/96 PRICE      1183733.00000                   PRICE    1483733.00000

ITEM   MI SC  513742                    CONTINUED:
 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SERVICES TO ASSIST FORD MOTOR CO. IN PERFORMING 12,000
 COMPUTER MOVES IN SUPPORT OF FORD 2000 IN THE GREATER DEARBORN AREA (PER
QUOTATION DATED 03-03-95 AND AMENDED 03-08-95):
* DE-INSTALL COMPUTERS AT BASE (ORIGINATING) LOCATION
* PACKAGE FOR TRANSPORT
* RE-INSTALL COMPUTERS AT NEW LOCATION (DESTINATION)
* LOAD SOFTWARE, CONFIGURE SYSTEM, PERFORM SYSTEM CHECK AND CHECKOUT
TECHNICAL SPECIALIST CLASSIFICATIONS PERFORMING THIS CONTRACT INCLUDE, PER
PRESENT NTT BLANKET ORDER:  0000 10 MI SC B0621407, 0000 30 MI SC B0621413 
AND 000 60 MI SC B0621421

TOTAL ORDER PRICE CHANGED FROM:            TO:
      TOTAL PRICE      1183733.00000           TOTAL PRICE    1,483,733.00





                        REQUESTOR IS: TOM WILSON            (313)-594-2156
* SUPPLIER CODE - Q479D BUYER     IS: MARC MENDEN (4752)    (313)-337-3347
RQ96-044R16
PAGE 0001

<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.16



                                   AGREEMENT
                          TECHNICAL SUPPORT ASSISTANCE

This Agreement  is entered into by and between Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP"),
located at 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, CA   94304 and National TechTeam,
Inc. ("Seller"), located at 22000 Garrison Avenue, Dearborn, Michigan, 48124.
This Agreement and the attached addenda constitute the entire agreement.

1.   PRECEDENCE
      1.1. The provisions of this Agreement  and the attached exhibits
           and addenda hereto take precedence over the Seller's additional or
           different terms and conditions, to which notice of objection is
           hereby given.  Acceptance by the Seller is limited to HP's terms and
           conditions.  No change or modification of any of the terms and
           conditions herein shall be valid or binding on either party unless
           in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each party.
      1.2. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this
           Agreement  and any addenda, the order of precedence is as follows:
                  a.  This Agreement  and any modifications to this Agreement ;
                  b.  The addenda to this Agreement  and any modifications to
                  the addenda;
      1.3. All references in this Agreement  to "HP" shall mean only the
           Customer Support Center (CSC) or the Home Products Division (HPD).

2.   NOTICES
            Any notices sent by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement  are to
            be sent to the HP address specified in this Agreement , and to the
            attention of the contract manager within HP's Customer Support
            Center.

3.   CHOICE OF LAW
            This Agreement  shall be interpreted and governed in all respects
            by the laws of the State of California.

4.   DEFINITIONS
      4.1. Definitions in addition to the terms defined in the
           Agreement:
            4.1.1. "Customers" are end-users requesting post-sales technical
                   support, or authorized HP resellers and HP sales force
                   representatives requesting pre-sales or post-sales support 
                   for HP products.
            4.1.2. "Customer Support Center" (CSC) is HP's support organization
                   for end users, authorized resellers, and HP sales force
                   representatives of HP printers, plotters, scanners, faxes and
                   PCs, located in Boise, Idaho.
            4.1.3. "Home Products Division" (HPD) is the HP division
                   responsible for development, manufacturing, and marketing of
                   the Multimedia computers described in this Agreement, 
                   located in Santa Clara, California.
            4.1.4. "The Work"  The services performed by the Seller as
                   described in this Agreement shall hereinafter be referred to
                   as "the work".
            4.1.5. "Technician" - a Seller employee whose primary
                   responsibility is answering Customer inquiries on HP 
                   products.  This may refer to either HP employees or Seller 
                   employees.
            4.1.6. "Talk-time" - the amount of time spent talking to customers.
                   This can be measured on a per call basis, or per Technician
                   per day basis.
            4.1.7. "After call work time" - the amount of time spent by a
                   Technician capturing call information after the customer/
                   Technician conversation has ended.
            4.1.8. "Availability" - the amount of time when a Technician is
                   logged on to the phone system and is ready to accept a call
                   from a customer.  One minus occupancy percent equals
                   percentage of availability.



                                 Page 1 of 8
<PAGE>   2

            4.1.9.  "Occupancy" - the sum of talk-time plus after call work time
                    equals occupancy.  One minus availability percent equals
                    percentage of occupancy.
            4.1.10. "On-line time" - the amount of time Technician is logged on
                    to the phone system, regardless of the Technician's work
                    status.  Availability plus talk time plus after call work 
                    time equals on-line time.
            4.1.11. "Off-line time" - the amount of time a Technician is logged
                    off the phone system.
            4.1.12. "Free support" - support which is provided to the end user
                    without charge.
            4.1.13. "Fee Based Support" - services that are beyond basic set-up
                    and configuration support or troubleshooting and are 
                    provided to the end-user according to a fee schedule.

5.   SERVICE AND PROCESS SCOPE
     5.1.  SERVICE DESCRIPTION
           This Agreement covers the answering of technical assistance phone
           calls from customers of certain HP products, and technical
           assistance phone calls from HP sales representatives.  The Seller
           will collect information about each caller and each call.  This
           information will be synthesized and provided  to HP.  These
           activities will take place at the Seller's facility.  A detailed
           listed of the duties and responsibilities of both the Seller and HP
           is found in Addendum A of this Agreement.  The specific list of
           products to be supported by the Seller are Addendum D.
     5.2.  TRANSPARENCY OF SELLER TO HP CUSTOMERS
           The Seller will provide support in a manner in which the origin of
           the support is transparent to HP Customers.  HP Customers are not
           to know whether they are speaking with HP or with the Seller acting
           on behalf of HP.
           5.2.1. Technicians with answer the phone "Thank you for calling
                  Hewlett-Packard technical support, my name is 'technician
                  name'".
     5.3.  CALL TRANSFERS
           The Seller may be required to transfer the Customer to other HP
           locations.  These may include transfers to CSC, HP product repair
           facilities, HP driver distribution facilities, HP dealer locator
           services, and HP bulletin board services.  A phone list describing
           transfer phone numbers, transfer processes and procedures is
           attached as Addendum E.
     5.4.  RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES
           5.4.1. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is that of
                  owner and contracting firm.
           5.4.2. Seller shall neither assign any rights nor delegate any
                  duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent
                  of HP.  This prohibition extends to all assignments and
                  delegations that may be prohibited by agreement.  Seller shall
                  not subcontract any of the work without the prior consent of
                  HP; if HP consents to the use of a subcontractor, such
                  subcontractor shall be bound to the terms and conditions of
                  this Agreement as an agent of the Seller.
           5.4.3. The Seller shall be solely responsible for any employment
                  related taxes, insurance premiums, or other employment
                  benefits related to the Seller's performance of services under
                  this Agreement, and shall hold HP harmless on account thereof.

6.   TERM
     6.1.  This shall be a twelve (12) month Agreement for the period of
           April 1, 1995 to March 31, 1996, inclusive.  Either party may, at
           any time, except as stated in Section 17 - Default of this
           Agreement, terminate this Agreement in writing upon sixty (60) days
           prior notice.  If no such notice is given, this Agreement will
           expire on the first (1st) anniversary of the commencement date.  On
           such event, HP shall be liable only for payment in accordance with
           the provisions of this Agreement for work performed prior to the
           effective date of termination.
     6.2.  60 days prior to the expiration date of this Agreement, HP
           and the Seller will each provide notification to the other party of
           their intent regarding continuation of the relationship.  This
           intent may include:  renewal of the terms and conditions contained
           in this document, re-negotiation of the terms and conditions of the
           relationship, or termination of the relationship.



                                 Page 2 of 8

<PAGE>   3

     6.3.  If the expiration date of this Agreement is reached and HP
           and the Seller are in the process of re-negotiating the terms and
           conditions of the relationship, the terms of this  may be extended
           on a month-to-month basis contingent upon the mutual written
           agreement of HP and the Seller.


7.   HP BUSINESS FORECASTS
            All business volume forecasts provided by HP pursuant to this
            Agreement are only estimates, and shall not be construed to be
            commitments to a certain level of business, and may be revised by
            HP as business requirements change.

8.   PRICING
     8.1.  REVIEW PERIOD   The price for project start-up costs,
           facsimile services and teleservices is in U.S. dollars, unless
           otherwise stated, and shall remain in effect during the term of this
           Agreement..  Prices and volumes will be reviewed at the end of each
           three month period during the Agreement's term.  Price changes must
           be agreed to in writing by both HP and Seller.
     8.2.  PAYMENT   HP shall pay Seller fees for services detailed in
           this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule in Addendum C,
           attached.  Seller shall bill HP at the end of each calendar month,
           based upon actual costs incurred during that month, and HP shall pay
           such invoices net 35 days after receipt of an appropriate invoice
           from Seller.
     8.3.  DISCLOSURE   Seller agrees to help HP understand Seller's
           costs.  Seller further agrees to disclose the cost components of its
           teleservices processes with the intent of reducing overall costs.
           HP agrees to provide assistance and information necessary to enable
           Seller to reduce its costs with the understanding that such cost
           savings shall be equally shared with HP.

9.   LIST OF PERSONNEL
     9.1.  Prior to the start of work, and subsequently as personnel are
           added, Seller shall submit to HP a list of employees who will
           perform any portion of the work.  This list shall state the names
           and classifications of each employee.  Prior to granting new
           employees access to HP confidential information or proprietary HP
           computer systems, Seller will ensure that each employee is made
           aware of the Confidential Disclosure Agreement (in Addendum A)
           between HP and the Seller and its applicability to the Seller's
           employees.  Seller will also ensure that, prior to assignment to the
           HP account, each employee will read and sign HP's Non-Disclosure
           Agreement (in Addendum A).  Seller will keep these signed
           Non-Disclosure Agreements on file during and after employment terms
           of the employees performing work for HP.
           9.1.1. The confidential information disclosure period shall be the
                  entire term of this Agreement.  All information disclosed by
                  HP to the Seller during this period shall be considered
                  confidential for 1 year after the termination date of this
                  Agreement or subsequent renewals to this Agreement.

10.  PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS AND SELLER EMPLOYEE CONDUCT
     10.1.  SUPERVISION
            All persons engaged in the work described in this Agreement shall
            be subject to the direction, supervision, and control of the
            Seller.  Seller shall enforce strict discipline and good order
            among Seller's employees and agents at all times during the
            performance of this work.  Seller shall assure that all persons
            involved in the work are appropriately skilled for that portion of
            the work assigned to them.
     10.2.  SELLER'S EMPLOYEE OBLIGATIONS
            When Seller employees are visiting an HP location, all employees of
            the Seller are obliged and required to follow all written/verbal HP
            plant, safety and security rules in place while on the premises of
            HP.
     10.3.  SELLER EMPLOYEE CONDUCT
            Seller employees who represent HP will be required to understand
            and abide by certain sections of the HP Standards of Business
            Conduct when interacting with HP Customers on behalf of HP.  The
            pertinent sections of the  HP Standards of Business Conduct are
            attached as Addendum F.

                                                                     Page 3 of 8

<PAGE>   4

11.  INSPECTION AND AUDIT
      11.1. HP shall have the right to physically inspect at will the
            teleservices processes being performed by the Seller.  HP shall also
            have the right to perform audits to ensure that customer service,
            quality, process, and business controls are maintained.  HP may
            perform this inspection either by
            monitoring the seller's performance in person, at the seller's
            place of business, or by remote silent monitoring of seller's
            employees'  incoming telephone calls from HP customers.  HP's
            inspection may be for any purpose reasonably related to this
            Agreement, including without limitation to assure Seller's
            compliance with HP's quality requirements.
      11.2. HP may periodically place simulated calls to the Seller as a
            means of auditing the quality of the service provided by the Seller.
      11.3. HP may conduct periodic Customer surveys to determine the
            quality of the service provided by the Seller.
      11.4. In order to verify the financial stability of the Seller's
            corporation, the Seller will provide HP with annual audited
            financial results each year the technical support relationship
            remains in effect.

12.  PHONE CALL RECORDING NOTIFICATION
      12.1. The Seller's VRU must contain clear notification to
            Customers that phone calls may be recorded.  This notification must
            occur immediately after the initial VRU salutation.
      12.2. Sample VRU scripting:
                  "Thank you for calling Hewlett-Packard Technical Support.  To
                  ensure high quality service, your call may be monitored or
                  recorded."

13.  DISASTER RECOVERY
      13.1. The Seller will provide disaster recovery plans to HP.
            These will address the Seller's disaster avoidance plan and
            contingency plans in the event phone service, computer activity, or
            facility power is interrupted.
      13.2. The Seller will notify HP immediately after identifying any
            occurrence which has interrupted or will interrupt the ability of
            the Seller perform the services described in this Program Document.

14.  INDEMNIFICATION
      14.1. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTIES
            Seller will indemnify HP for all claims arising out of acts by
            Seller not authorized by this Agreement.  shall defend, indemnify
            and hold harmless HP from and against any and all claims, losses,
            demands, attorney fees, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses,
            obligations, causes of action or suits;

               a)  For damage or injury (including death) to any person      
               (including employees) or damage to or loss of any property    
               arising out of or resulting from any negligent act or omission
               by the Seller or its employees or agents;                     
               b)  Arising out of or relating to a failure by the Seller to
               comply with any applicable federal, state or local law,     
               regulation, order, judgment or decree.                      

      14.2. NOTIFICATION
            Seller  shall promptly notify HP in writing of any matter as to
            which the above indemnification obligation relates.

      14.3. DEFENSE OF CLAIMS
            HP  shall promptly, and in all events within sixty (60) days of
            obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notify the Seller of the
            existence of any claim, demand, or other matter requiring a defense
            to which the Seller's obligations under this section would apply.
            HP shall give the Seller a reasonable opportunity to defend the
            claim, demand or matter at the Seller's own expense and with
            counsel selected by the Seller and satisfactory to HP; provided
            that HP shall at all times also have the right to fully participate
            in the defense at its own expense.  Any such 


                                                                     Page 4 of 8
<PAGE>   5

            claim, demand or other matter shall not be settled or
            compromised without the consent of HP; provided, however, if HP
            does not consent to such settlement or compromise, such claim,
            demand or other matter shall not be settled or compromised, but the
            Seller's obligation to indemnify with respect hereto shall be
            limited to the amount for which such claim, demand, or other matter
            could have been settled or compromised, together with the cost of
            defense through the date such matter could have been
            settled or compromised.  If the Seller shall, within a reasonable
            time after the receipt of the notice, fail to defend, HP shall have
            the right, but not the obligation, to undertake the defense, and to
            compromise or settle, exercising reasonable business judgment, the
            claim, demand or other matter on behalf, for the account and at the
            risk of the Seller.  If the claim is one that cannot by its nature
            be defended solely by the Seller (including, without limitation,
            any federal or state proceeding), HP shall make available, or cause
            to be made available, all information and assistance that the
            Seller may reasonably request.

15.  EXCLUSIVITY
     15.1. To ensure protection of HP proprietary information, the
           Seller will not perform technical support activity for manufacturers
           that are direct competitors of the HP products covered in this
           Program Document at the same physical site as the support provided
           for HP.  If the Seller is approached by a company whose competitor
           status with HP is unclear, the Seller will notify HP to inquire
           whether this paragraph restrains Seller from accepting such
           business.
     15.2. Seller Technicians will perform service exclusively for HP.
           Seller Technicians may not perform tasks for non-HP Seller clients.

16.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
      16.1. CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
            A Confidential Disclosure Agreement must be in place and/or updated
            and signed by the appropriate company representatives when
            confidential information is shared and identified.
      16.2. DEFINITION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
            Seller shall not disclose to any person or entity, except as
            necessary to perform work under this Agreement, any confidential
            information of HP, whether written or oral, which Seller may obtain
            from HP or otherwise, discover.  As used in this article, the term
            "confidential information" shall include, without limitation:
             a)  All information or data concerning or related to HP products
             (including the discovery, invention, research, improvement,
             development, manufacture, or sale of HP products) or business
             operations (including sales costs, profits, pricing methods,
             organizations, employee or customer lists, and processes);
             b)  All forecasts for production, support, or service requirements
             submitted by HP pursuant to this Agreement, whether oral, written,
             or communicated in computer-readable format; and
             c)  All HP property of a confidential nature.
      16.3. RELATIONSHIP EXISTENCE
            HP's expectation is that this relationship will remain
            confidential.  The existence of this relationship or terms of this
            Agreement will not be disclosed without prior written approval from
            the HP Customer Support Center Manager.
      16.4. SEPARATION OF BUSINESS
            HP business and information related to HP business will be
            physically and logically separated from other Seller business and
            information.  The Seller will provide proof of this separation to
            HP.
      16.5. ACCESS
            Seller shall maintain all confidential information in strict
            confidence.  Seller shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that
            no unauthorized person or entity has access to confidential
            information, and that all authorized persons having access to
            confidential information refrain from any unauthorized disclosure.

      16.6. EXCLUSIONS
            These provisions shall not apply to any information that
             a)  Is rightfully known to Seller prior to disclosure by HP;

                                                                     Page 5 of 8
<PAGE>   6

             b)  Is rightfully obtained by Seller from any third party without
             any obligation of confidentiality;
             c)  Is made available by HP to the public without restrictions;
             d)  Is disclosed by Seller with the prior written approval of HP;
             or
             e)  Is independently developed by Seller.
      16.7. DOCUMENTATION
            HP shall provide any proprietary or non-proprietary documentation
            to Seller regarding the products and parts deemed necessary by HP
            to give customer service for such products and parts.  All
            documentation provided by HP or created by the Seller as a result
            of this Agreement shall be treated by the Seller as HP confidential
            information.

17.  CONTINGENCIES
      17.1. DELAYING CAUSES
            Seller shall not be liable for any delay in performance under this
            Agreement caused by an act of God or any other cause beyond
            Seller's control and without Seller's fault or negligence
            (collectively "delaying cause").  Seller shall, in the event of a
            delaying cause, immediately give notice to HP of that cause.
      17.2. HP'S RIGHTS
            In the event of a delaying cause, HP may elect in its sole
            discretion to suspend the Agreement in whole or in part for the
            duration of the delaying cause; or terminate this Agreement or any
            part thereof.

18.  DEFAULT
      18.1. HP'S RECOURSE
            If the Seller fails to perform or breaches any material provision
            of this Agreement, HP provides written notice to the Seller of such
            failure to perform or breach, and Seller fails to provide a written
            response within ten (10) days from HP's written notice, and fails
            to cure the failure to perform or breach within thirty (30) days
            from the receipt of such written notice, HP may, except as
            otherwise prohibited by the United States Bankruptcy laws,
            terminate the whole or any part of this Agreement.  Further, if
            voluntary bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against Seller and
            not discharged within sixty (60) days, HP may, except as otherwise
            prohibited by United States Bankruptcy laws, terminate the whole or
            any part of this Agreement.
      18.2. PROCUREMENT OF SERVICES
            In the event that HP terminates this Agreement in whole or in part,
            as provided in this section on Default, HP may procure, upon such
            terms and in such manner as HP deems appropriate, services similar
            to the services as to which this Agreement is terminated.  Seller
            shall reimburse HP upon demand for all additional costs incurred by
            HP in purchasing such similar services.
      18.3. RIGHTS OF LAW
            The rights and remedies granted to HP pursuant to this Agreement
            are in addition to, and shall not be deemed to limit or affect, any
            other rights or remedies available at law or in equity.

19.  PROGRAM CONTACTS

19.1.       Written correspondence regarding this Agreement should be 
            addressed as follows:

            If to HP:

                 Hewlett-Packard Company
                 Customer Support Center
                 Attn:  Brad Sprenger
                 11311 Chinden Blvd.  MS 516
                 Boise, ID  83714
            
            If to Seller:


                                                                     Page 6 of 8
<PAGE>   7

              National TechTeam
              Attn:  Valerie Niemiec
              22000 Garrison Ave.
              Dearborn, MI   48124

19.2.  Electronic mail correspondence regarding this Agreement should be 
        addressed as follows:


       If to HP:
                [email protected]

       If to Seller:
                 [email protected]

19.3.  Telephone contacts regarding this Agreement are:
       HP
       --
       CSC Contact
              Brad Sprenger----------------------------- (208) 396-5436
              FAX number   ----------------------------- (208) 332-3124
       Home Products Division
              Jim White   ------------------------------ (408) 553-3432
       Technical Resource or Technical Escalations
              Jim White   ------------------------------ (408) 553-3432
       Customer Satisfaction Escalations                 
              FAX number  ------------------------------ (208) 396-4492
              Hotline phone number---------------------- (208) 396-5726
              Cellular phone number--------------------- (208)866-9387
                                                         
       SELLER
       ------- 
       Contract related issues:
              Valerie Niemiec                            (313) 277-2277

       Operational Management issues:
              Jeff Ruffini                               (810) 357-2866

       Tactical Project Management
              Rob Pedrotte                               (810) 357-2866 x2214
              Fax, for HP to Seller use only             (810) 357-2570


20.  USE OF THE HEWLETT-PACKARD NAME AND TRADEMARKS
     20.1. HP grants to Seller a personal non-exclusive license to use
           the trademarks identified below in conjunction with the services
           performed pursuant to this Agreement provided that Seller and
           Seller's agents meet the HP quality requirements set out in this
           Agreement or otherwise set by HP.  In connection with the use of
           these trademarks, Seller shall not represent that Seller has any
           ownership in the Trademarks, Seller will not attempt to register the
           mark in any for, and the parties acknowledge that the use of the
           Trademarks shall be only for the benefit of HP.  HP may terminate
           this license immediately if Seller does not meet the HP quality
           requirements.  Seller shall indemnify HP from any cost, claims or
           damages arising from the intentional acts of Seller or it's agents
           relating to the use of the Trademark in any manner except as
           permitted by this Agreement.
     20.2. Trademarks authorized for use by Seller:  "HP", "Hewlett-Packard"

21.  ADDENDA ATTACHED


                                                                     Page 7 of 8
<PAGE>   8

      All addenda to this Agreement shall be deemed a part of this Agreement
      and incorporated herein.  Terms which are defined in this Agreement, and
      used in any addendum, have the same meaning in the addendum as in the
      Agreement.

      The following addenda are hereby made a part of this Agreement:

      Addendum A -- Confidential Disclosure Agreement
      Addendum B -- Process Definitions
      Addendum C -- Pricing And Fee Schedule
      Addendum D -- HP Products Supported By The Seller
      Addendum E -- HP Standards Of Business Conduct
      Addendum F -- HP 3rd Party Seller Monitoring Form



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by
their duly authorized representatives.



Hewlett-Packard Company
Worldwide Sales, Distribution, and Support
By:  Alex Sozonoff                             National TechTeam
Title:  General Manager, Worldwide Sales,      By:  Valerie J. Niemiec
Distribution, and Support                      Title:  Senior Vice President


Signature:                              Signature: Valerie J. Niemiec
          ---------------------------             -----------------------------

Date Signed:                            Date Signed:
            -------------------------               ---------------------------

                                                                     Page 8 of 8



<PAGE>   9



                                   ADDENDUM A
                            HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
                       CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

Multi-part standard Confidential Disclosure Agreement attached.









                                                        Addendum A - Page 1 of 1







<PAGE>   10
[HEWLETT PACKARD LOGO]

                      CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

Effective Date:  April 1, 1995

In order to protect certain confidential information, Hewlett-Packard Company
and its corporate affiliates ("HP"), and the "Participant" identified below,
agree that:

1.  DISCLOSING PARTY: The party disclosing confidential information
("Discloser") is Both 

(Note: Fill in "HP", Participant", or "both parties".)

2.  PRIMARY REPRESENTATIVE: Each party's representative for coordinating
disclosure or receipt of confidential information is:

HP:  Brad Sprenger

Participant:  Valerie Niemiec

3. DESCRIPTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION: The confidential information
disclosed under this Agreement is described as:

HP:  HP operational information, current & future product information, shipment
projections, support volume

PARTICIPANT:  Call center operational information.

(Note: Be specific; for example, individually list materials provided. 
Attach additional sheets if needed.)

4. USE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION: The party receiving confidential
information ("Recipient") shall make use of the confidential information only
for the following purpose (e.g., "evaluation and testing for a make/buy decision
on project xyz"):

HP:  Validation of delivery against contract.

PARTICIPANT:  Delivery against contract specifications.

5. CONFIDENTIALITY PERIOD: This Agreement and Recipient's duty to hold
confidential information in confidence expire on:

              March 31, 1999

(Note: This is the period of protection of confidential information.)

6. DISCLOSURE PERIOD: This Agreement pertains to confidential information that
is disclosed between the Effective Date and 

              March 31, 1996

(Note: This is the period during which confidential information is going to be
disclosed.)

7. STANDARD OF CARE: Recipient shall protect the disclosed confidential
information by using the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable
degree of care, to prevent the unauthorized use, dissemination, or publication
of the confidential information as Recipient uses to protect its own 
confidential information of a like nature.

8. MARKING: Recipient's obligations shall only extend to confidential
information that is described in paragraph 3, and that: (a) comprises
specific materials individually listed in paragraph 3; or, (b) is marked as
confidential at the time of disclosure; or, (c) is unmarked (e.g. orally
disclosed) but treated as confidential at the time of disclosure, and is
designated as confidential in a written memorandum sent to Recipient's primary
representative within thirty days of disclosure, summarizing the confidential
information sufficiently for identification.

9. EXCLUSIONS: This Agreement imposes no obligation upon Recipient with respect
to information that: (a) was in Recipient's possession before receipt from
Discloser; (b) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of
Recipient; (c) is rightfully received by Recipient from a third party without a
duty of confidentiality; (d) is disclosed by Discloser to a third party without
a duty of confidentiality on the third party; (e) is independently developed by
Recipient; (f) is disclosed under operation of law; or (g) is disclosed by
Recipient with Discloser's prior written approval.

10. WARRANTY: Each Discloser warrants that it has the right to make the
disclosures under this Agreement.  NO OTHER WARRANTIES ARE MADE BY EITHER PARTY
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  ANY INFORMATION EXCHANGED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS
PROVIDED "AS IS".

11. RIGHTS: Neither party acquires any intellectual property rights under this
Agreement except the limited rights necessary to carry out the purposes set
forth in paragraph 4.  This Agreement shall not restrict reassignment of
Recipient's employees.

MISCELLANEOUS

12. This Agreement imposes no obligation on either party to purchase, sell,
license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any technology, services or
products.

13. Both parties shall adhere to all applicable laws, regulations and rules
relating to the export of technical data, and shall not export or reexport any
technical data, any products received from Discloser, or the direct product of
such technical data to any proscribed country listed in such applicable laws,
regulations and rules unless properly authorized.

14. This Agreement does not create any agency or partnership relationship.

15. All additions or modifications to this Agreement must be made in writing
and must be signed by both parties.

16. This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed according to, the laws
of the State of California, U.S.A.

  
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Customer Support Center          
- --------------------------------          
         (Entity Name)          
                                    
11311 Chinden Blvd. MS 516             
- --------------------------------          
Boise, ID  83714                         
- --------------------------------          
           (Address)                      
BY                                    
  ------------------------------
(Functional Manager's Signature)            
                                        
Kriss Kirchhoff                      
- --------------------------------          
             (Name)                          
                                  
US CSC Manager                      
- --------------------------------          
             (Title)                     
                                        

PARTICIPANT

National Tech Team
- --------------------------------          
         (Company Name)

22000 Garrison Avenue
- --------------------------------          
Dearborn, MI  48124
- --------------------------------          
           (Address)                      

BY
  ------------------------------
      (Authorized Signature)

Valerie Niemiec
- --------------------------------          
             (Name)

Senior VP
- --------------------------------          
             (Title)

<PAGE>   11





                                   ADDENDUM B
                              PROCESS DEFINITIONS

1.   DELIVERY AND HANDLING OF END USER TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CALLS
      1.1. End users who are calling for support on the target products
           will call 1 (800) 724-6631.  This phone number will be owned by HP,
           but will ring at the Seller's location.  HP will incur all phone
           company service tariffs associated with (800) 724-6631.
      1.2. The Seller's Voice Response Unit (VRU) will route the calls
           as defined by HP.
      1.3. The customer's product registration will be verified by the
           Seller.  If the customer's product is not registered, the Technician
           will perform product registration before technical assistance is
           provided.
      1.4. The Seller Technician will answer the customer call based on
           information in the Seller knowledge base or in HP product
           documentation.  If information pertaining to the customer question
           does not exist, the Technician will note this deficiency in the
           Seller call tracking system.
      1.5. The Seller Technician will create a call summary for every
           call handled.  This call summary will be recorded in the Seller call
           tracking system.
      1.6. In the event that the customer must be escalated for either
           technical or customer satisfaction reasons, the Technician will do
           so as documented in Customer Satisfaction Escalations section of
           Addendum B.
      1.7. The Seller will assist customers with software installation
           questions for all non-Microsoft software products which are bundled
           with the HP Personal Computer.  The Seller will provide full
           software support (including installation and usage assistance) for
           any Microsoft software product which is bundled with the HP Personal
           Computer.
      1.8. Based on history, some Customers who do not own an HP
           Multimedia computer will call 800 724-6631.  The Seller will
           redirect these customers to the appropriate HP location.  A phone
           list of other HP locations will be provided to the Seller by HP.

2.   DELIVERY AND HANDLING OF END USER HARDWARE FAILURE CALLS
      2.1. In the event that a customer calls for technical assistance
           and the customer is identified as having  some sort of hardware
           failure, the Technician will take one of two action paths:
                  a.  If the customer's product failure is related to a user
                  replaceable part, as defined by HP (such as speakers,
                  microphone, combo card, keyboard, or mouse) the Seller will
                  process the order through the Seller's current relationship
                  and processes that are in place with HP SMO.
                  b.  If the customer's product failure is related to a
                  non-user replaceable part or sub-assembly, the Seller will
                  initiate an on-site repair Customer Support Order (CSO)
                  through the HP SupportLine system.
                  c.  Due to the expensive nature of warranty repairs, the
                  Seller will work to constantly improve the fault isolation
                  process thus minimizing No Parts Used (NPU) for on site
                  repairs and No Trouble Found (NTF) for on-site and
                  replacement parts service.  As HP gather additional
                  information regarding the products covered in this Agreement,
                  specific NPU and NFT measurements will be defined.
      2.2. The Technician will record all call related data in the
           Seller call tracking system.

3.   DELIVERY AND HANDLING OF RESELLER OR HP SALES REPRESENTATIVE CALLS
     3.1.  Authorized HP Resellers and HP Sales Representatives who are
           calling for support on any HP CPO product will call 800-544-9976.
           HP CSC in Boise will validate whether the caller is authorized to
           use the 800-544-9976 phone number.  If the caller is validated by
           HP, calls on the products supported by the seller will be
           transferred from Boise to the Seller.  The Seller is expected to
           provide the same level of technical assistance to Authorized
           Resellers and HP Sales Representatives as for End Users.

                           Addendum B - Page 1 of 7

<PAGE>   12




      3.2. If the Reseller or HP Sales Representative is asking for
           assistance regarding a sales promotion or marketing program, the
           Seller Technician should transfer the call to the Reseller Support
           Group at the CSC in Boise.  HP will communicate to the Seller the
           appropriate transfer phone number for these calls.
      3.3. If the Reseller or HP Sales Representative is asking for
           service assistance (assistance while repairing an HP product), the
           Seller Technician will transfer the caller to the HP Response Center
           in Atlanta (800 430-1801).

4.   CUSTOMER SATISFACTION ESCALATIONS
      4.1. In some cases, Customer satisfaction issues may arise that
           are outside the control of the Seller.  These calls will be
           initially handled by the Seller supervisor or lead.  If no
           resolution which is satisfactory to the Customer can be reached,
           the Customer name, phone number, address, Seller contact and problem
           description will be recorded and sent either electronically or by
           fax immediately to the HP Customer Support Center escalation
           department at (208) 396-4492.  A record of this action will be
           recorded in the Seller's call tracking system.  The call will remain
           in a open status upon escalation.
            4.1.1. Examples of customer satisfactions include:
                  -    The customer believes HP owes money
                       to the customer (perhaps a product buy-back, warranty
                       extension, etc).
                  -    Some portion of the customer request
                       will cause HP to spend money above the cost of technical
                       phone assistance.
                  -    the customer is questioning some HP
                       policy or procedure.
                  -    Any issue where the customer
                       discusses legal proceedings that could involve HP.
                  -    The customer indicates that they need
                       to talk with someone who has the authority to solve
                       their problem and that authority does not exist within
                       the Seller's organization.
      4.2. The CSC escalation department will assume ownership of the
           call.
      4.3. The CSC escalation department will provide resolution
           information to the Seller, and the call status will be modified to
           closed by the Seller.
      4.4. In the event that the Seller escalates the call to the CSC
           escalation department, the Seller SHOULD NOT set the Customers
           expectation about possible resolution beyond the telling the
           customer their call if being forwarded to the Customer Support
           Quality department.

5.   TECHNICAL ESCALATIONS
     5.1.  Hewlett-Packard's Home Products Division will provide
           technical backup for the Seller.  In the event a call is beyond the
           technical abilities of the Seller Technicians or the Seller's Senior
           Technicians, the Seller Team Lead will arrange contact with the HPD
           technical resource desk.
            5.1.1. HPD and the Seller will arrange periodic conference call
                   periods where any open technical escalations or issues can be
                   addressed.
     5.2.  Access to the HPD technical backup group will be limited to
           the Seller Team Leads or supervisors.  The Seller will be expected
           to document the issue and resolution of any problem which is
           escalated to HPD.  This issues and resolutions will be included in
           the Sellers knowledge base.
            5.2.1. HP HPD will act as an additional technical resource for the
                 Seller.  The Seller will retain ownership of the call.

6.   HOURS OF OPERATION AND STAFFING
      6.1. National TechTeam will provide staffing to handle in-bound
           phone calls 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year.

7.   PERFORMANCE METRICS
      7.1. All performance metrics described below are HP's expectations
           as of the commencement date of the Work.  Any and all performance
           measures are subject to change at HP's sole discretion.  The

                           Addendum B - Page 2 of 7



<PAGE>   13



            Seller will be expected to adjust performance to match HP's
            expectations within a reasonable time period.  The appropriate time
            period for adjustment will be jointly agreed to between HP and the
            Seller.
      7.2. 95% of all calls must be picked up and serviced by a
           Technician within 3 minutes.  This service level metric must be met
           on a daily basis.
            7.2.1. Calls will not be pulled from the queue for later call back
                 in order to meet service level objective.
            7.2.2. HP will provide a 3 month rolling forecast to the Seller.
                 This will be provided monthly.  This forecast will include a
                 plus or minus 10% boundary.
            7.2.3. The service level objective described in paragraph 7.2 above
                 will be met by the Seller up to the upper bound of the
                 forecast described above in paragraph 7.2.2.  Beyond the upper
                 bound of the forecast, the seller will make every reasonable
                 attempt to service all callers as quickly as possible.  HP
                 will consider service level degradation as predicted by the
                 Erlang C queuing model to be acceptable performance of the
                 Seller.
      7.3. No call blockage is acceptable.  Call blockage means: there
           are not enough phone lines to handle the call demand and the
           Customer receives a busy signal.
      7.4. Call resolution rate (the number of customer contacts
           required to reach resolution on a single problem), as identified by
           the HP customer satisfaction survey, will not differ between the
           Seller and HP CSC.  HP will report call resolution rates to the
           Seller as part of the monthly Customer Satisfaction Survey.
      7.5. 94% of the Customers surveyed by HP will report a neutral or
           positive experience with the technical assistance service delivered
           by the Seller.
      7.6. Results of HP CSC silent call monitoring will show no less
           than 90% success rate for calls handled by the Seller.
            7.6.1. Success rate will be determined by the ratio of positive
                 responses to total responses as scored by CSC call monitoring
                 teams.
            7.6.2. The components of this score will include a combination of
                 communication skills, trouble shooting skills, and technical
                 accuracy.  A copy of the "3rd Party Seller Monitoring Form" is
                 attached as Addendum G.  HP may periodically change the items
                 on the "3rd Party Seller Monitoring Form" in order to better
                 reflect Customer expectations of support delivery.
      7.7. Results of HP CSC silent call monitoring will show 100%
           adherence to knowledge base documentation and approved training
           materials as an information source answering Customer questions.
      7.8. HP will define metrics for No Trouble Found (NTF) and No
           Parts Used.  These metrics will be communicated to the Seller as
           they are defined.

8.   EQUIPMENT
      8.1. CARE OF HP EQUIPMENT   All designs, materials and equipment
           furnished to Seller by HP or paid for by HP in connection with this
           Agreement (collectively "HP Property") shall:

              -    Be clearly marked or tagged as property of HP;
              -    Be subject to inspection by HP at any time;
              -    Be used only in servicing HP customer needs;
              -    Be reasonably kept separate from other materials,
                   tools, or property of Seller or held by Seller;

              -    Not be modified in any manner by Seller unless so directed 
                   by HP;
              -    Have periodic maintenance performed by Seller; and
              -    Be kept free of liens and encumbrances which may arise due
                   to actions of Seller.

              -    The Seller will maintain an inventory list of HP
                   owned equipment and will audit the inventory of HP equipment
                   monthly.  Results of the monthly inventory audit will be
                   reported to HP.
      8.2. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY HP

                           Addendum B - Page 3 of 7



<PAGE>   14




            HP will provide the following equipment to the Seller for use by
            Seller in fulfilling the requirements of this Agreement.  HP will
            retain ownership of all equipment described in this section.
            8.2.1. HP personal computers for production uses such as data
                   collection and knowledge base access.
            8.2.2. HP Multimedia personal computers for lab use.
            8.2.3. HP peripherals for lab use.
            8.2.4. HP will provide copies of the software which is bundled with
                   the HPD personal computers.  The Seller will provide
                   Technicians with access to this software, either over the
                   network or on the individual Technician desktops.   HP will
                   retain software license ownership for these software bundles.

      8.3. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY NATIONAL TECHTEAM
            At a minimum, the Seller will provide the following equipment for
            use by Seller Technicians in fulfilling the requirements of this
            Agreement.  The Seller will retain ownership of this equipment
            and/or maintain current software licenses.
            8.3.1. Computer networking hardware and software that will allow
                  access by Technicians to necessary computer based support
                  tools.
            8.3.2. All necessary phone equipment to accept delivery of the call
                   and route the call to the Seller Technician.  The Seller will
                   provide a Voice Response Unit (VRU) to assist in automatic
                   customer call routing.
            8.3.3. All necessary phone equipment to transfer calls to other HP
                   locations.
            8.3.4. Knowledge base and call tracking tools.
            8.3.5. Reasonable equipment and connections to allow HP to perform
                   remote, silent monitoring of Technician calls.
            8.3.6. The Seller will provide reasonable equipment and connections
                   to allow HP to remotely monitor the queue status of the HP
                   support group on the Seller's phone switch.
            8.3.7. Bulletin board software and hardware to allow the customer
                   to upload configuration files for use by the Seller 
                   Technician in the problem identification and resolution 
                   process.

9.   TRAINING
      9.1. The Seller's employees will be proficient with the personal
           computer concepts, DOS, Windows, and various software applications.
           Additionally, the Seller Technicians will have excellent trouble
           shooting and Customer service skills.  It is the responsibility of
           the Seller to provide technology and environment training, trouble
           shooting training, and Customer service skills training for the
           Seller Technicians prior to beginning HP product specific training
           or support.
            9.1.1. HP will pay for training of all new Seller Technicians,
                   which are attributable to project growth, as described in the
                   pricing summary (Addendum C of this document).
            9.1.2. The Seller will pay for Seller Technician training, when the
                   new Technicians are a result of Seller employee turnover.
      9.2. If additional product support responsibility is awarded to
           the Seller, HP and the Seller will jointly develop and deliver new
           product support training.  HP and the Seller will jointly determine
           the appropriate method of training delivery (either class room,
           train-the trainer, self paced, etc).
            9.2.1. If this training can occur during the normal Seller
                   Technician work schedule, no additional costs will be covered
                   by HP.  If Seller Technicians must attend training outside
                   their normal work schedule, HP will reimburse the Seller for
                   the actual cost of training.  This reimbursement will be
                   dependent upon prior expense authorization from HP.
            9.2.2. Class room training for Seller Technicians will occur at the
                   Seller's location.  This training will be delivered by a
                   Seller trainer or an HP trainer.  The audience for this
                   training will be Seller Technicians employed by the Seller at
                   the time the training 


                           Addendum B - Page 4 of 7



<PAGE>   15
 
                   occurs.  HP will pay for the travel cost
                   of the HP trainer delivering the training program if HP feels
                   that an HP trainer is required.
            9.2.3. Train-the-trainer sessions will be held at an HP location
                   (either Boise, Idaho or Santa Clara, California).  This
                   training will be delivered by an HP trainer.  The audience 
                   for these train-the-trainer sessions will be determined by 
                   the Seller.  The Seller will  pay for the travel cost of the
                   Seller employees attending train-the-trainer sessions at HP.
                   The Seller employees who attend the train-the-trainer
                   sessions will be responsible for training all Seller
                   Technicians on the material covered during the
                   train-the-trainer session.
      9.3. Software drivers and software bundles are periodically
           updated by HP.  Depending on the purpose and scope of the update,
           additional Technician training may be required.  HP and the Seller
           will jointly determine whether additional Technician training is
           required.  Training for updated software will be provided as
           described above.

10.  SUPPORT INFORMATION
      10.1. During the term of this Agreement significant support
            documentation will be created, both by HP and the Seller.  This
            documentation will reside in various forms, including:  TOPIC
            database, HP developed support notes, Seller developed FOLIOs, call
            tracking systems, product manuals, etc.
            10.1.1. HP will retain ownership of all information provided by HP.
            10.1.2. HP will assume ownership of all information created by the
                  Seller as a result of the activity described in this
                  Agreement.
            10.1.3. The Seller may not use HP support information for any
                    activity outside those activities intended by this 
                    Agreement.
            10.1.4. Seller will provide HP with unlimited access to all support
                    information held at the Seller's location.
      10.2. HP and the Seller will each create support information.  The
            master database containing all information will reside at the
            Customer Support Center in Boise.  The Seller and HP will jointly
            determine the process for ensuring that the CSC database and the
            Seller database are version compatible.
      10.3. All information provided by HP or collected by the Seller
            will be considered confidential and will be handled by the Seller as
            HP Confidential information, otherwise described in section 15 of
            the Agreement.
      10.4. Customer support delivered by the Seller will follow HP
            developed or HP approved support documentation or product
            documentation.
      10.5. HP reserves the right to review and approve or dis-approve
            any documentation created by the Seller for use in this project.

11.  QUALITY MONITORING AND REPORTING
      11.1. The Seller will perform periodic Technician monitoring.  The
            frequency of the monitoring will be determined by the Seller.  HP
            will provide a monitoring checklist, which will be considered a
            minimum checklist and may be expanded by the Seller or by HP.  A
            copy of this monitoring checklist is attached as Addendum G.
      11.2. The Seller will provide monthly metrics to HP regarding the
            results of Technician  monitoring.  This will include a recap of
            areas of deficiency and an action plan for resolution of any
            deficiency.
      11.3. The Seller will provide a mechanism for remote, silent
            monitoring of Technicians by HP.
      11.4. HP will provide the Seller with feedback regarding the
            silent monitoring of Seller Technicians.
      11.5. HP will have the right to request that individual
            Technicians be removed from the HP support group due to misconduct
            by the Technician.  The Seller will be expected to immediately
            comply with these requests.
      11.6. HP will provide the Seller with summaries of customer
            satisfaction survey results.
      11.7. The Seller will provide customer names and phone numbers to
            HP daily for the purpose of surveying the customer's satisfaction
            with the support provided by the Seller.


                           Addendum B - Page 5 of 7



<PAGE>   16

12.  CALL TRACKING
      12.1. The Seller must have the ability to track call history and
            product issues on all supported products.
      12.2. HP and the Seller will jointly develop a list of pre-defined
            support issues and the corresponding definitions.  The Seller will
            report the results of data collected on these issues to HP at least
            monthly.  In some instances, the criticality of the product issues
            may warrant reporting more frequently than monthly.

            12.2.1. Seller will have processes in place which enable
                    Technicians to highlight issues which are not encompassed by
                    the pre-defined issues.
      12.3. HP will assume and retain ownership for all HP customer
            information and HP products issues information that are collected by
            or provided to the Seller.
      12.4. HP will have unlimited access to all databases containing
            customer information for call issues data.
      12.5. HP may require periodic, ad-hoc data collection.
      12.6. The Seller will monitor Customer issues and will immediately
            report emerging issues to HP.

13.  REPORTING
      13.1. The following information will be reported by the Seller to
            HP daily.  This information will be faxed or transmitted to HP by
            9:00 am mountain time  the day after the activity occurred:
            13.1.1. service level - percent of calls picked up within 30
                    seconds, 60 seconds, 90 seconds, 120 seconds, 150 seconds,
                    and 180 seconds
            13.1.2.  average hold time
            13.1.3.  longest hold time
            13.1.4.  total calls offered, itemized by product family
            13.1.5.  total calls handled, itemized by product family
            13.1.6.  total call minutes, itemized by product family

      13.2. The following information will be reported by the Seller to
            HP monthly.  This information will be faxed or transmitted to HP by
            5:00 p.m. mountain time on the 2nd work day of the month after the
            activity occurred:

            13.2.1.  total calls offered.
            13.2.2.  total calls handled, itemized by product.
            13.2.3.  total call minutes handled, itemized by product.
            13.2.4.  average inbound talk time, itemized by product.
            13.2.5.  total outbound calls handled, itemized by product.
            13.2.6.  total outbound minutes, itemized by product.
            13.2.7.  average outbound talk time, itemized by product.
            13.2.8.  total mis-routed calls which were redirected to another 
                     HP support group.
            13.2.9.  service level - percent of calls picked up within 30
                     seconds, 60 seconds, 90 seconds, 120 seconds, 150 seconds,
                     and 180 seconds
            13.2.10. total calls abandon.  Abandon means the caller
                     disconnected (hung up) before a Technician picked up the 
                     call.
            13.2.11. amount to be invoiced by Seller for the previous months 
                     activity.
            13.2.12. average hold time before the call is picked up by a 
                     Technician.
            13.2.13. longest hold time before the call is picked up by a 
                     Technician.
      13.3. The following information will be reported by the Seller to
            HP monthly.  This information will be faxed or transmitted to HP by
            5:00 p.m. mountain time on the 10th work day of the month after the
            activity occurred:
            13.3.1.  monthly summary of downtime of critical support systems
                    (phone, networks, etc).
            13.3.2. total calls blocked.
            13.3.3. a copy of the invoice which was submitted by the Seller to
                    the HP accounts payable department.
            13.3.4. monthly Seller employee turnover (specific to the HP
                    technical support group).  This will include the number of
                    Technicians that left the HP technical support group, and 
                    the number of Technicians that joined the HP technical 
                    support group.

                           Addendum B - Page 6 of 7



<PAGE>   17

            13.3.5. monthly monitoring results and action plans to address any
                    deficiencies identified through the monitoring process.
            13.3.6. results of the monthly HP equipment audit as described in
                    8.1 above.
            13.3.7. total transactions associated with the Seller's call
                    tracking system (customers added, cases added, calls added).


      13.4. The following information will be reported by the Seller to
            HP weekly.  This information will be transmitted to HP by 9:00 am
            mountain time on the Tuesday following the week after the activity
            occurred:
            13.4.1. Number of calls offered
            13.4.2. Number of calls handled by product
            13.4.3. Summary of calls by issue (as tracked in the call tracking
                    system).  This is to be issue information, not individual
                    database records.  This should include issues and 
                    sub-issues, and all information entered in free form 
                    format by Technicians in the "comments" area.

                           Addendum B - Page 7 of 7



<PAGE>   18




                                   ADDENDUM C

                            PRICING AND FEE SCHEDULE

      C.1  TECHNICAL INFRASTRUCTURE START-UP COSTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item                                           Price each  Total price for startup
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>
CSU for T1-Span (2 needed for startup)         2142        4284
T1 multiplexer card                            4172        8344
ACD queue message                              901         901
Fax server PBX cards                           636         636    Act 1254
Fax modem upgrade                              552         552    Act 1254
Folio Macro Development in MS Word             1560        1560
HP BBS system                                  4751        4751
Call process system phase one (IVR license)    17613       17613
File servers (2 duplex with UPS and tape b/u)  13039       26078
Cisco 3000 router                              2120        4240   -  0
Report setup and customization                             1500
SCO FTP server software                                    900
FTP server                                                 use PDO
Remote access to TracTeam                                  4508
Remote access to NTT ACD queue status                      1255   -   7320
Vendor Support Services                                    2218
DID trunk card configuration                               3059

TOTAL                                                      $82,399
</TABLE>

      C.2  ONE TIME PROGRAM MANAGEMENT START UP COSTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Program Management, Launch Coordination
(Rob Pedrotte @ 50% x 3 mo. x $6000           9000
Telecom
(Jim Kaske @ 25% x 3 mo. x $6000              4500
Datacomm
(Chris Lawrence @ 25% x 3 mo. $3750           2800
Training Development & Delivery *
(6 man months @ $4900)                       18240

TOTAL                                        $34,540
</TABLE>

      *    Additional training development cost will be billed to HP at
           cost, as it occurs, over the first 6 months of this project.


                           Addendum C - Page 1 of 3


<PAGE>   19




      C.3  PER TECHNICIAN EQUIPMENT AND TRAINING START UP COSTS (THESE
           COSTS RECUR FOR EVERY TECHNICIAN ADDED FOR THE LIFE OF THE PROGRAM)


           Rolm phone 624 display / ACS headset           698   Aspect 1470
           Rolm phone card                                226   Aspect 1470
           Office equipment and terminal emulation sw    1151
           Technician training (per seat)**              3000

           TOTAL                                        $5075

      **   Training cost calculation:  (76230 minutes per year x $.6125
                per minute) / (231 days per year x 15 days of training) = $3050.
                TechTeam is providing technicians at cost during the training 
                period and does not recover development or delivery expenses
                in this figure.



      C.4  MONTHLY PER-TECHNICIAN RUNNING COST

      HP will pay a flat per technician fee for the period April 1, 1995
      through July 31, 1995.  HP must approve the hiring of additional
      technicians for the period April 1, 1995 through July 31, 1995.
      Beginning August 1, 1995, the running cost for this activity will paid
      for by HP via a per talk minute fee.  This per minute fee is yet to be
      determined, but will be something less that $.80 per minute.

      For the period April 1, 1995 through July 31, 1995, the per technical fee
      will be:  $4837.

      The calculation for this fee is:  $.7615 per minute x 76230 minutes per
      year / 12 months = $4837.

      $.7615 per minute is calculated as follows:

           Technician cost per minute              .6923
           Team lead cost per minute               .0428
           Other overhead labor                    .0381
           Off hours, holiday premiums             .0154
           On-going training development/delivery  .0063
           Turnover retraining                     .0060
           Travel                                  .0031
           Employee care                           .0030
           Discount                                (.0455)

           TOTAL                                   .7615

      C.5  CALL TRACKING DATABASE DEVELOPMENT

      As of March 27, 1995, approximately 600 hours of development
           time has been estimated by National TechTeam as being required for
           initial implementation of a call tracking system for this project.
           These services will be billed at a rate of $65 / hour.  Upon receipt
           of a finalized call tracking system specification from HP, National
           TechTeam will provide to HP a project schedule and the associated
           costs, which will be mutually agreed to by both parties in writing.
           Ongoing enhancements identified by HP will be billed at $65 / hour.
           Additional license fees as required for exclusive use by the HP
           project team (as required and agreed to by mutual written consent of
           both parties) will be billed to HP at National TechTeam's actual
           cost.




                           Addendum C - Page 2 of 3


<PAGE>   20





      National TechTeam shall provide to HP, for HP's use at its sole
           discretion, all software developed by National TechTeam, its
           subcontractors, or agents for use on the HP HPD project.  This shall
           include, but not be limited to, Customer Tracking System Client and
           Server source code and object code at all levels.  National TechTeam
           shall provide both object code and source code in electronic form.
           National TechTeam shall provide assistance to HP in implementing
           these software systems in the HP environment.

      As   of March 27, 1995, the extimated total cost of Call Tracking
           development is:  $39,000



      C.6  TRANSFER OF EQUIPMENT OWNERSHIP UPON TERMINATION

      In the event that this agreement is terminated for any reason, all
      tangible assets and equipment which have been purchased by HP (as
      described in this Addendum C, and subsequent purchases not described
      herein) shall become the property of HP.  At its option, Seller may
      purchase said tangible assets and equipment from HP according to the
      following depreciation schedule:

      o    Software licenses and hardware (including, but not limited
           to, ACD equipment, desktop personal computers, servers, routers, and
           modems):  50% for first year, 25% second year, 25% third year.
      o    Furniture:  25% per year for four years.



                           Addendum C - Page 3 of 3



<PAGE>   21




                                   ADDENDUM D
                      HP PRODUCTS SUPPORTED BY THE SELLER

      HP   Multimedia Personal Computer 6100 (HP product # D3845A)
      HP   Multimedia Personal Computer 6140S (HP product # D3846A)
      HP   Multimedia Personal Computer 6170S (HP product # D3847A)
      HP   PC monitor (HP product # D3848A)


                           Addendum D - Page 1 of 1



<PAGE>   22




                                   ADDENDUM E

                        HP STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

All National TechTeam employees who are involved in the delivery of HP work
will be held to the same Standards of Business Conduct as employees of
Hewlett-Packard Company.  This addendum describes these Standards of Business
Conduct.  All National TechTeam employees who are involved in the delivery of
HP work must read and understand the entirety of this addendum. Any questions
related to any item should be directed through National Tech Team management to
Hewlett-Packard.

Non-compliance with any item described in this addendum will be considered
misconduct by the National TechTeam employee, and will constitute grounds for
immediate removal from all HP activity carried out by National TechTeam.

For purposes adherance to the HP Standards of Business Conduct only, National
Tech Team employees who are involved with HP work must comply with the same
rules as HP employees.  This addendum does not in any way suggest that National
Tech Team employees are directly employed by HP.  National Tech Team should
make it clear to National Tech Team employees that they are employed by
National Tech Team and not HP.

================================================================================

PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE

Our company's reputation means a lot to us.  It's an asset money can't buy.  It
opens doors for us when we call on customers, when we look for business
partnerships, when we deal with governments, and when we work to improve the
communities in which we operate.  By all measures, HP enjoys one of the best
reputations any company has -- in any business -- anywhere in the world.

This hasn't happened by accident.  Over the years employees at every level have
endeavored to build HP's reputation by fair and honest dealing in every
business transaction and relationship.  Maintaining this reputation is a
critical objective for all entity managers.  We expect every employee to make
this a personal responsibility as well.

These Standards of Business Conduct are intended to inform all employees of
their legal and ethical obligations to HP, its customers, competitors and
suppliers.  Simply stated, every HP employee must comply with these standards.
I expect all managers to review these standards with their employees every year
in order to answer questions and to ensure compliance.  Failure to comply with
these standards is regarded as misconduct and may result in termination of
employment.

Sometimes you may believe an HP employee has engaged in unethical or illegal
conduct.  In this situation, you are expected to notify a manager or the
Personnel Department.  As an alternative, a post
office box has been established by HP's Corporate Legal Department for
worldwide use to receive information on a confidential basis. The address is:
      Hewlett-Packard Company
      Corporate Legal Department (20 BQ)
      Post Office Box 50161
      Palo Alto, CA  94303-0890

The day-to-day performance of each of us adds to -- or subtracts from -- HP's
reputation as a company.  Uncompromising integrity is part of the HP Way and
part of every HP job; it always has been, it always will be.

Lew Platt
President and
Chief Executive Officer



                           Addendum E - Page 1 of 5



<PAGE>   23




CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
      GENERAL POLICY
            Although you are generally free to engage in personal financial and
            business transactions, this freedom is not unlimited.  You must
            avoid situations where your loyalties may be divided between HP's
            interests and your own interests.  HP wants you to conduct yourself
            so that you do not even appear to have a conflict.   You can avoid
            most unacceptable conflicts by following the rules described below.

      OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT
            What are the limits on my working for another company or having my
            own business?  HP policy does not prohibit all outside employment,
            but does forbid any outside employment that could lead to divided
            loyalties.  The following examples illustrate some of the
            limitations on outside work:

            *You may not be an employee, consultant or contractor for  any
            competitor of any HP division or operation.  Example:  you may not
            work for a company which makes computers or peripheral products,
            even if your division makes unrelated products.

            *You may not be an employee, consultant or contractor for any HP
            customer or supplier without written approval from your entity
            manager.  Further, you may not have more than one HP employment
            status at a time.  Example:  you may not be an employee at one
            division and also a consultant to another HP entity.

            *You may not sell services or products similar to HP's services or
            products.  Example:  you may not service HP products on your own
            time.

            *You may not engage in activities which support or promote a
            competitor's products or services.  Example:  you may not write and
            sell software for a competitor's products.

            *You may not accept a position with another company if the time
            demands of the position interfere with your HP job.  Example:  a
            position which required receiving phone calls during your HP work
            hours would not be acceptable.

      PERSONAL BENEFIT FROM HP BUSINESS
            When would it be wrong for me to benefit personally from conducting
            HP business?

            You must disclose all situations where you may be conducting HP
            business with friends or family members.  You must obtain written
            approval from your entity manager before conducting business with
            these individuals and you must remove yourself from any involvement
            in the decision to retain their services.  Thus, you would need
            approval to hire your brother-in-law to do repair work on an HP
            facility.  If the entity manager approves, the transaction should
            be handled by your manager or another department, and proposals
            from competing businesses should be considered.

            You may not personally benefit (other than your compensation from
            HP) from any transaction undertaken on behalf of HP.  For example,
            a sales representative may not accept anything of value from an HP
            reseller in return for promoting that company's products.

            You may participate in published frequent traveler programs, except
            those offering cash refunds.  However,  you may not participate in
            frequent purchaser programs outside the travel industry.  As an
            example, you may not accept equipment from an office supply vendor
            based on HP's purchases.

      GRATUITIES FROM THIRD PARTIES





                           Addendum E - Page 2 of 5





<PAGE>   24



            Companies often exchange gifts.  What can I accept?


            Other than inexpensive advertising novelties or business meals and
            entertainment, you and your immediate family may not accept any
            gift, payment, loan, or other favor from a customer, supplier or
            competitor.

            Care should be exercised in accepting business meals and
            entertainment.  Such activities should be infrequent, consistent
            with accepted business practices, and for the express purpose of
            furthering a business relationship.  You should not accept payment
            of travel expenses by a customer or supplier without prior entity
            manager approval.  Some HP organizations may adopt more restrictive
            rules in these matters.

            In rare circumstances, local custom may call for an exchange of
            gifts having more than nominal value as part of a business
            relationship with a foreign company.  In these situations you may
            only accept such gifts on behalf of HP and with the approval of
            your entity manager.  Such gifts should be turned over to HP for
            appropriate disposition such as HP internal use, general employee
            benefit or donation to charity.

      OUTSIDE DIRECTORSHIPS
            What if I am asked to be a director for another organization?

            You may not accept a position as a director of any HP competitor.
            You may not accept a position as director of a company which
            supports or promotes a competitor's products or services, without
            prior approval of the Management Staff.  Before becoming a director
            of any HP customer or supplier, you must obtain the prior approval
            of HP's president or an HP executive vice president.   If you
            encounter any situation as a director which conflicts with HP's
            interests, you will need either to withdraw from participation in
            the decision or resign as a director.

            You may not receive separate compensation (including stock options)
            for service on the board of directors of a company if the service
            is at HP's request or in connection with an HP investment in, or
            relationship with, that company.

      FINANCIAL INTERESTS IN OTHER BUSINESSES
            What personal investments are not acceptable?

            You may not have a financial interest in any HP customer, supplier
            or competitor that might cause divided loyalty or even the
            appearance of divided loyalty.  Whether there is divided loyalty
            depends upon many factors, including:  (a) your ability to
            influence HP decisions that affect your personal interests;  (b)
            the size of the investment relative to your finances; and (c) the
            nature of the relationship between HP and the other business.

      REPORTING POTENTIAL CONFLICTS
            When should I report an outside activity?

            You do not have to report every outside activity.  However, you
            must promptly disclose in writing to your entity manager any actual
            or potential conflicts of interest.  The manager will review the
            matter and communicate HP's position in writing.

            The manager will indicate either (a) that HP has no present
            objection to the relationship, subject to future review, or (b) the
            steps you must take to resolve the conflict to HP's satisfaction.
            Copies of the response and your disclosure will be kept in your
            personnel file.

            When reviewing a potential conflict, HP will consider the following
            questions:


                           Addendum E - Page 3 of 5
<PAGE>   25

                 -  What kind of outside work will you be performing?

                 - Does the outside work involve an HP competitor, customer or
                 supplier?

                 - Are any HP products or services involved in your outside
                 work?

                 - Does any HP entity offer similar products or services as the
                 entity engaging you for the outside work?

                 - Does the outside work support or promote a competitor's
                 products?

                 - What are your HP duties?

                 - Can you influence HP decisions that affect the outside work?

                 -  Will the outside work impact your ability to perform your
                 HP duties?

                 -  Is this outside work an opportunity HP should take for
                 itself?

                 -  Will you be getting an improper personal advantage?

                 -  Are members of your family, friends, or other HP employees
                 involved in the outside work?

                 -  Are you receiving gratuities, gifts or money that may be
                 improper?

                 -  How will your actions appear to others--both inside and
                 outside HP?


HANDLING COMPANY INFORMATION
      GENERAL POLICY
            HP business information is company property which may not be
            disclosed outside HP unless properly released to the public by HP.
            If you disclose information about existing, new, or proposed
            products or processes, it can hurt HP's competitive position and
            jeopardize R&D efforts.

            You must be sure that confidential or proprietary information is
            appropriately safeguarded against external disclosure as well as
            unauthorized disclosure within HP.  Remember, when you store
            sensitive HP data on a personal computer or workstation, you are
            also responsible for applying the appropriate level of protection.
            Under no circumstances should you disclose it to third parties
            without prior approval from the responsible department manager.
            Where business needs require such information to be disclosed
            outside HP, you must complete appropriate confidential disclosure
            agreements before disclosure.  You should be equally careful when
            releasing prototypes or models.

      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION GUIDELINES
            How do I know how sensitive certain information is?

            HP has established guidelines for marking and handling sensitive
            information.  These guidelines establish four classes of sensitive
            information.  No other legends or designations should be used
            within HP.  For a more detailed discussion of how to handle
            confidential and proprietary HP information, you should consult the
            agreement signed by employees at the time of hiring and the HP
            brochure called "Protecting HP Trade Secrets".


                           Addendum E - Page 4 of 5
<PAGE>   26

            *  "HP Private - Not To Be Copied" - This designation  is used
            for information generated solely for management use to make major
            decisions and must not be disclosed outside HP.  "HP Private"
            documents may be numbered for greater control and must not be
            reproduced without written
            permission of the originator.  Examples include non-public
            consolidated financial information, strategic business plans,
            significant technical product data, R&D proposals and certain
            product marketing strategies.  "HP Private" documents must be
            disposed of by shredding.

            *  "HP Confidential" - This designation is used for
            information which if disclosed would damage HP's interests, such as
            non-public organization charts, and other kinds of personnel
            information, bids, sales forecasts, lab notebooks and customer
            lists.  "HP Confidential" documents should be disposed of by
            shredding.

            *  "For HP Internal Use Only" - This designation  is used for
            information that will have broad distribution, but which is
            considered sensitive and should not go outside HP, such as the
            International Telephone and Communications Directory.  In addition,
            an appropriate designation such as "HP and HP Channel Partner
            Internal Use Only" may be used for documents such as product
            training materials which the business unit specifically decides may
            be shared with HP resellers or other third party channels.

            *  "HP Proprietary" - This designation is used for drawings or
            other documents containing proprietary information made available
            to HP suppliers or other third parties.  These drawings should not
            be duplicated or disclosed except as authorized by the responsible
            HP person.


HANDLING COMPANY ASSETS
      GENERAL POLICY
            Each employee must take care to safeguard HP's assets.   This
            includes protecting them from unauthorized use.  Use of HP assets
            for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.


COMMENTING ABOUT COMPETITORS
      GENERAL POLICY
            Competition is a fact of business life.  HP emphasizes the quality
            of its products and avoids disparaging comments about competitors
            or their products. When you talk about a competitor or its
            products, the statements must be fair, factual and complete.


BUSINESS PRACTICES INVOLVING BOTH END USER AND RESELLERS
      GENERAL POLICY
            You must deal fairly and honestly with HP's customers.  You should
            exercise caution when offering discounts on purchases of different
            product combinations.  Exchange of confidential information is not
            permitted without a written agreement.


CLOSING COMMENT
The practices in this brochure are only some of the legal and ethical standards
you must observe as an HP employee.  Each employee has an important
responsibility to help maintain HP's reputation for the highest standards of
integrity.  If you have any questions, contact your supervisor who will in turn
contact the HP liaison..

                                                        Addendum E - Page 5 of 5



<PAGE>   27




                                   ADDENDUM F

                            QUALITY MONITORING FORM


AGENT GROUP: ___________ CALL NUMBER:   _____________ TAPE NUMBER/DATE: _______

PRODUCT:     ___________ CSC MONITORS:  _______________________________________

QUESTION:    __________________________________________________________________


SCORING:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                  <C>                      <C>                       <C>                           <C>
      0                       1                         2                      3                      N/A
No Effort Made       Minimal Effort Made       Improvement Needed       No Improvement Needed         Not Applicable
</TABLE>

SECTION 1 - CUSTOMER SERVICE SKILLS

<TABLE>                                                             
<S>                                                                            <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>  
                                                                                0      1      2      3
A. The agent offered their name and identified HP and/or product.              / /    / /    / /    / /
B. The agent used language in a manner which reflected the                     / /    / /    / /    / /
   customer's level of understanding.                                          / /    / /    / /    / /
C. The agent answered questions in a confident manner.                         / /    / /    / /    / /
D. The agent was professional and courteous throughout the call.                               
                              NUMBER OF BOXES CHECKED PER COLUMN:                                          SECTION
                                                                             /x 0/   /x 1/  /x 2/  /x 3/    TOTAL   / /
                                   CUSTOMER SERVICE SKILLS SCORE:            /=0/     /=/    /=/    /=/          
</TABLE>

SECTION 2 - TROUBLESHOOTING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                            <C>    <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>  
                                                                                0      1    2    3   N/A
A. The agent gathered pertinent information to troubleshoot the call and       
retained this information throughout the call.                                 / /    / /    / /    / /
B. Agent used available resources and efficient troubleshooting
techniques.                                                                    / /    / /    / /    / /
C. The agent proved product functionality.                                     / /    / /    / /    / /
D. The agent verified the solution.                                            / /    / /    / /    / /
E. The agent educated the customer to prevent callback (rework).               / /    / /    / /    / /
F. The information given was consistent with CSC guidelines of support.        / /    / /    / /    / /
G. The agent offered AFS1 as a supplement to the call.                         / /    / /    / /    / /
                                       NUMBER OF BOXES CHECKED PER COLUMN:                                    
                                                                              /x 0/  /x 1/  /x 2/  /x  3/     
                                              TROUBLESHOOTING SKILLS SCORE    /=0/   /=/    /=/     /=/
</TABLE>

SECTION 3 - TECHNICALLY CORRECT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>  
                                                                  0       1       2        3         N/A
A. The elements of the call were technically
correct.
       BOXES CHECKED (MAXIMUM IS 1 FOR THIS SECTION)                           
                                                                /x 0/  /x 2/    /x 4/   /x 6/          
                           TECHNICALLY CORRECT SCORE            /=0/   /=/      /=/     /=/          /*/

           SECTION 1 TOTAL (CUSTOMER SERVICE SKILLS)    ______________________________________
          + SECTION 2 TOTAL (TROUBLESHOOTING SKILLS)    ______________________________________
             + SECTION 3 TOTAL (TECHNICALLY CORRECT)    ______________________________________
</TABLE>

                                                       Addendum F -- Page 1 of 2

<PAGE>   28
                                                  = TOTAL ______________________
                                / HIGHEST POSSIBLE SCORE  ______________________
                                                        2
 
                                     =CALL QUALITY SCORE  ______________________
                                                        3 






                           Addendum F - Page 2 of 2




<PAGE>   29
[HEWLETT PACKARD LOGO]

                      CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

Effective Date:  April 1, 1995

In order to protect certain confidential information, Hewlett-Packard Company
and its corporate affiliates ("HP"), and the "Participant" identified below,
agree that:

1.  DISCLOSING PARTY: The party disclosing confidential information
("Discloser") is Both 

(Note: Fill in "HP", Participant", or "both parties".)

2.  PRIMARY REPRESENTATIVE: Each party's representative for coordinating
disclosure or receipt of confidential information is:

HP:  Brad Sprenger

Participant:  Valerie Niemiec

3. DESCRIPTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION: The confidential information
disclosed under this Agreement is described as:

HP:  HP operational information, current & future product information, shipment
projections, support volume

PARTICIPANT:  Call center operational information.

(Note: Be specific; for example, individually list materials provided. 
Attach additional sheets if needed.)

4. USE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION: The party receiving confidential
information ("Recipient") shall make use of the confidential information only
for the following purpose (e.g., "evaluation and testing for a make/buy decision
on project xyz"):

HP:  Validation of delivery against contract.

PARTICIPANT:  Delivery against contract specifications.

5. CONFIDENTIALITY PERIOD: This Agreement and Recipient's duty to hold
confidential information in confidence expire on:

              March 31, 1999

(Note: This is the period of protection of confidential information.)

6. DISCLOSURE PERIOD: This Agreement pertains to confidential information that
is disclosed between the Effective Date and 

              March 31, 1996

(Note: This is the period during which confidential information is going to be
disclosed.)

7. STANDARD OF CARE: Recipient shall protect the disclosed confidential
information by using the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable
degree of care, to prevent the unauthorized use, dissemination, or publication
of the confidential information as Recipient uses to protect its own 
confidential information of a like nature.

8. MARKING: Recipient's obligations shall only extend to confidential
information that is described in paragraph 3, and that: (a) comprises
specific materials individually listed in paragraph 3; or, (b) is marked as
confidential at the time of disclosure; or, (c) is unmarked (e.g. orally
disclosed) but treated as confidential at the time of disclosure, and is
designated as confidential in a written memorandum sent to Recipient's primary
representative within thirty days of disclosure, summarizing the confidential
information sufficiently for identification.

9. EXCLUSIONS: This Agreement imposes no obligation upon Recipient with respect
to information that: (a) was in Recipient's possession before receipt from
Discloser; (b) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of
Recipient; (c) is rightfully received by Recipient from a third party without a
duty of confidentiality; (d) is disclosed by Discloser to a third party without
a duty of confidentiality on the third party; (e) is independently developed by
Recipient; (f) is disclosed under operation of law; or (g) is disclosed by
Recipient with Discloser's prior written approval.

10. WARRANTY: Each Discloser warrants that it has the right to make the
disclosures under this Agreement.  NO OTHER WARRANTIES ARE MADE BY EITHER PARTY
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  ANY INFORMATION EXCHANGED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS
PROVIDED "AS IS".

11. RIGHTS: Neither party acquires any intellectual property rights under this
Agreement except the limited rights necessary to carry out the purposes set
forth in paragraph 4.  This Agreement shall not restrict reassignment of
Recipient's employees.

MISCELLANEOUS

12. This Agreement imposes no obligation on either party to purchase, sell,
license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any technology, services or
products.

13. Both parties shall adhere to all applicable laws, regulations and rules
relating to the export of technical data, and shall not export or reexport any
technical data, any products received from Discloser, or the direct product of
such technical data to any proscribed country listed in such applicable laws,
regulations and rules unless properly authorized.

14. This Agreement does not create any agency or partnership relationship.

15. All additions or modifications to this Agreement must be made in writing
and must be signed by both parties.

16. This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed according to, the laws
of the State of California, U.S.A.

  
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Customer Support Center          
- --------------------------------          
         (Entity Name)          
                                    
11311 Chinden Blvd. MS 516             
- --------------------------------          
Boise, ID  83714                         
- --------------------------------          
           (Address)                      
BY                                    
  ------------------------------
(Functional Manager's Signature)            
                                        
Kriss Kirchhoff                      
- --------------------------------          
             (Name)                          
                                  
US CSC Manager                      
- --------------------------------          
             (Title)                     
                                        

     PARTICIPANT

National Tech Team
- --------------------------------          
         (Company Name)

22000 Garrison Avenue
- --------------------------------          
Dearborn, MI  48124
- --------------------------------          
           (Address)                      

BY
  ------------------------------
      (Authorized Signature)

Valerie Niemiec
- --------------------------------          
             (Name)

Senior VP
- --------------------------------          
             (Title)


<PAGE>   1


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17




                                  LYNDON PLAZA



                                     LEASE



                       DALLAS LYNDON CORPORATION, LANDLORD



                         NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC., TENANT



                                 AUGUST 17, 1995
<PAGE>   2

                                     INDEX

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
      Sec. 1.1. LEASED PREMISES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
      Sec. 1.2. LEASE TERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
      Sec. 1.3. LEASE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

ARTICLE II: GRANT OF LEASE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1
      Sec. 2.1. GRANT TO TENANT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
      Sec. 2.2. TITLE AND CONDITION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
      Sec. 2.3. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
      Sec. 2.4. SERVICES FURNISHED BY LANDLORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

ARTICLE III: TERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3
      Sec. 3.1. PRIMARY TERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
      Sec. 3.2. LEASE RENEWAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ARTICLE IV: PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
      Sec. 4.1. BASIC RENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
      Sec. 4.2. ADDITIONAL RENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
      Sec. 4.3. LATE CHARGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
      Sec. 4.4. RENTAL ESCALATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             A.   DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             B.   PAYMENT OF RENTAL ESCALATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
      Sec. 4.5. PAYMENT OF RENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
      Sec. 4.6. SECURITY DEPOSIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
      Sec. 4.7. TAXES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
      Sec. 4.8. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             A.   LIABILITY INSURANCE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             B.   CASUALTY INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             C.   INCREASED INSURANCE PREMIUMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
             D.   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
             E.   INDEMNITY AND EXCULPATORY CLAUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
      Sec. 5.1. USE OF LEASED PREMISES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
             A.   DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED USE   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
             B.   USE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
             C.   TENANT'S USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
      Sec. 5.2. MAINTENANCE OF LEASED PREMISES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
             A.   MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
             B.   ACCESS BY LANDLORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
             C.   MAINTENANCE BY TENANT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
             D.   ALTERATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
       Sec. 5.3. SIGNS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ARTICLE VI: SPECIAL PROVISIONS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      14
       Sec. 6.1. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLEASES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
             A.   BY TENANT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
             B.   BY LANDLORD  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
       Sec. 6.2. FORCE MAJEURE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
       Sec. 6.3. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
       Sec. 6.4. SUBORDINATION OF LEASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
       Sec. 6.6. PARKING FOR TENANT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..17
       Sec. 6.7. RULES OF PROJECT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..17
                                                                                    
ARTICLE VII: DAMAGE AND CONDEMNATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..17
                                                                                    
Sec. 7.1. DAMAGE TO LEASED PREMISES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
           A.   SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
           B.   PARTIAL DAMAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
                                                                                    
Sec. 7.2. CONDEMNATION OF LEASED PREMISES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
           A.   TOTAL CONDEMNATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
           B.   PARTIAL CONDEMNATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
                                                                                    
ARTICLE VIII: DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
       Sec. 8.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
       Sec. 8.2. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
                                                                                    
ARTICLE IX: REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
       Sec. 9.1. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
       Sec. 9.2. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RE-ENTER   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
       Sec. 9.3. LANDLORD'S ELECTION TO TERMINATE OR RELET  . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       Sec. 9.4. CHANGE OF LOCKS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
       Sec. 9.5. TENANT REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
                                                                                    
ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .23
      Sec. 10.1. NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
      Sec. 10.2. WAIVER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
      Sec. 10.3. ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
      Sec. 10.4. NO JOINT VENTURE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
      Sec. 10.6. BROKER'S COMMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
      Sec. 10.7. HEADING, CAPTIONS, ETC.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
      Sec. 10.8. NO SETOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
      Sec. 10.9. HOLDING OVER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
      Sec. 10.10. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
      Sec. 10.11. BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
      Sec. 10.12. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND OPTION TO EXPAND  . . . . . . . . . . .27
      Sec. 10.13. COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
                                                                                    
EXHIBIT "A"         PROJECT - LEGAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
                                                                                    
EXHIBIT "B"         RULES AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
                                                                                    
EXHIBIT "C"         OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                                                                                    
EXHIBIT "D"         TENANT'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
                                                                                    
EXHIBIT "E"         LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . 36
                                                                                    
EXHIBIT "F"         RENEWAL OPTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   4

                             OFFICE LEASE


This LEASE AGREEMENT is entered into August 17, 1995, by DALLAS LYNDON
CORPORATION (hereafter called "Landlord") and NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.
(hereafter called "Tenant").

                        ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS

     SEC. 1.1. LEASED PREMISES Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant
hereby leases from Landlord approximately 32,666 square feet of rentable
area on the first, second and third (1st, 2nd, and 3rd) floors in that
certain office building (hereinafter called the "Building") in the office
building complex (hereinafter called the "Office Complex") commonly known
as Lyndon Plaza, located at 10945 Estate Lane, Dallas, Dallas County,
Texas (hereinafter the Building and the Office Complex will sometimes be
collectively referred to as the "Project").  The land which constitutes
part of the Project and upon which the improvements, fixtures, equipment
and other items which are defined as the Project is described by metes and
bounds in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein for all
purposes.  The area hereby leased in the Building is hereinafter called
"Leased Premises" and is shown outlined and hatched on the floor plan
drawing designated Exhibit "C" which is attached hereto and made a part
hereof and signed or initialed by the parties for identification.  The
Leased Premises shall also refer, when applicable, to all other rights in
parking areas, access, common areas and any other rights granted or
accruing to Tenant under this Lease.  Landlord shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to change the Project name and address.

The Rentable Area for the entire Project shall be deemed to be 139,666
square feet for the purpose of this Lease.  The Rentable Area contained
within the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be the number of square feet
set forth in the preceding paragraph.

     SEC. 1.2. LEASE TERM.  The phrase "Lease Term" shall mean the primary
term hereafter stated plus any renewal and extension periods which validly
go into effect at the end of such primary term.

     SEC. 1.3. LEASE.  The term "Lease" shall mean this Lease Agreement
and all amendments hereto hereafter entered into.

                     ARTICLE II:   GRANT OF LEASE

     SEC. 2.1. GRANT TO TENANT.  In consideration of the mutual covenants
contained in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the Leased
Premises.  Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge and agree that
notwithstanding the fact that the Lease Term may commence at a date
subsequent to the execution of this Lease, such parties intend that each
shall have vested rights immediately upon the execution of this Lease and
that this Lease shall be fully binding and in full force and effect from
and after execution hereof.

     SEC. 2.2. TITLE AND CONDITION.  The Leased Premises are leased
subject to the existing state of the title thereof as of the date of this
Lease; to all zoning regulations,

                                       1
<PAGE>   5

restrictions, rules and ordinances, and all building restrictions and
other laws and regulations now in effect or hereafter adopted by any
governmental authority having or acquiring jurisdiction, provided that
Landlord warrants that the rights and uses granted to Tenant hereunder are
not limited thereby; and, as regards the improvements, to their present
state and condition and without representation or warranty of any kind by
Landlord.  Landlord does hereby warrant and represent that the Building
contains no asbestos or other toxic or harmful substances and that the
Project conforms, at the date of this Lease, to all applicable asbestos
safety standards and all applicable environmental laws, ordinances,
statutes, rules and regulations of any governmental or regulatory body or
agency.

Tenant shall be responsible for the compliance of the Leased Premises with
all applicable building laws, codes, and regulations including, without
limitation the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Architectural Barriers
Act of the State of Texas, and other similar laws.  When the Plans for the
Improvements (as hereinafter defined) are submitted to the appropriate
state and local agencies for approval and issuance of permits, if the
applicable agency makes any requirements with respect to the remainder of
the Building or the Project to bring it into compliance with applicable
laws and regulations as a condition of approval, Landlord shall perform
the work on the Building or Project necessary to obtain and maintain in
full force and effect such approval or permit.  The first $5,000.00 of the
cost of such work shall be paid by Landlord, the next $5,000.00 shall be
paid by Tenant, and the balance shall be paid by Landlord.

Landlord further makes the warranties and representations set forth in
Exhibit "E" attached hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes.

     SEC. 2.3. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT.  So long as Tenant complies
fully with all of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord covenants that
Landlord or anyone claiming under Landlord shall not interfere with the
peaceful and quiet occupation and enjoyment of the Leased Premises by
Tenant.

If Landlord fails to comply with this covenant, Tenant may seek
appropriate injunctive relief and damages but Tenant may not, except as
provided in this Lease, terminate this Lease or abate or offset against any
rent or other payments owing to Landlord under this Lease.  In the event
Landlord assigns or mortgages Landlord's interest in the Leased Premises,
it is understood and agreed that Landlord may under no circumstances be
held liable for any breach of this covenant of quiet enjoyment occasioned
by acts or omissions of any assignee or successor to the interest of
Landlord if and to the extent such assigns or mortgagees assume the
obligations of Landlord under this Lease.

     SEC. 2.4. SERVICES FURNISHED BY LANDLORD.  During the Lease Term,
Landlord at its sole cost and expense shall furnish to Tenant in the
Leased Premises and the Building the following services:

           A.   Central heating and air conditioning to be furnished
     twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week (including
     all holidays) at such temperatures and in such amounts as are
     reasonably considered by Landlord to be sufficient for comfortable
     working conditions.

                                  2
<PAGE>   6

           B.   Building standard fluorescent lighting, including
     replacement of lamps, ballast's and starters and electric current at
     wall and floor outlets; sufficient quantities of running potable
     water, public restrooms and all necessary sanitary fixtures and
     equipment.

           C.   Janitor service five (5) days per week; provided, however,
     if Tenant's floor covering or other improvements require special
     treatment, Tenant shall pay the additional cleaning cost attributable
     thereto as additional rent upon presentation of a statement therefore
     by Landlord.

           D.   Routine maintenance and electric lighting service for all
     Common Areas and Service Areas of the Building in a reasonably good
     manner.

           E.   Stocking, cleaning, and maintenance of all restrooms
     located within the Leased Premises.
 
           F.   Access control to the Building during other than Normal
     Business Hours shall be provided in such form as Landlord reasonably
     deems appropriate.  Tenant shall cooperate fully in Landlord's
     efforts to maintain access control to the Building and shall follow
     all regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect thereto.
     Landlord shall use its best efforts to insure complete access to the
     Leased Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees, at all
     times to accommodate Tenant's work requirements.


                          ARTICLE III: TERM

     SEC. 3.1. PRIMARY TERM.  Partial possession of the Leased Premises by
Tenant will begin on September 1, 1995, or, if later, the date specified
in the contracts approved by Landlord and Tenant for construction of the
improvements to the Leased Premises, for the purpose of allowing Tenant to
install modular furnishings and partitions, opening, move in, setup, and
employee training with initial occupancy for other limited purposes
scheduled for October 1, 1995, or, if later, the date specified in the
contract approved by Landlord and Tenant for construction of the
improvements to the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall occupy the Leased
Premises prior to full construction so as not to interfere with or delay
the completion of the construction; such occupancy shall be at Tenant's
risk; and Landlord and the contractor shall have no liability to Tenant or
Tenant's agents, employees, invites, or property for injury or damage
occurring during such occupancy prior to full completion except for
Landlord's or the contractor's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Subject to Tenant's compliance with all of the provisions of this Lease,
Landlord agrees to lease the Leased Premises to Tenant for a primary term
of five (5) years beginning on the "Commencement Date," which is the
initial occupancy scheduled for October 1, 1995, or, if later, the date
specified in the contracts (as such contracts may be amended) approved by
Landlord and Tenant for construction of the improvements to the Leased
Premises and ending five (5) years after the Commencement Date.




                                  3
<PAGE>   7

     SEC. 3.2. LEASE RENEWAL.  Tenant will have two renewal options for
two (2) years and three (3) years, respectively, each at 95% of current
market rental rate determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit "F"
attached hereto and incorporated herein.


                   ARTICLE IV: PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

     SEC. 4.1. BASIC RENT.  Tenant agrees to pay monthly as "Basic Rent"
during the Lease Term a rental payment based upon the following schedule
amounts:

           Year 1 - $ 3.00/SF = $8,166.50 per month
            (months 1 - 5)
           Year 1 - $7.75/SF = $21,096.79 per month
            (months 6 - 12)
           Year 2 - $10.00/SF = $27,221.67 per month
           Year 3 - $10.50/SF = $28,582.75 per month
           Year 4 - $11.00/SF = $29,943.83 per month
           Year 5 - $11.50/SF = $31,304.92 per month

The "Basic Rent" amount shall be payable to Landlord at the address shown
below on the first day of the month without demand, deduction, or offset
except as expressly provided in Section 9.5 hereof.

     SEC. 4.2. ADDITIONAL RENT.  Other provisions of this Lease require
Tenant, under certain circumstances, to pay additional sums of money to
Landlord or others.  For all purposes of this Lease, such sums of money
shall be deemed to be Additional Rent owing by Tenant to Landlord, and in
the event of Tenant's failure to pay such sums when due, Landlord may
exercise all rights, powers and remedies provided herein or by law or
equity or otherwise as in the case of Tenant's failure to pay the Basic
Rent.

     SEC. 4.3. LATE CHARGES.  Tenant agrees that if the rent (either as
Basic Rent or Additional Rental) is not paid to Landlord on or before the
tenth (10th) day of each month or a check is returned to the Landlord by
the bank for any reason whatsoever, Tenant shall promptly pay the Landlord
the sum of five hundred dollars= ($500.00) as special damages, it being
expressly agreed by the parties hereto that said special damages are
intended to compensate Landlord for the increased administrative expense
incurred as a result of said delay or return.

     SEC. 4.4. RENTAL ESCALATION.

     A.    DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION

           1.  In the event the Operating Expenses (as defined below) of
           Landlord for the Building or the Project, as applicable, shall,
           in any calendar year during the term of this Lease, exceed the
           amount of Operating Expenses actually incurred for the Base
           Year (as hereinafter defined), Tenant agrees to pay as
           additional rental

                                  4
<PAGE>   8

          Tenant's pro rata share of such excess Operating Expenses.  Tenant's
          pro rata share as of the Commencement Date is agreed to be as follows:
          (i) As to the "Building Operating Expenses" (hereinafter defined)
          91.493% (based upon the gross total of 35,703 rentable square feet
          within the Building) and (ii) As to the "Project Operating Expenses"
          (hereinafter defined) 23.388% (based upon the gross total of 139,666
          rentable square feet within the Project).

          2.    The term "Operating Expenses", as such term is defined below,
          shall be computed on an annual basis, for the operation of the
          Project or Building as specified below during the applicable year of
          the Lease Term; the first full calendar year (1996) of the Lease Term
          shall be referred to as the "Base Year". All Operating Expenses shall
          be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
          principles which shall be consistently applied.  The Operating
          Expenses shall include all reasonable and normal costs, expenses, and
          disbursements of every kind and nature (except the costs of the
          replacement of capital investment items and the other items
          hereinafter excluded) in connection with the ownership and operating
          of the Project or the Building, as applicable, including, but not
          limited to, the following:

                (a)  Wages and salaries of all employees while engaged in the
                maintenance of the Project; employer's social security taxes,
                unemployment taxes and insurance, and any other taxes which may
                be levied on such wages and salaries; the cost of disability
                and hospitalization insurance and pension or retirement
                benefits for such employees;

                (b)  All supplies and materials used in operation and
                maintenance of the Project and related equipment;

                (c)  Cost of water, electricity, natural gas and trash removal
                for the Building;

                (d)  Cost of janitorial services, maintenance and service
                agreements on equipment, including alarm service, window
                cleaning and elevator maintenance, landscape and parking lot
                maintenance related to the Building;

                (e)  Premiums for casualty and liability insurance applicable
                to the Project and Landlord's personal property used in
                connection herewith;

                (f)  All real property taxes and installments of special
                assessments, including special assessments due to deed

                                       5
<PAGE>   9

                restrictions and/or owners' associations, which accrue against
                the Project excluding, however, federal and state taxes on
                income, and;

                (g)  Costs of repairs and general maintenance of the Project.

                (h)  Costs of general and administrative expenses of the
                Project, including but not limited to reasonable management
                fees not exceeding 5% of Basic Rent.

     Those operating Expenses defined above in items 2(c) and 2(d) are
     designated as "Building Operating Expenses" and the excess Building
     Operating Expenses incurred over the Building Operating Expenses
     incurred for the Base Year shall be multiplied by the percentage set
     forth in item 1(i) above to determine Tenant's pro rata share thereof.
     Those Operating Expenses defined above in items 2(a), 2(b), 2(e),
     2(f), 2(g), and 2(h) are designated as "Project Operating Expenses,"
     and the excess Project Operating Expenses incurred over those Project
     Operating Expenses incurred for the Base Year shall be multiplied by
     the percentage set forth in item 1(ii) above to determine Tenant's
     pro rata share thereof. Due to the usage and occupancy of Tenant, it
     is necessary to subdivide general Operating Expenses and make
     separate calculations of each of these divisions.  The sum of
     Tenant's pro rata share of excess Building Operating Expenses and
     Tenant's pro rata share of excess Project Operating Expenses shall be
     Tenant's total pro rata share of excess Operating Expenses under the
     terms of this Lease.

          Anything in the foregoing provisions hereof to the contrary
      notwithstanding, Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

                     (i)  Leasing commissions, attorneys' fees; costs,
                     disbursements, and other expenses incurred in connection
                     with negotiations for leases with tenants, other
                     occupants, or prospective tenants or other occupants of
                     the Project; or similar costs incurred in connection with
                     disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective
                     tenants or other occupants of the Project.

                     (ii) Non-cash items, such as deductions for depreciation
                     or obsolescence of equipment, or interest on capital
                     invested.


                                       6
<PAGE>   10

                     (iii)     Payments of principal and interest or other
                     finance charges made on any debt and rental payments made
                     under any ground or underlying lease or leases, except to
                     the extent that a portion of such payments is expressly
                     for ad valorem/real estate taxes or insurance premiums
                     provided above.

                     (iv) Costs incurred by Landlord in the sale, financing,
                     refinancing, mortgaging, selling or change of ownership of
                     the Project, including without limitation brokerage
                     commissions, attorneys' and accountants' fees, closing
                     costs, title insurance premiums, transfer taxes and
                     interest charges.

                     (v)  Costs which are to be capitalized in accordance with 
                     generally accepted accounting principles.

                     (vi) Costs and expenses attributable to the initial
                     construction of the Project.

                     (vii)     Any penalty charges incurred by Landlord due to
                     Landlord's late payment of taxes, utility bills or other
                     amounts included in the Operating Expenses.

                     (viii)    Allowances and other costs and expenses incurred
                     in fixturing, furnishing, renovating or otherwise
                     improving, decorating or redecorating space for tenants or
                     prospective tenants of the Project or vacant leasable
                     space (including permit, license and inspection costs but
                     excluding normal maintenance, repair and replacement
                     costs).

                     (ix) Cost of any political or charitable donations or
                     contributions.

                     (x)  Any expenses directly or otherwise paid by Tenant.

     B.   PAYMENT OF RENTAL ESCALATION.

          1.    At the end of each year during the Lease Term commencing in
          1997, Landlord shall, within ninety (90) days after the end of such
          year (or calendar year, as determined by Landlord in its discretion)
          for which rental escalation is due, give written notice thereof to
          Tenant which notice shall also contain or be accompanied by a
          computation of such rental escalation. (It is understood that there
          shall be no payment by Tenant for excess

                                       7
<PAGE>   11

                Operating Expenses or the estimated rental escalation for Lease
                on calendar years 1995 and 1996 due to the Base Year
                determination.)

                2.   Tenant shall pay, without further notice or demand, such
                rental escalation to Landlord within thirty (30) days after
                receipt of the written notice described in the preceding
                paragraph.

                3. At Landlord's option, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent
                beginning in calendar year 1998, the estimated rental
                escalation for the current year of the Lease Term.  The amount
                of estimated rental escalation shall be determined by Landlord
                based on the amount of Operating Expenses for prior years.
                Landlord shall notify Tenant of the amount of such estimated
                escalation at the beginning of each year during the Lease Term,
                and Tenant shall pay one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount of such
                estimate each month simultaneously with Tenant's payment of
                Basic Rent.

                4.   Within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar
                year during the Lease Term beginning December 31, 1997,
                Landlord shall render an accounting to Tenant with regard to
                the estimated rental escalation referred to in paragraph 3
                above.  If the actual excess Operating Expenses for any such
                year or partial year, as applicable, are greater than
                Landlord's estimate described herein, then Tenant shall pay
                that excess to Landlord as stated herein.  Likewise, if the
                actual excess Operating Expenses are less than Landlord's
                estimate, then the difference shall be applied to the next
                succeeding payments of Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable
                by Tenant hereunder or, if the Lease Term has expired, refunded
                to Tenant.  If additional monies are due by Landlord or Tenant,
                such monies shall be paid within thirty (30) days after
                Landlord renders such accounting to Tenant.  Tenant, at its
                sole cost and expense, shall have the right (to be exercised by
                giving notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after receipt
                of the statement of excess Operating Expenses for such previous
                calendar year or lease year) to audit and/or inspect Landlord's
                books and records pertaining to items affecting excess
                Operating Expenses for such preceding calendar year.  If the
                audit discloses any discrepancy then the same shall be
                reconciled as soon as possible.  If the audit reveals that
                Tenant paid more than 105% of its proportionate share of the
                actual excess Operating Expenses during the year in question,
                Landlord shall immediately pay to Tenant the cost of Tenant's
                audit.

          SEC. 4.5. PAYMENT OF RENT.  All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord as
     rent (either as Basic Rent or as Additional Rent) shall be made by check
     or draft payable to the order of Landlord.  Landlord may change the party
     to the order of whom any such checks or drafts are to be made payable, or
     the address to which such checks or drafts are to be mailed, by

                                       8
<PAGE>   12

     giving written notice to such effect to Tenant at least ten (10) days
     prior to the effective date of such change.  If any check or draft
     delivered to Landlord is not honored or paid when presented for payment
     for any reason other than negligence or fault of Landlord or other proper
     payee, Landlord may thereafter require all such future payments of Tenant
     to be made by cash, cashier's check, or United States postal money order.

          SEC. 4.6. SECURITY DEPOSIT.  There will be no security deposit paid
     by Tenant.

          SEC. 4.7. TAXES.  Parties other than Tenant shall pay as they become
     due all taxes, charges, levies, and assessments at any time levied or
     assessed against the Project by any governmental taxing authority.  During
     the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay as they become due all taxes, charges,
     levies, and assessments levied or assessed by any governmental authority
     against any leasehold interest or personal property of Tenant placed in,
     on, or about the Leased Premises by Tenant, and Tenant shall further pay
     as they become due all taxes, charges, assessments, and levies (including
     without limitation franchise, sales, excise and use taxes) in any way
     stemming from or connected with Tenant's business operations upon the
     Leased Premises.

          SEC. 4.8. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

                A.   LIABILITY INSURANCE.  During the Lease Term, Tenant shall,
          at Tenant's sole expense, carry and maintain public liability
          insurance covering the Leased Premises and the business operations
          conducted upon the Leased Premises (including business operations
          conducted by Tenant's licensees, concessionaires, and, permitted
          sublessees) providing coverage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000.00
          against liability for injury to or the death of any one person,
          $1,000,000.00 against liability arising out of any one accident or
          occurrence, and property damage insurance in the minimum amount
          required to provide coverage for Tenant's property which is
          maintained on the Leased Premises.  Such insurance shall be written
          with insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of
          Texas and acceptable to Landlord, shall include Tenant as insured and
          Landlord as an Additional Insured; and shall contain a clause that
          the insurer will not cancel or change such insurance without first
          giving Landlord a minimum of thirty (30) days' prior written notice.
          Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of the policies or
          certificates evidencing that such insurance is in full force and
          effect and stating the terms thereof.

                B.   CASUALTY INSURANCE.  Landlord shall provide fire and
          extended coverage insurance policies (in such amounts as are
          customary under the circumstances but no less than 80% of the
          replacement value) covering the Project including, without
          limitation, the Leased Premises, the Improvements, fixtures and
          equipment installed by Landlord and all common areas and parking
          areas.  Tenant shall provide fire and extended coverage insurance
          policies (in such amounts a shall equal the replacement value
          thereof) covering all of Tenant's property which is located in, on,
          or about the Leased Premises.



                                       9
<PAGE>   13

                C.   INCREASED INSURANCE PREMIUMS.  Tenant shall not use or
          offer products for sale at or from the Leased Premises or engage in
          activities which may be prohibited by the then approved Texas
          Standard Form of Fire Insurance Policy or which would result in
          increased premiums for any of Landlord's insurance policies covering
          the Project or the Leased Premises.

                D.   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Notwithstanding any other
          provision in this lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable
          to the other or to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or
          otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage to the
          Leased Premises, the Building, the Project, or any tangible personal
          property, even though such loss or damage might have been occasioned
          by the negligence of Landlord or Tenant, its agents, officers,
          directors, shareholders, employees, or invitees. Landlord and Tenant
          agree immediately to give their respective insurance companies which
          have issued policies of insurance covering risk of physical loss,
          written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this
          section, and to have the insurance policies properly endorsed, if
          necessary, to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverages by
          reason of such mutual waivers.

                E.   INDEMNITY AND EXCULPATORY CLAUSE.  Except as stated in the
          preceding paragraph D and except as otherwise specifically provided
          herein, Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Landlord
          against and from all claims, actions, damages, liability, and
          expense, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' and
          other professional fees, in connection with injury to persons or
          damage to property arising from or related to the occupancy or use of
          the Leased Premises or any other part of the Project by Tenant caused
          in whole or in part by any act or omission of Tenant, its officers,
          agents, contractors, employees, or invitees.

          Except as stated in the preceding paragraph D and except as otherwise
          specifically provided herein, Landlord agrees to indemnify hold
          harmless, and defend Tenant against and from all claims, actions,
          damages, liability, and expense, including, but not limited to,
          reasonable attorneys' and other professional fees, in connection with
          injury to persons or damage to property occurring upon any part of
          the Project caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of
          Landlord, its officers, agents, contractors, or employees.

          Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or to anyone claiming by,
          through, or under Tenant, for any injury or damage caused by the acts
          or omissions of persons occupying portions of the Project other than
          the Leased Premises.





                                       10
<PAGE>   14





                   ARTICLE V: USE AND MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

     SEC. 5.1. USE OF LEASED PREMISES.

          A.    DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED USE.  The Leased Premises are leased
     by Landlord to Tenant, and Tenant shall use the Leased Premises, only for
     the following purposes:

          General office and computer training use and service call center and
          all other related uses only

     and for no other purposes whatsoever.  Tenant hereby accepts the Leased
     Premises and the Project as completely suitable for such purposes.  Tenant
     shall not commit any act on or near the Leased Premises or the Project
     which constitutes a nuisance nor otherwise allow any nuisance to exist
     thereon.

          B.    USE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's own
     expense, comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, requirements,
     and regulations of all duly constituted public or semi-public authorities
     relating to the operation of Tenant's business or the conduct of Tenant's
     visitors, licensees, agents, and employees now or hereafter in any manner
     affecting the Leased Premises or the Project whether or not any such laws,
     ordinances, rules, requirements, and regulations which may be hereafter
     enacted involve a change of policy on the part of the enacting authority
     which are applicable solely because of Tenant's use of the Leased Premises
     beyond the uses described above.  Tenant shall not: (1) permit or
     knowingly allow any unlawful or immoral practice to be carried on or
     committed on the Leased Premises or the Project by Tenant's employees,
     agents, officers, directors and invitees; (2) make any use of or allow the
     Leased Premises or the Project to be used for any purposes that might
     invalidate or increase the rate of insurance thereof; (3) keep or use or
     permit to be kept or used on the Leased Premises or the Project any
     inflammable fluids; (4) use the Leased Premises or the Project for any
     purpose whatsoever which might create a nuisance or injure the reputation
     of the Leased Premises or the Project; (5) deface or injure any
     improvements located on the Leased Premises or the building; (6) overload
     the floors; nor (7) commit or suffer any waste.  Tenant agrees to pay as
     additional rent any increases in the cost of insurance on the Leased
     Premises or the Building to Landlord as a result of any unauthorized use
     of the Leased Premises or the Building by Tenant, but such payment shall
     not constitute in any manner a waiver by Landlord of Landlord's right to
     enforce all of the provisions of this Lease.  Tenant shall indemnify
     Landlord for any liabilities, loss, cost, and expense (including court
     costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord as a result of
     Tenant's violation of the provisions contained in this paragraph.
     Landlord acknowledges that the use by Tenant described in this Lease does
     not and shall not cause any liability for Tenant under this Section 5.1.B.
     Tenant may, at Tenant's own expense, contest the validity of any law,
     ordinance, rule, requirement or regulation of the nature herein referred
     to. If by the terms of any such law, ordinance, rule, requirement or
     regulation,

                                       11
<PAGE>   15

     compliance therewith may be legally held in abeyance without incurring any
     lien, charge, or liability of any kind against the fee or leasehold
     interest in and to the Leased Premises or the Building and without
     subjecting Tenant or Landlord to any liability for failure so to comply,
     Tenant may postpone compliance therewith until a final determination in
     any such proceedings, but only if all such proceedings are prosecuted by
     Tenant with all due diligence and dispatch and at the sole cost, expense,
     and risk of Tenant.

          C.    TENANT'S USE. Landlord accepts Tenant's permitted use as
     described herein as an acceptable use and as not being in violation of
     Section 5.1 A. and B. above.

     SEC. 5.2.   MAINTENANCE OF LEASED PREMISES.

          A.    MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole
     expense, make all repairs and replacements which may be necessary to
     maintain in good condition (1) the roof, foundation, structural walls,
     exterior glass windows, common areas, parking areas and Landlord's related
     fixtures and improvements located at the Project; (2) all air conditioning
     and heating equipment (including replacement of air conditioning filters)
     and plumbing fixtures, and (3) all electrical wiring installed as part of
     the Improvements, except for repairs required by Tenant's using equipment
     which requires electricity in excess of the capacity of the installed
     wiring, and not including any cabling or wiring installed by Tenant to
     serve Tenant's communications or computer equipment.  Landlord shall not
     be liable to Tenant for any damage resulting from failure to make said
     repairs unless, prior to the occurrence of such damages, Tenant has given
     Landlord written notice of the defect and Landlord does not, within ten
     (10) days thereafter, commence such repairs and continue the repairs to
     completion without unreasonable delays.  However, Landlord may not be
     required to provide any such maintenance, repairs, or replacements which
     become necessary as a result of any negligence of Tenant (or Tenant's
     employees, agents or invitees) except as described in this Lease unless
     such damage is covered by a standard fire and extended insurance policy.
     If, as a result of the making of any such repairs or replacements, other
     than those caused by Tenant (or Tenant's employees, agents or invitees),
     Tenant is deprived of the use of a significant portion of the Leased
     Premises for a significant period of time, or Tenant's business is
     interrupted for a substantial period of time, the rent payable by Tenant
     to Landlord shall be equitably reduced for such period in an amount as
     determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

          B.    ACCESS BY LANDLORD. Tenant agrees to allow Landlord and
     Landlord's agents, employees and representatives to enter into and upon
     the Leased Premises during normal business hours or otherwise for the
     purpose of inspecting the Leased Premises and carrying out Landlord's
     maintenance obligations.  Landlord shall take due care to protect Tenant's
     privacy and the confidentiality of any information within the Leased
     Premises.  In carrying out Landlord's maintenance obligations, Landlord
     may use and temporarily store on

                                       12
<PAGE>   16

     the Leased Premises all necessary materials, tools and equipment subject
     to the reduced rental provisions in Section 5.2 above.  Landlord may under
     no circumstances be held liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance
     or loss of business caused to Tenant or Tenant's guests, business invitees,
     employees or sublessees by the carrying out of Landlord's maintenance
     obligations.

          C.    MAINTENANCE BY TENANT.  Except for any construction to be
     completed by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Tenant agrees
     to accept possession of the Leased Premises in their present condition and
     to allow for such changes in condition as may normally be expected to
     occur through reasonable deterioration between the date of this Lease and
     the date Tenant actually takes possession of the Leased Premises.
     Landlord warrants that the Leased Premises and any improvements thereto
     and/or any of Landlord's equipment therein will be in good condition and
     working order as of the Commencement Date.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole
     expense, make all repairs and replacements which may be necessary to
     maintain in good condition the Leased Premises other than those repairs,
     replacements, and maintenance which are required by this Lease to be made
     by Landlord.  If Tenant fails to make the repairs or replacements required
     by this Lease, Landlord is authorized by this Lease to complete such
     repairs and replacements on behalf of Tenant, and to be reimbursed for the
     reasonable and customary expenses incurred thereby multiplied by one
     hundred five percent (105%), with said sum, at Landlord's sole option, to
     be collectible as Additional Rent, and in such event Landlord may under no
     circumstances be held liable to Tenant for any damages that Tenant might
     suffer as a result of such action on the part of Landlord.  Upon the
     termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises to
     Landlord in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.
     Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall be liable at the
     time of termination of this Lease for all repairs and replacements which
     have become necessary as a result of any act of negligence of Tenant (or
     Tenant's employees, agents, or invitees).

          D.    ALTERATIONS.  Tenant shall not make any structural alterations,
     additions, or changes to Landlord's lock system, or other changes to the
     Leased Premises without Landlord's prior written consent which consent
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Tenant may make non-structural
     alterations to the interior of the improvements constituting part of the
     Leased Premises without Landlord's prior written consent, but only if: (1)
     such alterations are accomplished in a good and workmanlike manner at
     Tenant's sole expense and in accordance with all applicable federal, state
     and local laws, regulations, ordinances and other promulgations; and (2)
     such alterations shall not adversely affect the structural strength or
     market value of the improvements. Title to such alterations (excluding
     trade fixtures which, except as provided otherwise herein, shall remain
     the property of Tenant but which shall be removed at the end of the Lease
     Term without damage to the Leased Premises) shall immediately vest in
     Landlord at the end of the final day of the Lease Term and shall remain as
     part of the Leased Premises.  However, Landlord may elect to have Tenant
     remove

                                       13
<PAGE>   17

     any or all of such alterations in which event such alterations shall be
     completely removed by Tenant (without damage to the Leased Premises) by
     the end of the Lease Term.  Tenant shall promptly pay for all work done or
     materials furnished in connection with the making of any such alterations,
     additions, or other changes to the Leased Premises, and under no
     circumstances may any of Tenant's suppliers of work or materials obtain
     any lien or other claim to Landlord's or Tenant's interest in the Leased
     Premises or the Project.  Landlord's consent to the making of such
     alterations, additions, or other changes shall not be construed to make
     Tenant an agent of Landlord with authority to subject Landlord's interest
     in the Leased Premises to any such lien or other claim.  If Tenant shall
     desire to challenge the amount of the claim or charges of any such
     supplier or work or material, Tenant shall provide, at Tenant's sole cost
     and expense, reasonable assurance of payment or release of said claim
     reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

     SEC. 5.3. SIGNS

          A.    Landlord will furnish and install a suitable building directory
     and establish suite numbers to facilitate locating and identifying
     Tenant's premises.  In order to effect uniformity, to control the
     graphics, and to maintain dignified aesthetics, Landlord will also furnish
     and install at the entrance door to the Leased Premises one uniform suite
     number plate and name plate.  Signs, name plates or graphics which are
     wholly within the Leased Premises and not visible from the exterior of the
     Building or from public spaces within the Building will be permitted, to
     the extent that neither the structure nor the market value of the Leased
     Premises or the Building will be affected thereby.

          B.    Tenant, at Tenant's sole expense, shall have the right to 
     install a sign which is acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable 
     discretion identifying Tenant on the exterior parapet of the Building.  
     Tenant agrees that no other sign of any description shall be erected or 
     painted in or about the Leased Premises or the Project unless previously 
     approved in writing by Landlord.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, 
     remove all signs at the termination of this Lease, and the installation 
     and removal shall be in such manner as to avoid any injury, defacement or
     overloading of the Building or other improvements.

                         ARTICLE VI: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
     SEC. 6.1. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLEASES.

                A.   BY TENANT.  Tenant may assign or sublet all or any part of
         the Leased Premises with prior notice to Landlord pursuant to a
         transfer of a majority interest in outstanding shares of stock of
         Tenant or the merger or dissolution of Tenant, or to a subsidiary of
         Tenant or the holder of the majority of the outstanding shares of stock
         of Tenant.  Otherwise, Tenant shall not assign this Lease nor sublease
         any part or all of the Leased Premises without Landlord's prior written
         consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Consent

                                       14
<PAGE>   18

     by Landlord to one assignment or sublease shall not be construed as
     meaning consent to further assignments or subleases.  Regardless of any
     such assignment or sublease, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for
     the full performance of all of the provisions of this Lease. Any
     attempted unpermitted sublease or assignment shall, at Landlord's
     election, be null and void and without any binding effect.

          B.    BY LANDLORD.  Landlord may at any time convey, assign, or
     encumber the Leased Premises, the Project and/or Landlord's rights under
     this Lease.  In the event of any such conveyance or assignment (other than
     a conveyance or assignment as collateral security for an indebtedness),
     Landlord shall be completely relieved from all obligations placed on
     Landlord by this Lease, including, without limitation, the return of any
     security deposits, effective the date of such conveyance or assignment but
     only to the extent that any assignee or mortgagee assumes the obligations
     of Landlord under this Lease.

     SEC. 6.2. FORCE MAJEURE.  In the event that Landlord or Tenant shall be
delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any of their
respective obligations anywhere herein contained by reason of: (1) the
destruction, in whole or in part, of any improvements forming a part of the
Leased Premises; (2) strikes; (3) lockouts; (4) labor troubles; (5) war,
whether declared or undeclared; (6) riot; (7) Act of God; (8) embargoes; (9)
delays in transportation; (10) inability to procure materials and/or labor;
(11) failure of power; (12) restrictive governmental laws or regulations,
whether valid or not; (13) insurrection; or (14) any other reason (other than
financial) beyond the reasonable control of such party, and not the fault of
the party so delayed or hindered in or prevented from performing work or doing
acts otherwise required under this Lease, then performance of such work or
doing of such acts shall be excused for the period of the delay, and the period
for the performance of such work or doing such acts shall be extended for a
period equivalent to the period of such delay; provided, however, that the
provisions of this Section shall not operate so as to excuse or release Tenant
from the prompt payment of rentals or other sums required to be paid by Tenant
to Landlord or to other payees anywhere hereunder.

     SEC. 6.3. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.  Within ten (10) days after written
request therefor by Landlord (in connection with a proposed conveyance or
encumbering of the Building by Landlord) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (or
Landlord's nominee) in recordable form an Estoppel Certificate certifying (if
such be the case) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect
and the dates to which the Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and other charges have
been paid, and stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signer of such
certificate Landlord is in default in the performance of any provision
contained in this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the
signer may have knowledge, and any other matters which Landlord may request.
Tenant shall not be required to deliver more than two (2) estoppel certificates
in any year of the Lease Term.  Thereafter, for each request Landlord shall
prepay Tenant $500 to cover some of the administrative expense incurred by
Tenant in supplying such Estoppel Certificates.  If Tenant, for any reason,
fails to do so upon request, if Landlord gives Tenant written notice of such
failure and such failure continues for an additional ten (10) days after such
notice, Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant's
attorney-in-fact for the sole and limited purpose of executing such Estoppel
Certificate on behalf of Tenant with full

                                       15
<PAGE>   19

power and authority to execute, acknowledge, and deliver any such Estoppel
Certificate in the name of and on behalf of Tenant.

     SEC. 6.4. SUBORDINATION OF LEASE.  If Landlord is required by the holder
of any note secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien now or
hereafter given by Landlord covering the Leased Premises to subordinate this
Lease to such mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien (and to all advances
hereafter made in connection therewith), Tenant shall, after ten (10) days'
written request therefor, execute and deliver such instruments as Landlord
determines may be necessary to effect such subordination on the condition that
Landlord's mortgagee (i) recognizes this Lease, and (ii) agrees that all
rights of Tenant under this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any subordination thereof to such mortgagee's lien, and that
Tenant may continue its occupancy of the Leased Premises in accordance of the
terms and the provisions of this Lease, so long as Tenant continues to pay rent
and otherwise performs its obligations under this Lease, and (iii) covenants
that it will not disturb Tenant's right of possession during the term of the
Lease or any renewal or extension thereof provided for herein so long as Tenant
is not in default under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this
Lease.  Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that there is no item of current
mortgage, deed of trust lien or other similar financing agreement other than
those for which Landlord shall have obtained a Non-Disturbance Letter pursuant
hereto, which prohibits or restricts in any manner Tenant's use and enjoyment
of the Leased Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease.  If
Tenant, for any reason, fails to do so upon request, if Landlord gives Tenant
written notice of such failure and such failure continues for an additional ten
(10) days after such notice, Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as
Tenant's attorney-in-fact for the sole and limited purpose of executing such
subordination instrument on behalf of Tenant with full power and authority to
execute, acknowledge, and deliver any such instrument in the name of and on
behalf of Tenant on the condition that such instrument contains items (i), (ii),
and (iii) in this Section.

Landlord will use all reasonable efforts to obtain a non-disturbance and
attornment agreement from the holders of all existing liens on the Building
containing items (i), (ii), and (iii) in this Section.

     SEC. 6.5 LANDLORD'S LIEN.  In order to secure Tenant's payment of rent and
other payment obligations under this Lease, in addition to Landlord's statutory
landlord's lien, Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a contractual security
interest, pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Texas, in
all tangible personal property of the Tenant now or hereafter located in the
Leased Premises (the "Collateral").  Upon an Event of Default (as hereinafter
defined) by Tenant, Landlord may take possession of the Collateral, and may
sell all or part of the Collateral at a public or private sale, in one or more
sales, with or without notice, to the highest bidder for cash, and, on behalf
of Tenant, convey the Collateral to the highest bidder.  The proceeds of the
sale of the Collateral shall be applied by Landlord toward the reasonable
costs and expenses of the sale, including but not limited to reasonable
attorney's fees, and then toward the payment of all sums then due by Tenant to
Landlord under the terms of this Lease.  Any excess remaining shall be paid to
Tenant or any other person entitled thereto by law.

Landlord, in addition to the rights prescribed in the preceding paragraph,
shall have all the rights granted a secured party under the Uniform Commercial
Code.  Tenant will, on request, execute and deliver to Landlord a financing
statement for the purpose of perfecting Landlord's

                                       16
<PAGE>   20

contractual security interest under this Lease, or Landlord may file this Lease
or a copy thereof as a financing statement.  Landlord and Tenant agree that any
requirement for reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given by ten
(10) days written notice, certified mail, return receipt requested to Tenant at
Tenant's address hereinafter specified.

If any of Tenant's equipment is leased from or financed by an unrelated
third-party institution, Landlord agrees to subordinate Landlord's liens and
security interests in such equipment to the rights of such financial
institution.  Within ten (10) days' after written request therefor, Landlord
shall execute and deliver such instruments as the party providing such leasing
or financing reasonably requires to effect such subordination.  If Landlord,
for any reason, fails to do so upon request, if Tenant gives Landlord written
notice of such failure and such failure continues for an additional ten (10)
days after such notice, Landlord hereby irrevocably appoints Tenant as
Landlord's attorney-in-fact for the sole and limited purpose of executing such
instruments on behalf of Landlord with full power and authority to execute,
acknowledge, and deliver any such instruments in the name of and on behalf of
Landlord.

Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant may purchase equipment for the benefit
of Tenant's customers using the customers' funds for such purpose, that such
equipment is the property of such customers, and that, upon termination of the
contracts with such customers, such equipment is to be delivered to such
customers.  Landlord agrees that any such equipment shall not be subject to
Landlord's liens or security interests.

     SEC. 6.6. PARKING FOR TENANT.  Landlord shall provide a minimum of two
hundred (200) uncovered parking spaces adjacent to the Building in addition to
fifteen (15) parking spaces in the parking garage reserved for the exclusive
use of the Tenant.  Tenant and Tenant's employees, agents, and invitees shall
park their cars only in areas specifically designated by Landlord from time to
time.  Upon written request by the Landlord, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord
within ten (10) days of such request the automobile license numbers assigned to
Tenant's cars and the cars of all of Tenant's employees and agents.

Notwithstanding anything else stated in this Lease, in the event that any
portion of the parking spaces to be provided to Tenant hereunder or access
thereto is taken by eminent domain or purchase in lieu thereof or any other
reason, then Landlord shall replace either the parking places on other land on
the Project by re-striping the number of parking spaces so taken or lost.
Should Landlord be unable to restore the parking spaces as stated above and
this Lease is not terminated by any other provision contained herein, then
Tenant may terminate this Lease at its option if it shall provide written
notice thereof to Landlord on or before sixty (60) days from its receipt by
Tenant of Landlord's notice of inability to so restore.

     SEC. 6.7.  RULES OF PROJECT.  Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and
regulations currently or hereafter established by Landlord for the operation of
the Project of which the Leased Premises are a part.  A copy of any current
Rules and Regulations is attached as Exhibit "B" and incorporated herein by
reference.  Landlord agrees to enforce the same Rules and Regulations equally
with regard to all tenants of the Project.

                      ARTICLE VII: DAMAGE AND CONDEMNATION

                                       17
<PAGE>   21

Sec. 7.1. DAMAGE TO LEASED PREMISES.

     A.   SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE.  If the improvements constituting part of the
Leased Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty to the extent of fifty
percent (50%) or more of their replacement cost, as determined by either party
in its sole and reasonable discretion, then either Tenant or Landlord may
elect, by written notice delivered to the other no later than ninety (90) days
after such damage to terminate this Lease. In such event, no rent shall be owing
by Tenant to Landlord for the period beginning on the day of such damage,
unless Tenant shall have continued or have been able to continue to occupy the
Leased Premises during said period, in which case, the reduced amount of rent
shall be owing until the date of said termination.

     B.   PARTIAL DAMAGE.  If the improvements constituting part of the Leased
Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty to the extent of less than fifty
percent (50%) of their replacement cost (or if such damage is greater but both
parties fail to exercise the election given in paragraph A above), then
Landlord shall proceed with due diligence to restore such improvements to
substantially their previous condition and shall deliver possession of such
improvements to Tenant as soon as such restoration has been completed.  Should
Landlord elect to repair or restore, the rental hereunder shall be adjusted in
proportion to the amount of floor space which Tenant cannot use, as determined
by Landlord, until such repairs are substantially complete and all permits and
certificates necessary for Tenant's occupancy of the entire Leased Premises are
issued.  If such damage has been so slight that Tenant's occupancy of the
Leased Premises is not significantly interfered with, the rental hereunder
shall continue to be paid as herein provided.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of these Sections 7.1.A. and B., Tenant agrees that if the Leased
Premises or any other portion of the Project is damaged by fire or other
casualty resulting from the fault or negligence of Tenant or any of its agents,
employees or invitees, then the damage shall be repaired at the sole cost and
expense of Landlord's insurer, except that Tenant shall pay any deductible not
exceeding $5,000.00, and there shall be no adjustment of rent before or during
the repair of such damage or during the remainder of the Lease Term in the
event said damage is not repaired.

SEC. 7.2. CONDEMNATION OF LEASED PREMISES.

     A.   TOTAL CONDEMNATION.  If all of the Leased Premises are taken under
any eminent domain proceedings, this Lease shall terminate on the date title to
the Leased Premises vests in the condemning authority.  There shall be refunded
to Tenant any portion of prepaid rent covering the period subsequent to such
date of termination.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any of the condemnation
award other than the amount, if any, equal to the value of Tenant's leasehold
estate which is awarded to Tenant by the condemning authority for the value of
said leasehold estate, moving cost and the value of Tenant's improvements to
the Leased Premises.


                                       18
<PAGE>   22

          B.    PARTIAL CONDEMNATION.  If twenty percent (20%) or less of the
     Leased Premises is taken under any eminent domain proceeding, Landlord and
     Tenant shall each receive such portion of the condemnation award as may be
     expressly allocated to such party; but if there be no such separate award,
     then the condemnation award shall be fairly and equitably apportioned
     between Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the damage caused to said
     parties' interest in the Leased Premises as a result of such taking.  If
     more than twenty percent (20%) of the Leased Premises (but less than all
     of the Leased Premises) is taken under any eminent domain proceeding,
     Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days after Tenant first receives notice of
     the condemnation, elect (by written notice delivered to Landlord) either
     to terminate this Lease on the date title to the Leased Premises vests in
     the condemning authority, or continue this lease as to that portion of the
     Leased Premises not taken by the condemning authority. If Tenant fails to
     elect within the thirty-day period, this Lease shall automatically be
     continued in full force and effect as to that portion of the Leased
     Premises not taken by the condemning authority.  In the event Tenant
     elects to terminate this Lease, then there shall be paid to Tenant a
     portion of any prepaid rent and a portion of the condemnation award in the
     same manner as provided above in the event of a total condemnation.  In
     the event this Lease is continued, the Basic Rent payable by Tenant to
     Landlord shall be reduced by an amount determined by taking the ratio
     which the number of square feet of the Leased Premises actually taken by
     the condemning authority bears to the total number of square feet of the
     Leased Premises originally contained in the Leased Premises and
     multiplying said ratio by the amount of Basic Rent.


                             ARTICLE VIII: DEFAULT

     SEC. 8.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  An "Event of Default" will be deemed to
have occurred upon the happening of any of the events or conditions designated
herein, or any one of the following events or conditions:

          A.    Tenant abandons the Leased Premises or allows them to remain
     unoccupied for a continuous period of twenty (20) days and fails to pay
     rent and any increased insurance premiums resulting from such vacancy.

          B.    Any Basic rent or Additional Rent remains unpaid ten (10) days
     after written notice of such fact forwarded to Tenant; provided, however,
     in no event shall Landlord be required to give said notice and additional
     ten (10) days more than two (2) times per calendar year for the failure to
     pay said rent on the date it is due and payable to constitute an Event of
     Default;

          C.    Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
     becomes insolvent, commits an act of bankruptcy, files for bankruptcy, or
     involuntary bankruptcy proceedings are instituted or threatened against
     Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder; or Tenant's
     leasehold estate in the


                                       19
<PAGE>   23

     Leased Premises or Tenant's assets are attached or otherwise levied upon
     or placed in the hands of a receiver or other representative of a court; or

          D.    Tenant fails to comply fully with all of the provisions of this
     Lease or the Rules and Regulations, currently or hereafter promulgated by
     Landlord, to be observed by Tenant; Landlord gives Tenant written notice
     of such failure; and Tenant fails to cure such failure within thirty (30)
     days thereafter (unless such cure cannot be accomplished within such
     thirty-day period in which event Tenant shall have not more than an
     additional ninety (90) days to cure such failure if Tenant commences such
     curative action within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues
     such curative action to completion.

     SEC. 8.2. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.  The following shall be deemed to be events
of default by Landlord under this Lease: (i) Landlord shall fail to comply with
any material term, provision or covenant of this Lease, and the failure is not
cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to Landlord; provided,
however, no such default shall exist if, within such thirty (30) day period,
Landlord commences the required action and continues to pursue such action
diligently and without interruption thereafter, but the failure must be cured
within ninety (90) days after such written notice to Landlord.


                              ARTICLE IX: REMEDIES

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the
option to do any one or more of the following without any notice or demand, in
addition to and not in limitation of any other remedy permitted by law or by
this Lease.

     SEC. 9.1. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of any
Event of Default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to (without any
requirement of giving notice to Tenant), take whatever steps may be necessary
to cure any and all such Events of Default and, in order to accomplish this
purpose, may enter upon the Leased Premises without being liable to prosecution
or any claim for damages therefor except those caused by the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees, representatives,
contractors, subcontractors and consultants.  Such action on Landlord's part
may in no event be construed as a waiver by Landlord of any of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease. All sums expended by Landlord in curing any and
all such Events of Default (including reasonable attorney's fees and related
legal costs), together with interest thereon at the maximum lawful rate per
annum (unless there is no maximum rate of interest provided by law with respect
to such amount, in which event such amount shall bear interest at the rate of
1-1/2% per month) from the date of the making of any such expenditure to the
date of repayment thereof to Landlord, shall be deemed Additional Rent and
shall be payable to Landlord ten (10) days after written demand therefor given
the Tenant, and the failure to do so shall constitute an Event of Default.

     SEC. 9.2. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RE-ENTER.  Upon the occurrence of an Event
of Default, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of any Event of
Default, Landlord may (without any requirement of giving notice to Tenant)
re-enter and repossess the Leased

                                       20
<PAGE>   24

Premises, by picking or changing locks if necessary, remove therefrom Tenant
and all those claiming under Tenant, and remove and store in public warehouses
or elsewhere at Tenant's expense all property found in or upon the Leased
Premises.  Landlord may accomplish all this without resort to legal process and
without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable to Tenant or others
for any resulting loss or damage, and without terminating this Lease (unless
expressly provided otherwise herein) or otherwise affecting the obligations of
the Tenant for the unexpired term of this Lease, including without limitation,
liability for unaccrued rent.

     SEC. 9.3. LANDLORD'S ELECTION TO TERMINATE OR RELET.  Upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default, whether or not Landlord re-enters the Leased Premises
as above provided, Landlord may:

          A.    Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice to such
     effect in which event all of Tenant's rights under this Lease shall cease,
     in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to
     Landlord, but if Tenant shall fail so to do, Landlord may without notice
     and without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have for possession
     or arrearage in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Leased
     Premises and expel or remove Tenant and its property and other effects
     without being liable to prosecution or any claim for damages therefor and
     Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord for all loss and damage which Landlord
     may suffer by reason of such termination whether through inability to
     relet the Premises or otherwise, and to pay the aforementioned accelerated
     rental amounts to Landlord on demand.  Tenant shall, within ten (10) days
     after the receipt of such aforementioned written notice, pay to Landlord
     as liquidated damages a sum of money equal to the Basic Rent plus the
     Additional Rent for the balance of the Lease Term less the fair rental
     value of the Leased Premises, for such period; or

          B.    Take possession of and relet the Leased Premises, or any part
     thereof, as the agent of Tenant, without terminating this Lease and
     without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor for
     such terms (which may extend beyond the maximum Lease Term provided for in
     this Lease) as Landlord may, in Landlord's sole discretion, deem advisable
     and at such rental which Landlord can negotiate.  All rents received by
     Landlord from such releasing shall be applied: (1) first to the payment of
     all expenses incurred in connection with such re-entering and reletting
     (including without limitation all repairs, renovations, alterations and
     modifications helpful in reletting the Leased Premises, and attorney's
     fees and related legal costs) together with interest on any sums so
     advanced computed at the highest lawful rate per annum (unless there is no
     maximum rate of interest provided by law with respect to such amount, in
     which event such amount shall bear interest at the rate of 1-1/2% per
     month) from the date of the expenditure of such sums until such payment is
     received by Landlord; and (2) second to the payment of all past due Basic
     Rent and Additional Rent.  If the rent received by Landlord from such
     reletting for any month be less than that owing by Tenant under this Lease
     for such month, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within ten
     (10) days after written demand therefor (and if Tenant fails to do so,
     interest shall run on such deficiency as set

                                       21
<PAGE>   25

     forth above in this Paragraph).  So long as Tenant has not received
     Landlord's written notice of termination, Landlord will be deemed to have
     elected to relet the Leased Premises.  Notwithstanding any reletting by
     Landlord, Landlord may at any time decide to terminate this Lease if an
     Event of Default remains uncured at such time.  Notwithstanding anything
     contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall have no duty to relet the
     Leased Premises, and the failure of Landlord to relet the Leased Premises
     shall not release or affect Tenant's liability for the payment of Basic
     Rent, Additional Rent, or any other charges due hereunder or for damages.

     SEC. 9.4. CHANGE OF LOCKS.  Following any uncured Event of Default as
aforesaid (and, if the Event of Default is non-monetary, ten (10) days after an
additional notice and opportunity to cure such Event of Default) Landlord may
alter locks and other security devices at the Leased Premises.  Tenant agrees
that entry may be gained for this purpose through use of a duplicate master key
or any other peaceable means, that same may be conducted out of the presence of
Tenant if Landlord so elects, that no notice shall be required to be posted by
the Landlord on any door to the Leased Premises (or elsewhere) disclosing the
reason for such action or any other information, and that Landlord shall not be
obligated to provide a key to the changed lock to Tenant except during
Landlord's business hours and unless Tenant shall have first:

                (i) brought current all payments due to Landlord under this
          Lease; provided, however, that if Landlord has theretofore formally 
          and permanently repossessed the Leased Premises pursuant to 
          subparagraph 9.3(b), or has terminated this Lease pursuant to 
          subparagraph 9.3(a), then Landlord shall be under no obligation to 
          provide a key to the new locks to Tenant regardless of Tenant's 
          payment of past-due rent or other past-due amounts, damages, or any 
          other payments or amounts of any nature or kind whatsoever; and

                (ii) fully cured and remedied to Landlord's reasonable
          satisfaction all other defaults of Tenant under this Lease.

Landlord will, upon written consent by Tenant, during normal business hours and
upon Tenant's execution and delivery of such waivers as Landlord may reasonably
require, at Landlord's option either (i) escort Tenant or its specifically
authorized employees or agents to the Leased Premises to retrieve personal
belongings and effects of Tenant's employees, and property of Tenant that is
not subject to the Landlord's lien and security interest or (ii) obtain from
Tenant a list of such property described in (i) above, and arrange for such
items to be removed from the Leased Premises and made available to Tenant at
such place and at such time in or about the Premises or the Project as Landlord
may designate; provided, however, that if Landlord elects option (ii), then
Tenant shall be required to pay to Landlord (a) the estimated costs that
Landlord will incur in removing such property from the Leased Premises and
making same available to Tenant at the stipulated location, and (b) all moving
and/or storage charges theretofore incurred by Landlord with respect to such
property.  The provisions of this Section 9.4 are intended to override and
supersede any conflicting provisions of the Texas Property Code (including,
without

                                       22
<PAGE>   26

limitation, Section 93.002 thereof, and any amendments or successor statutes
thereto), and of any other law, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable
law.

Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies in this Article 9 shall not preclude
pursuit of any of the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies
provided by law.

     SEC. 9.5. TENANT REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any event of Landlord's
default set forth in Section 8.2 hereof, in addition to other remedies
available under law or equity, Tenant shall have the option to (i) cure such
default and invoice Landlord the reasonable cost incurred by Tenant in so
doing, and/or (ii) seek an order from a court for specific performance to cure
such default, and the reasonable cost incurred by Tenant shall be invoiced to
Landlord.  If Landlord fails to pay such invoices within sixty (60) days after
delivery to Landlord, and if Tenant obtains a final judgment or arbitration
award for such amount against Landlord, if such final judgment or arbitration
award is not promptly paid, Tenant may offset the amount of such judgment
against future Basic and Additional Rent. Landlord and Tenant agree that
Tenant's right to remedies for Landlord's default as provided in this Section
9.5 shall be determined by arbitration conducted in Dallas, Texas in accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration Association or such other rules as
Landlord and Tenant may agree upon.


                      ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SEC. 10.1. NOTICES

          A.    All notices allowed or required to be given hereunder must be in
     writing and dispatched by United States certified mail, return receipt
     requested, to the addresses shown below.  Either party hereto may change
     the address to which any such notice is to be addressed by giving notice
     in writing, as provided herein, to the other party of such change.  Any
     notice or document required or permitted to be delivered by this Lease
     shall be deemed to be delivered (whether or not actually received) when
     deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified mail,
     return receipt requested, addressed to the parties at the respective
     addresses set out below:

          B.    All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant shall
     be payable to Landlord at the address set forth below, or any other
     address Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered
     to Tenant.  All payments required to be made by Landlord to Tenant shall
     be payable to Tenant at the address set forth below, or at any other
     address within the United States as Tenant may specify from time to time
     by written notice.

                Landlord:

                Dallas Lyndon Corporation
                10925 Estate Lane, Suite 100
                Dallas, Texas 75238
                Attn: J. Clifton Whisnant

                                       23
<PAGE>   27

                Tenant:

                National TechTeam, Inc.
                10945 Estate Lane
                Dallas, Texas 75238
                Attn: William Crampton

                and

                22000 Garrison
                Dearborn, Michigan 48124
                Attn: Lawrence A. Mills

     SEC. 10.2. WAIVER.  The waiver by either Landlord or Tenant of any
provision of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other
provision.  The subsequent acceptance of Basic Rent or Additional Rent by
Landlord from Tenant may under no circumstances be deemed to be a waiver of any
preceding breach (including, without limitation, the failure to pay said Basic
Rent or Additional Rent in accordance with the terms of this Lease) by Tenant
of any provision hereof regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding
breach at the time of the acceptance of such rent.  No provision of this Lease
may under any circumstances be deemed to have been waived by any party hereto
unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party charged with such
waiver.  Acceptance of any payment in an amount less than that portion then
owing under this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance on account only and not a
waiver regardless of any notation contained on such means of payment to the
contrary; and the failure to pay the entire amount then due shall constitute an
Event of Default.

     SEC. 10.3. ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENTS.  This Lease constitutes the
entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and there are no other covenants,
agreements, promises, terms, provisions, conditions, undertakings, or
understandings, either oral or written, between them concerning the Leased
Premises other than those herein set forth.  No subsequent alteration,
amendment, change, deletion or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon
Landlord or Tenant unless in writing and signed by both Landlord and Tenant.

     SEC. 10.4. NO JOINT VENTURE.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
constitute Landlord a partner of Tenant in the conduct of Tenant's business or
a joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant.

     SEC. 10.5. PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If any provision of this Lease, or the
application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall to any extent be
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of
such affected provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which
it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each
provision of this Lease shall be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest
extent permitted by law.  It is further the intention of Landlord and Tenant
that if any provision of this Lease is capable of two constructions, one of
which would render the provision void and other of which would render the
provision valid, then the provision shall have the meaning which renders it
valid.

                                       24
<PAGE>   28

         SEC. 10.6. BROKER'S COMMISSION.  Landlord and Tenant each represent
and warrant to the other that there are no claims for brokerage commissions or
finder's fees in connection with the execution and delivery of this Lease other
than Revest Management Services, Inc. and Grubb & Ellis Company, all such
commissions to be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate written agreements.
Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any
liability or claim, whether meritorious or not, arising with respect to any
broker or agent whose claim arises by, through or on behalf of Landlord
including, without limitation, the aforementioned commission obligations.
Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any
liability or claim, whether meritorious or not, arising with respect to any
broker or agent whose claim arises by, through or on behalf of Tenant excluding
specifically the aforementioned commission obligations of Landlord.

         SEC. 10.7. HEADING, CAPTIONS, ETC. The headings, captions, and
numbering system, used in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of
convenience and may under no circumstance be considered in interpreting the
provisions of this Lease.

         SEC. 10.8. NO SETOFF.  Except as provided herein, Tenant may under no
circumstances have any right of setoff or deduction against any payments
payable by Tenant to Landlord under any of the terms, provisions, conditions
and covenants of this Lease, but instead Tenant may register a protest in
connection with any payments being made and/or pursue its other remedies under
this Lease, at law or in equity.

         SEC. 10.9. HOLDING OVER.  Any holding over of the Leased Premises, or
any part thereof, by Tenant after the expiration of this Lease (for whatever
reason such termination may occur) shall be construed only as a tenancy from
day to day, terminable at the will of Landlord, at a daily rental of one
hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic Rent plus the amount of Additional
Rent payable during the last month of the term, as determined on a prorated
daily basis, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease applicable to
tenancies at sufferance.

         SEC. 10.10. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.  The duties and obligations herein
contained are performable in Dallas County, Texas, and venue for any action
hereunder shall be in Dallas County, Texas.

         SEC. 10.11. BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS.  Tenant's architects are preparing
the plans and specifications (the "Plans") for the improvements to be made to
the Leased Premises (the "Improvements").  Tenant shall pay the entire cost of
the architectural services, including all engineering, consulting, and other
expenses Tenant's architects may incur in connection with preparation of the
Plans.  The Plans will be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval.  When the
final Plans have been agreed upon, they shall be signed by Landlord and Tenant
to indicate their approval.  Landlord will pay $391,992 (the "Tenant Finish
Allowance") (based upon $12.00 per rentable square foot of the Leased Premises)
of the cost of the Improvements to be made pursuant to the Plans including, but
not limited to, millwork, fixtures, equipment, draperies, utilities and
hook-ups, all other finish work shown on the Plans, construction management and
administration fees, occupancy and relocation expenses, and any other costs
incurred by Tenant in occupying the Leased Premises.  Included in the cost of
the Improvements, Tenant will address the following items normally considered
base building costs: any upgrades to restrooms required to meet ADA or TAS
compliance, life safety devices located

                                       25
<PAGE>   29

within the Leased Premises, and all other items within the Leased Premises
pertaining to building permits, certificates of occupancy, ADA or TAS
compliance, or any other permit or permits, certificates of occupancy, ADA or
TAS compliance, or any other permit or governmental approval process.  Any
additional improvements made to the base building as mandated by applicable
building codes, regulations, statutes, or ordinances, ADA, TAS, or other
similar laws will be timely completed by Landlord at its sole cost and expense
not from the Tenant Finish Allowance but as defined in Section 2.2. Additional
improvements may include, but are not limited to, upgrades to the building fire
control systems, elevators, entries and exits, parking lots, and all other
items outside the Leased Premises pertaining to building permits, certificates
of occupancy, ADA, or TAS compliance.

Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon the contractor to be used for the
Improvements and the form of the construction contract (the "Contract").  The
Contract shall be between the contractor and Landlord as Owner and shall
contain, among other things, a standard one-year warranty by the Contractor
against defects in workmanship or materials.  Upon approval of the Contract, no
change shall be made to the terms of the Contract without the consent of Tenant
and Landlord including, without limitation, those affecting the contract sum.
The Contract shall provide that all payments to the contractor shall be made
jointly by Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant shall be a party to the Contract to
evidence Tenant's approval of the contract and Tenant's agreement to make such
payments.  Landlord shall pay that part of each payment which bears the same
proportion to such payment as $391,992 bears to the total contract price, as
such price may be amended. Tenant shall pay the full cost incurred pursuant to
any change orders or extras. In the event of a price reduction, it is understood
that Landlord will in any event pay $391,992 of the cost of the Improvements.

Landlord shall require the contractor to perform all work and supply all
equipment, materials fixtures and other items shown on the Plans in a good and
workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, codes,
ordinances and regulations. Landlord will rely on Tenant's architect to assure
that the Improvements, fixtures, equipment, and other work set forth in the
Plans comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act, The Architectural
Barriers Act of the State of Texas and other similar laws.  As and to the extent
provided in Section 2.2 hereof, and not as part of the Tenant Finish Allowance,
Landlord shall do the work, if any, required on the Building or the Project to
enable all necessary approvals and permits required from governmental agencies
to be obtained.

Landlord agrees that, immediately upon execution of the Contract and issuance of
all required permits and approvals, Landlord shall cause the contractor to
commence and diligently carry forward the work provided for in the Contract so
as to achieve the completion date specified in the Contract.  Landlord agrees,
and the Contract shall provide, that Tenant's representatives shall have full
authority with regard to the progress and scheduling of the work with the
Contractor.  If the time for completion of the work to the point of initial
occupancy of a portion of the Leased Premises is extended for reasons not caused
by Landlord or Contractor and without the written agreement of Landlord, Tenant
shall pay Basic Rent on a per diem basis at the rate provided for the first five
months of the Lease Term for the number of days of such extension in addition to
the Basic Rent payable beginning on the date of such initial occupancy. The
completion date shall be that date when the Improvements have been finally
completed in accordance with the Plans and a complete and unconditional
certificate of occupancy has been

                                       26
<PAGE>   30

issued by the City of Dallas allowing occupancy by the Tenant of the entire
Leased Premises.  At any time prior to the completion date when construction of
the Improvements has reached a status satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant shall have
the option to occupy a portion of the Leased Premises upon written notification
to Landlord and subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 hereof.  The term of
this Lease and all obligations of Landlord and Tenant with regard to the actual
occupancy of the Leased Premises shall commence upon such occupancy, including,
without limitation Tenant's obligation to pay the Basic Rent.  Landlord shall
continue the construction of Improvements until final completion and issuance
of the complete and unconditional certificate of occupancy for Tenant's
occupancy of the Leased Premises as provided in the Plans, the Contract, and
this Lease.

         SEC. 10.12. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND OPTION TO EXPAND.  Landlord
hereby grants to Tenant the Right of First Refusal and Option to Expand into



                 (i)      the Pocket Sandwich Shop space in the Building
                 containing 1,642 rentable square feet should it become
                 available; and

                 (ii)     at any time after December 25, 1995, the
                 approximately 1,395 rentable square feet of space remaining
                 within the Building not within the Leased Premises

The rental rate for these respective spaces will be the same as the
then-current Basic and Additional Rent rate provided in this Lease at the time
such space is occupied.  If Landlord desires to lease any of such space to a
third party, Landlord shall first notify Tenant in writing of its intention to
offer either space for lease.  Tenant shall have twenty (20) days from receipt
of such notice to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant's intent to exercise its
right of first refusal.  If Tenant does not exercise its right of first refusal
and Landlord enters into a lease with a bona fide third party for such space
within sixty (60) days after having given notice to Tenant, then Tenant's right
of first refusal as to the space described in the notice from Landlord to
Tenant shall terminate.  If Landlord does not enter into such a lease within
said sixty (60) day period or upon the termination of the lease with such bona
fide third party, the rights granted to Tenant shall continue in force or be
re-established.  If Tenant elects to exercise its right of first refusal to
lease any or all such space, the term for such space shall expire upon the
expiration of the Lease Term.  Such space shall be subject to all of the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease.  Within twenty (20) days from the date
of Tenant's election to exercise its right of first refusal, Landlord and
Tenant shall execute a modification and ratification of this Lease to include
the additional space.  Thereafter, within a reasonable time, Landlord and
Tenant shall execute plans and specifications, change orders showing
construction costs to be paid by Tenant (which shall be the amount by which the
costs of construction exceed the amount Landlord will pay for such construction
on a per square foot basis) and other documents Landlord and Tenant agree are
necessary and appropriate. Landlord shall not pay more than Nine Dollars
($9.00) per rentable square foot for the improvements to such additional space,
such allowance to decline by 15 cents per square foot per month each month after
January 1, 1996, until such option is exercised by Tenant.  Tenant may at any
time give Landlord notice of its


                                       27
<PAGE>   31

desire to expand into all or a portion of the described refusal/expansion space
under all applicable terms and provisions hereof.

         SEC. 10.13. COUNTERPARTS.  This Lease may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute one agreement.

EXECUTED this 17th day of August, 1995.

<TABLE>                                       
<S>                                               <C>
LANDLORD:                                         TENANT:
                                              
DALLAS LYNDON CORPORATION                         NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.
                                              
By:  Revest Management Services, Inc.         
     Agent                                        By: Lawrence A. Mills
                                                     -------------------------
                                                      Lawrence A. Mills
                                                      Chief Operating Officer
                                              
     By:                                          
        --------------------------  
          J. Clifton Whisnant                  
          President                            
</TABLE>                                    





                                       28
<PAGE>   32


                                  EXHIBIT "A"

                          PROJECT - LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BEING            a tract of land situated in the City of Dallas and being or
                 intended to be all Lot 9, Block B/8051, Shelton/Dallas
                 Northeast Addition, an addition to the City of Dallas, Dallas
                 County, Texas, according to the Map thereof recorded in Volume
                 84059, Page 3086 of the Map Records, Dallas County, Texas,
                 said Lot 9 being more particularly described by metes and
                 bounds as follows:

BEGINNING        at a 1/2-inch capped steel rod with NEBTEX stamped in said cap
                 and being the Northeast corner of said Lot 9, said POINT OF
                 BEGINNING also being on the Southerly R.O.W. line of Estate
                 Lane (a 60 foot R.O.W.);

THENCE           South 35 degrees 02 minutes 55 seconds West (called South 35
                 degrees 00 minutes 40 seconds West), along the easterly line
                 of said Lot 9, a distance of 689.98 feet (called 690.00 feet)
                 to a 1/2-inch steel rod being the Southeast corner of said Lot
                 9;

THENCE           North 16 degrees 52 minutes 03 seconds West (called North 16
                 degrees 52 minutes 53 seconds West), along a Southerly line of
                 said Lot 9, a distance of 323.89 feet (called 324.08 feet) to
                 a "+" cut in concrete being a point of angle to the left in
                 said Southerly line of Lot 9;

THENCE           North 54 degrees 59 minutes 33 seconds West (called North 54
                 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds West), continuing along a
                 Southerly line of said Lot 9, a distance of 304.88 feet
                 (called 305.00 feet), to a 3/4-inch steel rod being the
                 Southwest corner of said Lot 9;


THENCE           North 35 degrees 01 minutes 21 seconds East (called North 35
                 degrees 00 minutes 40 seconds East), along the Westerly line
                 of said Lot 9, a distance of 490.06 feet (called 490.00 feet)
                 to a 1/2-inch steel rod on the Southerly R.O.W. line of said
                 Estate Lane, being the Northwest corner of said Lot 9;

THENCE           South 54 degrees 59 minutes 20 seconds East (Reference
                 Bearing), along said Southerly R.O.W. line and along a North
                 line of said Lot 9, a distance of 560.04 feet (called 560.00
                 feet) to the POINT OF BEGINNING and embracing 299,873.17
                 Square Feet or 6.884 Acres of Land.


                                      29
<PAGE>   33

                                  EXHIBIT "B"

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS

Except in the event of conflict with the express written terms of the Lease
between Landlord and Tenant, in which case the terms of such Lease shall
control:

         1.      Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done to said
premises in excess of the rights of usage as proposed to and agreed to by
Landlord, or bring or keep anything therein, which will in any way increase the
rate of fire insurance on said Project, or on property kept therein, or
obstruct or interfere with the rights of other Tenant, or in any way injure or
annoy them, or conflict with the laws relating to fire, or with regulations of
the fire department, or with any of the rules or ordinances of the Board of
Health of the municipality in which the building is located.

         2.      The sidewalks, halls, passageways, elevators and stairwells
will not be obstructed by the Tenants, or used by any Tenant for any purpose
other than for ingress and egress to and from their respective Premises.  Nor
shall any rubbish, letter, trash or material of any nature be placed or emptied
in these areas.

         3.      Tenant shall adhere to and obey all such parking control
measures as may be placed into effect by the Landlord through the use of
signs, fire lanes identifying decals or other instructions.

         4.      No moving company shall be used for the purpose of moving
furnishings in or out of the Premises unless they are reputable commercial
movers.

         5.      Any electric wiring that the Tenant desires to introduce into
his Premises must be connected as directed by the Landlord.  No boring or
cutting for wires will be allowed except with a specific consent of the
Landlord.  The location of telephone, electrical appliances, call boxes,
intercoms and so forth shall be prescribed by the Landlord.  All telephone
equipment will be installed within the Tenant's lease space.

         6.      The Tenant shall not conduct any auction of the Premises, nor
store goods, wares or merchandise on the premises except for the Tenant's own
personal use.

         7.      All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Project
under the supervision of the Landlord and according to such regulations as may
be posted in the Project Office.  All moving of furniture or equipment into or
out of the Building by Tenant shall be done at such time and in such manner as
directed by the Landlord or its agent.  In no cases, shall items of freight,
furniture, fixtures or equipment be moved into or out of the Building or in any
elevator during rush hours as are normally considered rush hours to an office
building; i.e., morning rush hours, noon rush hours, and evening rush hours. 
All such movement shall be as directed by Landlord in a manner to be agreed upon
between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance.  Such
prearrangement, initiated by Tenant shall include determination by Landlord and
subject to its decision and control of the time, method, and routing of
movement, limitation imposed by safety of other concerns which may prohibit any
article, equipment or any other

                                       30
<PAGE>   34

items from being brought into the building. Tenant expressly assumes all risk
of damage to any and all articles so moved, as well as injury to any person or
persons or the public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including
equipment, property, and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a
result of any acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant
from time of entering property to completion of the work; and Landlord shall
not be liable for the act or acts of any person or persons so engaged in, or
any damage or loss in connection with such service performed by or for Tenant.

         8.      Requirements of the Tenant for building services, maintenance
or repair shall be attended to only upon application to the office of the
Project.  Employees of the Project are not permitted to perform any work nor to
do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from
the office of the Project.  No employees of the Project shall admit any person,
Tenant or otherwise, to any office, without specific instructions from the
office of the Project.  Tenant will refer all contractor's representatives and
installation technicians rendering any service for Tenant, to Landlord for
Landlord's supervision and/or approval before performance of any such
contractual services.  This shall apply to all work performed in the Building
including, but not limited to, installation of telephones, telegraph equipment,
electrical devices, and attachments, and installation of any and every nature
affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim windows, ceilings, equipment or any
other physical portion of the Building.  None of this work will be done by
Tenant without Landlord's prior written approval.

         9.      The Tenant shall not change locks or install other locks on
doors without the written consent of the Landlord.  Landlord may permit
entrance to Tenant's office by use of pass keys controlled by Landlord, to
employees, contractors, or service personnel supervised or employed by
Landlord.  No additional locks shall be placed upon the doors of the Leased
Premises, and Tenant shall not permit any duplicate keys to be made.  All
necessary keys will be furnished by Landlord.  Upon termination of the Lease,
Tenant shall surrender and deliver to the Landlord all keys to the Leased
Premises, which are in Tenant's possession or in the possession of Tenant's
agents, employees or others permitted to occupy said Premises by said Tenant.

         10.     The Tenant shall give prompt notice to the Landlord of any
accident to or defects in plumbing, electrical fixtures, or heating apparatus.

         11.     No safes or other objects larger or heavier than the freight
elevators of the Building are limited to carry shall be brought into or
installed on the Premises.  The Landlord shall have the power to prescribed the
weight and position of such safes or other objects which shall, if considered
necessary by the Landlord, be required to be supported by such additional
materials placed on the floor as the Landlord may direct, and at the expense of
the Tenant.  In no event can any items exceed a weight of 50 pounds per square
foot of floor space utilized.

         12.     No person or persons other than those approved by the Landlord
will be permitted to enter the Building for purposes of cleaning, maintenance,
construction or painting.

         13.     Tenant shall not permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied
or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants
of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations or interfere in any way
with other tenants or those having business therein,


                                       31
<PAGE>   35

nor shall any animals be kept in or about the Project.  Smoking and carrying of
a lighted cigar or cigarette in the elevators or any common areas of the
Project is prohibited.

         14.     The Tenant shall at all times maintain the Premises in good
order, neatly, and shall not permit or allow the Premises to become unsightly
by reason of accumulation of trash, disarray of merchandise or contents, or
other, and, in the event that in Landlord's judgment Tenant has permitted the
Premises to become or to remain in an unsightly condition, Tenant shall upon
Landlord's request immediately correct such condition and bring the Premises
into a good state or order and array.  In adherence to and enforcement of this
rule, it shall be clearly understood that the intent of this rule is that
Tenant shall at all times maintain the Premises in a neat and orderly manner,
and in the enforcement hereof Landlord's decision shall be binding and
controlling.

         15.     The Tenant shall at all times take such measures as required
to protect the carpet and agrees to use either carpet casters or approved
protective pads to prevent damage to the carpet from chairs.  Tenant also
agrees that any damages resulting from moving furniture or any other cause of
damage to the carpet will be paid for by the Tenant and the Landlord will be
notified immediately so that such repairs as necessary may be made.

         16.     No cooking other than microwave cooking of a limited personal
type shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises nor shall offices of
the Project be used for storage of merchandise or for lodging, or for any
immoral or illegal purpose or any other purpose that will damage the Leased
Premises or the condition thereof.

         17.     Each Tenant upon the termination of the tenancy shall deliver
to the Landlord all keys of the office rooms and toilet rooms which shall have
been furnished to the Tenant.

         18.     Tenant shall not install, affix, or utilize any window
covering, i.e., blinds, draperies reflective coating, etc. without Tenant first
receiving the prior written consent of the Landlord.

         19.     On Sundays, holidays (legal) and other days during certain
business hours for which the Building may be closed after normal hours, access
to the Building or to the halls, corridors, elevators and stairwells will be
controlled by the Landlord.  Building personnel will have the right to demand
of any and all persons seeking access to the Building proper identification to
determine if they have rights of access to the Leased Premises.  The Landlord
shall, in no case, be liable for damages wherein admission to the Building has
not been granted during abnormal hours by reason of a Tenant failing to
properly identify himself to the watchman, or through the failure of the
Building to be unlocked and open for access by the Tenant, Tenant's employees,
and general public.

         20.     Tenant shall see that doors of the Premises are closed and
securely locked before leaving the Building, must observe strict care not to
leave such doors and so forth open and exposed to the weather or other
elements, and the Tenant shall exercise extraordinary care and caution that all
water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before the Tenant or
Tenant's employees leave the Building, and that all electricity, gas and air
shall likewise be carefully shut off so as to prevent waste or damage.


                                       32
<PAGE>   36

         21.     Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are
prohibited.  Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

         22.     Only "Bulldog" type picture hangers may be used for wall
hangings.  Nails, screws or picture hangers shall not be driven into the walls
or wood finish of the Leased Premises for any purpose whatsoever unless
specific approval in writing is obtained from Landlord.

         23.     All signs will be contracted for by Landlord for Tenant at the
rate fixed by Landlord from time to time, and Tenant will be billed and pay for
such service accordingly.  Written consent from Landlord is an absolute
prerequisite for any such sign or signs which Tenant may be so permitted to
use.

         24.     Tenant shall not place, install or operate on the Leased
Premises or in any part of the Project, any engine, stove or machinery, or
conduct mechanical operations or cook thereon or therein, or place or use in or
about the Leased Premises any explosives, gasoline, kerosene, oil, acids,
caustics, or any other inflammable, explosive or hazardous material without
written consent of Landlord first had and obtained.

         25.     Landlord will not be responsible for any lost or stolen
personal property, equipment, money or jewelry regardless of whether such loss
occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

         26.     Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name
of the Project or any other publicity by Tenant, which in the Landlord's
opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability for
the executive offices of the Landlord or of other tenants; and, upon written
notice from Landlord, Tenant will refrain from or discontinue such publicity.

         27.     The Landlord reserves the right, at any time, to rescind any
one or more of these rules and regulations as in the Landlord's judgment may
from time to time be necessary for the safety, care and cleanliness of the
Leased Premises, and for the preservation of order herein.





                                       33
<PAGE>   37



                                  EXHIBIT "C"

                        OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES

                               10945 Estate Lane
                              Dallas, Texas 75238





                                       34




<PAGE>   38
[WADDILL GROUP LOGO]


NATIONAL TECH TEAM 
LYNDON PLAZA - EAST BUILDING
10945 Estate 
Dallas, TX 


1 Furniture Plan - First Floor 

<PAGE>   39
[WADDILL GROUP LOGO]


NATIONAL TECH TEAM 
LYNDON PLAZA - EAST BUILDING
10945 Estate 
Dallas, TX 


1 Furniture Plan - Second Floor 

<PAGE>   40
[WADDILL GROUP LOGO]


NATIONAL TECH TEAM 
LYNDON PLAZA - EAST BUILDING
10945 Estate 
Dallas, TX 


1 Furniture Plan - Third Floor 

<PAGE>   41





                                  EXHIBIT "D"
                       TENANT'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE









                                       35


<PAGE>   42

                                  EXHIBIT "E"

                   LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Landlord covenants, warrants and represents as follows:

         (a)     Landlord has full right and power to execute and perform this
Lease and to grant the estate demised herein.

         (b)     There is no covenant, deed restriction or other agreement
applicable to the use of the Project or the Leased Premises which affect or
restrict in any way the permitted use of, or the permitted activities which may
be conducted in or about, the Project or the Leased Premises by Tenant as
provided in this Lease.

         (c)     There are no existing or, to the best of Landlord's knowledge,
proposed or contemplated eminent domain proceedings which would affect the
Leased Premises in any way whatsoever, and to the best of Landlord's knowledge,
there are no contemplated public improvements which will or would result in any
charge being levied or assessed against, or in the creation of any lien upon,
the Leased Premises.

         (d)     The Leased Premises is connected to and serviced by water,
solid waste and sewage disposal, storm drainage and electricity and gas
facilities.





                                       36
<PAGE>   43

                                  EXHIBIT "F"

                                 RENEWAL OPTION

         If, at the end of the primary term or, if the first renewal option is
exercised, the first renewal term, as applicable, of this Lease, Tenant is not
in default in any of the material terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease,
Tenant, is hereby granted two (2) options to renew this Lease for additional
terms of two (2) and three (3) years respectively upon the same terms and
conditions contained in this Lease with the following exceptions:

         A.      Any renewal option term will not contain a further renewal
                 option unless expressly granted by Landlord in writing; and

         B.      The rental for each renewal term shall be ninety-five percent
                 (95%) of the then prevailing rental rates for properties of
                 equivalent quality, size, utility and location, with the
                 length of the lease term and credit standing of the Tenant to
                 be taken into account.

         If Tenant desires to renew this Lease, Tenant will notify the Landlord
of its intention to renew no later than six (6) months prior to the expiration
date of the term of this Lease; Landlord shall, within the next ten (10) days
notify Tenant in writing of the proposed renewal rate and Tenant shall, within
the next fifteen (15) days following receipt of the proposed rate, notify
Landlord in writing of its acceptance or rejection of the proposed rental rate.
In the event that Tenant does not accept the rental as stated by Landlord and
Tenant gives Landlord notice of rejection as above stated, then Tenant may
request arbitration of such rental in accordance with the following procedure.
Landlord shall appoint one qualified (MAI) appraiser, Tenant shall appoint one
qualified (MAI) appraiser and those two appraisers shall mutually agree upon a
third qualified (MAI) appraiser.  Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the cost
of its appraiser and one-half (1/2) of the third appraiser.  The three said
appraisers, shall within thirty (30) days after the notice from Tenant that it
notifies Landlord of Tenant's rejection of the rental determine the fair market
rental in accordance with the parameters set forth herein and shall notify
Landlord and Tenant in writing of such ninety-five percent (95%) of market
rental.  The Base Year shall be advanced to be the year the applicable renewal
term commences.  Tenant shall have twenty (20) days to accept or reject, in
writing, the renewal term rental as above determined.  If such rental is not
agreed to by Tenant as determined by said appraisers on or before the end of
the twenty (20) day period then this Option to renew and all rights of Landlord
and Tenant under this Option to renew shall immediately terminate and all terms
and conditions of this Option to renew shall be of no further force and effect
and the cost of the appraisal process including any cost, fee or expense
incurred by either party in the process shall be borne by the party incurring
same except as specifically stated above.





                                       37

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18
[NBD LOGO]                                        CREDIT AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT


NBD BANK (the "Bank"), 611 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3947, has
approved the credit facilities listed below (collectively, the "Credit
Facilities," and, individually, as designated below) to:

                    National TechTeam, Inc.                   (the "Borrower"), 
- --------------------------------------------------------------
                        (Borrower's Name)

                   22000 Garrison Avenue, Dearborn, MI 48124
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             (Borrower's Address)

subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement.

     1.0  CREDIT FACILITIES. (Check and complete applicable sections)

     1.1  UNCOMMITTED CREDIT AUTHORIZATIONS.  The Bank has approved the
uncommitted credit authorizations listed below (collectively, the "Credit
Authorizations," and, individually, as designated below) subject to the terms
and conditions of this agreement and the Bank's continuing satisfaction with
the Borrower's financial status.  Disbursements under the Credit Authorizations
are solely at the Bank's discretion.  Any disbursement on one or more occasions
shall not commit the Bank to make any subsequent disbursement.

     /X/  A. FACILITY A. The Bank has approved an uncommitted Credit
          Authorization to the Borrower in the principal sum not to exceed 
          $3,500,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding ("Facility
          A").  Credit under Facility A shall be in the form of disbursements
          evidenced by credits to the Borrower's account and shall be repayable
          as set forth in a Master Demand Note executed concurrently (referred
          to in this agreement both singularly and together with any other
          promissory notes referenced in this Section 1 as the "Notes").  The
          proceeds of Facility A shall be used for the following purpose:
          working capital. Facility A shall expire on April 30, 1996 unless
          earlier withdrawn.

     /X/  B. FACILITY B (INCLUDING LETTERS OF CREDIT).  The Bank has approved
          an uncommitted Credit Authorization to the Borrower in the principal
          sum not to exceed $50,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time
          outstanding ("Facility B").  Facility B shall include the issuance of
          [commercial/standby] letters of credit not exceeding $ 50,000.00 in
          the aggregate at any one time outstanding, expiring not later than
          April 30, 1996 [which shall include time drafts expiring not later
          than ____________________, 199____] (the "Letters of Credit").
          (Strike bracketed words if inapplicable.) Each Letter of Credit
          shall be in form acceptable to the Bank and shall bear a fee of     % 
          per year of the face amount of each standby Letter of Credit plus an
          issuance fee of $ _______________ upon issuance of each Letter of
          Credit.(If no fee is listed, the Letters of Credit shall bear a fee
          to be agreed upon by the Bank and the Borrower).  Credit under
          Facility B shall be in the form of disbursements evidenced by credits
          to the Borrower's account and shall be repayable as set forth in a
          Master Demand Note executed concurrently (referred to in this
          agreement both singularly and together with any other promissory
          notes referenced in this Section 1 as the "Notes") or by issuance of
          a Letter of Credit upon completion of an application acceptable to
          the Bank.  The proceeds of Facility B shall be used for the following
          purpose: Facility B shall expire on          , 199   unless earlier 
          withdrawn.

     /X/  C. FACILITY C (PURCHASE MONEY TERM LOANS).  The Bank has approved an
          uncommitted credit authorization to the Borrower in the principal sum
          not to exceed $ 2,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time
          outstanding ("Facility C").  Facility C shall be in the form of loans
          evidenced by the Borrower's notes on the Bank's form (referred to in
          this agreement both singularly and together with any other promissory
          notes referenced in this Section 1 as the "Notes"), the proceeds of
          which shall be used to purchase the following equipment computer
          equipment. Interest on each loan shall accrue at a rate to be agreed
          upon by the Bank and the Borrower at the time the loan is made.  The
          maturity of each note shall not exceed 60 months from the note date.
          Notwithstanding the aggregate amount of Facility C stated above, the
          original principal amount of each loan shall not exceed the lesser of
          100% of the cost of the equipment purchased with loan proceeds or 
          $2,000,000.00. Facility C shall expire on April 30, 1996 unless 
          earlier withdrawn.

/ /  1.2 TERM LOANS.  The Bank agrees to extend credit to the Borrower in the
form of term loan(s) (whether one or more, the 'Term Loans") in the principal
sum(s) of___________________ respectively, bearing interest and payable as set
forth in the Term Note(s) executed concurrently (referred to in this agreement
both singularly and together with any other promissory notes referenced in this
Section 1 as the "Notes").  The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used for
the following purpose:__________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

     2.0  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     2.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL EXTENSION OF CREDIT. Before the first
extension of credit under this agreement. whether by disbursement of a loan,
issuance of a letter of credit, or otherwise, the Borrower shall deliver to the
Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:
<PAGE>   2

     A.   LOAN DOCUMENTS. The Notes, the letter of credit applications required
     by Section 1.2; the security agreements, financing statements, mortgages
     and other documents required by Section 5.1; the guaranties required by
     Section 6.0; the subordination agreements required by Section 7.0; and any
     other loan documents which the Bank may reasonably require to give effect
     to the transactions contemplated by this agreement;

     B.   EVIDENCE OF DUE ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Evidence
     satisfactory to the Bank of the due organization and good standing of the
     Borrower and every other business entity that is a party to this agreement
     or any other loan document required by this agreement; and

     C.   EVIDENCE OF AUTHORITY TO ENTER INTO LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Evidence
     satisfactory to the Bank that (i) each party to this agreement or any
     other loan document required by this agreement is authorized to enter into
     the transactions contemplated by this agreement and the other loan
     documents, and (ii) the person signing on behalf of each such party is
     authorized to do so.

     2.2  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH EXTENSION OF CREDIT.  Before any
extension of credit under this agreement, whether by disbursement of a loan,
issuance of a letter of credit, or otherwise, the following conditions shall
have been satisfied:

     A.   REPRESENTATIONS.  The representations contained in Section 10 shall
     be true on and as of the date of the extension of credit;

     B.   NO EVENT OF ACCELERATION.  No event of acceleration shall have
     occurred and be continuing or would result from the extension of credit.

     C.   CONTINUED SATISFACTION.  The Bank shall have remained satisfied with
     the Borrower's managerial and financial status;

     D.   ADDITIONAL APPROVALS, OPINIONS, AND DOCUMENTS.  The Bank shall have
     received such other approvals, opinions and documents as it may reasonably
     request; and

     E.   OTHER CONDITIONS.___________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________.

     3.0  BORROWING BASE/ANNUAL PAY DOWN.

     3.1  BORROWING BASE. (complete if applicable) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this agreement, the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any
one time under (check applicable clauses)
     / / Facility A
     / / Facility B
     shall not exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base or $__________________.
     Borrowing Base means:
     (Check and complete applicable clauses)

     / /  A. ____% of the Borrower's trade accounts receivable in which the
          Bank has a perfected, first priority, security interest, excluding
          accounts more than 90 days past due from the date of invoice,
          accounts subject to offset or defense, government, bonded, affiliate
          and foreign accounts, accounts from trade debtors of which more than
          % of the aggregate amount owing from the trade debtor to the Borrower
          is more than     days past due, and accounts otherwise unacceptable to
          the Bank, plus

     / /  B.   Inventory of the Borrower in which the Bank has a perfected,
          first priority, security interest valued at the lower of cost or
          market, but not exceeding $                 in aggregate, as follows:
          [](1)_____________________ % of aggregate inventory; or
          [](1)_____________________ % of raw material inventory; and
          [](2)_____________________ % of work-in-process inventory; and 
          [](3)_____________________ % of  finished goods inventory, plus

     / /  C._____% of the ___________ value of the Borrower's machinery and
          equipment in which the Bank has a perfected, first priority, security
          interest but not exceeding $____________________, plus

     / / D. Additional Borrowing Base provisions are contained in the attached
         addendum.

     3.2  ANNUAL PAY DOWN. (complete if applicable) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this agreement, there shall be no debt outstanding under
________________________________________ for a period of _____________________
      (Facility A, Facility B, etc.)

consecutive months during each fiscal year of the Borrower.

     4.0  FEES AND EXPENSES. (complete if applicable)

     4.1  FEES. Upon execution of this agreement, the Borrower shall pay the
Bank the following fees, all of which the Borrower acknowledges have been
earned by the Bank:          negotiable up to 1%

     4.2  OUT-OF POCKET EXPENSES.  In addition to any fee set forth in Section
4.1 above, the Borrower shall reimburse the Bank for its out-of- pocket
expenses and reasonable attorney's fees (including the fees of in-house
counsel) allocated to the Credit Facilities.

     5.0  SECURITY.

     5.1  Payment of all amounts owing under the Credit Facilities shall be
secured by the Borrower's grant of a continuing first security interest and/or
real estate mortgage, as the case may be, covering its interest in the
following property and all its additions, substitutions, increments, proceeds
and products, present and future, whether now owned or later acquired, (the 
"Collateral"):

<PAGE>   3

(check and complete applicable clauses)

     / / A.    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.  All of the Borrower's accounts, chattel
paper, general intangibles, instruments, and documents (as those terms are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), rights to refunds of taxes paid at any
time to any governmental entity, and any letters of credit and drafts under
them given in support of the foregoing, wherever located.  The Borrower shall
deliver to the Bank executed security agreements and financing statements in
form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

     / / B.    INVENTORY.  All of the Borrower's inventory, wherever located.
The Borrower shall deliver to the Bank executed security agreements and
financing statements in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

     / / C.    EQUIPMENT.  All of the Borrower's equipment, wherever located.
The Borrower shall deliver to the Bank executed security agreements and
financing statements in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

     / / D.    REAL ESTATE.  The real property, including improvements, located
at ____________________________. The Borrower shall deliver to the Bank an
executed mortgage ALTA mortgage title insurance policy without exceptions with
mortgage survey certified to the Bank and the title company, and, where
applicable, an assignment of rents, subordinations of leases and assignments of
land contracts, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

     / / E. ___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

     5.2  No forbearance or extension of time granted any subsequent owner of
the Collateral shall release the Borrower from liability.

     5.3  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL/SETOFF.  To further secure payment of all
amounts owing under the Credit Facilities and all of the Borrower's other
liabilities to the Bank, the Borrower grants to the Bank a continuing security
interest in: (i) all securities and other property of the Borrower in the
custody, possession or control of the Bank (other than property held by the
Bank solely in a fiduciary capacity), and (ii) all balances of deposit accounts
of the Borrower with the Bank.  The Bank shall have the right at any time to
apply its own debt or liability to the Borrower, or to any other party liable
for payment of the Credit Facilities, in whole or partial payment of the Credit
Facilities or other present or future liabilities, without any requirement of
mutual maturity.

     5.4  CROSS LIEN.  Any of the Borrower's other property in which the Bank
has a security interest to secure payment of any other debt, whether absolute,
contingent, direct or indirect, including the Borrower's guaranties of the
debts of others, shall also secure payment of and be part of the Collateral for
the Credit Facilities.

     6.0  GUARANTIES. (complete if applicable)

     Payment of the Borrower's liabilities under the Credit Facilities shall be
guaranteed by _______________________________________, by execution of the
Bank's form of guaranty agreement.  The liability of the guarantors, if more
than one, shall be joint and several.

     7.0  SUBORDINATION. (complete if applicable)

     The Credit Facilities shall be supported by the subordination of debt 
owing from the Borrower to____________________________________________________
_______________________, including without limitation debt currently owing in 
the amount of $ __________________________________________ in manner and by 
agreement satisfactory to the Bank.

     8.0  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  So long as any debt remains outstanding under
the Credit Facilities, the Borrower, and each of its subsidiaries, if any,
shall:

     8.1  INSURANCE.  Maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable
insurers covering its properties and business against those casualties and
contingencies and in the types and amounts as shall be in accordance with sound
business and industry practices.

     8.2  EXISTENCE.  Maintain its existence and business operations as
presently in effect in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations, pay
its debts and obligations when due under normal terms, and pay on or before
their due date all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental monetary
obligations, except as they may be contested in good faith if they have been
properly reflected on its books and, at the Bank's request, adequate funds or
security has been pledged to insure payment.

     8.3  FINANCIAL RECORDS.  Maintain proper books and records of account, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles where applicable, and
consistent with financial statements previously submitted to the Bank.

     8.4  NOTICE.  Give prompt notice to the Bank of the occurance of (i) any
event of acceleration, and (ii) any other development, financial or otherwise,
which would affect the Borrower's business, properties or affairs in a
materially adverse manner.

     8.5  COLLATERAL AUDITS. (complete if applicable) Permit the Bank or its
agents to perform_______________________________________ 
                      (monthly, annual, etc.)

audits of the Collateral.  The Borrower shall compensate the Bank for those
audits in accordance with the Bank's schedule of fees as may be amended from
time to time.  Whether or not this section has been completed, the Bank shall
retain the right to inspect the Collateral and business records related to it
at such times and at such intervals  as the Bank may reasonably require.
<PAGE>   4

     8.6  MANAGEMENT. (complete if applicable) Maintain____________________ as
___________________________________________________________________________.

     8.7  FINANCIAL REPORTS.  Furnish to the Bank whatever information, books
and records the Bank may reasonably request, including at a minimum: (Check and
complete applicable clauses.  If the Borrower has subsidiaries, all financial
statements required will be provided on a consolidated basis.)

     /X/  A. Within 45 days after each     quarterly      period, a balance 
                                       ------------------   
                                       (Monthly/quarterly)
     sheet as of the end of that period and statements of income, retained 
     earnings, and cash flows from the beginning of that fiscal year to the 
     end of that period, 

     /X/  B. Within 90 days after and as of the end of each of its fiscal years,
     a detailed     financial statement       ,
                ------------------------------
                 (audit/financial statement)
 
     including a balance sheet and statements of income, retained earnings, and
     cash flows            audited
               -------------------------------
                 (reviewed compiled certified) 

     by an independent certified public accountant of recognized standing.

     /X/  C. Within 30 days after and as of the end of each calendar month, the
     following lists, (check applicable clauses)

           /X/   (1) a list of accounts receivable, aged from date of invoice;
           /X/   (2) a list of accounts payable, aged from date of receipt;
           / /   (3) a list of inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market.

     / /  D. Within ______ days after and as of the end of each calendar year,
     the signed personal financial statement of
     _________________________________________________________________________.
                                   (Borrower/Guarantor/other)

     / /  E. Within 5 days after filing, a signed copy of the annual tax return,
     with exhibits, of _______________________________________________________
                                  (Borrower/Guarantor/other)

     / /  F. An Environmental Certificate on the Bank's form on and as of the
     date of this agreement, and thereafter as required by the Environmental
     Certificate.

     / /  G. _________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________

     9.0  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

     9.1  DEFINITIONS.  As used in this agreement, the following terms have the
     following respective meanings: 
     A.   "Subordinated Debt" means debt subordinated to the Bank in manner and
     by agreement satisfactory to the Bank.  
     B.   "Tangible Net Worth" means total assets less intangible assets
     and total liabilities.  Intangible assets include goodwill, patents,
     copyrights, mailing lists, catalogs, trademarks, bond discount and
     underwriting expenses, organization expenses, and all other intangibles.

     9.2  Unless otherwise noted, the financial requirements set forth in this
section shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles applied on a basis consistent with financial statements previously
submitted by the Borrower to the Bank.

     9.3  Without the written consent of the Bank, so long as any debt remains
outstanding under the Credit Facilities, the Borrower shall not: (where
appropriate, covenants shall apply on a consolidated basis - clauses H-0 apply
only if completed.)

          A.   DIVIDENDS.  Acquire or retire any of its shares of capital
     stock, or declare or pay dividends or make any other distributions upon
     any of its shares of capital stock, except dividends payable in its
     capital stock, and dividends payable to "Subchapter S" corporation
     shareholders, in amounts sufficient to pay the shareholder(s) income tax
     obligations related to the Borrower's taxable income.

          B.   SALE OF SHARES.  Issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares
     of its capital stock or other securities, or rights, warrants or options
     to purchase or acquire any such shares or securities.

          C.   DEBT.  Incur, or permit to remain outstanding, debt for borrowed
     money or installment obligations, except debt reflected in the latest
     financial statement of the Borrower furnished to the Bank prior to
     execution of this agreement and not to be paid with proceeds of borrowings
     under the Credit Facilities.  For purposes of this covenant, the sale of
     any accounts receivable shall be deemed the incurring of debt for borrowed
     money.

          D.   GUARANTIES.  Guarantee or otherwise become or remain secondarily
     liable on the undertaking of another, except for endorsement of drafts for
     deposit and collection in the ordinary course of business.

          E.   LIENS.  Create or permit to exist any lien on any of its
     property, real or personal, except: existing liens known to the Bank;
     liens to the Bank; liens incurred in the ordinary course of business
     securing current nondelinquent liabilities for taxes, worker's
     compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and pension
     liabilities; and liens for taxes being contested in good faith.

          F.   ADVANCES AND INVESTMENTS.  Purchase or acquire any securities
     of, or make any loans or advances to, or investments in, any person, firm
     or corporation, except obligations of the United States Government, open
     market commercial paper rated one of the top two ratings by a rating
     agency of recognized standing, or certificates of deposit in insured
     financial institutions.
<PAGE>   5

          G.   USE OF PROCEEDS.  Use, or permit any proceeds of the Credit
     Facilities to be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of
     "purchasing or carrying any margin stock" within the meaning of Federal
     Reserve Board Regulation U. At the Banks request, the Borrower shall
     furnish to the Bank a completed Federal Reserve Board Form U-1.

          H.   WORKING CAPITAL.  Permit the difference between its current
     assets [less all sums owing from stockholders, members or partners, as the
     case may be, and from officers, managers and directors] and current
     liabilities [plus all sums (other than Subordinated Debt) owing to
     stockholders, members or partners, as the case may be, and to officers,
     managers and directors] to be less than $______________________.(Strike
     bracketed words if not applicable.)

          I.   TANGIBLE NET WORTH [PLUS SUBORDINATED DEBT].  Permit its
     Tangible Net Worth [plus Subordinated Debt] to be less than $ 6,500,000.
     (Strike bracketed words if not applicable).

          J. CURRENT RATIO.  Permit the ratio of its current assets to its
     current liabilities to be less than _____________________ to 1.00.

          K.   LEVERAGE RATIO.  Permit the ratio of its total liabilities to
     its Tangible Net Worth (plus Subordinated Debt] to exceed 1.00 to 1.00.
     (Strike bracketed words if not applicable).

          L.   FIXED ASSETS.  Expend for, contract for, lease, rent or
     otherwise acquire fixed assets, if the expense to the Borrower, and all
     subsidiaries, if any, shall exceed $ __________________________________
     in the aggregate in any one fiscal year.

          M.   LEASES.  Contract for or assume in any manner, lease obligations
     if the aggregate of all payments shall exceed $ _________________________
     in any one fiscal year.

          N.   COMPENSATION.  Pay, or award compensation of any kind, in any
     one fiscal year, to __________________ exceeding $_____________________.

          O. _________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________

     10.0 REPRESENTATIONS BY BORROWER.  Each Borrower represents that: (a) the
execution and delivery of this agreement and the Notes and the performance of
the obligations they impose do not violate any law, conflict with any agreement
by which it is bound, or require the consent or approval of any governmental
authority or any third party; (b) this agreement and the Notes are valid and
binding agreements, enforceable according to their terms; and (c) all balance
sheets, income statements, and other financial statements furnished to the Bank
are accurate and fairly reflect the financial condition of the organizations
and persons to which they apply on their effective dates, including contingent
liabilities of every type, which financial condition has not changed materially
and adversely since those dates.  Each Borrower, if other than a natural
person, further represents that: (a) it is duly organized, existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction under which it was organized; and
(b) the execution and delivery of this agreement and the Notes and the
performance of the obligations they impose (i) are within its powers; (ii) and
have been duly authorized by all necessary action of its governing body, and
(iii) do not contravene the terms of its articles of incorporation or
organization, its by laws, or any partnership, operating or other agreements
governing its affairs.

     11.0 ACCELERATION.

     11.1 EVENTS OF ACCELERATION.  If any of the following events occur, the
Credit Facilities shall terminate and all borrowings under them shall become
due immediately, without notice, at the Bank's option, whether or not the Bank
has made demand.

          A.   The Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Credit Facilities
("Guarantor") fails to pay when due any amount payable under the Credit
Facilities or under any agreement or instrument evidencing debt to any
creditor.

          B.   The Borrower or any Guarantor (a) fails to observe or perform
any other term of this agreement or the Notes; (b) makes any materially
incorrect or misleading representation, warranty or certificate to the Bank;
(c) makes any materially incorrect or misleading representation in any
financial statement or other information delivered to the Bank; or (d) defaults
under the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any debt for
borrowed money (other than borrowings under the Credit Facilities) such that
the creditor declares the debt due before its maturity.

          C.   There is a default under the terms of any loan agreement,
mortgage, security agreement or any other document executed as part of the
Credit Facilities, or any guaranty of the liabilities under the Credit
Facilities becomes unenforceable in whole or in part, or any Guarantor fails to
promptly perform under its guaranty.

          D.   A "reportable event" (as defined in the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 as amended) occurs that would permit the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any employee benefit plan of the
Borrower or any affiliate of the Borrower.

          E.   The Borrower or any Guarantor becomes insolvent or unable to pay
its debts as they become due.

          F.   The Borrower or any Guarantor (a) makes an assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (b) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver
or trustee for it or for a substantial part of its assets; or (c) commences
any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation or similar
laws of any jurisdiction.

          G.   A custodian, receiver or trustee is appointed for the Borrower
or any Guarantor or for a substantial part of its assets without its consent
and is not removed within 60 days after the appointment.

          H.   Proceedings are commenced against the Borrower or any Guarantor
under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, or similar laws of any
jurisdiction, and those proceedings remain undismissed for 60 days after
commencement; or the Borrower or Guarantor consents to the commencement of the
proceedings.

          I.   Any judgment is entered against the Borrower or any Guarantor.
or any attachment, levy or garnishment is issued against any property of the
Borrower or any Guarantor.

          J. The Borrower or any Guarantor dies.
<PAGE>   6

          K.   The Borrower or any Guarantor, without the Bank's written
consent, (a) is dissolved, (b) merges or consolidates with any third party, (c)
leases, sells or otherwise conveys a material part of its assets or business
outside the ordinary course of business, (d) leases, purchases, or otherwise
acquires a material part of the assets of any other corporation or business
entity, except in the ordinary course of business, or (e) agrees to do any of
the foregoing (notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsidiary may merge or
consolidate with any other subsidiary, or with the Borrower, so long as the
Borrower is the survivor).

          L.   The loan-to-value ratio of any pledged securities at any time
exceeds    %, and such excess continues for five (5) days after notice from the
Bank to the Borrower.

          M.   There is a substantial change in the existing or prospective
financial condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor which the Bank in good
faith determines to be materially adverse.

          N.   The Bank in good faith shall deem itself insecure.

      11.2 REMEDIES. If the amounts owing under the Credit Facilities are
not paid at maturity, whether by demand, acceleration, or otherwise, the Bank
shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by any law or agreement.
Any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if the Bank sends the notice
to the Borrower at least seven (7) days prior to the date of sale, disposition
or other event giving rise to the required notice.  The Bank is authorized to
cause all or any part of the Collateral to be transferred to or registered in
its name or in the name of any other person, firm or corporation, with or
without designation of the capacity of such nominee.  The Borrower shall be
liable for any deficiency remaining after disposition of any Collateral.  The
Borrower is liable to the Bank for all reasonable costs and expenses of every
kind incurred in the making or collection of the Credit Facilities, including,
without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs (whether
attributable to the Bank's in-house or outside counsel.) These costs and
expenses shall include, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by
the Bank in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other similar
proceeding.

      12.0 MISCELLANEOUS.

      12.1 Notice from one party to another relating to this agreement
shall be deemed effective if made in writing (including telecommunications) and
delivered to the recipient's address, telex number or fax number set forth
under its name below by any of the following means: (a) hand delivery, (b)
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested,
(c) first class or express mail, postage prepaid, (d) Federal Express, or like
overnight courier service, or (e) fax, telex or other wire transmission with
request for assurance of receipt in a manner typical with respect to
communication of that type.  Notice made in accordance with this section shall
be deemed delivered upon receipt if delivered by hand or wire transmission,
three (3) business days after mailing if mailed by first class, registered or
certified mail, or one business day after mailing or deposit with an overnight
courier service if delivered by express mail or overnight courier.

      12.2 No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any right or
remedy shall operate as a waiver.  No single or partial exercise by the Bank of
any right or remedy shall preclude any other future exercise of it or the
exercise of any other right or remedy.  No waiver or indulgence by the Bank of
any default shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Bank, nor
shall a waiver on one occasion be construed as a bar to or waiver of that right
on any future occasion.

      12.3 This agreement, the Notes, and any related loan documents embody
the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank and
supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to their subject
matter.  If any one or more of the obligations of the Borrower under this
agreement or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
obligations of the Borrower shall not in any way be affected or impaired, and
such validity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not
affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the obligations of the
Borrower under this agreement or the Notes in any other jurisdiction.

      12.4 The Borrower, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally
liable.

      12.5 This agreement is delivered in the State of Michigan and
governed by Michigan law.  This agreement is binding on the Borrower and its
successors, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and
assigns.

      12.6 Section headings are for convenience of reference only and shall
not affect the interpretation of this agreement.

      13.0 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  The Bank and the Borrower, after
consulting or having had the opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly,
voluntarily and intentionally waive any right either of them may have to a
trial by jury in any litigation based upon or arising out of this agreement or
any related instrument or agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated by
this agreement, or any course of conduct, dealing, statements (whether oral or
written), or actions of either of them.  Neither the Bank nor the Borrower
shall seek to consolidate, by counterclaim or otherwise, any action in which a
jury trial has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot
be or has not been waived.  These provisions shall not be deemed to have been
modified in any respect or relinquished by either the Bank or the Borrower
except by a written instrument executed by both of them.  Executed by the
parties on: August 28, 1995 .
            ----------------
                 (Date)
                                                   
"BANK":                                            "BORROWER":
  NBD Bank                                           National TechTeam, Inc.
  By: Gregory D. Toney, Loan Officer                 By: Lawrence A. Mills, CFO
      Gregory D. Toney, Loan Officer                     Lawrence A. Mills, CF0
____________________________________               ____________________________
ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:                               ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:
  18800 Hubbard Dr.                                  22000 Garrison Avenue
  Dearborn, MI 48126                                 Dearborn, MI 48124
____________________________________               ____________________________
Fax/Telex No. ______________________               Fax/Telex No._______________
                                                                        
                                                   

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.19

[NBD LOGO]

Due  August 28, 2000                    $ 565,998.00
   -----------------------------         --------------------------------
No.                                     Date    August 28              , 1995
   -----------------------------            ---------------------------     -

PROMISE TO PAY: For value received, the undersigned (the "Borrower")
promises  to pay to NBD BANK (the "Bank") or order, at any office of the Bank
in the State of  Michigan, the sum of Five Hundred Sixty Five Thousand Nine
Hundred Ninety Eight and 00/100 * DOLLARS ($565,998.00) plus interest computed
on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days at the
rate of:

   8.90% per annum (the "Note Rate") until maturity, whether by acceleration or
         otherwise, and at the rate of 3% per annum above the Note Rate on
         overdue principal from the date when due until paid; or

       % per annum above the rate announced from time to time by the Bank as its
         "prime" rate (the "Note Rate"), which rate may not be the lowest rate
         charged by the Bank to any of its customers, until maturity, whether by
         acceleration or otherwise, and at the rate of 3% per annum above the
         Note Rate on overdue principal from the date when due until paid. Each
         change in the "prime" rate will immediately change the Note Rate.

In no event shall the interest rate exceed the maximum rate allowed by law; any
interest payment which would for any reason be deemed unlawful under applicable
law shall be applied to principal.

The Borrower will pay this sum in 59 consecutive monthly installments of
$11,721.74, including interest, commencing September 28, 1995 with a final
payment due August 28, 2000 at which time the entire balance of unpaid 
principal plus accrued interest shall be due and payable immediately. Each 
payment will be applied first to accrued interest, then to principal.

LOAN AGREEMENT: [complete if applicable] This note evidences a debt under the
terms of a Credit Agreement between the Bank and the Borrower dated August 28,
1995 and any amendments.

PREPAYMENT: If a fixed interest rate is specified above, the Borrower may
prepay all or any part of the principal balance of this note on one business
day's notice provided that, in addition to all principal, interest and costs
owing at the time of prepayment, the Borrower pays a prepayment premium equal
to the Current Value of (i) the interest that would have accrued on the amount
prepaid at the Note Rate, minus (ii) the interest that could accrue on the
amount prepaid at the Treasury Rate. In both cases, interest will be calculated
from the prepayment date to the maturity dates of the installments being
prepaid. Such maturity dates shall be determined by applying the prepayment to
the scheduled installments of principal in their inverse order of maturity.
"Treasury Rate" means the yield, as of the date of prepayment, on United States
Treasury bills, notes or bonds, selected by the Bank in its discretion, having
maturities comparable to the scheduled maturities of the installments being
prepaid. "Current Value" means the net present value of the dollar amount of
the interest to be earned, discounted at the Treasury Rate. In no event shall
the prepayment premium be less than zero. The Borrower's notice of its intent
to prepay shall be irrevocable. If the balance of this note is accelerated in
accordance with the terms of this note, the resulting balance due shall be
considered a prepayment due and payable as of the date of acceleration. The
Borrower agrees that the prepayment premium is a reasonable estimate of loss
and not a penalty. The prepayment premium is payable as liquidated damages for
the loss of bargain and its payment shall not in any way reduce, affect or
impair any other obligation of the Borrower under this note.

SECURITY: To secure the payment of this note and any other present or future
liability of the Borrower, whether several, joint, or joint and several, the
Borrower pledges and grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the
following described property and all of its additions, substitutions,
increments, proceeds and products, whether now owned or later acquired 
("Collateral"):

1. All securities and other property of the Borrower in the custody, possession
   or control of the Bank (other than property held by the Bank solely in a
   fiduciary capacity);
2. All property or securities declared or acknowledged to constitute security
   for any past, present or future liability of the Borrower to the Bank;
3. All balances of deposit accounts of the Borrower with the Bank;
4. The following additional property:  Aspect Teleset Customview Director 24 LIC

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANK'S RIGHT TO SETOFF: The Bank shall have the right at any time to apply its
own debt or liability to the Borrower or to any other party liable on this note
in whole or partial payment of this note or other present or future
liabilities, without any requirement of mutual maturity.

REPRESENTATIONS BY BORROWER: Each Borrower represents: (a) that the execution
and delivery of this Note and the performance of the obligations it imposes do
not violate any law, conflict with any agreement by which it is bound, or
require the consent or approval of any governmental authority or any third
party; (b) that this Note is a valid and binding agreement, enforceable
according to its terms; and (c) that all balance sheets, profit and loss
statements, and other financial statements furnished to the Bank are accurate
and fairly reflect the financial condition of the organizations and persons to
which they apply on their effective dates, including contingent liabilities of
every type, which financial condition has not changed materially and adversely
since those dates. Each Borrower, if other than a natural person, further
represents: (a) that it is duly organized, existing and in good standing under
the laws where it is organized; and (b) that the execution and delivery of this
Note and the performance of the obligations it imposes (i) are within its
powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action of its governing
body; and (iii) do not contravene the terms of its articles of incorporation or
organization, its by-laws, or any agreement governing its affairs.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: The Bank and the Borrower, after consulting or having had
the opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly, voluntarily and
intentionally waive any right either of them may have to a trial by jury in any
litigation based upon or arising out of this note or any related instrument or
agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this note or any course of
conduct, dealing, statements, whether oral or written, or actions of either of
them. Neither the Bank nor the Borrower shall seek to consolidate, by
counterclaim or otherwise, any action in which a jury trial has been waived
with any other action in which a jury trial cannot be or has not been waived.
These provisions shall not be deemed to have been modified in any respect or
relinquished by either the Bank or the Borrower except by a written instrument
executed by both of them.

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS INCLUDING EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                                                                       BORROWER:

Address:  22000 Garrison Avenue                 National TechTeam, Inc.
        ---------------------------             -------------------------------
          Dearborn, MI  48124                   
        ---------------------------             
                                                
Address:                                        By: Lawrence A. Mills
        --------------------------              -------------------------------
                                                    Lawrence A. Mills, CFO
        --------------------------
                                                -------------------------------

Approved by  8470   N  / X /
                   PN  /   /
                    R  /   /
                   PR  /   /
                    S  /   /
                  SUPP / X /
                    U  /   /    CK DDA #6024504
<PAGE>   2
                        ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

EVENTS OF DEFAULT/ACCELERATION: If any of the following events occurs:
1.  The Borrower or any guarantor of this note ("Guarantor") fails to pay when
    due any amount payable under this note or under any agreement or instrument
    evidencing debt to any creditor;
2.  The Borrower or any Guarantor (a) fails to observe or perform any other term
    of this note; (b) makes any materially incorrect or misleading
    representation, warranty, or certificate to the Bank; (c) makes any
    materially incorrect or misleading representation in any financial statement
    or other information delivered to the Bank; or (d) defaults under the terms
    of any agreement or instrument relating to any debt for borrowed money
    (other than the debt evidenced by this note) such that the creditor declares
    the debt due before its maturity;
3.  There is a default under the terms of any loan agreement, mortgage, security
    agreement, or any other document executed as part of the loan evidenced by
    this note, or any guaranty of the loan evidenced by this note becomes
    unenforceable in whole or in part, or any Guarantor fails to promptly
    perform under such a guaranty;
4.  A "reportable event" (as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security
    Act of 1974 as amended) occurs that would permit the Pension Benefit
    Guaranty Corporation to terminate any employee benefit plan of the Borrower
    or any affiliate of the Borrower;
5.  The Borrower or any Guarantor becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts
    as they become due;
6.  The Borrower or any Guarantor (a) makes an assignment for the benefit of
    creditors; (b) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, or
    trustee for itself or for a substantial part of its assets; or (c) commences
    any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, insolvency
    or similar laws of any jurisdiction;
7.  A custodian, receiver, or trustee is appointed for the Borrower or any
    Guarantor or for a substantial part of its assets without its consent and is
    not removed within 60 days after such appointment;
8.  Proceedings are commenced against the Borrower or any Guarantor under any
    bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, or similar laws of any 
    jurisdiction, and such proceedings remain undismissed for 60 days after 
    commencement; or the Borrower or Guarantor consents to the commencement of
    such proceedings;
9.  Any judgment is entered against the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any
    attachment, levy, or garnishment is issued against any property of the
    Borrower or any Guarantor;
10. The Borrower or any Guarantor dies;
11. The Borrower or any Guarantor, without the Bank's written consent, (a) is
    dissolved, (b) merges or consolidates with any third party, (c) leases,
    sells or otherwise conveys a material part of its assets or business outside
    the ordinary course of its business, or (d) leases, purchases or otherwise
    acquires a material part of the assets of any other corporation or business
    entity except in the ordinary course of business, or (e) agrees to do any of
    the foregoing (notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsidiary may merge or
    consolidate with any other subsidiary, or with the Borrower so long as the
    Borrower is the survivor);
12. The loan-to-value ratio of any pledged securities at any time exceeds    %,
    and such excess continues for five (5) days after notice from the Bank to
    the Borrower;
13. There is a substantial change in the existing or prospective financial
    condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor which the Bank in good faith
    determines to be materially adverse;
14. The Bank in good faith deems itself insecure; then this note shall become 
    due immediately, without notice, at the Bank's option.

REMEDIES: If this note is not paid at maturity, whether by acceleration or
otherwise, the Bank shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by any
law or agreement. Any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if the Bank
sends the notice to the Borrower at least seven (7) days prior to the date of
sale, disposition or other event giving rise to the required notice. The Bank
is authorized to cause all or any part of the Collateral to be transferred to
or registered in its name or in the name of any other person, firm or
corporation, with or without designation of the capacity of such nominee. The
Borrower shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after disposition of any
Collateral. The Borrower is liable to the Bank for all reasonable costs and
expenses of every kind incurred in the making or collection of this note,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs.
These costs and expenses shall include, without limitation, any costs or
expenses incurred by the Bank in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or
other similar proceeding.

WAIVER: Each endorser and any other party liable on this note severally waives
demand, presentment, notice of dishonor and protest, and consents to any
extension or postponement of time of its payment without limit as to the number
or period, to any substitution, exchange or release of all or part of the
Collateral, to the addition of any party, and to the release or discharge of,
or suspension of any rights and remedies against, any person who may be liable
for the payment of this note. No delay on the part of the bank in the exercise
of any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver. No single or partial exercise
by the Bank of any right or remedy shall preclude any other future exercise of
it or the exercise of any other right or remedy. No waiver or indulgence by the
Bank of any default shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the
Bank, nor shall a waiver on one occasion be construed as a bar to or waiver of
that right on any future occasion.

MISCELLANEOUS: The Borrower, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally
liable, and the term "Borrower" shall mean any one or more of them. This note
shall be binding on the Borrower and its successors, and shall inure to the
benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns. Any reference to the Bank shall
include any holder of this note. This note is delivered in the State of
Michigan and governed by Michigan law. Section headings are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this note.

===============================================================================
PAYMENT GUARANTEED BY:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature)                             Address

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature)                             Address

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature)                             Address

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR BANK USE ONLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FACILITY AUTHORIZED TO LEND UNDER
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
METHOD OF DISBURSEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S><C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOAN CLASSIFICATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Country Code    ORC Address                         SIC Code            Borr.      Branch Number     Social Security Number
                Div     Reg  Grp    Sect   ORC                          Code       
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Account Limit           Special ID      Ln.     FRB Code  Officer     Loan     Profit    Tx.  Pr.  Yr.  Main Coll.  Reg U/
                                                Tm.               Initials    Purpose  Center    Ex   Rel  BA   Type
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BILLING INSTRUCTIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment     1st Principal     1st Interest    Interest Incl.   Principal      Interest       Lead Time          Day of Month
Amount      Payment           Payment                          Cycle          Cycle

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Int. Collars    Charge DDA Account Number                       Pymt.   Chg.    Rev.    Part           Maximum Note Limit
High     Low                                                    Type    Type    Cr.     Bght/Sold
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
[NBD LOGO]                                        CONTINUING SECURITY AGREEMENT

NAME OF DEBTOR:         National TechTeam, Inc.                   ("the Debtor")
                 -------------------------------------------------
TAXPAYER I.D. NO:       38-2774613
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                             22000 Garrison Avenue, 
DEBTOR'S ADDRESS (Chief executive office):   Dearborn, MI  48124
                                          --------------------------------------

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST: The Debtor grants to NBD BANK, a Michigan banking
corporation, the secured party referred to as the "Bank", whose address is 611
Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226, a continuing security interest in the
Collateral listed below, to secure the payment and performance of:

    All of Debtor's debt to the Bank; and

    (check if applicable)

    / / All of                                             's debt to the Bank.
              ---------------------------------------------
                 (Name of Borrower if other than Debtor)

Debt shall include each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type
and description now owed or arising at a later time, whether they are direct or
indirect, joint, several, or joint and several and whether or not of the same
type or class as presently outstanding, which shall collectively be referred to
as "Liabilities." Liabilities shall also include all interest, costs, expenses
and reasonable attorney's fees accruing to or incurred by the Bank in
collecting the Liabilities or in the protection, maintenance or liquidation of
the Collateral.

COLLATERAL:
     / / Accounts Receivable     / / Equipment      / / Farm Products

     / / Inventory               / / Instruments    /X/ Specific (see Item 6)

NOTE: If no box is checked, it is expressly agreed by Debtor that the Bank is
granted a security interest in "All Assets." "All Assets" of Debtor shall
include Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Equipment, Instruments and Farm
Products, all as defined below.

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL: The Collateral covered by this agreement is all of
the Debtor's property indicated above and defined below, present and future,
including but not limited to any items listed on any schedule or list attached.
Also included are all proceeds, including but not limited to stock rights,
subscription rights, dividends, stock dividends, stock splits, or liquidating
dividends, and all cash, accounts, chattel paper and general intangibles
arising from the sale, rent, lease, casualty loss or other disposition of the
Collateral, and any Collateral returned to, repossessed by or stopped in
transit by the Debtor. Also included are the Debtor's books and records which
relate to the Collateral. Where the Collateral is in the possession of the
Bank, the Debtor agrees to deliver to the Bank any property which represents an
increase in the Collateral or profits or proceeds of the Collateral.

  1.  "Accounts Receivable" shall consist of accounts, chattel paper and general
      intangibles as those terms are defined in the Michigan Uniform Commercial
      Code ("UCC"). Also included is any right to a refund of taxes paid at any
      time to any governmental entity. Also included are letters of credit, and
      drafts under them, given in support of Accounts Receivable. Debtor
      warrants that its chief executive office is at the address shown above.

  2.  "Inventory" shall consist of all property held at any location by or for
      the Debtor for sale, rent or lease, or furnished or to be furnished by the
      Debtor under any contract of service, or raw materials or work in process
      and their products, or materials used or consumed in its business, and
      shall include containers and shelving useful for storing. Without limiting
      the security interest granted, the Inventory is presently located at 
                                                                        
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------

      ------------------------------------------------------------------------.

  3.  "Equipment" shall consist of any goods at any time acquired, owned or held
      by the Debtor at any location primarily for use in its business, including
      but not limited to machinery, fixtures, furniture, furnishings and
      vehicles, and any accessions, parts, attachments, accessories, tools,
      dies, additions, substitutions, replacements and appurtenances to them or
      intended for use with them. Without limiting the security interest
      granted, the Equipment is presently located at
                                                    --------------------------

      ------------------------------------------------------------------------

      ------------------------------------------------------------------------.

  4.  "Instruments" shall consist of the Debtor's interest of any kind in any
      negotiable instrument or security as those terms are defined in the UCC,
      or any other writing which evidences a right to payment of money and is of
      a type which is, in the ordinary course of business, transferred by
      delivery alone or by delivery with any necessary endorsement or
      assignment.

  5.  "Farm Products" shall consist of all poultry and livestock and their
      young, along with their products and produce; all crops, annual or
      perennial, and all products of the crops; and all feed, seed, fertilizer,
      medicines, and other supplies used or produced in farming operations. The
      Debtor will provide the Bank with a written list of the buyers, commission
      merchants or selling agents to or through        whom it may sell the Farm
      Products, in form acceptable to the Bank. The Debtor will keep this list
      current by notice to the Bank at least 7 days prior to any sale. In this
      paragraph the term farm products, buyers, commission merchants and selling
      agents have the meanings given to them in the Federal Food Security Act of
      1985, and Section 9307 of the UCC.

  6.  "Specific" shall consist of the following, and all accessions, parts,
      attachments, accessories, additions, substitutions, replacements,
      appurtenances, and their related rights:   Aspect Teleset Customview
                                                 Director 24 LIC
                                              --------------------------------

      ------------------------------------------------------------------------

      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      presently located at:  22000 Garrison Avenue, Dearborn, MI  48124
                           ---------------------------------------------------

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS: The Debtor agrees to all of the Additional
Terms and Conditions on the reverse.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: The Bank and the Debtor after consulting or having had
the opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly, voluntarily and
intentionally waive any right either of them may have to a trial by jury in any
litigation based upon or arising out of this agreement or any related
instrument or agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated by this
agreement, or any course of conduct, dealing, statements (whether oral or
written), or actions of either of them. Neither the Bank nor the Debtor shall
seek to consolidate, by counterclaim or otherwise, any action in which a jury
trial has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot be or
has not been waived. These provisions shall not be deemed to have been modified
in any respect or relinquished by either the Bank or the Debtor except by a
written instrument executed by both of them.

                                                                        DEBTOR:
Dated:   August 28,     ,1995            National TechTeam, Inc.
      ------------------   --           ---------------------------------------

                                         By:    Lawrence A. Mills
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                Lawrence A. Mills, CFO

                                        ---------------------------------------

                                        ---------------------------------------

<PAGE>   4
WARRANTIES & COVENANTS: The Debtor warrants and covenants to the Bank that:
1.  It will pay its Liabilities to the Bank secured by this agreement;
2.  It is or will become the owner of the Collateral free from any liens,
    encumbrances or security interests, except for this security interest, and
    existing liens disclosed to and accepted by the Bank in writing, and will
    defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons at any
    time claiming any interest in it;
3.  It will keep the Collateral free of liens, encumbrances and other security
    interests, maintain it in good repair, not use it illegally and exhibit it
    to the Bank on demand;
4.  At its own expense, the Debtor will maintain comprehensive casualty
    insurance on the Collateral against such risks, in such amounts, with such
    deductibles and with such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank, and
    provide the Bank with proof of insurance satisfactory to the Bank. Each
    insurance policy shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement
    satisfactory to the Bank and a prohibition against cancellation or amendment
    of the policy or removal of the Bank as loss payee without at least 30 days
    prior written notice to the Bank. In all events, the amounts of such
    insurance coverages shall conform to prudent business practices and shall be
    in such minimum amounts that the Debtor will not be deemed a co-insurer;
5.  It will not sell or offer to sell or otherwise transfer the Collateral, nor
    change the location of the Collateral, without the written consent of the
    Bank, except in the ordinary course of business;
6.  It will pay promptly when due all taxes and assessments on the Collateral,
    or for its use or operation;
7.  No financing statement covering all or any part of the Collateral or any
    proceeds is on file in any public office, unless the Bank has approved that
    filing, and at the Bank's request the Debtor will execute one or more
    financing statements in form satisfactory to the Bank and will pay the cost
    of filing them in all public offices wherever filing is deemed by the Bank
    to be desirable;
8.  It will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any name change or any
    change in business organization;
9.  It will provide any information that the Bank may reasonably request, and
    will permit the Bank upon prior notice to inspect and copy its books and
    records during normal business hours.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE: The Debtor acknowledges that if the Collateral includes
"Accounts Receivable" then until the Bank gives notice to the Debtor to the
contrary, the Debtor will, in the usual course of its business and at its own
cost and expense, on the Bank's behalf but not as the Bank's agent, demand and
receive and use its best efforts to collect all moneys due or to become due on
the Accounts Receivable. Until the Bank gives notice to the Debtor to the
contrary or until the Debtor is in default, it may use the funds collected in
its business. Upon notice from the Bank or upon default, the Debtor agrees that
all sums of money it receives on account of or in payment or settlement of the
Accounts Receivable shall be held by it as trustee for the Bank without
commingling with any of its funds, and shall immediately be delivered to the
Bank with endorsement to the Bank's order of any check or similar instrument.
It is agreed that, at any time the Bank so elects, it shall be entitled, in its
own name or in the name of the Debtor or otherwise, but at the expense and cost
of the Debtor, to collect, demand, receive, sue for or compromise any and all
Accounts Receivable, and to give good and sufficient releases, to endorse any
checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money payable to the Debtor
and, in its discretion, to file any claims or take any action or proceeding
which the Bank may deem necessary or advisable. It is expressly understood and
agreed, however, that the Bank shall not be required or obligated in any manner
to make any demand or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of
any payment received by it or to present or file any claim or take any other
action to collect or enforce the payment of any amounts which may have been
assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times. All notices
required in this paragraph will be immediately effective when sent. Such
notices need not be given prior to the Bank taking action.
REPRESENTATIONS BY DEBTOR: Each Debtor represents: (a) that the execution and
delivery of this agreement and the performance of the obligations it imposes do
not violate any law, conflict with any agreement by which it is bound, or
require the consent or approval of any governmental authority or any third
party; (b) that this agreement is a valid and binding agreement, enforceable
according to its terms; and (c) that all balance sheets, profit and loss
statements, and other financial statements furnished to the Bank are accurate
and fairly reflect the financial condition of the organizations and persons to
which they apply on their effective dates, including contingent liabilities of
every type, which financial condition has not changed materially and adversely
since those dates. Each Debtor, if other than a natural person, further
represents: (a) that it is duly organized, existing and in good standing under
the laws where it is organized; and (b) that the execution and delivery of this
agreement and the performance of the obligations it imposes (i) are within its
powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action of its governing
body; and (iii) do not contravene the terms of its articles of incorporation or
organization, its by-laws, or any agreement governing its affairs.
PLEDGE: If the Debtor is not liable for all or any part of the Borrower's
obligations to the Bank (the "Debt"), then it agrees that:
(a) If any monies become available to the Bank that it can apply to any Debt,
    the Bank may apply them to Debt not secured by this agreement.
(b) Without notice to or the consent of the Debtor, the Bank may (i) take any
    action it chooses against any Borrower, against any collateral for the Debt,
    or against any other person liable for the Debt; (ii) release any Borrower
    or any other person liable for the Debt, release any collateral for the
    Debt, and neglect to perfect any interest in any such collateral; (iii)
    forbear or agree to forbear from exercising any rights or remedies,
    including any right of setoff, that it has against the Borrower, any other
    person liable for the Debt, or any other collateral for the Debt; (iv)
    extend to any Borrower additional Debt to be secured by this agreement; or
    (v) renew, extend, modify or amend any Debt, and deal with any Borrower or
    any other person liable for the Debt as it chooses.
(c) None of the Debtor's obligations under this agreement shall be affected by
    (i) any act or omission of the Bank; (ii) the voluntary or involuntary
    liquidation, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
    assets of any Borrower; (iii) any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy,
    reorganization or other similar proceedings affecting any Borrower or any of
    its assets; or (iv) any change in the composition or structure of any
    Borrower or any Debtor, including a merger or consolidation with any other
    entity.
(d) The Bank's rights under this section and this agreement are unconditional
    and absolute, regardless of the unenforceability of any provision of any
    agreement between any Borrower and the Bank, or the existence of any
    defense, setoff or counterclaim that any Borrower may be able to assert
    against the Bank.
(e) It waives all rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity,
    exoneration, implied contract, recourse to security, and any other claim (as
    that term is defined in the federal Bankruptcy Code, as amended from time to
    time) that it may have or acquire in the future against any Borrower, any
    other person liable for the Debt, or any collateral for the Debt, because of
    the existence of this agreement, the Debtor's performance under this
    agreement, or the Bank's availing itself of any rights or remedies under
    this agreement.
(f) If any payment to the Bank on any Debt is wholly or partially invalidated,
    set aside, declared fraudulent or required to be repaid to the Borrower or
    anyone representing the Borrower or the Borrower's creditors under any
    bankruptcy or insolvency act or code, under any state or federal law, or
    under common law or equitable principles, then this agreement shall remain
    in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, until payment
    in full to the Bank of the repaid amounts, and of the Debt. If this
    agreement must be reinstated, the Debtor agrees to execute and deliver to
    the Bank new agreements and financing statements, if necessary, in form and
    substance acceptable to the Bank, covering the Collateral.
DEFAULT/REMEDIES: If the Debtor or the Borrower fails to pay any of the
Liabilities when due, or if a default by anyone occurs under the terms of any
agreement related to any of the Liabilities, or if the Debtor dies or fails to
observe or perform any term of this agreement, or if any representation or
warranty contained in this agreement is untrue, or if there is a material
change in the financial condition of the Debtor which the Bank in good faith
determines to be materially adverse, then the Bank shall have the rights and
remedies provided by law or this agreement, including but not limited to the
right to require the Debtor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to
the Bank at a place to be designated by the Bank which is reasonably
convenient to both parties, the right to take possession of the Collateral with
or without demand and with or without process of law, and the right to sell and
dispose of it and distribute the proceeds according to law. In connection with
the right of the Bank to take possession of the Collateral, the Bank may take
possession of any other items of property in or on the Collateral at the time
of taking possession, and hold them for the Debtor without liability on the
part of the Bank. If there is any statutory requirement for notice, that
requirement shall be met if the Bank sends notice to the Debtor at least seven
(7) days prior to the date of sale, disposition or other event giving rise to
the required notice. The Debtor shall be liable for any deficiency remaining
after disposition of the Collateral.
MISCELLANEOUS:
    1. Where the Collateral is located at, used in or attached to a facility
    leased by the Debtor, the Debtor will obtain from the lessor a consent to
    the granting of this security interest and a subordination of the lessor's
    interest in any of the Collateral, in form acceptable to the Bank.
    2. At its option the Bank may, but shall be under no duty or obligation to,
    discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time
    levied or placed on the Collateral, pay for insurance on the Collateral, and
    pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Collateral, and the Debtor
    agrees to reimburse the Bank on demand for any payment made or expense
    incurred by the Bank, with interest at the maximum legal rate.
    3. No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any right or remedy
    shall operate as a waiver, no single or partial exercise by the Bank of any
    right or remedy shall preclude any other exercise of it or the exercise of
    any other right or remedy, and no waiver or indulgence by the Bank of any
    default shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Bank, nor
    shall a waiver on one occasion be construed as a waiver of that right on any
    future occasion.
    4. If any provision of this agreement is invalid, it shall be ineffective
    only to the extent of its invalidity, and the remaining provisions shall be
    valid and effective.
    5. Except as provided in the Accounts Receivable paragraph above, notice
    from one party to another relating to this agreement shall be deemed
    effective if made in writing (including telecommunications) and delivered to
    the recipient's address, telex number or facsimile number set forth above by
    any of the following means: (a) hand delivery, (b) registered or certified
    mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, (c) first class or
    express mail, postage prepaid, (d) Federal Express, Purolator Courier or
    like overnight courier service, or (e) facsimile, telex or other wire
    transmission with request for assurance of receipt in a manner typical with
    respect to communications of that type. Notice made in accordance with this
    section shall be deemed delivered on receipt if delivered by hand or wire
    transmission, on the third business day after mailing if mailed by first
    class, registered or certified mail, or on the next business day after
    mailing or deposit with an overnight courier service if delivered by express
    mail or overnight courier.
    6. All rights of the Bank shall inure to the benefit of the Bank's
    successors and assigns; and all obligations of the Debtor shall bind the
    Debtor's heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If there
    is more than one Debtor, their obligations are joint and several.
    7. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this agreement is
    sufficient and can be filed as a financing statement. The Bank is
    irrevocably appointed the Debtor's attorney-in-fact to execute any financing
    statement on the Debtor's behalf covering the Collateral.
    8. The terms and provisions of this security agreement shall be governed by
    Michigan law.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.20

                      NBD BANK AND NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.
                     END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made September 15, 1995, by and between NBD Bank,
including without limitation its now owned and hereafter acquired subsidiaries
and affiliates, hereafter "NBD", having its principle place of business at 611
Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226, and National TechTeam, Inc.,
hereafter "NTT", having its principle place of business at 22000 Garrison
Avenue, Dearborn, Michigan 48124.

GENERAL.

Whereas NBD seeks to promote the long-term effectiveness of its employees by
improving their productive use of personal computers and software programs,
Whereas NTT would like to develop, customize, and deliver high-quality training
programs to meet NBD's needs.  Therefore this Agreement, including the exhibits
which may be revised from time-to-time with the consent of both parties, sets
forth the training services and support as well as the terms and conditions
that will govern both parties.  It is agreed that these and future services
will be adapted to the needs of NBD and delivered in a manner that will ensure
NBD's workforce gains and maintains a competitive advantage now and for the
future.

1.    TERM AND TERMINATION.

      1.01 INITIAL TERM.  The initial term of this Agreement is 24
           months.

      1.02 AUTOMATIC RENEWAL.  Unless otherwise terminated by either
           party 60 days prior to the end of the then current term of the
           Agreement, the Agreement shall automatically renew for successive
           one-year terms.  NTT will furnish NBD with a reminder notice of the
           contract renewal 90 days prior to the automatic contract renewal
           date.

      1.03 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  Either party may terminate this
           Agreement without cause by giving the other party 120 days advance
           written notice.

      1.04 TERMINATION WITH CAUSE.  Either party may, upon giving the
           required notice, terminate this Agreement with cause as specifically
           set forth in other sections of this Agreement.

2.    COURSES, CUSTOMIZATION, AND DOCUMENTATION SERVICES.

      2.01 NBD BANK CLOSED ENROLLMENT.  NTT will provide closed
           enrollment, instructor-led training classes for the approved NBD
           Standard software applications (see Exhibit A).  These courses and
           classes will be adapted to NBD's needs and will include beginning,
           intermediate, and advanced level topics.

      2.02 NEW COURSE DEVELOPMENT.  NTT will assist NBD in meeting its
           professional training needs by developing and delivering new
           training courses and programs that enhance NBD's ability to deliver
           high-quality services and products to its customers.  New courses or
           replacement courses for those on the NBD closed enrollment course
           list require four to eight weeks to develop and another three to
           four weeks following approval by NBD before they can be presented.
           Course development and deployment will be accomplished using the
           methodology defined in Exhibit B, Courseware Design Evaluation
           Checklist.

      2.03 MODIFICATION OF EXISTING COURSEWARE.  As part of the
           continuous process improvement, NTT will partner with NBD to modify
           and adapt NTT's existing Courseware to NBD's specific needs.
           Modification of existing Courseware, like the development of new
           Courseware, will be guided by the process described in Exhibit B,
           Courseware Design Evaluation Checklist.

           2.03.1   Within seven business days after NTT completes each of the
                    steps listed in the process checklist, NBD will either
                    approve the work or specify changes to be made.  If major
                    changes are requested by NBD following approval of the
                    expanded outline (Step 1), NTT and NBD will prepare a 
                    revised development plan and schedule.

           2.03.2   Course formats, descriptions, objectives and materials
                    developed by NTT shall be suitable for the intended NBD
                    enrollment.  NTT Guidelines for development of customized
                    Courseware are set forth in Exhibit B, Courseware Design
                    Evaluation Checklist.


<PAGE>   2

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 2 OF 19
September 15, 1995



             2.03.3 Closed enrollment courses customized by NTT will include
                    course modules with objectives, functional content, and
                    examples that are tailored to NBD's business environment.
                    Course modules will be designed around logically grouped
                    functions and allow adequate practice time for students.
                    Each four hours of training will include one fifteen minute
                    break period.

             2.03.4 NTT will make recommendations to NBD concerning course
                    format, length, and content for each class.  The objective 
                    is to structure each class to focus on specific application
                    functions to give students comprehensive exposure to program
                    functionality in the shortest possible time.  NBD will have
                    final approval for course content, format, and length.

      2.04   CUSTOMIZATION OF COURSEWARE.  NTT will employ professionally
             qualified Courseware developers to customize courses to NBD's 
             needs.  Customization may include:

             2.04.1 Revising the course outline by deleting or rearranging
                    existing modules or combining elements from more than one
                    course.  Revisions may be made to shorten the length of the
                    training class or to meet special training needs or
                    constraints identified by NBD.

             2.04.2 Developing specific examples or training exercises that are
                    tailored to the course and to the students.

             2.04.3 Adapting the class to local operating procedures or
                    hardware requirements.

             2.04.4 Preparing special class participant guides, job aids, and
                    other related training materials for students.

             2.04.5 NTT will offer, for a fee and production cost, document and
                    consulting services that may be needed to support the
                    training (see Exhibit D).

             2.04.6 Travel expenses for Courseware developers performing
                    services 60 miles or more from the designated NTT training
                    hubs (see Exhibit D), which are chargeable at actual cost,
                    will be separately identified and itemized on invoices.  NTT
                    will ensure that these costs are reasonable and generally
                    conform to NBD's policies and practices for the 
                    reimbursement of reasonable expenses to its employees.  
                    Expenses may include transportation, lodging, meals, and 
                    other expenses incurred incidental to the travel.

      2.05   COURSEWARE RIGHTS.  NTT will customize Courseware and other
             training materials needed for NBD's closed enrollment programs.  
             NBD will have the right to use NTT customized Courseware during
             the term of the Agreement and thereafter will retain the rights to
             confidentiality of such customized Courseware.  NTT may not use
             Courseware customized for NBD in any other industrial, commercial,
             or government activity.  NTT may, however, with NBD's approval and
             direction, use such material for a reasonable period of time to
             conduct training classes for organizations formerly owned by NBD.

      2.06   COURSEWARE COPYRIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF USE.  NTT retains full
             copyrights and distribution rights for the NBD customized
             Courseware in both use and delivery.  During the term of the
             Agreement, NTT grants to NBD the right to use this course material
             for its internal use only.  Exhibit D list pricing for Courseware.

      2.07   COURSEWARE MATERIALS.  During the term of the Agreement, NTT
             will furnish NBD with electronic and hardcopy versions of all
             current NBD customized Courseware, course examples, instructor
             manuals, teaching materials, and other course related data files.
             NBD is responsible for maintaining its own back-up files of
             current course material.





<PAGE>   3

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 3 OF 19
September 15, 1995



      2.08 ENROLLMENT AGENT.  NTT is designated to act as an agent on
           behalf of NBD for the limited purpose of negotiating enrollment
           arrangements with Inacom Information Services or other third parties
           that are approved by NBD.

      2.09 OPEN ENROLLMENT COURSES.  NTT has partnered with Inacom
           Information Services to provide NBD with training for programs and
           applications that are not included in the NTT developed and
           delivered closed enrollment program.  The intent of the open
           enrollment program is to ensure that training is available to NBD
           employees and organizations that are not using software supported
           under the closed enrollment program; open enrollment courses include
           beginning, intermediate, and advanced training.  NTT may, if
           requested by NBD, provide open enrollment training where NTT has the
           required course materials or otherwise agrees to provide the
           training.

      2.10 CANCELLATION POLICY FOR OPEN ENROLLMENT.  Unless otherwise
           agreed, the procedure and practices for cancellation of open
           enrollment classes provided by third parties, including Inacom
           Information Services and its affiliates, will be identical to NTT's.

      2.11 STUDENT ENROLLMENT.  NTT will provide Inacom Information
           Services and its affiliates with enrollment confirmation information
           for NBD employees that will be attending their open enrollment
           classes.  When NTT confirms each employee's class enrollment, the
           employee will be given a class enrollment confirmation number to be
           presented at the class.

      2.12 PAYMENT FOR OPEN ENROLLMENT CLASSES.  NBD will be billed in
           advance for the cost of coupons purchased by NTT for NBD's use; they
           will be procured monthly based on forecasted training requirements
           furnished by NBD.  Training coupons remain the property of NBD.

3.   QUALITY CONTROL.

      3.01 REGULARLY SCHEDULED PERFORMANCE REVIEWS.  NTT and NBD hold
           quality performance review meetings every two months to assess the
           quality of courses, instruction , and such other matters as deemed
           appropriate.  The agenda for these meetings will include, but is not
           limited to, course content, materials, instructors, evaluations,
           testing, facilities, scheduling, registration, and billing.

      3.02 PERFORMANCE DEFICIENCIES AND RESOLUTION.  Should NBD conclude
           that the NTT training programs are not meeting NBD standards, NTT
           will take immediate action to rectify the deficiencies.  NBD will
           provide NTT with a written list of the deficiencies and NTT will be
           given a reasonable time to develop and implement corrective actions
           that are acceptable to NBD.  If NTT is unable within a reasonable
           time, not to exceed 30 days, to correct the deficiencies to comply
           with NBD standards, NBD may terminate the Agreement.

      3.03 ASSESSMENTS AND EVALUATIONS.  NTT will provide a "pre-course"
           student skill assessment tool as an instrument for determining
           course level placement.  The parties will also use the Kirkpatrick
           Assessment Model to measure skill improvement of students at the
           four levels described below.  NTT will administer all assessment and
           evaluation processes and the results will be reported to NBD on a
           monthly or quarterly basis as appropriate.

           3.03.1 Level I evaluations, which measure each student's reaction
                  to training on the day of training, will be administered by
                  NTT at the end of the class and tracked electronically.
                  Statistical analysis and evaluation of the results will be
                  given to NBD monthly or on request.

           3.03.2 Level II evaluations, which measure what each student
                  learned during the class, will be based on pre- and
                  post-training evaluations; the assessment measures will be
                  jointly developed by NBD and NTT.





<PAGE>   4

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 4 OF 19
September 15, 1995



           3.03.3 Level III evaluations, which measure the student's ability
                  to apply the knowledge gained in the classroom to the job,
                  are normally reviewed 30 - 45 days after completion of
                  training.  Unlike level I and II evaluations, level III
                  evaluations are based on statistically valid random samples
                  of students and are performed quarterly.

           3.03.4 Level IV evaluations measure the effect that training has
                  on the productivity and return on investment; the assessment
                  measures will be developed jointly by NBD and NTT during the
                  initial term of the Agreement.  Level IV evaluations are
                  based on statistically valid random samples of students and
                  are performed quarterly.

4.   REGISTRATION.

      4.01 CLOSED ENROLLMENT COURSE CATALOGS.  NTT will provide NBD with
           a customized course catalog containing information about courses and
           classes offered to NBD employees; the catalog will be updated and
           distributed three times each year.

      4.02 REGISTRATION PROCEDURE.  NBD employees will register for all
           closed enrollment, open enrollment, and NBD taught classes by
           calling NTT's training center (see Exhibit E).  Students must bring
           a properly completed class confirmation notice, with their cost
           center manager's signature, to class; NTT will return class rosters
           and the signed confirmation notices to NBD.

      4.03 MAXIMUM CLASS ENROLLMENT.  Unless otherwise requested by NBD,
           class enrollment will be limited to a maximum of 12 students.

      4.04 CLASS CONFIRMATIONS.  NTT will send each registered student a
           class confirmation notice acknowledging enrollment in the class;
           confirmation notices will include the student's name, course title,
           and the class date, time, and location.  The form and method of
           delivering class confirmation notices will be jointly determined by
           both parties and may change as technology evolves.  All costs
           incurred for administering class confirmations are included in the
           course fees and are borne by NTT.

      4.05 REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE DATA FILE TRANSFERS.  NTT will
           provide NBD with a monthly electronic file download of NBD employee
           class registration and attendance information in a format compatible
           with NBD's registration and tracking system.  NTT will maintain NBD
           class registration information for two years after the course
           training date.

      4.06 CANCELLATION POLICY.  Students that need to cancel their
           enrollment in NTT closed enrollment classes may do so by telephoning
           the NTT training center (see Exhibit E).  NTT will attempt to
           reschedule the student for the next available class and will update
           the student record to reflect the change.

           4.06.1 If NTT receives a request for enrollment cancellation five
                  business days or more in advance of a scheduled class, the
                  class fee will be fully refunded.

           4.06.2 If NTT receives a request for enrollment cancellation three
                  to five business days in advance of a scheduled class, 75% of
                  the class fee will be refunded. However, if NTT is successful
                  in filling the class opening with another employee on the
                  waiting list, the class fee will be fully refunded.

           4.06.3 If NTT receives a request for enrollment cancellation less
                  than three business days in advance of a scheduled class, no
                  refund will be given.  However, if NTT is successful in
                  filling the class opening with another employee on the
                  waiting list, the class fee will be fully refunded.

      4.07 PER STUDENT CLASSES.  Per student classes include an
           instructor and manuals in addition to registration, scheduling,
           course customization, and other program management expertise.  If




<PAGE>   5

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 5 OF 19
September 15, 1995



           NBD chooses the NTT per student pricing model, NTT will administer
           registrations and cancellations caused by low enrollment.  If,
           five days prior to the class, enrollment is less than seven
           students at a hub location or five students at a remote location,
           NTT has the option of canceling the class at no charge to NBD.  If
           the number of students fails to meet the minimum of students
           required for the class, NBD may elect to pay the group rate for
           the training.

      4.08 GROUP CLASSES.  Group classes include an instructor and
           manuals.  In addition, it is agreed that NTT will track student
           participation in group classes by entering enrollment information,
           provided by NBD, in the NTT registration system.  Special requests
           or group classes arranged and administered by an NBD coordinator
           will never be canceled by NTT; group class cancellations must be
           made by NBD at least five business days in advance of the class.
           NBD will assume responsibility for making and administering
           registrations, cancellations, and confirmations; group rates will
           apply (see Exhibit D).

5.   ADMINISTRATION.

      5.01 CLOSED ENROLLMENT CLASSES.  NTT will manage the
           administrative tasks related to scheduling, registration, marketing,
           management reporting, and billing for NBD closed enrollment.

      5.02 OPEN ENROLLMENT CLASSES.  NTT will coordinate NBD student
           class registrations, confirmations, and cancellations for open
           enrollment courses taught by Inacom Information Services.

      5.03 CATALOGS.  NTT will develop and distribute customized NBD
           training catalogs at four month intervals listing course
           descriptions, schedules, prerequisites, and administrative policies
           for NBD closed enrollment courses.

      5.04 INVOICING.  NTT will provide appropriately detailed invoices
           monthly (content and format will be approved by NBD) to NBD at the
           address shown below for closed enrollment classes, services, and
           Inacom training coupons purchased on behalf of NBD by NTT under this
           Agreement.  A second information only copy of the invoice and
           supporting detail will be sent to the Systems Development Division.
           Payment terms will be net 30 days from invoice date.

                    NBD  Bank
                    Administration Support, 2nd Floor
                    9000 Haggerty Road
                    Belleville, Michigan 48111

6.   FACILITIES.

      6.01 COMPUTER WORKSTATION CONFIGURATION.  NTT will provide
           classroom facilities, equipment, and software which duplicate the
           predominant computing environment as defined by the NBD End-User
           Computing Desktop Standards.

      6.02 TRAINING AIDS AND EQUIPMENT.  NTT will provide classrooms
           equipped with workstation screen projection system capable of
           projecting readable screen images from the instructor's workstation
           for viewing by all students.  In addition, overhead projection
           equipment, dry-marker boards, and flip-charts will be available as
           needed.

      6.03 NTT TRAINING CENTER AND TRAINING HUB LOCATIONS.  NTT training
           center and hub locations are listed in Exhibit E.


<PAGE>   6

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 6 OF 19
September 15, 1995

7.   INSTRUCTORS.

      7.01 INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATIONS.  NTT will provide instructors
           qualified to teach the closed enrollment courses listed on Exhibit
           A.  NTT will certify that each instructor has acquired a practical
           knowledge of the NBD closed enrollment programs.

      7.02 CLASS AUDITS AND REMOVAL OF INSTRUCTORS.  NBD may conduct
           audits on the classes taught by NTT to ensure that training meets
           NBD's standards.  NBD and NTT agree to use the Instructor Evaluation
           form (see Exhibit C) as a tool to measure for quality performance.
           NBD may, upon giving NTT adequate advance written notice, request
           that a specific instructor not be assigned to teach an NBD closed
           enrollment course or class.

      7.03 REGULAR TRAINING HOURS.  Instructors will be available to
           teach at the designated facilities during regular business hours,
           i.e., 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.  At NBD's
           request, training may be scheduled outside of regular business hours
           at mutually agreeable times for an additional fee (see Exhibit D).

      7.04 TRAVEL EXPENSES.  Travel expenses for instructors performing
           services 60 miles or more from the designated NTT Training Hubs (see
           Exhibit E), chargeable actual cost, will be separately identified
           and itemized on invoices sent to NBD.  NTT will ensure that these
           costs are reasonable and generally conform to NBD's policies and
           practices for the reimbursement of reasonable expenses to its
           employees.  Expenses may include transportation, lodging, meals, and
           other expenses incurred incidental to the travel.

8.   PRICING AND SPECIAL TERMS.

      8.01 CLOSED ENROLLMENT.  NTT will provide NBD with quality
           instructors, registration, class customization services, and
           Courseware for closed enrollment at NTT's or NBD's facilities (see
           Exhibit D).

      8.02 OPEN ENROLLMENT.  Inacom Information Services pricing for
           open enrollment programs is listed in Exhibit D.

      8.03 PRICE PROTECTION.  During the initial term of this Agreement,
           the price list shown on Exhibit D will apply.  Following the initial
           term of the Agreement NTT will limit increases on both a per student
           and group basis to no more than eight percent of the prior year's
           rate.

      8.04 In the future, if NBD should separately contract with NTT to
           provide corporate help desk support, NBD shall be entitled to a
           $15.00 credit per student per class attended from NTT's Standard
           Subscription Support Service charge.

9.   CONFIDENTIALITY

      9.01 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  Documentation and
           information, including orally or visually disclosed, is confidential
           if:

             9.01.1 It is designated as confidential or proprietary, by letter,
                    stamp or legend; by verbal notice, or

             9.01.2 It would be apparent to a reasonable person, familiar with
                    the disclosing party's business or the industry in which it
                    operates, that such information is of a confidential or
                    proprietary nature.  All such proprietary or confidential
                    information, collectively, "Proprietary Information", shall
                    be treated confidentially by the receiving party and its
                    employees and shall not be disclosed by the receiving party
                    without the disclosing party's prior written consent.
                    Proprietary Information shall include, but is not limited
                    to, the names, addresses and telephone information
                    concerning NBD employees and customers, as well as all 
                    technical 

<PAGE>   7
NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 7 OF 19
September 15, 1995



                   information and documentation not generally available to
                   end users which NBD provides to NTT hereunder.

     9.02  TREATMENT OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  A party to the
           Agreement shall not duplicate or in any from reproduce, summarize,
           or otherwise disclose Proprietary Information of the other party,
           except in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
           Agreement.  Each party shall have an appropriate Agreement with each
           of its employees and agents having access to the other party's
           Proprietary Information sufficient to enable that party to comply
           with all terms of this Agreement.  Each party agrees to protect the
           other's Proprietary Information with the same standard of care and
           procedures which it uses to protect its own trade secrets and
           confidential or Proprietary Information of like importance and, in
           any event, shall adopt or maintain procedures reasonably calculated
           to protect such Proprietary Information.

     9.03  FURTHER TREATMENT OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  Each party
           agrees to hold all Proprietary Information of the other party in
           trust and confidence for the other party and not to use the same
           other than as expressly authorized under this Agreement or in
           furtherance of its obligations under this agreement.  Each party
           agrees not to disclose any such Proprietary Information, without the
           prior written consent of the other party, to anyone other than each
           party's employees, agents, or contractors who have a need to know
           same to carry out the rights granted hereunder or as required under
           any applicable law or regulation.

     9.04  EXCEPTIONS.  Any obligation in the confidentiality provisions
           of this Agreement does not apply to any information which:

           9.04.1  Is or becomes known publicly through no fault of the
                   receiving party; or;

           9.04.2  Is already known or becomes known to the receiving party,
                   except as listed or specified in writing by the receiving
                   party as being the subject of previous discussions between
                   the disclosing party and the receiving party regarding
                   Proprietary Information, and is so agreed by both parties;  
                   or;
                   
           9.04.3  Is developed by or for the receiving party independent of
                   activities under this Agreement.

10.  INDEMNITY.

     10.01 INDEMNIFICATION BY NTT.  NTT agrees to indemnify and hold NBD
           harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, costs and
           liabilities, including all reasonable legal fees and expenses, of
           any kind whatsoever, arising directly or indirectly out of NTT's
           performance under this Agreement.  NBD agrees to promptly notify NTT
           if any such claims arise and offer NTT reasonable assistance and
           information necessary in responding to and defending against any
           such claims.

     10.02 INDEMNIFICATION BY NBD.  If notified in writing of any action or 
           prior claim brought against NTT alleging that NTT's use of the
           Product or any other materials provided to NTT by NBD hereunder
           infringes any valid United States patent or copyright, NBD will
           defend that action at its expense and will pay the costs and
           damages awarded against NTT in the action, provided:

           10.02.1 NBD shall have sole control of the defense of any such
                   action and all negotiations for its settlement or
                   compromise; and

           10.02.2 NTT, and where applicable, those for whom NTT is in law 
                   responsible, cooperate fully with NBD in its defense of the
                   action; and

           10.02.3 NBD shall have no liability if the action results from the 
                   use of the Product or other materials delivered by NBD for
                   purposes or in an environment for which it was not designed,
                   modification of the Product or other materials delivered by



<PAGE>   8
NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 8 OF 19
September 15, 1995


                   NBD or use of the Product or material delivered by
                   NBD in combination with software or other products not       
                   supplied by NBD.

     10.03 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  Neither NBD or NTT shall be liable to the
           other for incidental, consequential, exemplary, indirect or special
           damages of any kind including, without limitation, loss of profits,
           savings, revenue, or other commercial loss or the claims of third
           parties including end users whether or not advised of the
           possibility of such loss, however caused and on any theory of
           liability, arising out of this Agreement or the relationship of      
           NBD and NTT.

11.  MISCELLANEOUS

     11.01 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement
           between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and
           supersedes all prior statements, representations, discussion,
           negotiations and Agreements, both oral and written.

     11.02 AMENDMENT OR WAIVER.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
           except in a writing signed by authorized officers of both parties.

     11.03 ILLEGAL OR UNENFORCEABLE PROVISIONS.  In the event that any one or 
           more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be found to be 
           illegal or unenforceable, this Agreement shall nevertheless remain
           in full force and effect, and such term or provision shall be deemed
           severed.

     11.04 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS.  The parties to this Agreement are
           independent contractors.  No relationship or principal to agent,
           master to servant, employer to employee or franchiser to franchisee
           is established hereby between the parties.  Neither party has the
           authority to bind the other or incur any obligation on its behalf.

     11.05 NO WAIVER.  Neither of the party's rights to enforce provisions of 
           this Agreement shall be affected by any prior course of dealing,
           waiver, delay, omission or forbearance.

     11.06 ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement and the rights granted hereunder shall
           not be assigned, encumbered by security interest or otherwise
           transferred by NTT without the prior written consent of NBD.  NBD
           may assign this Agreement at any time upon giving written notice of 
           such action to NTT.

     11.07 NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication to the parties shall be 
           sent to the addresses shown below or such other places as they may
           from time to time specify by notice in writing to the other party. 
           Any such notice or other communication shall be in writing, and,
           unless delivered to a responsible officer of the addressee, shall be
           given by overnight courier, facsimile or telex and shall be deemed
           to have been given when such notice should have reached the
           addressee in the ordinary course.

                    NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.

                    22000 Garrison Avenue
                    Dearborn, MI  48124 USA
                    ATTN: Warren Webermin, Vice President
                    (313) 277-2277 Telephone
                    (313) 277-6409 Facsimile

                    NBD  BANK

                    Administration Support, 2nd Floor
                    9000 Haggerty Road
                    Belleville, Michigan 48111
                    (313) 957-2435 Telephone
                    (313) 957-2450 Facsimile


<PAGE>   9
NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 9 OF 9
September 12, 1995


     11.08 FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The parties agree to do all such things
           and to execute such further documents as may reasonably be required
           to give full effect to this Agreement.





     11.09 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
           construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan
           without reference to conflict of laws principles.

     11.10 JURISDICTION.  Any dispute arising out of this Agreement
           shall exclusively be brought in the state and federal courts within
           Wayne County, Michigan.

WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the parties have
executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date first above written.

            NBD BANK                          NATIONAL TECHTEAM

            By   /s/ Ben Hollist         By     Warren E. Webermin
                 -----------------------        ----------------------
            Name  Ben Hollist            Name   WARREN E. WEBERMIN
                 -----------------------        ----------------------
                      (print or type)                (print or type)
            Title First Vice President   Title  Vice President
                 -----------------------        ----------------------
            Date  9/20/95                       Date   Sept. 26, 1995
                 -----------------------        ----------------------





<PAGE>   10


NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 10 OF 10
September 12, 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EXHIBIT A
NBD CLOSED ENROLLMENT
CUSTOMIZED STANDARD SOFTWARE COURSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       COURSE 
                    COURSE TITLE                        HOURS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>
Introduction to Personal Computers                         4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Introduction to LAN Concepts                               2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Novell Netware Use and Operations                          2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Microsoft Windows                                          4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus SmartSuite Interface and Commonalties                4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus Ami Pro 3.1 Fundamentals                             8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Ami Pro 3.1 Formatting                             4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Ami Pro 3.1 Tables and Forms                       4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Ami Pro 3.1 Macros                                 4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Ami Pro 3.1 Managing Style Sheets                  4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus Freelance 2.1 Fundamentals                           8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Freelance 2.1 Presentations                        4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus Approach 3.0 Fundamentals                            8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Approach 3.0 Find and Report                       4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Approach 3.0 Templates                             4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus 1-2-3 5.0 Fundamentals                               8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus 1-2-3 5.0 Linking                                  4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus 1-2-3 5.0 Printing Techniques                      4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus 1-2-3 5.0 Charting                                 4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus 1-2-3 5.0 Databases                                4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus Organizer 1.1 and 2.0 Fundamentals                   4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lotus Organizer 1.1 and 2.0 Personal Data Management     4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus cc:Mail 2.1 Fundamentals                             4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Lotus SmartSuite 3.1 Integration                           4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Microsoft Access 2.0                                       8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Microsoft Project 4.0                                      16
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   11

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 11 OF 11
September 12, 1995



EXHIBIT A (CONTINUED)
NBD OPEN ENROLLMENT
NON-STANDARD SOFTWARE COURSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               COURSE 
       COURSE TITLE            HOURS
- --------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
Introduction to DOS              8
- --------------------------------------
DOS based applications           8
- --------------------------------------
WordPerfect for Windows          8
- --------------------------------------
Microsoft Word for Windows       8
- --------------------------------------
Microsoft Excel                  8
- --------------------------------------
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   12

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 12 OF 12
September 12, 1995



EXHIBIT B
COURSEWARE DESIGN EVALUATION CHECKLIST

The attached Courseware Design Evaluation Checklist has been prepared by
National TechTeam for use by National TechTeam Lead Documentation Specialist to
ensure that all quality checks have been performed for each documentation
deliverable.  This Courseware Design Evaluation Checklist is to be used in
addition to Project Tracking Sheets which are incorporated at key deliverable
points.

The result is a quality product and a guarantee that all internal ISO 9000
Quality Standards and external customer expectations have been met.

PART I:  PROCESS CHECKLIST

The documentation development is currently defined as a 9-step process.  Each
step is supportive of the following step and adheres to all customer
expectations and timing.  The process may vary according to customer
specification and is subject to change as additional steps are incorporated.

A Training/Documentation Model Timeline is distributed to the development team
prior to project start.

PART II:  SPECIFIC COMPONENTS CHECKLIST

Components to be included in the documentation development process are
identified and accounted for.  These components are incorporated into the
document development and tracked by the Lead Documenter.




<PAGE>   13

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 13 OF 13
September 12, 1995



EXHIBIT B (CONTINUED)
COURSEWARE DESIGN EVALUATION CHECKLIST

This document is to be completed by the Lead Documenter for a course.  Upon
completion of this document, attach supplemental Project Tracking Sheets.

PART I:  PROCESS CHECKLIST

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            STEP                                              COMPLETE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>
1.  Course adheres to approved, expanded outline
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.  Course is developed for appropriate audience profile
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.  Course is developed with predetermined prerequisites in mind
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.  Course is dry run
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.  Course is piloted
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.  All necessary revisions have been made
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.  Subject Matter Expert (SME) and NBD Project Manager review/approve final course material
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.  NBD Project Manager reviews/approves final instructor notes
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.  Final materials ready for production (delivery to customer)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   14

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 14 OF 14
September 12, 1995


EXHIBIT B (CONTINUED)
PART II:  SPECIFIC COMPONENTS CHECKLIST

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        COMPONENT                                          COMPLETE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
COURSE OBJECTIVES ARE:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Goal Oriented
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Measurable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Written in active tense
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDIVIDUAL LESSON OBJECTIVES ARE:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Goal-oriented
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Measurable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Written in active tense
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COURSE LENGTH MEETS REQUIREMENTS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COURSE CONTENT/MATERIAL HAS BEEN REVIEWED FOR:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Technical accuracy
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Inclusion of specific NBD examples illustrating the taught concepts where applicable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Logical instructional flow
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Content matching objectives and audience
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Consistent leveling among topics
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Formatting consistency
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Inclusion of appropriate on-the-job examples
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Hands-on activities adequate to help students reinforce the knowledge and skills needed
  on the job
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Practice Exercises providing step-by-step activities on how to perform specific functions
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Practice Exercises are adequate throughout modules
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Independent Exercises are comprehensive, summary exercises of all functions from one
  lesson or module
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Graphics, charts, diagrams, illustrations are accurate and correct
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Graphics, charts, diagrams, illustrations are appropriately provided where necessary
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Visual aids are provided when necessary
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Student Data Files are complete and correct
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Instructor Notes are complete and accurate
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pilot Evaluations were utilized and data has been compiled
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1st draft edited for grammar, spelling and format
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2nd draft edited for grammar, spelling and format
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Technical writer keystroked
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Instructor Keystroked
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Project tracking sheets maintained and filed for reference
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   15

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 15 OF 15
September 12, 1995



EXHIBIT B (CONTINUED)
PART II: SPECIFIC COMPONENTS CHECKLIST


                        COMPONENT                           COMPLETE
CLIENT ACCEPTANCE (NBD):
   Participant satisfaction
   Participants' expectations were met
   The defined NBD process was followed
JOB AIDS:
   Supplied when necessary
   Provide students with tools to integrate skills on the job
EVALUATIONS:
   Designed to measure how well learning objectives were met
   A plan in place to analyze evaluations, measure results,
   and recommend continuous improvement opportunities
   A plan in place for the post-instruction evaluation




<PAGE>   16

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 16 OF 19
September 15, 1995



EXHIBIT C
INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION FORM

Please see the following page for a detailed description of the Instructor
Evaluation spreadsheet.





<PAGE>   17

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 17 OF 19
September 15, 1995





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INSTRUCTOR EVALUATION FORM                               EVALUATOR
INSTRUCTOR'S NAME                                        DATE
CLASS                                                    MANAGER
                  EVALUATION CRITERIA                    STRONGLY AGREE    AGREE     NEUTRAL   DISAGREE   STRONGLY DISAGREE     NA
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>
COURSE INTRODUCTION
   Introduces housekeeping information                         5             4          3          2              1              0
   Presents agenda                                             5             4          3          2              1              0
   Has students introduce themselves                           5             4          3          2              1              0
   Asks for student expectations                               5             4          3          2              1              0
   States course objectives                                    5             4          3          2              1              0
INSTRUCTOR PROFESSIONALISM
   Professional Grooming                                       5             4          3          2              1              0
   Greets students                                             5             4          3          2              1              0
   Uses positive body language                                 5             4          3          2              1              0
INSTRUCTOR'S ENERGY
   Voice is clear, easy to hear                                5             4          3          2              1              0
   Friendly, polite, enthusiastic                              5             4          3          2              1              0
   Voice varies in volume and tempo                            5             4          3          2              1              0
   Posture is appropriate                                      5             4          3          2              1              0
   Moves around room                                           5             4          3          2              1              0
   Appears confident                                           5             4          3          2              1              0
PRESENTATION
   Presentation                                                5             4          3          2              1              0
   Prepares materials before class                             5             4          3          2              1              0
   Writing is legible                                          5             4          3          2              1              0
   Written information can be seen                             5             4          3          2              1              0
   References projection display                               5             4          3          2              1              0
   Verifies students are at proper screen before moving on     5             4          3          2              1              0
   Avoids touching students' computers                         5             4          3          2              1              0
PEOPLE SKILLS
   Maintains eye contact                                       5             4          3          2              1              0
   Uses students' names                                        5             4          3          2              1              0
   Listens to students                                         5             4          3          2              1              0
   Encourages students to ask questions                        5             4          3          2              1              0
   Responds to questions to student's satisfaction             5             4          3          2              1              0
   Periodically asks open-ended questions                      5             4          3          2              1              0
   Pauses for students to respond                              5             4          3          2              1              0
   Records unresolved questions                                5             4          3          2              1              0
   Incorporates work examples into presentation                5             4          3          2              1              0
   References are non-discriminatory                           5             4          3          2              1              0
   Refers back to course objectives during presentation        5             4          3          2              1              0
   Keeps discussion on topic                                   5             4          3          2              1              0
   Understands terminology used                                5             4          3          2              1              0
   Provides guidance to students who fall behind               5             4          3          2              1              0
   Allows students adequate time to complete exercises         5             4          3          2              1              0
   Gives positive feedback                                     5             4          3          2              1              0
   Summarizes objective before moving ahead                    5             4          3          2              1              0
TIMING
   Starts class on time                                        5             4          3          2              1              0
   Starts class after breaks on time                           5             4          3          2              1              0
   Adjusts the pacing to fit students' needs                   5             4          3          2              1              0
   Ends class on time                                          5             4          3          2              1              0
   Is available before and after class                         5             4          3          2              1              0
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
CERTIFICATION
   Is the instructor certified to train this class?            Y             N
   If no, what are the recommendations to attain certification
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   18

NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 18 OF 19
September 15, 1995


EXHIBIT D
CLOSED ENROLLMENT AND OPEN ENROLLMENT
PRICING AND SPECIAL TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             COST
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     CLIENT SITE     VENDOR SITE       CLIENT SITE
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------------
                           DESCRIPTION(1)                          CLIENT EQUIPMENT  VENDOR EQUIPMENT  VENDOR EQUIPMENT(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>               <C>
                         CLOSED ENROLLMENT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     COST FOR 1001 + STUDENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 hour class, per student                                                   75.00             95.00              75.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 hour class, per student                                                   50.00             65.00              50.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 hour class, per student                                                   35.00             45.00              35.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two 4 hour classes or four 2 hour classes, per day per site (Group)        575.00            750.00             575.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One 4 hour class or two 2 hour classes, per day per site (Group)           375.00            495.00             375.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premium for services outside of regular business hours (i.e., 8:00
a.m. - 5:00 p.m., Monday - Friday), not to exceed a premium of
30%.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     OPEN ENROLLMENT (INACOM)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 hour class, per student                                                                                       110.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          OTHER SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Executive Training and Consultation for specific training needs,
per hour(3)                                                                 40.00             40.00              40.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tutorial Services Including Travel (6 x $95)                               570.00            570.00             570.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Documentation and Consultation fee, per hour                                40.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Room Rental Only, per day per site                                                           495.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>




_________________________
1
 Unless otherwise requested or approved by NBD, class enrollment will be limited
 to a maximum of 12 students.
2
 Equipment will be charged at cost by NTT.
3
 Two hour minimum.



<PAGE>   19
NBD/NTT END USER COMPUTER TRAINING AGREEMENT, PAGE 19 OF 19
SEPTEMBER 15, 1995


EXHIBIT E
NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.
TRAINING CENTER AND TRAINING HUB LOCATIONS

NATIONAL TECHTEAM TRAINING CENTER AND TRAINING HUB LOCATIONS.  Travel expenses
for training provided more than 60 miles from a Hub Location are billable as an
additional charge.

  Chicago, IL(4)
  Columbus, OH
  Dearborn, MI
  Flint, MI
  Fort Wayne, IN
  Grand Rapids, MI(4)
  Indianapolis, IN(4)
  Lansing, MI
  London, UK(4)
  Merrillville, IN(4)
  Saginaw, MI
  Southfield, MI(4)
  Troy, MI(4)

CLASS REGISTRATION TELEPHONE NUMBER:  1 (800) 443-4907


_____________________________
4 NTT Training Hub Location.



<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.21




                          --------------------------
                                     LEASE


                                    BETWEEN


                             WRC PROPERTIES, INC.,
                                  AS LANDLORD


                                      AND


                           NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC.,
                                   AS TENANT

                          --------------------------






<PAGE>   2


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION 1.   BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS............................................1
SECTION 2.   THE PREMISES......................................................2
SECTION 3.   THE TERM..........................................................2
SECTION 4.   THE BASE RENT.....................................................3
SECTION 5.   LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST.........................................3
SECTION 6.   OPERATING EXPENSES, UTILITIES, AND TAXES..........................3
SECTION 7.   USE OF PREMISES...................................................5
SECTION 8.   INSURANCE.........................................................7
SECTION 9.   DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY..................................8
SECTION 10.   REPAIRS, RENOVATIONS AND ALTERATIONS.............................9
SECTION 11.   LIENS...........................................................10
SECTION 12.   EMINENT DOMAIN..................................................10
SECTION 13.   ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING........................................11
SECTION 14.   INSPECTION OF PREMISES..........................................12
SECTION 15.   FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT..........................................12
SECTION 16.   PARKING AREAS...................................................12
SECTION 17.   NOTICE OR DEMANDS...............................................12
SECTION 18.   BREACH; INSOLVENCY; RE-ENTRY....................................13
SECTION 19.   SURRENDER OF PREMISES ON TERMINATION............................14
SECTION 20.   PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF THE COVENANTS OF TENANT..............14
SECTION 21.   SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES............................14
SECTION 22.   QUIET ENJOYMENT.................................................15
SECTION 23.   HOLDING OVER....................................................15
SECTION 24.   REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE; WAIVER..................................15
SECTION 25.   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION...........................................15
SECTION 26.   RIGHT TO SHOW PREMISES..........................................16
SECTION 27.   INDEMNIFICATION.................................................16
SECTION 28.   DEFINITION OF LANDLORD; LANDLORD'S LIABILIT.....................16
SECTION 29.   SECURITY DEPOSIT AND SECURITY INTEREST..........................17
SECTION 30.   RULES AND REGULATIONS...........................................17
SECTION 31.   SIGNS AND ADVERTISING...........................................17
SECTION 32.   GENERAL.........................................................18
EXHIBIT A   SPACE PLAN........................................................20
EXHIBIT B   RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE PROJECT..............................21
EXHIBIT C   DAILY JANITORIAL SERVICE..........................................24
EXHIBIT D  SPECIAL PROVISIONS.................................................25
  D1  EXCESS TENANT IMPROVEMENT COSTS.........................................25





<PAGE>   3



                                     LEASE
                                     -----

     THIS LEASE is made and entered into as of November 16, 1995, by and
between WRC Properties, Inc. (the "Landlord"), a Delaware Corporation having
its principal office at 730 Third Avenue, New York, New York  10017, and Tenant
named below who agree as follows:

                                   SECTION 1.

                             BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     1.01 The following basic lease provisions are an integral part of this
Lease and are referred to in other Sections of this Lease.

     (a) Tenant's name and jurisdiction of formation:
     NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC., a Delaware Corporation


<TABLE>
<S><C> 
     Tenant Social Security/Taxpayer Identification Number:          38-2774613
                                                                     ----------------------
     Tenant Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code Number:    7373, 7379, 8299, 7371
                                                                     ----------------------

(b)  Tenant's Address:               22000 Garrison Avenue
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Dearborn, Michigan  48124
                                     ------------------------------

(c)  Manager's Name                  REDICO Management, Inc.
     and Address:                    20500 Civic Center Drive
                                     Suite 3000
                                     Southfield, Michigan  48076

(d)  Project Name:                   Troy Officentre A-B
                                     ------------------------------

     Building Name:                  Troy Officentre B
                                     ------------------------------

     Building Address:               320 East Big Beaver
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Troy, Michigan  48083-1240
                                     ------------------------------
              (e)  Premises:  Floor:         1st
                                             ---------------------
                              Suite Number:  180
                                             ---------------------
                              Square Feet:   2,345 usf / 2,626 rsf
                                             ---------------------

     (f) Term:

         Scheduled Occupancy Date:                   January 1, 1996
                                                     -----------------
         Scheduled Expiration Date of Initial Term:  December 31, 1998
                                                     -----------------
         Initial Term:                               Three (3) years
                                                     -----------------
     (g) Base Rent:

                             Monthly    $4,103.13
                                        ------------

                             Annual     $49,237.56
                                        ------------

                             Aggregate  $147,712.68
                                        ------------
     (h) Tenant's Proportionate Share:
         2,626 Rentable square feet in the Premises divided by
         443,071 Rentable square feet in the Building =0.593%

     (i)  Number of Exclusive Parking Spaces: None at an initial increase
          of additional rent of $ -0-

     (j) Security Deposit:  $ 3,950.00     

     (k) Tenant Improvement Allowance:  See Exhibit D

     (l) Base Year:   1996

     (m) Permitted Use:   General Office

</TABLE>



                                      1
<PAGE>   4


                                   SECTION 2.

                                  THE PREMISES

     2.01 Landlord, in consideration of the rents to be paid and the covenants
and agreements to be performed by Tenant, hereby leases to Tenant the premises
set forth in Section 1.01(e) (the "Premises") in the building(s) (the
"Building") described in Section 1.01(d), together with the right to use the
parking and common areas and facilities which may be furnished from time to
time by Landlord (collectively the "Common Areas"), including, without
limitation, all common elevators, hallways and stairwells located within the
Building, and all common parking facilities, driveways and sidewalks, in common
with Landlord and with the tenants and occupants of the Project, their agents,
employees, customers, clients and invitees.  Tenant agrees that the Premises
and the Building shall be deemed to include the number of rentable square feet
set forth in Section 1.01(h) and in no event shall Tenant have the right to
challenge, demand, request or receive any change in the base rent or other sums
due hereunder as a result of any claimed or actual error or omission in the
rentable or usable square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project.
Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time to make
alterations or additions to the Building or the Common Areas, and to demolish
improvements on and to build additional improvements on the land surrounding
the Building and to add or change the name of the Building from time to time,
in its sole discretion without the consent of Tenant and the same shall not be
construed as a breach of this Lease.  The Building, the other buildings listed
in Section 1.01(d), the Common Areas and the land surrounding the Building and
the Common Areas are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Project".

     2.02 Landlord agrees to construct the improvements to the Premises (the
"Tenant Improvements") in accordance with the space plan(s) (as it may be
amended by approved change orders, the "Plans"), attached as Exhibit "A".  All
material changes from the Plans which Landlord determines are necessary during
construction shall be submitted to Tenant for Tenant's approval or rejection.
If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant's approval or rejection of such
changes within five (5) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall be conclusively
deemed to have approved such changes.  Landlord's approval of the Plans shall
not constitute a representation, warranty or agreement (and Landlord shall have
no responsibility or liability for) the completeness or design sufficiency of
the Plans or the Tenant Improvements, or the compliance of the Plans or Tenant
Improvements with any laws, rules or regulations of any governmental or other
authority.

     2.03 The provisions of Exhibit D, special provisions, shall govern the
cost of constructing Tenant Improvements.

     2.04 Landlord intends to shall construct the Tenant Improvements and
deliver the Premises "ready for occupancy" (as defined below) to Tenant on the
Scheduled Occupancy Date set forth in Paragraph 1.01(f).  The Premises will be
conclusively deemed "ready for occupancy" on the earlier to occur of when:  (i)
the work to be done under this Paragraph has been substantially completed and
after the issuance of a conditional or temporary certificate of occupancy for
the Premises by the appropriate government agency within whose jurisdiction the
Building is located, or (ii) when Tenant takes possession of the Premises.  The
Premises will not be considered unready or incomplete if only minor or
insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments
remain to be done within the Premises or Common Areas of the Building, or if
only landscaping or exterior trim remains to be done outside the Premises, or
if the delay in the availability of the Premises for Tenant's occupancy is
caused in whole or in material part by Tenant.  By occupying the Premises,
Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Premises and to have acknowledged
that they are in the condition called for in this Lease, subject only to "punch
list" items (as the term "punch list" is customarily used in the construction
industry in the area where the Project is located) identified by Tenant by
written notice delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days after the date
Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant.  If in good faith
Landlord is delayed or hindered in construction by any labor dispute, strike,
lockout, fire, unavailability of material, severe weather, acts of God,
restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or other
casualty or events of a similar nature beyond its reasonable control ("Force
Majeure"), the date for the delivery of the Premises to Tenant "ready for
occupancy" shall be extended for the period of delay caused by the Force
Majeure.  If Landlord is delayed or hindered in construction as a result of
change orders or other requests by, or acts of, Tenant ("Tenant Delay") the
date for the delivery of the Premises to Tenant "ready for occupancy" shall be
accelerated by the number of days of delay caused by Tenant Delay.  The
Scheduled Occupancy Date as extended or accelerated as a result of the
occurrence of a Force Majeure or Tenant Delay or with the consent of Tenant, is
herein referred to as the Occupancy Date.

                                   SECTION 3.

                                    THE TERM


     3.01 The initial term of this Lease (the "Initial Term or "Term"") will
commence (the "Commencement Date") on the earlier of:  (i) the date Tenant
takes possession of the Premises; or (ii) the Occupancy Date; (iii) the date
the Occupancy Date would have occurred in the absence of Tenant 


                                      2
<PAGE>   5
Delay.  Unless sooner terminated or extended in accordance with the terms
hereof, the Lease will terminate the number of Lease Years and Months set
forth in Paragraph 1.01(f) after the Commencement Date.  If the Commencement
Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year
shall begin on the first day of the first full calendar month following the
Commencement Date. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant will execute a written
instrument confirming the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the
Initial Term.

                                   SECTION 4.

                                 THE BASE RENT

     4.01 From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay to
Landlord, as minimum net rental for the Initial Term and Option Terms of this
Lease, the sum(s) set forth in Paragraph 1.01(g) (the "Base Rent").  The term
"Lease Year" as used herein shall be defined to mean a period of twelve (12)
consecutive calendar months.  The first Lease Year shall begin on the date
determined in accordance with Section 3.01.  Each succeeding Lease Year shall
commence on the anniversary date of the first Lease Year.

     4.02 Base Rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder shall be paid by
Tenant to Landlord in equal monthly installments (except as otherwise provided
herein), in advance, without demand and without any setoffs or deductions
whatsoever, on the first day of each and every calendar month (the "Rent Day")
during the Initial Term and Option Terms, if any, at the office of Manager as
set forth in Section 1.01(c), or at such other place as Landlord from time to
time may designate in writing.  In the event the Commencement Date is other
than the first day of a calendar month, the Base Rent for the partial first
calendar month of the Initial Term will be prorated on a daily basis based on
the number of days in the calendar month and will be paid in addition to the
rent provided in Paragraph 4.01 above.  Base Rent for such partial calendar
month and for the first full calendar month of the first Lease Year shall be
paid upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant.

                                   SECTION 5.

                           LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST

     5.01 Any rent or other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease
which are not paid within five (5) days after they are due will be subject to a
late charge of ten (10%) percent of the amount due.  Such late charges will be
due and payable as additional rent on or before the next Rent Day.

     5.02 Any rent, late charges or other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord
under this Lease not paid within ten (10) days after the same are due will bear
interest at a per annum rate equal to the lower of: (i) eighteen (18%) percent
per annum, or (ii) the highest rate permitted by law.  Such interest will be
due and payable as additional rent on or before the next Rent Day, and will
accrue from the date that such rent, late charges or other sums are payable
under the provisions of this Lease until actually paid by Tenant.

     5.03 Any default in the payment of rent, late charges or other sums will
not be considered cured unless and until the late charges and interest due
hereunder are paid by Tenant to Landlord.  If Tenant defaults in paying such
late charges and/or interest, Landlord will have the same remedies as Landlord
would have if Tenant had defaulted in the payment of rent.  The obligation
hereunder to pay late charges and interest will exist in addition to, and not
in the place of, the other default provisions of this Lease.

                                   SECTION 6.

                    OPERATING EXPENSES, UTILITIES, AND TAXES


     6.01 In the event that Operating Expenses for the Project, in any calendar
year, exceed the Operating Expenses for the Base Year (as defined in Paragraph
1.01(l)), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant's
Proportionate Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.01(h)) of any such excess.
Tenant's obligations hereunder shall be pro-rated for any calendar year in
which Tenant is obligated to pay rent for only a portion thereof.  For the
purposes of this Section, the term "Operating Expenses" shall mean and include
those expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for: maintaining, operating,
owning, and repairing the Project, providing electricity, steam, water, sewer,
fuel, heating, lighting, air conditioning, window cleaning, janitorial service,
personal property taxes, insurance (including, but not limited to, fire,
extended coverage, liability, worker's compensation, elevator, boiler and
machinery, war risk, or any other insurance carried in good faith by Landlord
and applicable to the Project); painting, uniforms, management fees, supplies,
sundries, sales, or use taxes on supplies or services; wages and salaries of
all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project,
and so-called fringe benefits, including social security taxes, unemployment
insurance taxes, providing coverage for disability benefits, pension,
hospitalization, welfare or retirement plans, or any other similar or like
expenses 




                                      3
<PAGE>   6

incurred under the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement,
or any other similar or like expenses which Landlord pays or incurs to provide
benefits for employees so engaged in the operation, maintenance and repair of
the Project; the charges of any independent contractor who, under contract with
Landlord or its representatives, does any of the work of operating, maintaining
or repairing the Project; capital expenditures required under any governmental
law or regulation; legal and accounting expenses including, but not limited to,
such expenses as relate to seeking or obtaining reductions in, and refunds of,
real estate taxes; or any other expenses or charges, whether or not
hereinbefore mentioned, which in accordance with generally accepted accounting
and management principles would be considered as an expense of maintaining,
operating, owning or repairing the Project.


     6.02 If the Project is not fully rented during all or a portion of any
year, then Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment of the
Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes (as defined below) for such year and
for the Base Year employing sound accounting and management principles, to
determine the amount of Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes that would
have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Project been fully rented; and
the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating
Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for such year.  If any expenses relating to the
Project, though paid in one year, relate to more than one calendar year, at the
option of Landlord such expense may be proportionately allocated among such
related calendar years.  In addition, in the event any Operating Expense or
Real Estate Tax applies to only some portion of the Project or is partially
allocable to other buildings or projects, Landlord may allocate such expense
among such buildings and projects in accordance with sound accounting and
management principles to determine the amount of Operating Expenses and Real
Estate Taxes for the Project and the Building.

     6.03 In the event that Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined) for the
Project, in any calendar year, exceed the Real Estate Taxes for the Base Year,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant's Proportionate Share
of any such excess over and above the Base Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter
defined).  The "Base Real Estate Taxes" shall be the Real Estate Taxes shown on
the bills for which the "due date" occurs in the Base Year.  "Real Estate
Taxes" as used herein shall mean real estate taxes, assessments (general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary) sewer rents, rates and charges, taxes based
upon the receipt of rent, and any other federal, state or local charge
(general, special, ordinary or extraordinary) which may now or hereafter be
imposed, levied or assessed against the Project or any part thereof, or on any
building or improvements at any time situated thereon.  In the event the State
of Michigan or any political subdivision thereof having taxing authority shall
modify, repeal or abolish the ad valorem tax on real property, or impose a tax
or assessment of any kind or nature upon, against, or with respect to the
Project or the rents payable by Tenant or on the income derived from the
Project, or with respect to Landlord's ownership interest in the Project, which
tax is assessed or imposed by way of substitution for or in addition to all or
any part of the Real Estate Taxes, then such tax or assessment shall be
included within the definitions of "Real Estate Taxes"; provided, however,
nothing herein contained shall impose an obligation on Tenant to pay the
general income tax or Michigan Single Business Tax liabilities of Landlord,
except to the extent such a tax is being used to fund governmental functions
presently or previously funded by ad valorem taxes on real property.

     6.04 At any time after the Base Year and from time to time, Landlord may
reasonably estimate the amount by which current Real Estate Taxes and Operating
Expenses are expected to exceed the Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses
for the Base Year (the "Estimated Excess Expenses").  Tenant shall pay its
Proportionate Share of the Estimated Excess Expenses by depositing with
Landlord on each Rent Day during the term hereof an amount equal to one-twelfth
(1/12) of its annual share of the Estimated Excess Expenses.  Landlord shall
deliver to Tenant, within a reasonable period of time after the close of each
calendar year, an annual statement indicating the amount by which the Real
Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses actually incurred in that calendar year
exceed the Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses for the Base Year (the
"Actual Excess Expenses").  In the event that the Actual Excess Expenses exceed
the Estimated Excess Expenses, Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of
the difference to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of delivery of the annual
statement.  In the
event that Estimated Excess Expenses exceed Actual Excess Expenses, then at
Landlord's option Tenant shall either be reimbursed to the extent that Tenant's
payments toward Tenant's share of the Estimated Excess Expenses exceed Tenant's
Proportionate Share of the Actual Excess Expenses, or Tenant shall be granted a
corresponding credit against the Base Rent or other sums next due Landlord
hereunder.

     6.05 Tenant shall be responsible for and pay before delinquent all
municipal, county, and state taxes assessed, levied or imposed during the term
of this Lease, and all extensions thereof, upon the leasehold interest and all
furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and all other
personal property of any kind whatsoever located at, placed in or used in
connection with the Premises.

     6.06 Landlord agrees with Tenant that Landlord will furnish heat and air
conditioning during normal business hours (8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday
through Friday and Saturday 9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., excluding Building
holidays), usual and customary janitorial services, as set forth in Exhibit
"C", and provide water and sewer service to the Premises for ordinary lavatory
purposes.  However, if Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purpose or
in unusual quantities (of which fact Landlord shall be the sole judge) Landlord
may install a water meter at Tenant's expense which Tenant shall thereafter


                                      4
<PAGE>   7

maintain at Tenant's expense in good working order and repair, to register such
water consumption.  Tenant shall pay for the quantity of water shown on said
meter, together with the sewer rents, debt service and other charges made by
the local utilities for water and sewer service, as additional rent, at the
secondary rate per gallon (general service rate) established by the applicable
governmental authority or the applicable utility company providing the water.
Whenever machines or equipment which generate heat are used in the Premises
which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air-conditioning
system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air-conditioning
equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, and the expense of operation
and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord.  Although
Landlord will provide air-conditioning and/or heat upon the prior request of
Tenant in accordance with Building practices for hours other than regular
business hours, Tenant will pay Landlord's charges for providing such service.
Said charges shall include a cost equal to the cost to operate the equipment
for Tenant's expanded business hours and days, and Landlord's maintenance,
equipment amortization and other appropriate charges which Landlord determines
are attributable to operating the equipment for periods in excess of the normal
business hours described above.

     6.07 Tenant shall pay all charges made against the Premises for
electricity used upon or furnished to the Premises as and when due during the
continuance of this Lease.  To the extent electricity is not separately metered
for the Premises, Landlord shall make a determination of Tenant's usage of
electricity supplied to the Building, and Tenant agrees to pay for such
electricity within thirty (30) days after request therefor from Landlord.
Whether or not metered, Tenant shall pay for the electricity at the secondary
rate (general service rate) established by the applicable governmental
authority or the applicable utility company providing the electricity.  Tenant
shall also pay for fluorescent or other electric light bulbs or tubes and
electric equipment used in the leased premises.

                                   SECTION 7.

                                USE OF PREMISES

     7.01 Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises during the Term for the
purposes set forth in Section 1.01(m) only, and for no other purpose without
the prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant agrees that it will not use or
permit any person to use the Premises or any part thereof for any use or
purpose in violation of the laws of the United States, the laws, ordinances or
other regulations of the State or municipality in which the Premises are
located, or of any other lawful authorities, or any building and use
restrictions, now or hereafter affecting the Premises or any part thereof.

     7.02 Tenant will not do or permit any act or thing to be done in or to the
Premises or the Project which will invalidate or be in conflict with any terms
or conditions required to be contained in any property or casualty insurance
policy by the State of Michigan or and term or condition of the Insurance
Services Office's (ISO) Commercial Property Insurance and/or Commercial General
Liability Insurance Conditions or any different or additional terms and
conditions of any insurance policy in effect on the Premises or the Project
from time to time (collectively the  "Building Insurance"), Nor shall Tenant do
nor permit any other act or thing to be done in or to the Premises or the
Project which shall or might subject Landlord to any liability or
responsibility to any person or for property damage, nor shall Tenant use the
Premises or keep anything on or in the Project except as now or hereafter
permitted by the fire regulations, the fire department or zoning, health,
safety, land use or other regulations.  Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, shall comply with all requirements and recommendations set forth by
any property or casualty insurer or reinsurer providing coverage for the
Premises or the Project or by any person or entity engaged by Landlord or
Manager to perform any loss control, analysis or assessment for the Premises or
the Project.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or upon the
Premises or
the Project or bring or keep anything therein or use the Premises or the
Project in a manner which increases the rate of premium for any Building
Insurance or any property or equipment located therein over the rate in effect
at the commencement of the Term of this Lease.  In addition, Tenant agrees to
pay Landlord the amount of any increase in premiums for insurance which may be
charged during the term of this Lease resulting from the act or omissions of
Tenant or the character or nature of its occupancy or use of the Project or the
Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same.  Any scheduled or
"make-up" of any insurance rate for the Premises, the Building or the Project
issued by any insurance company establishing insurance premium rates for the
Premises, Building or the Project shall be prima facie evidence of the facts
therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance premium
rates then applicable to the Premises, the Building or the Project.  Tenant
shall give Landlord notice promptly after Tenant learns of any accident,
emergency, or occurrence for which Landlord is or may be liable, or any fire or
other casualty or damage or defects to the Premises, the Building or the
Project which Landlord is or may be responsible or which constitutes the
property of Landlord.

     7.03 Tenant shall not perform acts or carry on any activities or engage in
any practices which may injure the Premises or any portion of the Project or
which may be a nuisance or menace to other persons on or in the Project.
Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages which may be
imposed upon Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the
provisions of this Section.


                                      5
<PAGE>   8

     7.04 Tenant will not place any load upon any floor of the Premises
exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry
and which is allowed by law.  Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the
weight and position of all safes, business machines and mechanical equipment.
Such items shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, in
settings sufficient in Landlord's judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration,
noise and annoyance.  If at any time any windows of the Premises are
temporarily or permanently closed, darkened or covered for any reason
whatsoever, including Landlord's own acts, Landlord shall not be liable for any
damage Tenant may sustain thereby, and the same shall not be considered a
default under this Lease and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation
therefore nor abatement of any Base Rent or any other sums due hereunder, nor
shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder nor constitute an
eviction, construction, actual or otherwise.

     7.05 During the term hereof, and consistent with janitorial services
provided by Landlord, Tenant will keep the Premises in a clean and wholesome
condition, will use the same in a careful and proper manner, and generally will
comply with all laws, ordinances, orders and regulations affecting the Premises
and the cleanliness, safety, occupancy and use thereof.  Tenant will not commit
waste in or on the Premises, and will use the Premises in accordance with the
Rules and Regulations of the Project, as set forth in Exhibit B, attached
hereto and made a part hereof.

     7.06 As between Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for any
alterations, changes or improvements to the Premises which may be necessary in
order for the Premises and Tenant's use thereof to be in compliance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and its state and local counterparts or
equivalents (the "Disabilities Act") during the term of this Lease.

     7.07 For the purposes of this Lease, the term "Hazardous Materials" shall
mean, collectively, (i) any biological materials, chemicals, materials,
substances or wastes which are now or hereafter become defined as or included
in the definition of "hazardous substances", "hazardous wastes", "hazardous
materials", "extremely hazardous wastes", "restricted hazardous wastes", "toxic
substances", "toxic pollutants", or words of similar import, under any
applicable Environmental Law (as defined below) and (ii) any petroleum or
petroleum products and asbestos in any form that is or could become friable.

     7.08 For the purposes of this Lease, the term "Environmental Laws" shall
mean all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations,
criteria, guidelines and rules of common law now or hereafter in effect, and in
each case as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation
thereof, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to
emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases or Hazardous Materials
or otherwise related to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.
Environmental Laws include but are not limited to the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended;
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended; the Clean Air Act, as
amended; the Clean Water Act, as amended; and their state and local
counterparts or equivalents.

     7.09 Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit
the escape, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials.  Tenant shall not
allow the storage or use of such Hazardous Materials on the Premises or the
Project in any manner prohibited by the Environmental Laws or by the highest
standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such Hazardous
Materials, nor allow to be brought into the Premises or the Project any such
Hazardous Materials except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant's business,
and then only after written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such
Hazardous Materials and Landlord consents in writing to the use of such
materials.  Landlord shall have the right at any times during the term of this
Lease to perform assessments of the environmental condition of the Premises and
of Tenant's compliance with this Section 7.09.  In connection with any such
assessment, Landlord shall have the right to enter and inspect the Premises and
perform tests (including physically invasive tests), provided such tests are
performed in a manner that minimizes disruption to Tenant.  Tenant will
cooperate with Landlord in connection with any such assessment by, among other
things, responding to inquires and providing relevant documentation and
records.  Tenant will accept custody and arrange for the disposal of any
Hazardous Materials that are required to be disposed of as a result of those
tests.  Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility to Tenant with
respect to any such assessment or test or with respect to results of any such
assessment or test.  If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require
testing to ascertain whether or not there has been any release of Hazardous
Materials, then the reasonable costs thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to
Landlord upon demand as additional charges if such requirement applies to the
Premises or Tenant's activities on the Project.  If any inspection indicates
any (i) non-compliance with any Environmental Law or the highest standards
prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of Hazardous Materials; (ii)
damage; or (iii) contamination, Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, remedy
such non-compliance, damage or contamination.  In addition, Tenant shall
execute affidavits, representations and the like from time to time at
Landlord's request concerning Tenant's best knowledge and belief regarding the
presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises.  Irrespective of whether
Landlord elects to inspect the Premises, if Hazardous Materials are found on or
about the Premises, Landlord shall have no responsibility, liability or
obligation whatsoever with respect to the existence, removal or transportation
of the Hazardous Material or the restoration and remediation of the Premises.


                                      6
<PAGE>   9

Further, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to immediately
terminate the conduct of any activity in violation of the Environmental Law,
the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of
Hazardous Materials or, if none exist, the standards determined by Landlord.
Tenant's obligations under this Section 7 with respect to any environmental
condition shall not be applicable to the extent that such environmental
condition (a) exists prior to the commencement of the initial term of this
Lease or (b) results from (i) the actions or omissions of Landlord either
before the commencement of this Lease, during the term hereof or after the
termination of this Lease, or (ii) the actions or omissions of any preceding or
succeeding tenant or owner of the Premises, or (iii) the actions or omissions
of any person or entity who or which is not a subtenant, employee, agent,
invitee, customer, visitor, licensee, contractor or designee of Tenant

     7.10 Tenant further agrees that it will not, by either action or inaction,
invite or otherwise cause agents or representatives of any federal, state or
local governmental agency to enter onto the Premises or the Project and/or
investigate the Premises or the Project.  This agreement does not allow Tenant
to obstruct any such entry or investigation and the mere fact of a regulatory
agency entry or investigation without Tenant's involvement either by action or
inaction shall not be deemed a breach of this lease.  Nothing set forth in this
paragraph shall prohibit Tenant from reporting any fact or condition which
Tenant has been advised it has a legal obligation to report provided Tenant
first notifies Landlord of such fact or condition and Tenant's intention to
report the fact or condition.

     7.11 Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, its
licensees, servants, agents, employees and contractors for any loss, damage,
claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorney's fees) arising out
of any violation of any Environmental Law(s) or the Disabilities Act which
exists or occurs after the date hereof.  Tenant shall notify Landlord as soon
as possible after Tenant learns of the existence of or potential for any such
loss, damage, claim, liability or expense arising out of any violation or
suspected violation of any Environmental Law(s) or the Disabilities Act.  In
the event Tenant refuses to address such violation or suspected violation
within five (5) days of such notice or another notice from Landlord, and,
thereafter, to investigate such violation or suspected violation, and promptly
commence and diligently pursue any action required to address such violation or
suspected violation, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to every other
right and remedy it may have hereunder, to terminate this Lease by giving ten
(10) days prior written notice thereof to Tenant, and upon the expiration of
such ten (10) days, this Lease shall terminate.  The covenants set forth herein
shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

                                   SECTION 8.

                                   INSURANCE
     8.01 Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall, during the Term
of this Lease, maintain in full force and effect policies of commercial general
liability insurance (including premises, operation, bodily injury, personal
injury, death, independent contractors, broad form contractual liability and
broad form property damage coverage), in a combined single limit amount of not
less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), per occurrence (exclusive of
defense costs), against all claims, demands or actions with respect to damage,
injury or death made by or on behalf of any person or entity, arising from or
relating to the conduct and operation of Tenant's business in, on or about the
Premises (which shall include Tenant's signs, if any), or arising from or
related to any act or omission of Tenant or of Tenant's principals, officers,
agents, contractors, servants, employees, licensees and invitees.  Whenever, in
Landlord's reasonable judgment, good business practice and changing conditions
indicate a need for additional amounts or different types of insurance
coverage, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord's request, obtain
such insurance coverage, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

     8.02 Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall obtain and maintain
policies of workers' compensation and employers' liability insurance which
shall provide for statutory workers' compensation benefits and employers'
liability limits of not less than that required by law.

     8.03 Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall obtain and maintain
insurance protecting and indemnifying Tenant against any and all damage to or
loss of any personal property, fixtures, leasehold improvements, alterations,
decorations, installations, repairs, additions, replacements or other physical
changes in or about the Premises, including but not limited to the Tenant
Improvements, and all claims and liabilities relating thereto, for their full
replacement value without deduction or depreciation.  In addition, if Tenant
shall install or maintain one or more pressure vessels to serve Tenant's
operations on the Premises, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense,
obtain, maintain and keep in full force and effect appropriate boiler or other
insurance coverage therefore in an amount not less than One Million and No/100
Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (it being understood and agreed, however, that the
foregoing shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to the installation and/or
maintenance of any such pressure vessels in the Premises, which installation
and/or maintenance shall at all times be subject to the prior written consent
of Landlord).  All insurance policies required pursuant to this Paragraph 8.03
shall be written on a so-called "all risk" form and shall be carried in
sufficient amount so as to avoid the imposition of any co-insurance penalty in
the event of a loss.  Such insurance 

                                      7


<PAGE>   10
shall provide the broadest coverage then available, including coverage for 
loss of profits or business income or reimbursement for extra expense incurred
as the result of damage or destruction to all or a part of the Premises.    

     8.04 All insurance policies which Tenant shall be required to maintain
pursuant to this Section 8 shall, in addition to any of the foregoing: be
written by insurers which have an A.M. Best & Company rating of "A", Class "X",
or better and who are authorized to write such business in the State of
Michigan and are otherwise satisfactory to Landlord; be written as "occurrence"
policy; be written as primary policy coverage and not contributing with or in
excess of any coverage which Landlord or any ground or building lessor may
carry; name Landlord, the Manager, and Landlord's mortgagee and ground or
building lessor, if any, as additional insureds; be endorsed to provide that
they shall not be cancelled, failed to be renewed, diminished or materially
altered for any reason except on thirty (30) days prior written notice to
Landlord and the other additional insureds; and provide coverage to Landlord,
Landlord's property management company, and Landlord's mortgagee whether or not
the event or occurrence giving rise to the claim is alleged to have been caused
in whole or in part by the acts or negligence of Landlord, Landlord's property
management company, or Landlord's mortgagee.  At Landlord's option, either the
original policies or certified duplicate copies of the original policies will
be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to their
effective date thereof, together with receipts evidencing payment of the
premiums therefor.  Tenant will deliver certificates of renewal for such
policies to Landlord not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the
expiration dates thereof.  No such policy shall contain a deductible or self
insured retention greater than $5,000.00 per claim, nor shall any such policy
be the subject of an indemnification or other arrangement by which any insured
is obligated to repay any insurer with respect to loss occurring on the
Premises.

     8.05 If Tenant fails to provide all or any of the insurance required by
this Section 8 or subsequently fails to maintain such insurance in accordance
with the requirements hereof, then after giving one (1) business day written
notice to Tenant, Landlord may (but will not be required to) procure or renew
such insurance to protect its own interests only, and any amounts paid by
Landlord for such insurance will be additional rental due and payable on or
before the next Rent Day, together with late charges and interest as provided
in Section 5 hereof.  Landlord and Tenant agree that no insurance acquired by
Landlord pursuant hereto shall cover any interest or liability of Tenant, any
procurement by Landlord of any such insurance or the payment of any such
premiums shall not be deemed to waive or release the default of Tenant with
respect thereto.

                                   SECTION 9.

                        DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

     9.01 It is understood and agreed that if, during the Term hereof, the
Project and/or the Premises shall be damaged or destroyed in whole or in part
by fire or other casualty, without the fault or
neglect of Tenant, Tenant's servants, employees, agents, visitors, invitees or
licensees, which damage is covered by insurance carried pursuant to Section 8
above, unless Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph
9.02 below, Landlord shall cause the Project and/or the Premises to be repaired
and restored to good, tenantable condition with reasonable dispatch at its
expense; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to expend for such
repair or restoration an amount in excess of insurance proceeds made available
to Landlord for such purpose, if any.  Landlord's obligation hereunder shall be
limited to repairing or restoring the Project and/or the Premises to
substantially the same condition that existed prior to such damage or
destruction.  Landlord shall, during the Term hereof, keep in full force and
effect the following insurance:  (a)  Comprehensive General Liability or
Commercial General Liability Insurance with respect to common areas and
Landlord's operation of the Building for bodily injury, including death, and
damage to property of others;  (b)  Standard "All Risk Insurance" for physical
loss or property damage insurance in respect of the Building but excluding
Tenant's trade fixtures, equipment, personal property and any additional
improvements which Tenant may construct thereon, together with such insurance
as Landlord, in its sole discretion, elect to obtain.  Insurance effected by
Landlord shall be in amounts and be subject to such deductibles and exclusions
and on such terms and conditions as Landlord shall from time to time determine
reasonable and sufficient.  Notwithstanding the above, Landlord reserves the
right to self-insure all or some of the risk.


     9.02 If (i) more than fifty (50%) percent of the floor area of the
Premises shall be damaged or destroyed, (ii) more than twenty-five (25%)
percent of the Project shall be damaged or destroyed, or (iii) any material
damage or destruction occurs to the Premises or the Project during the last
twelve (12) months of the Initial Term or Option Term, as the case may be, then
Landlord may elect to either terminate this Lease or repair and rebuild the
Premises.  In order to terminate this lease pursuant to this Paragraph,
Landlord must give written notice to Tenant of its election to so terminate,
such notice to be given within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of damage
or destruction fitting the above description, and thereupon the term of this
Lease shall expire by lapse of time ten (10) days after such notice is given
and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord,
without prejudice, however, to Landlord's rights and remedies against Tenant
under the Lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent
owing shall be paid up to such date and any payments of rent made by Tenant

                                      8
<PAGE>   11

which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned
to Tenant.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will not carry insurance on
Tenant's furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment,
improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant and agrees that Landlord
will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

     9.03 Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of fire or
accident at the Premises.  If Landlord repairs or restores the Premises as
provided in Paragraph 9.01 above, Tenant shall promptly repair or replace its
trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, personal property and leasehold
improvements in a manner and to a condition equal to that existing prior to the
occurrence of such damage or destruction.

     9.04 If the casualty, or the repairing or rebuilding of the Premises
pursuant to Paragraphs 9.01 and 9.02 above shall render the Premises
untenantable, in whole or in part, a proportionate abatement of the rent due
hereunder shall be allowed from the date when the damage occurred until the
date Landlord completes the repairs on the Premises or, in the event Landlord
elects to terminate this Lease, until the date of termination.  Such abatement
shall be computed on the basis of the ratio of the floor area of the Premises
rendered untenantable to the entire floor area of the Premises.

     9.05 Tenant shall not entrust any property to any employee, contractor,
licensee, or invitee of Landlord.  Any person to whom any property is entrusted
by or on behalf of Tenant in violation of foregoing prohibition shall be deemed
to be acting as Tenant's agent with respect to such property and neither
Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or
of others entrusted to employees of the Project, nor shall Landlord or its
agents be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in,
upon or about the Project or caused by operations or construction of any
private, public or quasi-public work.

                                 SECTION 10.

                     REPAIRS, RENOVATIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     10.01 Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole expense, keep the interior of the
Premises and the fixtures therein in good condition, reasonable wear and tear
excepted, and will also repair all damage or injury to the Premises and
fixtures resulting from the carelessness, omission, neglect or other action or
inaction of Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors, invitees or
licensees.  Such damage shall be promptly repaired or damaged items replaced by
Tenant, at its sole expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord.  If

  Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements, Landlord may do so and the
cost thereof shall become collectible as additional rent hereunder and shall be
paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after presentation of statement therefor.
Landlord shall maintain, and shall make all necessary repairs and replacements
to, the Building, the heating, air conditioning and electrical and plumbing
systems located therein, and the Common Areas, provided that at Landlord's
option, (i) Tenant shall make all repairs and replacements arising from its
act, neglect or default and that of its agents, servants, employees, invitees
and licensees, or (ii) Landlord may make such repairs and replacements and the
costs thereof shall become collectable as additional rent hereunder and shall
be paid by Tenant within five (5) days after presentation of a statement
therefore.  Tenant shall keep and maintain the Premises in a clean, sanitary
and safe condition, and shall keep and maintain the interior of the Premises in
full compliance with the laws of the United States and State of Michigan, all
directions, rules and regulations of any health officer, fire marshal, building
inspector, or other proper official of any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the Premises, and the requirements of Landlord's mortgagee,
all at Tenant's full cost and expense, and Tenant shall comply with all
requirements of law, ordinance and regulation affecting the Premises.  Tenant
shall make all non-structural repairs to the Premises as and when needed to
preserve them in good order and condition.  All the aforesaid repairs shall be
of quality or class equal to the original construction.  Tenant shall give
Landlord prompt written notice of any defective condition in any plumbing,
heating system or electrical lines located in, servicing or passing through the
Premises and following such notice, Landlord shall remedy the condition with
due diligence but at the expense of Tenant if repairs are necessitated by
damage or injury attributable to Tenant, Tenant's servants, agents, employees,
invitees or licensees.  There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminutions
of rental value and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of
inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant,
or others making or failing to make any repairs, alterations, additions, or
improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in and to
the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof.  The provisions of this
Section 10 with respect to the making of repairs shall not apply in the case of
fire or other casualty which are dealt with in Section 9 hereof.

     10.02 Tenant shall not make any renovations, alterations, additions or
improvements to the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.  All
plans and specifications for such renovations, alterations, additions or
improvements shall be approved by Landlord prior to commencement of any work.
Landlord's approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for
Tenant's alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of
Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with laws,
rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including but
not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended.  All
renovations, alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant upon the
Premises, except for movable office furniture and movable 

                                      9
<PAGE>   12

trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant, shall be and shall remain
the property of Landlord, and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the
termination of this Lease, without molestation or injury.  In addition,
Landlord may designate by written notice to Tenant the alterations, additions,
improvements and fixtures made by or for Tenant, which shall be removed by
Tenant at the expiration or termination of the Lease and Tenant shall promptly
remove the same and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. 
Such written notice relating to the Tenant Improvement's provided by the
Landlord at the commencement of the Lease must be provided in writing by
Landlord to Tenant within one (1) year of Lease  Commencement Date.

     10.03 Tenant agrees that all renovations, alterations, additions and
improvements made by it pursuant to Paragraph 10.02, notwithstanding Landlord's
approval thereof, shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in
conformity with all guidelines provided by Landlord and all laws, ordinances
and regulations of all public authorities having jurisdiction, that materials
of good quality shall be employed therein, that the structure of the Premises
shall not be impaired thereby, that the work shall be carried out and completed
in an orderly, clean and safe manner, and that, while the work is being
performed, Tenant shall maintain builder's risk insurance coverage with
Landlord as a named insured, which insurance coverage shall meet the criteria
set forth in Section 8.

                                  SECTION 11.

                                     LIENS

     11.01 Tenant will keep the Premises free of liens of any sort and will
hold Landlord harmless from any liens which may be placed on the Premises
except those attributable to debts incurred by Landlord.  In the event a
construction or other lien shall be filed against the Building, the Premises or
Tenant's interest therein as a result of any work undertaken by Tenant or its
employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, or as a result of any repairs
or alterations made by or any other act of Tenant or its employees, agents,
contractors or subcontractors, Tenant shall, within two (2) days after
receiving notice of such lien, discharge such lien either by payment of the
indebtedness due the lien claimant or by filing a bond (as provided by statute)
as security for the discharge of such lien.  In the event
Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien, Landlord shall after have the right
to procure such discharge by filing such bond, and Tenant shall pay the cost of
such bond to Landlord as additional rent upon the next Rent Day in accordance
with Section 5 hereof.

                                  SECTION 12.

                                 EMINENT DOMAIN

     12.01 If all of the Premises are condemned or taken in any manner
(including without limitation any conveyance in lieu thereof) for any public or
quasi-public use, the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the
date title is vested in the condemning authority.  If (i) more than fifty (50%)
percent of the floor area of the Premises shall be condemned or taken in any
manner, or (ii) more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the Building shall be
condemned or taken, or (iii) any material condemnation or taking occurs during
the last twelve (12) months of the Initial Term or Option Term, as the case may
be, or (iv) such a portion of the parking area on the Land is so condemned or
taken that the number of parking spaces remaining are less than the number
required by applicable zoning laws or other building code for the Building,
then Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease.  In order to terminate this
Lease pursuant to this Paragraph, Landlord must give Tenant written notice of
its election to so terminate, such notice to be given not later than ninety
(90) days after the completion of such condemnation or taking, and thereupon
the term of this Lease shall expire on the date set forth in such notice, and
Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord, without
prejudice, however, to Landlord's rights and remedies against Tenant under the
Lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall
be paid up to such date and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on
account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant.

     12.02 If this Lease is not terminated following such a condemnation or
taking, Landlord, as soon as reasonably practicable after such condemnation or
taking and the determination and payment of Landlord's award on account
thereof, shall expend as much as may be necessary of the net amount which is
awarded to Landlord and released by Landlord's mortgagee, if any, in restoring,
to the extent originally constructed by Landlord (consistent, however, with
zoning laws and building codes then in existence), so much of the Building as
was originally constructed by Landlord to an architectural unit as nearly like
its condition prior to such taking as shall be practicable; provided, however,
Landlord shall not be obligated to expend for such restoration an amount in
excess of condemnation proceeds made available to Landlord, if any.  Landlord's
obligation hereunder shall be limited to restoring the Building and/or the
Premises to substantially the same condition that existed prior to such
condemnation or taking.

                                      10
<PAGE>   13




     12.03 If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to Paragraph 12.01, the
Base Rent and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder, as adjusted as provided
herein, shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in area of the Premises
by reason of the condemnation or taking.  If this Lease is terminated pursuant
to Paragraph 12.01, the minimum net rental and other charges which are the
obligation of Tenant hereunder shall be apportioned and prorated accordingly as
of the date of termination.

     12.04 The whole of any award or compensation for any portion of the
Premises taken, condemned or conveyed in lieu of taking or condemnation,
including the value of Tenant's leasehold interest under the Lease, shall be
solely the property of and payable to Landlord.  Nothing herein contained shall
be deemed to preclude Tenant from seeking, at its own cost and expense, an
award from the condemning authority for loss of its business, the value of any
trade fixtures or other personal property of Tenant in the Premises or moving
expenses, provided that the award for such claim or claims shall not be in
diminution of the award made to Landlord.

                                  SECTION 13.

                            ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING

     13.01 Tenant agrees not to assign or in any manner transfer this Lease or
any interest in this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and not to sublet the Premises or
any part of the Premises or to allow anyone to use or to come in, through or
under the Premises without Landlord's consent.  Any attempted subletting or
assignment without Landlord's consent shall be voidable in Landlord's sole
discretion and, at Landlord's option, shall grant Landlord the right to
terminate this Lease or to exercise any of the other rights or remedies it may
have hereunder.  If consented to, no assignment or subletting shall be binding
upon Landlord unless the sublessee or assignee shall deliver to Landlord an
instrument (in recordable form, if Landlord so requests) containing an
agreement of assumption of all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.  In no
event may Tenant assign, sublet or otherwise transfer this Lease or any
interest in this Lease at any time while an Event of Default exists hereunder.
Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, refuse to give its consent to
any proposed subletting or assignment or exercise its other rights hereunder
for any reason, including, but not limited to, the financial condition,
creditworthiness or business reputation of the proposed sublessee or assignee,
the prevailing market or quoted rental rates for space in the Building or other
comparable buildings, and the proposed use of the Premises by, or business of,
the proposed sublessee or assignee.  One consent by Landlord to a subletting or
assignment will not be deemed a consent to any subsequent assignment,
subletting, occupation or use by any other person.  Neither the consent to any
assignment or subletting nor the acceptance of rent from an assignee, subtenant
or occupant will constitute a release of Tenant from the further performance of
the obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease.  A dissolution, merger,
consolidation, or other reorganization of Tenant, and the issuance or transfer
of twenty (20%) percent or more of the voting capital of Tenant to persons
other than shareholders as of the beginning of such period within any twelve
(12) month period, shall each be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease, and
as such, prohibited without Landlord's prior written consent.

     13.02 In the event Tenant desires to sublet all or a portion of the
Premises or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord setting
forth the terms of the proposed subletting or assignment together with such
financial and other information Landlord may request.  Landlord shall have the
right, exercisable by written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after
receipt of Tenant's notice, (i) to consent or refuse to consent thereto in
accordance with Paragraph 13.01 above, or (ii) to terminate this Lease which
termination may, in Landlord's sole discretion, be conditioned upon Landlord
and the proposed subtenant/assignee entering into a new Lease.

     13.03 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, as defined under Section
18, if all or any part of the Premises are then sublet or assigned, Landlord,
in addition to any other remedies provided by this Lease or by law, may, at its
option, collect directly from the sublessee or assignee all rent becoming due
to Landlord by reason of the subletting or assignment.  Any collection by
Landlord from the sublessee or assignee shall not be construed to constitute a
waiver or release of Tenant from the further performance of its obligations
under this Lease or the making of a new Lease with such sublessee or assignee.

     13.04 In the event Tenant shall sublet all or a portion of the Premises or
assign this Lease, all of the sums of money or other economic consideration
received by Tenant or its affiliates, directly or indirectly, as a result of
such subletting or assignment, whether denominated as rent or otherwise, which
exceed in the aggregate the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay
Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that
portion of the Premises subject to such sublease) shall be payable to Landlord
as additional rent under this Lease without effecting or reducing any other
obligation of Tenant hereunder.

                                     11


<PAGE>   14




                                  SECTION 14.

                             INSPECTION OF PREMISES

     14.01 Tenant agrees to permit Landlord to enter the Premises for the
purpose of inspecting the same and to show same to prospective purchasers,
tenants or mortgagees of the Project, and to make such repairs, alterations,
improvements or additions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and
Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that
may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in
whole or in part and the rent reserved shall in no way abate while said
repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions are being made, by reason of
loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise.  Landlord will give
Tenant reasonable notice prior to an entry by Landlord pursuant to this Section
14.01, except in the case of emergencies in which event no notice need be
given.

                                  SECTION 15.

                             FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT


     15.01 All fixtures and equipment paid for by Landlord and all fixtures and
equipment which may be paid for and placed on the Premises by Tenant from time
to time but which are so incorporated and affixed to Premises that their
removal would involve damage or structural change to Premises will be and
remain the property of Landlord.

     15.02 All tenant furnishings, office equipment and tenant fixtures (other
than those specified in Sections 10.02 and 15.01), which are paid for and
placed on the Premises by Tenant from time to time (other than those which are
replacements for fixtures originally paid for by Landlord) will remain the
property of Tenant.

                                  SECTION 16.

                                 PARKING AREAS

     16.01 Tenant and its agents, employees, customers, licensees and invitees
shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with Landlord and all other
tenants and occupants of the Building and their respective agents, employees,
customers, licensees and invitees, the Common Area parking and loading dock
facilities, if any, on the Land, and all driveways, entrances and exits located
within the Project necessary to provide a means of ingress and egress to and
from the Premises.  Such use of parking facilities shall be subject to, and
consistent with, the Rules and Regulations of the Project (as set forth in
Exhibit B), together with such reasonable modifications and additions as may be
made thereto during the term of this Lease.  Landlord shall designate the
number of parking spaces set forth in Paragraph 1.01(i) in the parking lot of
the Project for the exclusive use of Tenant.  Tenant shall pay Landlord, as
additional rent on each Rent Day, an amount set forth in Section 1.01(i).  Such
sums may be increased by Landlord from time to time by the delivery of thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Tenant.  Within thirty (30) days of receipt
of such notification, Tenant may:  (i) accept such increase; or (ii) reject
such increase for all or any of its exclusive spaces, in which event Tenant's
exclusive parking rights for such spaces shall terminate.  If Tenant accepts
such increase or fails to reject such increase within the thirty (30) day
period, then commencing with the next Rent Day following Landlord's notice, the
amount of additional rent payable hereunder shall be increased accordingly.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall have
the right to relocate Tenant's Designated Parking Spaces within the parking lot
of the Project, and Landlord shall have the right to designate other parking
spaces in the parking lot for the exclusive use of others.  Tenant agrees to be
bound by parking regulations in effect at the Project, together with reasonable
modifications or additions as may be necessary during the term of this Lease,
as more fully described in Exhibit "B", attached hereto and made part hereof.

                                  SECTION 17.

                               NOTICE OR DEMANDS

     17.01 All bills, notices, requests, statements, communications, or demands
(collectively, "notices or demands") to or upon Landlord or Tenant desired or
required to be given under any of the provisions hereof must be in writing.
Any such notices or demands from Landlord to Tenant will be deemed to have been
duly and sufficiently given if a copy thereof has been personally delivered,
mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, or sent via overnight courier service to Tenant at the address of the
Premises or at such other address as Tenant may have last furnished in writing
to Landlord for such purpose.  Any such notices or demands from Tenant to
Landlord will be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given if delivered
to Landlord in the same manner as provided above at the address set forth at
the heading of this Lease or at the address last furnished by 

                                     12


                                     
<PAGE>   15

written notice from Landlord to Tenant.  The effective date and the delivery
date of such notice or demand will be deemed to be the time when it is
personally delivered three (3) days after it is mailed or the day after it is
sent via overnight courier as herein provided.

                                  SECTION 18.

                          BREACH; INSOLVENCY; RE-ENTRY

     18.01 Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under
this Lease:  (i) Tenant's failure to pay rent or any other sum payable
hereunder when due; (ii) Tenant's failure to perform any of the non-monetary
terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease to be observed or performed by
Tenant for more than ten (10) business days after written notice of such
failure shall have been delivered to Tenant; (iii) if Tenant is named as the
debtor in any bankruptcy proceeding, or similar debtor proceeding, and any such
proceeding, if involuntary, is not dismissed or set aside within sixty (60)
days from the date thereof; (iv) if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit
of creditors or petitions for or enters into an arrangement with creditors or
if a receiver of any property of Tenant in or upon the Premises is appointed in
any action, suit or proceeding by or against Tenant, or if Tenant shall admit
to any creditor or to Landlord that it is insolvent, or if the interest of
Tenant in the Premises shall be sold under execution or other legal process; or
(v) if Tenant shall abandon the Premises, vacate the Premises for a period of
more than fifteen (15) consecutive days, or suffer this Lease to be taken under
any writ of execution. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord,
in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have hereunder or by law,
shall have the immediate right of re-entry, and may remove all persons and
property from the Premises and it shall have the right to abandon or otherwise
dispose of such property in any way it may deem fit which is not in
contravention of applicable law.  In addition, Landlord shall have the right,,
but not the obligation, to store all or some of the property which may have
been removed in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the
account of, Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process
and all without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss
or damage which may be occasioned thereby.

     18.02 In the event Landlord shall elect to re-enter the Premises in
accordance with Paragraph 18.01, or should Landlord take possession of Premises
pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided by law,
Landlord may either terminate this Lease or may from time to time without
terminating this Lease, make such alterations and repairs as Landlord may deem
necessary in order to relet the Premises, and relet the Premises or any part
thereof for any such term or terms (which may be for a term extended beyond the
term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals, and upon such other terms
and conditions as Landlord may deem advisable.

     18.03 Upon the reletting of the Premises in accordance with Paragraph
18.02, all rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied in
the following order of priority:  (a) to the payment of any additional rent
payable as provided in Section 5 hereof, including interest and late charges;
(b) to the payment of any other indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from
Tenant to Landlord; (c) to the payment of the actual costs and expenses of
obtaining possession, restoring and repairing the Premises and the actual costs
and expenses of reletting, including brokerage and attorneys' fees; and (d) to
the payment of any rent and other sums due and unpaid under this Lease.  The
remainder, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future
rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder.  If the rental received
from such reletting during any month is less than that to be paid during that
month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord
monthly.  No such re-entry or taking possession of the Premises or any part
thereof by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate
this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or
unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

     18.04 Notwithstanding any reletting of the Premises without termination in
accordance with Paragraph 18.02, Landlord may at any time after the occurrence
of any Event of Default, terminate this Lease and, in addition to any other
remedies Landlord may have, Landlord may recover from Tenant all damages it may
incur by reason of Tenant's breach, including, without limitation, the
reasonable cost of recovering and reletting the Premises and reasonable
attorneys' fees incidental thereto and the worth at the time of the termination
of the amount of rent and other charges payable hereunder for the remainder of
the Term, all of which amounts shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant
to Landlord.

     18.05 Landlord shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees in
any action to enforce the terms of this Lease.  In addition, Landlord and
Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim
brought by Landlord or Tenant against the other on any matter whatsoever
arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of
Landlord to Tenant, the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any
person claiming through or under Tenant, any claim of injury or damage, and any
emergency or other statutory remedies; provided, however, the foregoing waiver
shall not apply to any action for personal injury or property damage.


                                     13

<PAGE>   16




                                  SECTION 19.

                      SURRENDER OF PREMISES ON TERMINATION



     19.01 At the expiration (or earlier termination) of the Term hereof,
Tenant will surrender the Premises broom clean and in as good condition and
repair as they were at the time Tenant took possession, reasonable wear and
tear excepted, and promptly upon surrender will deliver all keys and building
security cards for the Premises to Landlord at the place then fixed for the
payment of rent.  All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection
with repairing or restoring the Premises to the condition called for herein,
together with the costs, if any, of removing any property of Tenant together
with any property designated by Landlord pursuant to Section 10.02, left on the
Premises, shall be paid by Tenant on demand.  Tenant shall remove all property
of Tenant and make all repairs necessitated thereby at its own cost, as
directed by Landlord.  Tenant's obligation to observe or perform this covenant
shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease.
At the expiration of the Lease term, Tenant shall yield and deliver the
Premises to Landlord in the improved condition as when it was taken,
except for reasonable use and wear thereof and insured repairs, and Tenant
will, at its own cost and expense, repair or pay the cost of restoration with
respect to any damage to the Premises arising from the removal of any trade
fixtures or similar items by Tenant.  Tenant shall have no rights of removal as
to property affixed or otherwise placed on or in the Premises by or at the
expense of Landlord, its predecessors, successors or assigns.

                                  SECTION 20.

               PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF THE COVENANTS OF TENANT

     20.01 If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money, other than Base Rent,
required to be paid hereunder or fails to perform any act on its part to be
performed hereunder, including, but not limited to, the performance of all
covenants pertaining to the condition and repair of the Premises pursuant to
Section 10 above, and if such failure shall not otherwise be cured within the
time, if any, provided herein, then upon five (5) days notice Landlord
may (but shall not be required to), without waiving or releasing Tenant from
any of Tenant's obligations, make any such payment or perform any such other
act.  All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord and all incidental costs,
including, but not limited to, the cost of repair, maintenance or restoration
of the Premises, shall be deemed additional rental and, together with interest
thereon computed at the rate set forth in Section 5 hereof from the date of
payment by Landlord until the date of repayment by Tenant to Landlord, shall be
payable to Landlord on demand.  On default in such payment, Landlord shall have
the same remedies as on default in payment of rent.  The rights and remedies
granted to Landlord under this Section 20 shall be in addition to, and not in
lieu of, all other remedies, if any, available to Landlord under this Lease or
otherwise, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit such other
remedies of Landlord with respect to any matters covered herein.

                                  SECTION 21.

                      SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     21.01 This Lease is subject and subordinate to all ground leases,
underlying leases, and mortgages, if any, now or hereafter made, which may now
or hereafter affect the Project and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such ground leases,
underlying leases and mortgages.  This clause shall be self-operative and no
further instrument of subordination shall be necessary.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Landlord reserves the right to declare this Lease prior to the lien
of any ground lease, underlying lease, or mortgage now or hereinafter placed
upon the real property of which the Premises are a part by recording a written
notice of such priority with the register of deeds.  Tenant covenants and
agrees to execute and deliver, within ten (10) days after requested by
Landlord, such further instrument or instruments subordinating this Lease (or
declaring the Lease prior and superior) to any lease or proposed lease or to
the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages as shall reasonably be desired by
Landlord, any lessor or proposed lessor, and any mortgagees or proposed
mortgagees.  See Exhibit D, Special Provision D-2.

     21.02 In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure of, or in
the event of the conveyance by deed in lieu of foreclosure of, or in the event
of the exercise of the power of sale under, any mortgage made by Landlord
covering the Premises, Tenant hereby attorns to the new owner, and covenants
and agrees to execute any instrument in writing reasonably satisfactory to the
new owner, whereby Tenant attorns to such successor in interest and recognizes
such successor as Landlord under this Lease.

     21.03 Tenant, within ten (10) days after request (at any time or times) by
Landlord, will execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in form
reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying:  (i) to the Commencement Date
and expiration date of the Term; (ii) that this Lease is unmodified and in full
force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified, stating the
modifications; (iii) that Tenant 


                                      14
<PAGE>   17

does not claim that Landlord is in default in any way, or listing any such 
claimed defaults and that Tenant does not claim any rights of setoff, or
listing such rights of setoff; (iv) to the amount of monthly rent and other
sums due hereunder as of the date of the certificate, the date to which the
rent has been paid in advance, and the amount of any security deposit or
prepaid rent; (v) that Tenant agrees to provide any mortgagee of Landlord with
notice of any default by Landlord hereunder and give such mortgagee the
opportunity to cure such default within sixty (60) days of such mortgagee's
receipt of notice of such default; and (vi) such other matters as may be
reasonably requested by Landlord.  Any such certificate may be relied upon by
any prospective purchaser, mortgagee or lessor of the Premises or any part
thereof.

                                  SECTION 22.

                                QUIET ENJOYMENT

     22.01 Landlord agrees that at all times when no Event of Default exists
under this Lease, Tenant's quiet and peaceable enjoyment of the Premises, in
accordance with and subject to the terms of this Lease, will not be disturbed
or interfered with by Landlord or any person claiming by, through, or under
Landlord.

                                  SECTION 23.

                                  HOLDING OVER

     23.01 If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration
of this Lease without executing a new lease, Landlord shall have the right to
deem Tenant to be occupying the Premises as a tenant from month to month and
the Base Rent for each month will be one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the
greater of:  (a) the regular monthly installment of Base Rent payable for the
last month of the Term of this Lease; or (b) the then prevailing market rates
of rent for the Project determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute
discretion.  This provision shall not preclude Landlord from terminating the
lease or recovering any and all damages Landlord may incur as a result of
Tenant's failure to timely deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord or
from exercising any other right or remedy it may have hereunder.

                                  SECTION 24.

                         REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE; WAIVER

     24.01 Each and every of the rights, remedies and benefits of Landlord
provided by this Lease are cumulative, and are not exclusive of any other of
said rights, remedies and benefits, or of any other rights, remedies and
benefits allowed by law.

     24.02 The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation of, or to
insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease
or of any of the rules or regulations set forth or hereafter adopted by
Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act which would have originally
constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original
violation.  The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any
covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no
provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless
such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord.  One or more waivers of any
covenant or condition by either party shall not be construed as a waiver of a
further or subsequent breach of the same covenant or condition, and the consent
or approval by Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent
or approval will not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's
consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by Tenant.  No payment
by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rental
herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest
stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any
letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and
satisfaction, and Landlord shall accept such check or payment without prejudice
to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other
remedy provided in this Lease.

                                  SECTION 25.

                             WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

     25.01 Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other and their respective
agents and employees from any and all liability to each other or anyone
claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise for any loss
or damage to property caused by or resulting from risks insured against under
the property insurance for loss, damage or destruction by fire or other
casualty carried by the parties hereto and which was in force at the time of
any such loss or damage or which would have been so covered had the insurance
required hereunder been maintained; provided, however, that this release shall
be applicable only with respect to loss or damage occurring during such time as
the 

                                     15
<PAGE>   18
releasor's policies of insurance contain a clause or endorsement to the
effect that any such release shall not adversely affect or impair such policies
or prejudice the right of the releasor to recover thereunder.  Landlord and
Tenant each agrees that it will require its property insurance carriers to
include in its policy such a clause or endorsement.  However, if such
endorsement cannot be obtained, or shall be obtainable only by the payment of
an additional premium charge above that which is charged by companies carrying
such insurance without such waiver of subrogation, then the party undertaking
to obtain such waiver shall notify the other party of such fact and such other
party shall have a period of ten (10) days after the giving of such notice to
agree in writing to pay such additional premium if such policy is obtainable at
additional cost (in the case of Tenant, pro rate in proportion of Tenant's
rentable area to the total rentable area covered by such insurance); and if
such other party does not so agree or the waiver shall not be obtainable, then
the provisions of this Section 25.01 shall be null and void as to the risks
covered by such policy for so long as either such waiver cannot be obtained or
the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired shall refuse to pay
the additional premium.  If the release of either Landlord or Tenant, as set
forth in the second sentence of this Section 25.01, shall contravene any law
with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of the party in question
shall be deemed not released, but no action or rights shall be sought or
enforced against such party unless and until all rights and remedies against
the other's insurer are exhausted and the other party shall be unable to
collect such insurance proceeds.  The waiver of subrogation referred to above
shall extend to the agents and employees of each party (including, as to
Landlord, the Manager), but only if and to the extent that such waiver can be
obtained without additional charge (unless such party shall pay such charge).
Nothing contained in this Section 25.01 shall be deemed to relieve either party
from any duty imposed elsewhere in this Lease to repair, restore and rebuild.

                                  SECTION 26.

                             RIGHT TO SHOW PREMISES

     26.01 Landlord may show the Premises to prospective tenants and brokers,
and may display signs about the Project and elsewhere advertising the
availability of the Premises.

                                  SECTION 27.

                                INDEMNIFICATION

     27.01 Tenant at its expense will defend, indemnify, save and hold harmless
Landlord, its invitees, licensees, servants, agents, employees, affiliated
entities and contractors, from and against any loss, damage, claim of damage,
liability or expense, (including attorney fees) to or for any person or
property, whether based on contract, tort, negligence or otherwise, arising
directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the condition of the
Premises, the occupation, use or misuse thereof by Tenant or any other person,
the acts or omissions of Tenant, its invitees, licensees, servants, agents,
employees or contractors, the failure of Tenant to comply with any provision of
this Lease, or any event on or relating to the Premises, whatever the cause or
any litigation or other proceeding by or against Tenant to which Landlord is
made a party, other than the intentional, willful or malicious act of Landlord
which causes an injury which was either expected or intended by Landlord when
it performed the act in question.  The provisions of this Section 27.01 will
survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

                                  SECTION 28.

                  DEFINITION OF LANDLORD; LANDLORD'S LIABILITY

     28.01 The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease so far as covenants,
agreements, stipulations or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned
is limited to mean and include only the owner or owners of the Premises at the
time in question, and in the event of any transfer or transfers of the title to
such fee Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or
conveyances the then grantor) will automatically be freed and relieved from and
after the date of such transfer or conveyance of all personal liability for the
performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained
in this Lease thereafter to be performed.

     28.02 This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and
perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of
Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because
Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease or is
unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly or impliedly
to be supplied or is unable to make, or is delayed in making any repairs,
additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in
supplying any equipment or fixtures if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so
doing by reasons of shortages of materials, acts of God, governmental
restrictions, strike or labor troubles or any cause beyond Landlord's
reasonable control including, but not limited to, government preemption in
connection with a national emergency or by reason of any rule, order or
regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency or
by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are
affected by war or other emergency.

                                      16
<PAGE>   19

                                  SECTION 29.

                     SECURITY DEPOSIT AND SECURITY INTEREST

     29.01 Upon execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in the
amount set forth in Paragraph 1.01(j), above, which Landlord is to retain as
security for the faithful performance of all the covenants, conditions and
agreements of this Lease, but in no event shall Landlord be obligated to apply
the same upon rents or other charges in arrears or upon damages for Tenant's
failure to perform the said covenants, conditions, and agreements; Landlord may
so apply the security at its option, and Landlord's right to the possession of
the Premises for nonpayment of rent or for any other reason shall not in any
event be affected by reason of the fact that Landlord holds this security. The
said sum, if not applied toward the payment of rent in arrears or toward the
payment of damages suffered by Landlord by reason of Tenant's breach of the
covenants, conditions and agreements of this Lease, is to be returned, without
interest thereon, to Tenant when this Lease is terminated, and fully performed
by Tenant, according to these terms, and in no event is the said security to be
returned until Tenant has vacated the Premises and delivered possession to
Landlord.

     29.02 In the event that Landlord repossesses the Premises because of
Tenant's default or because of Tenant's failure to carry out the  covenants,
conditions and agreements of this Lease, Landlord may apply the said security
upon all damages suffered to the date of said repossession and may retain the
said security to apply upon such damages as may be suffered or shall accrue
thereafter by reason of Tenant's default or breach. Landlord shall not be
obligated to keep the said security as a separate fund, but may mix the said
security with its own funds.  In the event Landlord shall use any part of the
Security Deposit, Tenant shall, upon demand, deposit with Landlord the full
amount so used, in order that Landlord shall have the full Security Deposit on
hand at all times during the Term of this Lease.  In the event of a sale or
lease of the Building and the transfer of the Security Deposit to the purchaser
or lessee, Landlord shall be released from all liability for the return of the
Security Deposit.  Tenant shall have no legal power to assign or encumber the
Security Deposit herein described.


                                  SECTION 30.

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS

     30.01 Tenant shall faithfully abide by and observe the rules and
regulations for the Building, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B
and made a part hereof, and, after notice thereof, all additions thereto and
modifications thereof of uniform applicability from time to time promulgated in
writing by Landlord.

                                  SECTION 31.

                             SIGNS AND ADVERTISING

     31.01 No signs, lighting, lettering, pictures, notices, advertisements,
shades, awnings or decorations will be displayed, used or installed by Tenant
except as approved in writing by Landlord.  All such materials displayed in and
about the Premises will be such only as to advertise the business carried on
upon the Premises and Landlord will control the location, character and size
thereof.  Tenant shall not cause or permit to be used any advertising materials
or methods which are reasonably objectionable to Landlord or to other tenants
of the Building, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
loudspeakers, mechanical or moving display devices, unusually bright or
flashing lights and similar devices the effect of which may be seen or heard
from outside the Premises.  Tenant shall not solicit business, sell or display
merchandise, or distribute hand bills or other advertising matter in the
parking area or other Common Areas.


                                      17
<PAGE>   20

                                  SECTION 32.

                                    GENERAL

     32.01 If, by reason of the occurrence of unavoidable delays due to acts of
God, governmental restrictions, strikes, labor disturbances, shortages of
materials or supplies or for any other cause or event beyond Landlord's
reasonable control, Landlord is unable to furnish or is delayed in furnishing
any service required by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, or
Landlord is unable to perform or make or is delayed in performing or making any
installations, decorations, repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements,
required to be performed or made under this Lease, or is unable to fulfill or
is delayed in fulfilling any of Landlord's other obligations under this Lease,
no such inability or delay shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction
in whole or in part, or, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, entitle
Tenant to any abatement or diminution of rental or other charges due hereunder
or otherwise relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or
impose any liability upon Landlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or
annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant's business, or
otherwise.

     32.02 This Lease is being entered into and executed in the State of
Michigan, and all questions with respect to the construction of this Agreement
and the rights and liabilities of the parties shall be determined in accordance
with the provisions of the laws of the State of Michigan.

     32.03 Many references in this Lease to persons, entities and items have
been generalized for ease of reading.  Therefore, references to a single
person, entity or item will also mean more than one person, entity or thing
whenever such usage is appropriate (for example, "Tenant" may include, if
appropriate, a group of persons acting as a single entity, or as
tenants-in-common).  Similarly, pronouns of any gender should be considered
interchangeable with pronouns of other genders.

     32.04 Section headings appearing in this Lease are for convenience only.
They do not define, limit or construe the contents of any paragraphs or clauses
contained herein.

     32.05 Landlord reserves the right to relocate Tenant in other comparable
space in the Building upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice
to Tenant.  Landlord shall pay the cost of moving Tenant to new space.  If
Tenant does not wish to accept such relocation, Tenant may object thereto by
written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the notice from Landlord. 
In the event Tenant fails to object within such ten (10) day period, Tenant
shall be deemed to have accepted the relocation.  In the event Tenant so
objects, Landlord may rescind the notice of intention to relocate Tenant or may
reaffirm said intention, in which event Tenant may terminate this Lease by
written notice to Landlord within five (5) days after the affirmation notice
from Landlord.  In the event Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its termination
within such five (5) day period, it shall be deemed to have accepted the
relocation.  If Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant this paragraph, Tenant
must vacate the Premises within thirty (30) days following Tenant's notice to
Landlord of termination.

     32.06 The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease
shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective
heirs, distributees, successors,  administrators and executors provided,
however, that no assignment by, from, through, or under Tenant in violation of
any of the provisions hereof shall vest in the assigns any right, title, or
interest whatsoever.  All provisions of this Lease are and will be binding on
the successors and permitted assigns of Landlord and Tenant.

     32.07 Time shall be and is of the essence in this Lease and with respect
to the performance of all obligations of Landlord and Tenant hereunder.

     32.08 Any services which Landlord is required to furnish pursuant to the
provisions of this Lease may, at Landlord's option, be furnished from time to
time, in whole or in part, by employees of Landlord or by the managing agent of
the Project or by one or more third persons.

     32.09 Landlord shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, to
unilaterally amend the provisions of this Lease if Landlord is advised by
counsel that all or any portion of the monies paid by Tenant to Landlord
hereunder are, or may be deemed to be, unrelated business income within the
meaning of the United States Internal Revenue Code or regulation issued
thereunder, and Tenant agrees that it will execute all documents or instruments
necessary to effect such amendment or amendments, provided that no such
amendment shall result in Tenant having to pay in the aggregate more money on
account of its occupancy of the Premises under the term of this Lease as so
amended and provided, further, that no such amendment or amendments shall
result in Tenant receiving under the provisions of this Lease less service than
it is entitled to receive, nor services of a lesser quality.

     32.10 Neither Landlord nor Landlord's agents have made any representations
or promises with respect to the physical condition of the Building, the Land or
the Premises, or with respect to the rents, leases, expenses of operation or
any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises except as


                                      18
<PAGE>   21

expressly set forth herein; and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired
by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the
provisions of this Lease.

     32.11 Annually and at any other time, Tenant shall promptly furnish
Landlord financial statements reflecting Tenant's and any Guarantor's current
financial condition.  All such financial statements shall be in such form and
contain such detail as Landlord shall reasonably request.

     32.12 In case any provision of this Lease or any agreement or instrument
executed in connection herewith shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
hereof and thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  This
Lease shall not be construed more strictly against one party than against the
other, merely by virtue of the fact that it may have been prepared by counsel
for one of the parties, it being recognized that both Landlord and Tenant have
contributed substantially and materially to the preparation of this Lease.

     32.13 This Lease can be modified or amended only by a written agreement
signed by Landlord and Tenant.  This Lease and the Exhibits attached hereto and
forming a part hereof set forth all of the covenants, agreements, stipulations,
promises, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning
the Premises, and there are no covenants, agreements, stipulations, promises,
conditions or understanding, either oral or written, between them other than
set forth herein or therein.

     32.14 Tenant will not record this Lease or a memorandum hereof, and will
not otherwise disclose the terms of this Lease to anyone other than its
attorneys, accountants or employees who need to know of its contents in order
to perform their duties for Tenant.  Any other disclosure will be an Event of
Default under the Lease.  Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have the right to
publish a "tombstone" or other promotional description of this Lease.

     32.15 Except as disclosed in writing to Landlord, Tenant represents and
warrants to Landlord that there are no claims for brokerage commissions or
finder's fees in connection with this Lease as a result of the contracts,
contacts or actions of Tenant, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold
it harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim arising from an
alleged agreement or act by Tenant (including, without limitation, the cost of
counsel fees in connection therewith); such agreement to survive the
termination of this Lease.


     32.16 The matters set forth on Exhibit D, Special Provisions, if any, are
hereby accepted and agreed to between Landlord and Tenant and incorporated
herein by reference.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the
date and year first above written.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>                                <C>
 LANDLORD:                          TENANT:

 WRC PROPERTIES, INC.,              NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC.,
 a Delaware Corporation             a Delaware Corporation



 By:                                By:
 -------------------------------    -------------------------
         Nicholas E. Stolatis              L.A. Mills
 Its:        Assistant Secretary    Its:          COO
 -------------------------------    -------------------------
</TABLE>



                                      19
<PAGE>   22


                                   EXHIBIT A

                                   SPACE PLAN



                                    [PLAN]









                                Approved by Tenant:

                                NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC., a Delaware Corporation


                                L.A. Mills, COO



                                      20
<PAGE>   23



                                   EXHIBIT B

                      RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE PROJECT

     Tenant agrees for itself, its employees, agents, clients, customers,
licensees, invitees and guests, to comply fully with the following rules and
regulations and with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions
thereto as Landlord may make for the Project.  All rules and regulations set
forth in this Exhibit B shall be in addition to, and shall in no way limit, the
provisions of the Lease.

     1. The Common Areas of the Project shall not be used by Tenant for any
purpose other than those for which they are intended or designated.

     2. Landlord has the right to control access to the Project and refuse
admittance to any person or persons without satisfactory identification or a
pass issued by Tenant during hours reasonably determined by Landlord.

     3. No person shall disturb other occupants of the Building by making loud
or disturbing noises.

     4. Soliciting, peddling and canvassing is prohibited in the Project and
Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.  No vending machine shall be
operated in the Building by any tenant without the prior written consent of
Landlord.

     5. All deliveries and removals of furniture, equipment or other bulky
items must take place after notification to Landlord, during such hours and in
such manner as Landlord shall reasonably determine.  Tenant shall be
responsible for all damage or injury resulting from the delivery or removal of
all articles into or out of the Project or the Premises.  No load shall be
placed on the floors or in elevators in excess of the limits which shall be
established by Landlord.

     6. Tenant shall not use any equipment emitting noxious fumes or offensive
odors unless they are properly vented at Tenant's expense.

     7. Nothing shall be attached to the interior or exterior of the Building
without the prior written consent of Landlord.

     8. No sign or other representation shall be placed on the interior or
exterior of the Building without prior written consent of Landlord.

     9. No hazardous articles, bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind (other
than wheelchairs and seeing-eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept in or about
the Building without the prior consent of Landlord.

     10. No marking, painting, drilling, boring, cutting or defacing of the
walls, floors or ceilings of the Building, other than that which is reasonably
necessary for the hanging of art work, diplomas and similar objects which do
not require any material alteration to any wall, floor or ceiling, shall be
permitted without the prior written consent of Landlord.

     11. The electrical system and lighting fixtures in the Building shall not
be altered or disturbed in any manner without the prior written consent from
Landlord.  Any alterations or additions must be performed by licensed personnel
authorized by Landlord.

     12. The toilets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any
purpose other than that for which they are designed.  No sweepings, rubbish or
other similar materials or substances shall be deposited therein.

     13. Smoking is prohibited in the elevator(s), hallways, corridors, stairs,
lobbies and other common areas of the Project unless clearly designated to the
contrary by Landlord.

     14. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning, and
shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of
the Building's heating and air-conditioning.  Tenant shall not adjust any
controls other than room thermostats installed for Tenant's use.  Tenant shall
not tie, wedge or otherwise fasten open any water faucet or outlet.  Tenant
shall keep all corridor doors closed.


     15. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from
theft, burglary, robbery and pilferage.  Except during Tenant's normal business
hours, Tenant shall keep all doors to the Premises locked and other means of
entry to the Premises closed and secured.

     16. Tenant or Tenant's employees shall not distribute literature, flyers,
handouts or pamphlets of any kind in any of the common areas of the Project
without the prior written consent of Landlord.

                                     21
<PAGE>   24

     17. Tenant shall not sell or prepare any food or beverages in or from the
Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.

     18. Tenant shall not permit the use of any apparatus for sound production
or transmission in such manner that the sound so transmitted or produced shall
be audible or vibrations therefrom shall be detectable beyond the Premises.

     19. Tenant shall keep all electrical and mechanical apparatus free of
vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

     20. No floor covering shall be affixed to any floor in the Premises by
means of glue or other adhesive without Landlord's prior written consent.

     21. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other
than that of the business address of Tenant (which it may do, at its own risk,
in the event the name of the Building changes), and shall not use any picture
or likeness of the Building in any circulars, notices, advertisements or
correspondence.

     22. Tenant shall not obstruct sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts,
corridors, vestibules, halls, elevators and stairways in or about the Building,
nor shall Tenant place objects against glass partitions, doors or windows which
would be unsightly from the Building's corridors, or from other areas of the
Building.

     23. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business
from other tenants of the Building.

     24. No additional locks or similar devices shall be attached to any door
and no locks shall be changed without Landlord's prior written consent.  Upon
termination of this Lease or of Tenant's possession of the Premises, Tenant
shall surrender all keys for door locks and other locks in or about the
Premises and shall make known to Landlord the combination of all locks, safes,
cabinets and vaults which are not removed by Tenant.

     25. Tenant shall not install or operate any machinery or mechanical
devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant's ordinary use of the
Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.

     26. Tenant shall not employ any person to perform any cleaning, repairing,
janitorial, decorating, painting or other services or work in or about the
Premises, except with the approval of Landlord.

     27. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical
current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the
capacity of the electric wiring in the Building and the Premises and the needs
of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity.  Landlord's
consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from
the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

     28. Tenant shall not overload any floor or elevator and shall not install
any heavy objects, safes, business machines, files or other equipment without
having received Landlord's prior written consent as to size, maximum weight,
routing and locations thereof.  Safes, furniture, equipment, machines and other
large or bulky articles shall be brought through the Building and into and out
of the Premises at such times and in such manner as Landlord shall direct
(including the designation of elevator) and at Tenant's sole risk and
responsibility.  Prior to Tenant's removal of any such articles from the
Building, Tenant shall obtain written authorization therefore from Landlord.

     29. Tenant shall not in any manner deface or damage the Building.

     30. Tenant shall not bring into the Building or Premises inflammables such
as gasoline, kerosene, naphtha and benzine, or explosives or any other articles
of intrinsically dangerous nature.

     31. Movement into or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment,
or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any merchandise or materials other than
hand-delivered packages, which requires the use of
elevators or stairways or movement through the Building entrances or lobby,
shall be restricted to the hours designated by Landlord.  Tenant assumes all
risk of damage to any and all articles so moved, as well as injury to any
person or property in such movement, and hereby agrees to indemnify Landlord
against any loss resulting therefrom.

     32. Landlord shall not be responsible for any lost or stolen property,
equipment, money or jewelry from the Premises or the public areas of the
Building regardless of whether such loss occurs when the Premises are locked.



                                      22
<PAGE>   25

     33. The Premises shall not be used for housing, lodging, sleeping or for
any immoral or illegal purpose.

     34. The work of the janitor or cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by
Tenant after 5:30 p.m. and the windows may be cleaned at any time.  Tenant
shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles to prevent unreasonable
cost to Landlord in discharging its obligations regarding cleaning services.

     35. Tenant will refer all contractors or installation technicians
rendering any service for Tenant for supervision and approval of Landlord
before performance of any contractual services.

     36. Parking Regulations:
          (i)    Cars WILL NOT park in the designated "Reserved"
                 spaces.  There will be no parking in any area of the Project
                 other than those areas clearly marked and defined for parking.
          (ii)   Parking will be on the basis of first-come,
                 first-served except for reserved spaces.
          (iii)  Parkers will be expected to park their cars in
                 an orderly manner within the marked stalls provided.
          (iv)   It is recommended that cars be left in a "brakes
                 on, doors locked" condition at all times.
          (v)    No car will be allowed to park in any driveway
                 area or in any manner which will interfere with the normal
                 flow of traffic.
          (vi)   Cars parked illegally will be towed at the car
                 owner's expense.
          (vii)  Tenant agrees that all its employees have been
                 fully informed as to the content of these regulations.
          (viii) Landlord or Landlord's agents and employees shall not be
                 liable for and Tenant waives all claims through Tenant
                 resulting from any accident or occurrence in and upon the
                 parking area.
            (ix) All automobiles parked in the parking areas shall
                 be in good condition and repair, utilized for personal
                 transportation, not commercial in nature and driven and
                 handled at the risk of the owner.
            (x)  Automobile owner or owner's agents shall not
                 wash, wax or otherwise clean or prep the interior/exterior of
                 vehicles or perform any maintenance whatsoever on vehicles
                 within the parking area or on any part of the parking lot
                 servicing the Building.
            (xi) In the event that automobile owner's use of the
                 parking area violates any local, county or state law,
                 regulation or ordinance, automobile owner's right to utilize
                 the parking area shall immediately cease.  In addition, in no
                 event shall Tenant permit its employees, licensees, invitees
                 or other occupants to use more than Tenant's Proportionate
                 Share of the existing parking spaces for the Project.
           (xii) Parking areas shall not be used to store
                 vehicles or for parking large commercial or recreational
                 vehicles.

Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all the foregoing rules and
regulations by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees,
licensees and guests.  Landlord shall not be responsible for any violation of
the foregoing rules and regulations by other tenants of the Building and shall
have no obligation to enforce the same against other tenants.  Landlord shall
have the right to amend these rules and regulations from time to time in
accordance with the terms of the Lease.

                                Approved by Tenant:

                                NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC., a Delaware Corporation




                                L.A. Mills, COO



                                       23









<PAGE>   26


                                   EXHIBIT C

                            DAILY JANITORIAL SERVICE


     (a) All waste paper baskets and ashtrays are emptied and cleaned.

     (b) All furniture and cleared desks are dusted as required.

     (c) All carpeting is vacuum cleaned daily as required.

     (d) All doors, doorknobs, and glass are wiped down as required.

     (e) Walls are spot cleaned as required.

     (f) Windows are spot cleaned as required.

     (g) All corridors, common areas, common area bathrooms, and elevators are
cleaned daily, which includes washing all tile floors, washing out the sinks
and stalls, vacuum cleaning the hallway carpeting, cleaning out the drinking
fountains and spot cleaning the walls and mirrors where necessary.







                                Approved by Tenant:

                                NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC., a Delaware Corporation




                                L.A. Mills, COO






                                       24


<PAGE>   27


                                   EXHIBIT D
                               SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                      D1  EXCESS TENANT IMPROVEMENT COSTS.

     Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements up to a cost of
$46,250.00 (the "Tenant Improvement Allowance").  In the event the cost of
completing the Tenant Improvements is less than the Tenant Improvement
Allowance, Landlord shall retain the difference and Tenant shall have no claim
for and not be entitled to receive any such sums.  In the event the estimated
cost of completing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans shall
at anytime exceed one hundred five percent (105%) of the Tenant Improvement
Allowance, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within five (5) days of request for such
payment (which request will come no more than twice monthly), the difference
between the estimated cost of completion and the Tenant Improvement Allowance
on a percentage of completion basis.  If the estimated cost of completion of
the Tenant Improvements is less than one hundred five percent (105%) of the
Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference between
the actual cost of completion and the Tenant Improvement Allowance when the
Tenant Improvements are substantially complete.

                              D2  NON-DISTURBANCE.

In the event of subordination of this Lease, the subordination shall be
conditioned upon the agreement of the mortgagee or lessor that in the event of
foreclosure or the assertion of any other rights under the mortgage or lease,
this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall continue in effect and
shall not be terminated or disturbed so long as Tenant continues to perform and
no Event of Default exists under this Lease.






                                Approved by Tenant:

                                NATIONAL TECH TEAM, INC., a Delaware Corporation




                                L.A. Mills, COO


                                       25

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.22

                         MARKET SQUARE CENTER BUILDING

                               OFFICE SPACE LEASE       Tenant:
                                                        NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.

                                     Index                           Article

Basic Lease Provisions and Identification of Exhibits ..................  1
Premises, Term and failure to Give Possession ..........................  2
Rent ...................................................................  3
Security Deposit .......................................................  4
Services ...............................................................  5
Possession, Use and Enjoyment of Premises ..............................  6
Condition of Premises ..................................................  7
Assignment and Subletting ..............................................  8
Maintenance ............................................................  9
Alterations and Improvements ........................................... 10
Waiver of Claims and Indemnity ......................................... 11
Landlord's Remedies .................................................... 12
Surrender of Premises .................................................. 13
Holding Over ........................................................... 14
Damage by Fire or Other Casualty ....................................... 15
Eminent Domain ......................................................... 16
Tenant's Insurance ..................................................... 17
Rules and Regulations .................................................. 18
Landlords Rights ....................................................... 19
Estoppel Certificate ................................................... 20
Relocation of Tenant ................................................... 21
Rent Adjustments and Payments .......................................... 22
Real Estate Brokers .................................................... 23
Subordination and Attornment ........................................... 24
Notices ................................................................ 25
Exculpation ............................................................ 26
Miscellaneous .......................................................... 27

                                   ARTICLE 1

             BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND IDENTIFICATION OF EXHIBITS

1.01  BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS.

   A. Building and Address:  Market Square Center Building, 151 North Delaware,
                             Indianapolis, Indiana 46204

   B. Landlord and Address:  MET LIFE INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE PARTNERS 
                             LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
                             partnership, having its principal office at
                             One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010

   C. Tenant:  NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC., a Delaware corporation,

   D. Date of Lease:  November 27, 1995

   E. Lease Term:  5 years

   F. Commencement Date of Term:  January 1, 1996

   G. Expiration Date of Term:  December 31, 2000

   H. Monthly Base Rent:  $1,959.00

   I. Rentable Area of the Premises:  Approximately 1,881 square feet

   J. Security Deposit:  N/A

   K. Floor(s):  A portion of the concourse level - see attached Exhibit A.

   L. Tenant's Proportionate Share:  0.47%

   M. Tenant's Use of Premises:  office use

   N. Brokers:  F.C. Tucker Company, Inc. and William J. Moore

   O. Base Year:  1995

   P. Number of Parking Spaces:  3

1.02  ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS. The exhibits set forth below and attached to this
      Lease are incorporated in this Lease by this reference:

           Exhibit A.  Plot Plan of Premises
<PAGE>   2
                                   ARTICLE 2

                 PREMISES, TERM AND FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION

2.01  LEASE OF PREMISES.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby
leases from Landlord the premises (the "Premises") shown on Exhibit A which are
or will be contained in the office building (the "Building") located at 151
North Delaware, Indianapolis, Indiana, for the term and upon the conditions
provided in this Lease.

2.02  TERM.  The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence on the date
(the "Commencement Date") which is the earlier to occur of:

        (i)  the date specified in 1.01F or
        (ii) the date Tenant first occupies all or part of the Premises.

The Term shall expire on the date (the "Expiration Date") specified in 1.01G,
unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided elsewhere in this Lease.

2.03  FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION.  If Landlord shall be unable to give
possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date by reason of any of the
following: (i) Landlord has not completed its preparation of the Premises, (ii)
Landlord is unable to give possession of the Premises by reason of the holding
over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants or occupants, or (iii)
for any other reason, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for the
failure to give possession on said date. Under such circumstances the Monthly
Base Rent and the Rent Adjustments reserved and covenanted to be paid herein
shall not commence until the Premises are available for occupancy by Tenant,
unless Landlord's failure to give possession of the Premises is due to the
fault of Tenant, and no such failure to give possession on the Commencement
Date shall affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant
hereunder, nor shall the same be construed to extend the term of this Lease. If
the Premises are ready for occupancy prior to the Commencement Date and Tenant
occupies the Premises prior to said date, Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent
and Rent Adjustments for the period of occupancy prior to the Commencement Date 
on a per diem basis. The Premises shall not be deemed to be unready for
Tenant's occupancy or incomplete if only minor insubstantial details of
construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments remain to be done in the
Premises or any part thereof, or if the delay in the availability of the
Premises for occupancy shall be due to special work, changes, alterations or
additions required or made by Tenant in the layout or finish of the Premises or
any part thereof or shall be caused in whole or in part by Tenant through the
delay of Tenant in submitting plans, supplying information, approving plans,
specifications or estimates, giving authorizations or otherwise or shall be
caused in whole or in part by delay and/or default on the part of Tenant and/or
its subtenant or subtenants. In the event of any dispute as to whether the
Premises are ready for Tenant's occupancy, the decision of Landlord's space
planner shall be final and binding on the parties.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                      RENT

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at the office of the managing agent (the
"Manager") of the Landlord, or at such other place designated by Landlord,
without any prior demand therefor and without any deduction or set-off
whatsoever and without relief from valuation and appraisement laws, base rent
at the initial monthly rate specified in 1.01H ("Monthly Base Rent") during the
Term of the Lease. In addition to Monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall pay Rent
Adjustments pursuant to Section 22.02 and 22.04 and Rent Adjustment Deposits
pursuant to Section 22.03. Unless otherwise provided to the contrary in this
Lease, Monthly Base Rent shall be paid monthly in advance on the first day of
each month of the Term. Monthly Base Rent shall be prorated for partial months
within the Term.  All other charges, costs and sums required to be paid
by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed additional rent, and
together with Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and Rent Adjustment Deposits
shall hereinafter be collectively called "Rent". Tenant's covenant to pay Rent
shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                SECURITY DEPOSIT

As security for the performance of its obligations under this Lease and the
Workletter, Tenant upon its execution of this Lease has paid to Landlord a
security deposit (the "Security Deposit") in the amount specified in 1.01(J).
The Security Deposit may be applied by Landlord to cure any default of Tenant
under this Lease, and upon notice by Landlord of such application, Tenant shall
replenish the Security Deposit in full by promptly paying to Landlord the
amount so applied. Landlord shall not pay any interest on the Security Deposit.
Within 45 days after the Expiration Date, Landlord shall return to Tenant the
balance, if any, of the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall not be
deemed an advance payment of Rent or measure of damages for any default by
Tenant under this Lease, nor shall it be a bar to defense of any action which
Landlord may at any time commence against Tenant.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                   SERVICES

5.01  LANDLORD'S GENERAL SERVICES.  Landlord, as long as Tenant is not
in default under any of the covenants of this Lease, shall provide the
following services: (a) heat and air-conditioning in the Premises, Monday
through Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. and Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. to 1:00
P.M., excluding national holidays, to the extent necessary for the comfortable
occupancy of the Premises (subject to all applicable mandatory regulations and
laws) under normal business operation, (b) electrical power sufficient for the
operation of building standard lighting, typewriters, office copying machines
and other machines of similar low electrical consumption, but not in excess of
one kilowatt hour per month per square foot of rentable area in the Premises
and not including electricity required for electronic data processing
equipment, special lighting in excess of building standard, or any other item
of electrical equipment which (singly) consumes more than 500 watts per hour at
rated capacity or requires a voltage other than one hundred twenty (120) volts
single phase; and provided that if the installation of any of Tenant's
equipment, or any special electrical equipment installed by Landlord to service
Tenant's equipment, requires additional air conditioning or ventilating
capacity above that provided by the Building's standard systems, then the
additional air conditioning and/or ventilating equipment shall be provided by
Tenant and the installation and operating costs of such additional equipment
will be the obligation of Tenant and will be paid by Tenant within ten (10)
days after Tenant's receipt from Landlord of a bill for such costs, (c) tepid
water for use in lavatories Landlord installs for use in common with other
tenants. If Tenant desires water in the Premises, cold water only shall be
supplied from City of Indianapolis mains drawn through a line, meter and
fixtures installed by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, with Landlord's consent.
Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional Monthly Base Rent, at rates fixed by
Landlord, charges for all water furnished to the Premises, (d) customary
cleaning and janitorial services in the Premises substantially similar to those
provided in other similar office buildings in the City of Indianapolis, Monday
through Friday, excluding national holidays, (e) automatic passenger elevator
service in common with other tenants of the Building and freight elevator
service subject to scheduling by Landlord. The term national holidays as used
in this Section 5.01 shall also include other holidays recognized by Landlord
and the janitor and other union servicing the Building in accordance with their
contracts, (f) lamps, bulbs, tubes and ballasts for building standard lighting
fixtures initially used in the Premises, but Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
for the cost and expense of replacement lamps, bulbs, tubes and ballasts and
the installation thereof, (g) building security service during weekends and
after normal working hours during the week; provided, however, Landlord shall
not be liable to Tenant for losses due to theft or burglary, or for damages
done by persons in the Building. If Landlord determines that Tenant is a
substantial user of any utilities which are not separately metered, Landlord
may require Tenant to install submeters for such utilities, at Tenant's sole
cost and expense.

5.02  ELECTRICAL SURVEY.  Landlord may employ an independent power consumption
survey expert to render an opinion as to the quantity of electricity consumed
by Tenant. If such survey indicates Tenant's consumption is in excess of one
kilowatt hour per month per square foot of rentable area in the Premises,
Tenant shall pay the cost of such survey together with the cost to Landlord of
such excess electrical consumption. Should any of the equipment or machinery
utilized in supplying the services listed herein cease to function properly,
Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly, but Tenant
shall have no right to terminate this Lease, and shall have no claim for rebate
of rental or damages on account of any interruptions in service occasioned
thereby or resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, in
the event that any law, ordinance or other governmental regulation now or
hereafter in effect shall impose a limit or allocation to the Building of any
utility or other service, whether or not the same is to be supplied to the
Building or the Premises by Landlord pursuant to Section 5.01 above, then
Tenant shall not use or cause to be consumed on the Premises, nor shall
Landlord be required to provide to the Premises hereunder, such utility or
other service in an amount or in a manner which would result in violation by
Landlord or Tenant of such law, ordinance or regulation.

5.03  ADDITIONAL AND AFTER-HOUR SERVICES.  Landlord shall in no event be
obligated to furnish any services or utilities, other than those specified in
5.01 above. If Landlord elects to furnish services or utilities requested by
Tenant in addition to those specified in 5.01 above (including but not limited
to the operation of special air-conditioning systems which may be required for
data processing equipment or for other special equipment or machinery installed
by Tenant or other utility services at times other than those specified in said
section). Tenant shall pay to Landlord 115% of the Landlord's then prevailing
cost for such services (other than utilities which shall be billed to Tenant at
Landlord's actual cost for the same) (such cost specifically shall include
amortization of Landlord's equipment) and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost
for such additional services, within 10 days after the receipt of Landlord's
invoices therefor. If Tenant shall fail to make any such payment Landlord may,
without notice to Tenant and in addition to Landlord's other remedies under
this Lease, discontinue any or all of the additional services.

5.04  DELAYS IN FURNISHING SERVICES.  Landlord does not warrant that any of the
above services will be free from interruption caused by war, insurrection,
civil commotion, riots, acts of God, or the enemy, governmental action,
repairs, mechanical breakdown, renewals, improvements, alterations, strikes,
lockouts, picketing, whether legal or illegal, accidents, inability of Landlord
to obtain fuel or supplies or any other cause or causes beyond the reasonable
control of Landlord. No failure or delay in furnishing any service caused in
whole or in part


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
by any one or more of the causes specified hereunder shall result in any
liability of Landlord to Tenant, or be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance
of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises, or relieve Tenant from its
obligation to pay all Rent when due or from any other obligations of Tenant
under this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                    POSSESSION, USE AND ENJOYMENT OF PREMISES

6.01 POSSESSION AND USE OF PREMISES.  Tenant shall be entitled to possession of
the Premises upon substantial completion of the improvements to the Premises,
provided, however, that such possession does not interfere with Landlord's
completion of the Premises.  Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for
general office purposes in order to conduct the business specified in Section
1.01M and for no other purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of
Landlord.  Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises (or permit the use or
occupancy of the Premises) for any purpose or in any manner which: (a) is
unlawful or in violation of any applicable legal, governmental or
quasi-governmental environmental or other requirement, ordinance or rule
(including, without limitation, the Board of Fire Underwriters); (b) may be
dangerous to persons or property; or (c) is contrary to or prohibited by the
terms and conditions of this Lease including the rules and regulations hereof.

6.02 ACCESS TO PREMISES.  Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and
maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits in and through the Premises.
Landlord or Landlord's agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises,
to inspect the same, to perform janitorial and cleaning services and to make
such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the
Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall be
allowed to take all material into and upon said Premises that may be required
therefor without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant, in whole or in
part and the rent reserved shall not abate (except as provided in Article 15)
while said repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions are being made, by
reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise.  If Tenant
shall not be personally present to open and permit any entry into said
Premises, at any time, when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary
or permissible,  Landlord or Landlord's agents may enter the same by a master
key, or may forcibly enter the same, without rendering Landlord or such agents
liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord's agents shall
accord reasonable care to Tenant's property), and without in any manner
affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease.  Nothing herein
contained, however, shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any
obligations, responsibility or liability whatsoever, for the care, supervision
or repair of the Building or any part thereof, other than as herein provided.
Landlord shall also have the right at any time without the same constituting an
actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant
therefor, to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or
passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or
public parts of the Building, and to close entrances, doors, corridors,
elevators or other facilities.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any
expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from work done in or upon, or the use
of, any adjacent or nearby building, land, street, or alley.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                            CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within 10 days after Tenant takes
possession of the Premises of any defects in the Premises claimed by Tenant,
other than damage caused by Tenant's own actions.  Except for defects stated in
such notice, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises
in the condition existing on the date Tenant first takes possession, and to have
waived all claims relating to the condition of the Premises.  No agreement of
Landlord to alter, remodel, decorate, clean or improve the Premises or the
Building and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or the
Building has been made by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant, except as stated
in this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 8

                           ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

8.01 CONSENT REQUIRED.  Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant   
may not sublease, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or
permit the transfer of this Lease or the interest of Tenant in this Lease, in
whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise.  If Tenant desires to enter
into any sublease or assignment, Tenant shall deliver written notice thereof to
Landlord, together with financial and other information sufficient for Landlord
to make an informed judgment with respect to such proposed subtenant or
assignee and a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement at least
60 days prior to the commencement date of the term of the proposed sublease or
assignment.  In making its determination of whether to consent to any proposed
sublease or assignment,  Landlord may take into consideration the business
reputation and credit worthiness of the proposed subtenant or assignee; the
intended use of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee; the
estimated pedestrian and vehicular traffic in the Premises and to the Building
which would be generated by the proposed subtenant or assignee; and any other
factors which Landlord shall deem relevant.  The withholding or granting of any
such consent shall be in the sole discretion of Landlord.  Landlord shall in no
event be obligated to consider a consent to any proposed sublease or assignment
of the Premises if Tenant is then in default under this Lease.  Any approved
sublease or assignment shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions
of this Lease, and in the event of an assignment, the instrument shall contain
a clause obligating the assignee to assume Tenant's obligations to Landlord
during the term of the assignment Tenant shall pay Landlord on the first day of
each month during the term of the sublease, the excess of all rent and other
consideration due from the subtenant or assignee for such month over that
portion of the Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustment due under this Lease for
said month which is allocable to the space sublet or assigned.

8.02 LANDLORD'S OPTION.  In the event Landlord consents pursuant to Article 8.01
above to any sublease of the Premises, Landlord shall have the option to exclude
from the Premises covered by this Lease, the space proposed to be sublet by
Tenant, effective as of the proposed commencement date of sublease of said space
by Tenant. Landlord may exercise said option by giving Tenant written notice
thereof within 20 days after receipt by Landlord of Tenant's notice of the
proposed sublease. In the event Landlord exercises said option, Tenant shall
surrender possession of the proposed sublease space to Landlord on the effective
date of exclusion of said space from the Premises covered by this Lease, and
neither party hereto shall have any further rights or liabilities with respect
to said space under this Lease. Effective as of the date of exclusion of any
portion of the Premises covered by this Lease pursuant to this paragraph, (i)
the Monthly Base Rent specified in 1.01H shall be reduced in the same proportion
as the number of square feet of rentable area contained in the portion of the
Premises so excluded bears to the number of square feet of rentable area
contained in the Premises prior to such exclusion, and (ii) the Rentable Area of
the Premises specified in 1.01I and Tenant's Proportionate Share specified in
1.01L shall be decreased in the same proportion that the Premises has been
decreased, for all purposes under this Lease.

8.03 TENANT'S LIABILITY.  In the event of any approved sublease or
assignment, Tenant shall not be released or discharged from any liability,
whether past, present or future, under this Lease, including any renewal term of
this Lease.  For purposes of this Article 8, an assignment shall be deemed to
include a change in the majority control of Tenant, if Tenant is a partnership
or a corporation whose shares of stock are not traded publicly.  If Landlord
grants consent to such sublease of assignment Tenant shall pay all of the
attorney fees of Landlord incurred with respect to such assignment or sublease. 
In addition, if Tenant has any options to renew the term of this Lease, such
options shall not be available to any subtenant, directly or indirectly.

                                   ARTICLE 9

                                  MAINTENANCE

9.01 LANDLORD'S MAINTENANCE.  Landlord shall maintain and make necessary repairs
to foundations, roofs, exterior walls, marquees, and the structural elements of
the Building, and, subject to the provisions of Article 15, the electrical,
plumbing, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems of the Building and
the public corridors, washrooms and lobby of the Building, except that: (a)
Landlord shall not be responsible for the maintenance or repair of any such
systems which are located within the Premises and are supplemental or special to
the Building's standard systems; and (b) the cost of performing any of said
maintenance or repairs caused by the negligence of Tenant, its employees,
agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, shall be paid
by Tenant, except to the extent of insurance proceeds, if any, actually
collected by Landlord with regard to the damage necessitating such repairs.  As
used in this Section 9.01, the "exterior walls" do not include interior glass,
windows, doors, window sashes or frames, door frames or office fronts of the
Premises.

9.02 TENANT'S MAINTENANCE.  Tenant, at its expense, shall keep and maintain the
Premises in good order, condition and repair and in accordance with all
applicable legal, governmental and quasi-governmental requirements, ordinances
and rules (including the Board of Fire Underwriters).  Tenant shall promptly and
adequately repair all damages to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged
or broken glass in the interior of the Premises, fixtures or appurtenances.  If
Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Section 9.02,
Landlord may, in its sole discretion, perform the same, and Tenant shall pay to
Landlord the cost therefor upon demand.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                          ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

10.01 TENANT'S ALTERATIONS.  Tenant shall not, without the prior
written consent of Landlord, make or cause to be made any alterations,
improvements, additions, installations or decorations in or to the Premises. 
If Landlord so consents, before commencement, of any such work or delivery of
any materials into the Premises or the Building, Tenant shall furnish to
Landlord for approval architectural plans and specifications, names and
addresses of all contractors and subcontractors, copies of all contracts,
affidavits from engineers acceptable to Landlord stating that the alterations
will not in any way adversely affect the mechanical, heating, ventilating,
air-conditioning, and the electrical systems in the Building, necessary permits
and licenses, certificates of insurance and instrument of indemnification
against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities which may
arise in connection with such work, and such other documents requested by
Landlord, all in such form and amount as may be satisfactory to Landlord.  In
addition, prior to commencement of any such work.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>   4
or delivery of any materials into the Premises.  Tenant shall provide
Landlord with appropriate evidence of Tenant's ability to pay for such work and
materials in full, and, if requested by Landlord, shall deposit with Landlord
at such time such security for the payment of said work and materials as
Landlord may require. Whether or not Tenant furnishes the foregoing, Tenant
agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, any mortgagee of the Building, the
Manager and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees
(hereinafter for convenience sometimes collectively referred to as the
"Indemnities") forever harmless against all claims and liabilities of every
kind, nature and description which may arise out of or in any way be connected
with such work.  All such work shall be done only by contractors or mechanics
approved by Landlord and at such time and in such manner as Landlord may from
time to time designate.  Tenant shall pay the cost of all such work and the
cost of decorating the Premises and the Building occasioned thereby.  Upon
completion of such work,  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractor's
affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all
labor and materials expended and used in connection therewith. All such work
shall be in accordance with all applicable legal, governmental and
quasi-governmental requirements, ordinances and rules (including the Board of
Fire Underwriters), and all requirements of applicable insurance companies. 
All such work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and with the use
of good grades of materials and in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications.  Tenant shall permit Landlord, if Landlord so desires, to
supervise construction operations in connection with such work.  In no event
shall such supervision or right to supervise by Landlord nor shall any
approvals given by Landlord under this Lease constitute any warranty by
Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of
such work or materials for Tenant's intended use or impose any liability upon
Landlord in connection with the performance of such work.  All alterations,
improvements, temporary or permanent, additions and installations to or on the
Premises, whether placed there by Landlord or Tenant, shall, unless Landlord
requests their removal, become part of the Premises at the time of their
installation and shall remain in the Premises at the expiration or termination
of this Lease, or termination of Tenant's right of possession of the Premises,
without compensation or credit to Tenant.

10.02 LIENS. Tenant shall not permit any lien or claim for lien of any
mechanic, laborer or supplier or any other lien to be filed against the
Building, the Land (as defined in Section 22.01(I)), the Premises, or any part
thereof arising out of work performed, or alleged to have been performed by, or
at the direction of, or on behalf of Tenant.  If any such lien or claim for
lien is filed, Tenant immediately either shall have such lien or claim for lien
released of record or shall deliver to Landlord either: (i) a bond in form,
content, amount, and issued by surety satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying
Landlord, the Indemnities and others designated by Landlord against all costs
and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim for lien and the foreclosure
or attempted foreclosure thereof, or (ii) endorsements to the title policies of
Landlord and Landlord's mortgagee "insuring over" such liens satisfactory to
Landlord and Landlord's mortgagee, respectively.  If Tenant fails to have such
lien or claim for lien so released or to deliver such bond or title endorsement
to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the validity of such lien, may pay
or discharge the same and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the
amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord's expenses and attorneys' fees. 
Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly agree that Landlord has not consented to
any work being performed on the Premises at the direction of Tenant nor the
placement of any liens thereon.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                         WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

11.01 WAIVER OF CLAIMS.  To the extent permitted by law, Tenant releases the
Indemnities (as defined in Section 10.01 hereof) from, and waives all claims
for, damage to person or property sustained by Tenant or any occupant of the
Building or Premises resulting from the Building or Premises, or any part of
either, or any equipment appurtenance, becoming out of repair, or resulting from
any accident in or about the Building, or resulting directly or indirectly from
any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building or of any other
person, including Landlord's agents and servants.  This Section 11.01 shall
apply especially, but not exclusively to the flooding of basements or other
subsurface areas, and to damage caused by refrigerators, sprinkling devices,
air-conditioning apparatus, water, snow, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold,
falling plaster, broken glass, sewage, gas, odors or noise, or the bursting or
leaking of pipes or plumbing fixtures, and shall apply equally whether any such
damage results from the act or neglect of Landlord or of other tenants,
occupants or servants in the Building or of any other person, and whether such
damage be caused or result from any thing or circumstances above mentioned or
referred to, or any other thing or circumstances whether of a like nature or of
a wholly different nature.  If any such damage, whether to the Premises or to
the Building or any part thereof, or whether to Landlord or to other tenants in
the Building, results from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, agents,
invitees and customers, Tenant shall be liable therefor and Landlord may, at
Landlord's option, repair such damage and Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord,
reimburse Landlord forthwith for the total cost of such repairs.  Tenant shall
not be liable for any damage caused by its acts or neglect if Landlord or a
tenant has recovered the full amount of the damage from insurance and the
insurance company has waived its right of subrogation against Tenant.

11.02 INDEMNITY.  Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold the Indemnities (as
defined in Section 10.01 hereof) harmless against any and all claims, demands,
costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees for the defense
thereof, arising from Tenant's occupation of the Premises or from any breach or
default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement
on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or
from any acts or negligence of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or
invitees, in or about the Premises.  In case of any action or proceeding
brought against the Indemnities by reason of any such claim, upon notice from
Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel 
reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

11.03 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Landlord and Tenant hereby release each
other and each other's employees, agents, customers and invitees from any and
all liability for any loss of or damage or injury to person or property
occurring in, on or about or to the Premises, the Building or personal property
within the Building by reason of fire or other casualty which could be insured
against under a standard fire and extended coverage insurance policy,
regardless of cause, including the negligence of Landlord or Tenant and their
respective employees, agents, customers and invitees, and agree that such
insurance carried by either of them shall contain a clause whereby the insurer
waives its right of subrogation against the other party.  Because the
provisions of this Section 11.03 are intended to preclude the assignment of any
claim mentioned herein by way of subrogation or otherwise to an insurer or any
other person, each party to this Lease shall give to each insurance company
which has issued to it one of more policies of fire and extended coverage
insurance notice of the provisions of this Section 11.03 and have such
insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation
of such insurance by reason of the provisions of this Section 11.03.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                              LANDLORD'S REMEDIES

12.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Each of the following shall constitute a
breach of this Lease by Tenant: Tenant fails to pay any installment or other
payment of Rent including without limitation Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent
Adjustments when due; Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the other
covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed
by Tenant and fails to cure such default within 15 days after written notice
thereof to Tenant; the interest of Tenant in this Lease is levied upon under
execution or other legal process; a petition is filed by or against Tenant to
declare Tenant bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement
under any Chapter of the Bankruptcy Act, or any amendment, replacement or
substitution therefore, or to delay payment of, reduce or modify Tenant's debts,
or any petition is filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenant's
capital structure or upon the dissolution of Tenant; Tenant is declared
insolvent by law or any assignment of Tenant's property is made for the benefit
of creditors; a receiver is appointed for Tenant or Tenant's property; or
Tenant abandons the Premises for a continuous period of five days or more
provided that Tenant shall not be in default so long as the Premises are kept
in a clean and orderly fashion and Tenant pays all Rent as it becomes due.

12.02 LANDLORD'S REMEDIES.  In the event of any breach of this Lease by
Tenant, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant,
may, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at
law or in equity: (a) terminate this Lease and Tenant's right of possession of
the Premises, and recover all damages to which Landlord is entitled under law,
specifically including, without limitation, Rent for the balance of the Term,
all Landlord's expenses of reletting (including repairs, alterations,
improvements, additions, decorations, legal fees and brokerage commissions), or
(b) terminate Tenant's right of possession of the Premises without terminating
this Lease, in which event Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, relet
the Premises, or any part thereof for the account of Tenant, for such rent and
term and upon such terms and conditions as are acceptable to Landlord.  For
purposes of such reletting, Landlord is authorized to decorate, repair, alter
and improve the Premises to the extent reasonably necessary.  If Landlord fails
or refuses to relet the Premises or if the Premises are relet and a sufficient
sum not be realized therefrom after payment of all Landlord's expenses of
reletting (including repairs, alterations, improvements, additions,
decorations, legal fees and brokerage commissions) to satisfy the payment when
due of Rent reserved under this Lease for any monthly period, then Tenant shall
pay Landlord, a sum equal to the amount of Rent due under this Lease for each
such monthly period, or if the Premises have been relet, Tenant shall pay such
deficiency monthly.  Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any
sums due to Landlord hereunder from time to time and that such suit or recovery
of any amount due Landlord hereunder shall not be any defense to any subsequent
action brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of
Landlord.  In the event Landlord elects, pursuant to this subsection (b) of
this Section 12.02, to terminate Tenant's right of possession only without      
terminating this Lease, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, enter into the
Premises, remove Tenant's signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and
hold possession thereof, as provided in Article 13 hereof; provided, however,
that such entry and possession shall not terminate this Lease or release
Tenant, in whole or in part, from Tenant's obligation to pay the Rent reserved
hereunder for the full Term or from any other obligation of Tenant under this
Lease.

Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord
pursuant to the authority of the Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be
entitled may be handled, removed or stored by Landlord at the risk, cost and
expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value,
preservation or safekeeping thereof.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon
demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges
against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord's possession or
under Landlord's control.  Any such property of Tenant not retaken from storage
by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term, however
terminated, shall be conclusively presumed to have been conveyed by Tenant to
Landlord under this Lease as a bill of sale without further payment or credit
by Landlord to Tenant.  Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a first lien upon the
interest of Tenant under this Lease to secure the payment of moneys due under
this Lease, which lien may be enforced in equity; and Landlord shall be
entitled as a matter of right to have a receiver appointed to take possession
of the Premises and relet the same under order of court.

12.03 ATTORNEYS' FEES. Tenant shall pay upon demand, all costs and
expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by Landlord in enforcing the
observance and performance by Tenant of all covenants, conditions and provisions
of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant, or resulting from
Tenant's default under this Lease.

                                     -4-

<PAGE>   5
                                   ARTICLE 13

                             SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or termination of Tenant's
right of possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, Tenant shall
surrender and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to
Landlord in a clean, good and tenantable condition, ordinary wear and tear
excepted. Upon any termination which occurs other than by reason of Tenant's
default, Tenant shall be entitled to remove from the Premises all movable
personal property of Tenant, provided Tenant immediately shall repair all damage
resulting from such removal and shall restore the Premises to a tenantable
condition.  In the event possession of the Premises is not immediately
delivered to Landlord or if Tenant shall fail to remove all of Tenant's movable
personal property, as aforesaid, Landlord may remove any of such property
therefrom without any liability to Tenant.  All movable personal property which
may be removed from the Premises by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to  
have been abandoned by Tenant and title thereto shall pass to Landlord without
any cost or credit therefor and Landlord may at its option and at Tenant's
expense, store and/or dispose of such property.

                                   ARTICLE 14
                                  HOLDING OVER

Tenant shall pay Landlord double the Monthly Base Rent, plus Landlord's estimate
of the Rent Adjustments then applicable, for each month or portion thereof that
Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any portion thereof, after the
expiration or termination of this Lease, and also shall pay all damages
sustained by Landlord, consequential as well as direct, by reason of such
retention of possession.  The provisions of this Article shall not constitute a
waiver by Landlord of any reentry rights of Landlord hereinbefore or by law
provided.  If Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any part thereof,
for 30 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, then at the sole
option of Landlord expressed by written notice to Tenant, but not otherwise,
such holding over shall constitute a renewal of this Lease on a month-to-month
basis on the same terms and conditions as provided in this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 15

                        DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

15.01 SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY.  If the Building or the Premises are
made substantially untenantable by fire or other casualty, Landlord may elect
either to: (a) terminate this Lease as of the date of the fire or other casualty
by giving Tenant written notice thereof within 90 days after said date; or (b)
proceed to repair or restore the Building or the Premises, other than leasehold
improvements and personal property paid for or installed by Tenant, and this
Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

If Landlord elects to proceed pursuant to subsection (b) above,
Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof within 90 days after the date of such fire
or other casualty, which notice shall contain Landlord's reasonable estimate of
the time required to substantially complete such repair or restoration. In the
event such estimate indicates that the time so required will exceed 180 days
from the date of the casualty, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate    
this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice thereof to
Landlord not later than 20 days after the date of Landlord's notice.  If
Landlord's estimate indicates that the repair or restoration can be
substantially completed with 180 days, or if Tenant fails to exercise its right
to terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, this Lease shall remain in force and
effect.
        
15.02 INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY.  If the Premises or the Building are
damaged by fire or other casualty but neither is rendered substantially
untenantable, then Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the Building or
the Premises, other than the leasehold improvements and personal property paid
for or installed by Tenant, unless such damage occurs during the last 12 months
of the Term, in which event Landlord shall have the right to terminate this
Lease as of the date of such fire or other casualty by giving written notice
thereof to Tenant within 30 days after the date of such fire or other casualty.

15.03 RENT ABATEMENT.  Except for the negligence or willful act of
Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, if all or any part of
the Premises are rendered substantially untenantable by fire or other casualty
and this Lease is not terminated, Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall
abate for that part of the Premises which is untenantable on a per diem basis
from the date of the fire or other casualty until Landlord has substantially
completed the repair and restoration work in the Premises which it is required
to perform, provided, that as a result of such fire or other casualty, Tenant
does not occupy the portion of the Premises which is untenantable during such
period.

                                   ARTICLE 16

                                 EMINENT DOMAIN

16.01 TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART.  In the event the whole or
any substantial part of the Building, the Land (as defined in Section 22.01(I)
or the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public
use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation), this Lease
shall terminate as of the date title vests in such authority, and Monthly Base
Rent and Rent Adjustments shall be apportioned as of said date.

16.02 TAKING OF PART.  In the event a part of the Land, Building or the Premises
is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose
(including a deed given in lieu of condemnation) and this Lease is not
terminated pursuant to Section 16.01, the Lease shall be amended to reduce the
Monthly Base Rent in the same ratio as the number of square feet of rentable
area in the Premises so taken or condemned bears to the number of square feet of
rentable area then leased by Tenant and to adjust Tenant's Proportionate Share
to reflect its percentage of rentable area in the Building compared to the total
rentable area remaining after such taking or condemnation.  Landlord, upon
receipt and to the extent of the award in condemnation or proceeds of sale and
to the extent such funds are available from Landlord's mortgagees, shall make
necessary repairs and restorations (exclusive of Tenant's leasehold improvements
and personal property paid for or installed by Tenant) to restore the Premises
remaining to as near its former condition as circumstances will permit, and to
the Building to the extent necessary to constitute the portion of the Building
not so taken or condemned as a complete architectural unit.  In the event of a
partial taking or condemnation of the Premises and/or the Building as herein
described, the rentable area of the Premises then leased by Tenant and/or the
rentable area of the Building as specified in this Lease, respectively, shall be
reduced for ail purposes under this Lease by the number of square feet of
rentable area of the Premises and/or the Building, respectively, so taken or
condemned.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of any taking
including a governmental order that the grade of any street or alley adjacent to
the Building is to be changed and such taking or change of grade makes it
necessary or desirable to substantially remodel or restore the Building,
Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days'
prior written notice.

16.03 COMPENSATION.  Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire
price or award from any such sale, taking or condemnation without any payment
to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant's interest, if any, in
such award.

                                   ARTICLE 17

                               TENANT'S INSURANCE

Tenant, at Tenant's expense, agrees to maintain in full force and
effect during the Term of the Lease, Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
naming Landlord and Tenant as insured parties and covering the Premises on an
"occurrence" basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death
and property damage and including contractual liability specifically covering
the indemnification provision in Article 11.02 and be for such limits as
reasonably required by the Landlord from time to time, but not less than a
combined single limit of $1,000,000.

Prior to the Commencement Date and at any time thereafter upon
Landlord's request, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a Certificate(s) of
Insurance as evidence of the insurance required in this Article.  Such
Certificate shall stipulate that the insurance certified thereby shall not be
materially changed or cancelled by the insurer or any insured thereunder without
30 days' prior written notice to Landlord.

Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of any insurer providing
insurance on Tenant's property, waives any claim against Landlord with respect
to any damage to Tenant's property which is, or customarily is, covered by a
standard insurance policy for fire and extended coverage.

                                     -5-

<PAGE>   6
                                   ARTICLE 18

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS

18.01 RULES AND REGULATIONS.  Tenant agrees for itself and for its subtenants,
employees, agents, and invitees to comply with all rules and regulations 
established by Landlord from time to time, and with all reasonable 
modifications and additions thereto which Landlord may from time to time 
hereafter make.

18.02 VIOLATION AND ENFORCEMENT. In addition to all other liabilities,
rights and remedies for breach of any covenant of this Article 18, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord all damages caused by such breach and shall also pay to
Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to any increase in insurance
premium or premiums caused by such breach.  Any violation of this Article 18
may be restrained by injunction.  Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all
damages resulting from violation of any of the provisions of this Article 18.
Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or
obligation to enforce provisions of this Article 18 or any rules and
regulations hereafter adopted, or the terms, covenants or conditions of any
other lease as against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to
Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees,
agents, visitors or licensees.

                                   ARTICLE 19

                               LANDLORD'S RIGHTS

Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice
(except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease), without liability
to Tenant for damage or injury to persons, property or business and without
being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use or possession of the
Premises or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of Rent: (1) To
change the Building's name or street address upon 30 days' prior written notice
to Tenant; (2) To install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or
interior of the Building; (3) To designate and/or approve prior to
installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, draperies, awnings or
other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be visible from the
exterior of the Premises; (4) To display the Premises to prospective tenants at
reasonable hours during the last 12 months of the Term; (5) To grant to any
party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or
to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit
Tenant from using the Premises for the purpose permitted hereunder; (6) To
prohibit the placing of vending or dispensing machines of any kind in or about
the Premises, (7) To designate all sources furnishing sign  painting and
lettering, ice, drinking water, towels, coffee cart service and toilet supplies
used on the Premises; (8) To have access for Landlord and other tenants of the
Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises according
to the rules of the United States Post Office; (9) To close the Building after
normal business hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees shall
be entitled to admission at all times, under such regulations as Landlord
prescribes for security purposes; and (10) to control the common areas of the
Building in such manner as Landlord deems necessary or proper (including,
without limitation, requiring all persons entering or leaving the Building to
identify themselves and their business in the Building; or excluding or
expelling any peddler, solicitor or loud or unruly person from the Building).

                                   ARTICLE 20

                              ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Within ten (10) days after request therefor by Landlord or any
mortgagee, or prospective mortgagee, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord or
any prospective owner or mortgagee, or prospective mortgagee, an Estoppel
Certificate in recordable form, binding upon Tenant, wherein Tenant shall
certify and agree that: (a) the Lease is in full force and effect, and indicate
what the Commencement Date of the Lease is; (b) Tenant has no offsets or
defenses to its performance of the terms and conditions of this Lease,
including the payment of rent, if such be the case, or if Tenant believes in
good faith there are any such defenses or offsets, specifying the same; (c)
Tenant is in the possession of the Premises; (d) Tenant will not pay rent more
than one (1) month in  advance to the Landlord; (e) Tenant will not look to any
mortgagee for any security deposits paid to Landlord hereunder unless such
deposits have been received in cash by such mortgagee; (f) If an assignment of
rents; or leases has been served upon the Tenant by a mortgagee or prospective
mortgagee, acknowledging receipt thereof and agreeing to be bound by the
provisions thereof; (g) Tenant will give to the first mortgagee copies of all
notices required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord; and (h) Any
other reasonable requirements of Landlord or a mortgagee.


                                   ARTICLE 21

                              RELOCATION OF TENANT

At any time after the execution date of this Lease,  Landlord may
substitute for the Premises, other premises in the Building (the "New
Premises"), in which event the New Premises shall be deemed to be the Premises
for all purposes under this Lease; provided, the New Premises shall be
substantially similar to the Premises in area, location and configuration; the
substitution shall be made in order to lease the Premises to a tenant of the
Building or a proposed tenant who as a result of such tenancy will occupy, all
or a substantial part of the floor of the Building on which the Premises are
located; if Tenant is then occupying the Premises, Landlord shall pay the
actual and reasonable expenses of physically moving Tenant, its property and
equipment to the New Premises; Landlord shall give Tenant not less than 30
days' prior written notice of such substitution; and Landlord, at its expense,
shall improve the New Premises with improvements substantially similar to those
in the Premises at the time of such substitution, if the Premises are then
improved, or if not then improved, Landlord, at its expense, shall improve the
New Premises in accordance with plans and specifications to be prepared by
Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE 22

                         RENT ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENTS

22.01 DEFINITIONS.  For all purposes of this Lease, the following words and
phrases shall have the following meanings:

     A.   "BASE YEAR" shall be the calendar year described in Section 1.01(O).

     B.   "RENT ADJUSTMENT" or "RENT ADJUSTMENTS" means any amount owed by
     Tenant resulting from increases in Operating Expenses or Taxes, as
     hereinafter defined. The Rent Adjustments shall be determined under Section
     22.02 and shall be paid in addition to Monthly Base Rent as provided in
     Section 22.04.

     C. "ADJUSTMENT YEAR" means the calendar year (or any portion thereof) in
     which the Commencement Date occurs and for which a Rent Adjustment
     computation is being made.

     D. "RENT ADJUSTMENT DEPOSIT" shall be equal to the Rent Adjustment
     attributable to each month within the latest Adjustment Year for which the
     Rent Adjustment has been or is being determined.  The Rent Adjustment
     Deposit shall be calculated by dividing the Landlord's estimate of the
     total annual increase in Operating Expenses and Taxes for the latest
     Adjustment Year by the number of square feet in the Building, and then
     multiplying the quotient thereof times the Rentable Area of the Premises
     and then dividing the product thereof by 12.

     E. "OPERATING EXPENSES" shall mean all costs, expenses and disbursements of
     every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay
     in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, replacement and
     repair of the Real Property (as hereinafter defined) including capital
     expenses necessary to cause the Building to conform to any new building
     codes enforced by a governmental authority, current amortization of capital
     improvements reasonably necessary for the operation and maintenance of the
     Building and of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment,
     systems and apparatus located in or used in connection with the Real
     Property, including without limitation, insurance and utility expenses
     (including the cost of energy management systems), except as hereinafter
     provided.  Operating Expenses shall not include the following: costs of
     improvement of the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the
     Building; charges for depreciation of the Building; interest and principal
     payments on mortgages; ground rental payments; real estate brokerage and
     leasing commissions; expenses incurred in enforcing obligations of other
     tenants of the Building; salaries and other compensation of executive
     officers of the Manager senior to the individual building manager; any
     expenditures for which Landlord has been reimbursed (other than pursuant to
     rent, rent adjustment and escalation provisions provided in leases); and
     capital improvements to the Building (except as provided above).  If any
     Operating Expense, though paid in one year, relates to more than one
     calendar year, at the option of the Landlord, such expenses may be
     proportionately allocated among such calendar years.

     F. "TAXES" shall mean all federal, state and local governmental taxes,
     assessments and charges (including, without limitation, transit or transit
     district taxes or assessments), of every kind or nature, whether general,
     special, ordinary or extraordinary, which Landlord shall pay or become
     obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing,
     management, control or operation of the Real Property, or of the personal
     property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus located
     therein or used in connection therewith (including any rental or similar
     taxes levied in lieu of or in addition to general real and/or personal
     property taxes).  For purposes hereof, Taxes for any year shall be Taxes
     which are due for payment or paid in that year, rather than Taxes which
     are assessed or become a lien during such year.  There shall be included in
     taxes for any year the amount of all fees, costs and expenses (including
     reasonable attorneys' fees) paid by Landlord during such year in seeking or
     obtaining any refund or reduction of Taxes.  Taxes in any year shall be
     reduced by the net amount of any tax refund received by Landlord during
     such year.  If a special assessment


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
     payable in installments is levied against the Real Property, Taxes for any
     year shall include only the installment of such assessment and any interest
     payable or paid during such year.  Taxes shall not include any federal or
     state inheritance, general income, gift or estate taxes, except that if a
     change occurs in the method of taxation resulting in whole or in part in
     the substitution of any such taxes, or any other assessment, for any Taxes
     as above defined, such substituted taxes or assessments shall be included
     in the Taxes.

     G.   "RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES" as set forth in 1.01(I) is determined
     by using the American National Standard method for measuring floor area in
     office buildings as adopted by the Building Owners and Managers Association
     ("BOMA").  The "Rentable Area" standard is used for all floors of the
     Building except for the first and lower concourse floors, as to which
     measurement is based on the "Usable Area" standard for measuring floor area
     in office buildings as adopted by BOMA.

     H.   "RENTABLE AREA OF THE BUILDING" is 396,300 square feet.

     I.   "REAL PROPERTY" means the Building, the Land (which means and includes
     the parcel or parcels which are owned and/or leased by or for Landlord and
     which are used in connection with the ownership, management or operation of
     the Building) and the personal property used in conjunction with both.

22.02 RENT ADJUSTMENTS.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as provided in Section
22.04 below, Rent Adjustments during the Term as follows:

          A.   If the amount of Operating Expenses attributable to any calendar
          year during the Term is greater than the Operating Expenses of the
          Base Year, then Tenant shall pay Landlord, as a Rent Adjustment for
          such calendar year, Tenant's Proportionate Share of such increase.

          B.   If the amount of Taxes attributable to any calendar year during
          the Term is greater than the Taxes of the Base Year, then Tenant shall
          pay Landlord as a Rent Adjustment for such calendar year, Tenant's
          Proportionate Share of such increase.

The obligation of Tenant to pay the Rent Adjustments shall survive the
termination of the Lease.

22.03 PAYMENT OF RENT ADJUSTMENT DEPOSIT.  Tenant shall pay Landlord the Rent
Adjustment Deposit in the same manner as the Monthly Base Rent commencing with
the first day of the Term.  The Rent Adjustment Deposit shall be credited
against Rent Adjustments due for the applicable Adjustment Year.  During the
last complete calendar year or during any partial calendar year in which the
Lease terminates, Landlord may include in the Rent Adjustment Deposit its
estimate of Rent Adjustments which may not be finally determined until after the
termination of this Lease.

22.04 STATEMENT OF LANDLORD.  As soon as feasible after the expiration of each
calendar year of this Lease, Landlord will furnish Tenant a statement showing
the following:

   (i)   Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Adjustment Year;

   (ii)  The amount of Rent Adjustments due Landlord for the Adjustment Year,
         less credit for Rent Adjustment Deposits paid, if any (this will be a
         lump sum due Landlord or a credit to Tenant which will be applied to
         future Rent Adjustments); and

   (iii) The Rent Adjustment Deposit due in the calendar year next following the
         Adjustment Year including the amount or revised amount due for months
         prior to the rendition of the statement.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amounts due in accordance with said statement.
Monthly Base Rent shall be paid as provided in Article 3, the lump sum Rent
Adjustment shall be paid within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement,
and Rent Adjustment Deposits shall be paid as provided in Section 22.03. No
interest or penalties shall accrue on any amounts which Landlord is obligated to
credit to Tenant by reason of Section 22.03 or this Section 22.04.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Monthly Base Rent and the
Rent Adjustments be less than the Monthly Base Rent.

22.05 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY.  For purposes of determining adjustments to
installments of Monthly Base Rent for any Adjustment Year if the Building is
less than 90% rented during all or a portion of any year subsequent to the Base
Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment of the Operating
Expenses to such year employing sound accounting and management principles, to
determine the amount of the Operating Expenses that would have been paid or
incurred by Landlord had the Building been 90% occupied, and the amount so
determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for
such year.  If any Operating Expense, though paid in one year, relates to more
than one calendar year, at the option of Landlord such expenses may be
proportionally allocated among such related calendar years.

22.06 BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Landlord shall maintain books and records showing
Operating Expenses and Taxes in accordance with generally acceptable accounting
principles and management practices.  Tenant or its representative shall have
the right to examine Landlord's books and records with respect to the items in
the foregoing statement of Operating Expenses and Taxes during normal business
hours at any time within ten (10) days following the furnishing by Landlord to
Tenant of such statement.  Unless Tenant shall take written exception to any
time within thirty (30) days after the furnishing of the foregoing statement,
such statement shall be considered as final and accepted by Tenant.  Any amount
due to Landlord as shown on any such statement, whether or not written exception
is taken thereto, shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord
shall have submitted the statement, without prejudice to any such written
exception.

                                   ARTICLE 23

                              REAL ESTATE BROKERS

Tenant represents that, except for the brokers listed in Section 1.01(N) above,
Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, sales person, or finder in
connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the
negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Premises to Tenant.  Tenant hereby
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Manager from and against any
and all liabilities and claims for commissions and fees arising out of a breach
of the foregoing representations.

                                   ARTICLE 24

                         SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

24.01 SUBORDINATION.  Landlord may execute and deliver a mortgage or a trust    
deed in the nature of a mortgage, both sometimes hereinafter referred to as
"Mortgage," against the Building, the Land or any interest therein including a
ground lease thereof (the "Ground Lease") and sell and leaseback the underlying
Land.  This Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall be and are hereby
made expressly subject and subordinate at all times to any Ground Lease of the
Land and/or the Building, now or hereafter existing and all amendments,
renewals and modifications thereto and extensions thereof, and to the lien of
the mortgage now or hereafter existing against the Land and/or the Building,
and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof. 
Tenant agrees to execute and deliver such further instruments subordinating
this Lease to any such Ground Lease or to the lien of any such mortgage as may
be requested in writing by Landlord from time to time.  Tenant acknowledges
that its title is and always shall be subordinate to the title of the owner of
the Land and the Building, and nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to
do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of the owner of the Land
or the Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any
mortgagee by notice in writing to the Tenant may subordinate its mortgage to
this Lease.

24.02 ATTORNMENT.  In the event of the cancellation of termination of any such
Ground Lease described in Section 24.01 above in accordance with its terms or by
the surrender thereof, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, or
by summary proceedings, or the foreclosure of any such mortgage by voluntary
agreement or otherwise, or the commencement of any judicial action seeking such
foreclosure, Tenant, at the request of the then landlord, shall attorn to and
recognize such ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser in foreclosure as Tenant's
landlord under this Lease.  Tenant agrees to execute and deliver at any time
upon request of such ground lessor, mortgagee, purchaser, or their successors,
any instrument to further evidence such attornment.  This Lease may be
terminated by the mortgagee or ground lessor it Tenant is named as a party and
served with process in any applicable proceeding and a warrant or judgment for
possession of the Premises is issued in such proceeding or a foreclosure sale is
held. However, if Tenant is not named as a party in such proceeding, then Tenant
hereby waives its right, if any, to elect to terminate this Lease or to
surrender possession of the Premises in the event of any such ground lease
termination or mortgage foreclosure.

24.03 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.  As and for additional security for the performance of
its duties hereunder and to induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant
shall execute promptly such instruments or certificates to carry out the intent
of Article 20 and Sections 24.01 and 24.02 above as shall be requested by
Landlord, or any mortgagee.  Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord, as
attorney-in-fact for Tenant with full power and authority to execute and deliver
in the name of Tenant any such instruments or certificates. If within fifteen
(15) days after the date of a written request by Landlord, or any mortgagee to
execute such instruments, Tenant shall not have executed the same,  Landlord
may, at its option, cancel this Lease without incurring any liability on account
thereof, and the Term hereby granted is expressly limited accordingly.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
24.04 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION.  Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees
and/or trust deed holders and any ground lessors, by registered or certified
mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided
that prior to such notice Tenant has received notice (by way of service on
Tenant of a copy of an assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the
address of such mortgagees and/or trust deed holders and any ground lessors. 
Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default
within the time provided for in this Lease, then the mortgagees and/or trust
deed holders and any ground lessors shall have an additional thirty (30) days
after receipt of notice thereof within which to cure such default or if such
default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional notice time as
may be necessary, if, within such thirty (30) days, any mortgagee and/or trust
deed holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to
cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure
proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure).  Such period of time shall be
extended by any period within which such mortgagee and/or trust deed holder and
ground lessor is prevented from commencing or pursuing such foreclosure
proceedings by reason of Landlord's bankruptcy.  Until the time allowed as
aforesaid for mortgagee and/or trust deed holder and ground lessor to cure such
defaults has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no right to, and shall
not, terminate this Lease on account of default. This Lease may not be modified
or amended so as to reduce  the Rent or shorten the Term, or so as to adversely
affect in any other  respect to any material extent the rights of the Landlord,
nor shall this  Lease be cancelled or surrendered, without the prior written
consent, in each  instance, of the ground lessor or the mortgagee.



                                   ARTICLE 25

                                    NOTICES

All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be deemed given and delivered, whether or not received, when deposited in
the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed, certified mail,
return receipt requested, at the following addresses (a) to Landlord: F. C.
Tucker Company Inc., 2500 One American Square, Box 82055, Indianapolis,
Indiana 46282-0002, Attention: Vice President, Property Management Division,
with copies to F. C. Tucker Company, Inc., Building Manager, 151 North Delaware
Street,  Indianapolis, Indiana 46204; or such other address as Landlord shall
designate by written notice to Tenant; and (b) to Tenant: At the address
specified in Section 1.01(C) prior to the Commencement Date, and at the Premises
after the Commencement Date, or such other address as Tenant shall designate by
written notice to Landlord. 

                                  ARTICLE 26

                                 EXCULPATION

If Landlord shall fail to perform or observe any term, condition, covenant or
obligation required to be performed or observed by it under this Lease and if
Tenant shall, as a consequence thereof, recover a money judgment against
Landlord, Tenant agrees that it shall look solely to Landlord's right, title and
interest in and to the Building for the collection of such judgment; and Tenant
further agrees that no other assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy,
execution or other process for the satisfaction of Tenant's judgment and that
Landlord shall not be liable for any deficiency.

The reference to "Landlord" in this Lease shall be limited to mean and include
only the owner or owners, at the time, of the fee simple interest in the
Building. In the event of a sale or transfer of such interest (except a mortgage
or other transfer as security for a debt) the "Landlord" named herein, or, in
the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferor, shall, after the date of such
transfer, be automatically released from all personal liability for the
performance or observance of any term, condition, covenant or obligation
required to be performed or observed by Landlord hereunder; and Landlord's
transferee shall be deemed to have assumed all of such terms, conditions,
covenants and obligations.

                                   ARTICLE 27

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

27.01 LATE CHARGES.  All Rent as defined in Section 3 (unless otherwise
provided herein, and other than the Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and
Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be due as herein before provided) owed by
the Tenant to the Landlord hereunder shall be paid in advance on or before the
first day of each calendar month.  All such amounts (including without
limitation Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and Rent Adjustment
Deposits) shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the
annual rate of 2% above the prime rate of interest publicly announced from time
to time by NBD Bank, N.A. or such other bank acceptable to Landlord in the
event that NBD Bank, N.A. ceases to announce a prime rate of interest, or at
the maximum legal rate of interest, allowed by law, if such maximum legal rate
is applicable and lower.  In the event that a check or draft of Tenant is
returned to Landlord uncollected for any reason, then there shall be added to
the amount due a service charge for one hundred dollars ($100.00) for such
uncollected check or draft, which charge shall be in addition to any late
charges payable by Tenant as a result of such nonpayment.

27.02 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Lease and the Exhibits attached hereto contain the
entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and there
are no other agreements, either oral or written.

27.03 NO OPTION.  The execution of this Lease by Tenant and delivery of same to
Landlord or Manager does not constitute a reservation of or option for the
Premises or an agreement to enter into a Lease.  This Lease shall become
effective only if and when Landlord executes and delivers same to Tenant;
provided, however, the execution and delivery by Tenant of this Lease to
Landlord or Manager shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to lease the
Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be
withdrawn or revoked for 30 days after such execution and delivery.  If Tenant
is a corporation, partnership, association or any other entity, it shall deliver
to Landlord, concurrently with the delivery to Landlord of an executed Lease,
certified resolutions of Tenant's directors or other government person or body
authorizing the execution and delivery of this Lease and the performance by
Tenant of its obligations hereunder and the authority of the party executing the
Lease as having been duly authorized to do so.

27.04 ACCORD AND SATISFACTION.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a
lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be
other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any
check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an
accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without
prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such installment or
payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord.  No receipt
of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant's
right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the
Term.

27.05 LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING.  In the event of any sale or
other transfer of the Building, Landlord and the seller or transferor (and the
beneficiaries of any selling or transferring land trusts) shall be entirely
freed and relieved of all agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder
accruing or to be performed after the date of such sale or transfer.

27.06 BINDING EFFECT.  This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives,
successors and permitted assigns.

27.07 MODIFICATION OF LEASES.  Should any mortgagee, leasehold or otherwise,
require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or
modifications will not bring about any increased cost or expense to Tenant or
in any other way substantially change the rights and obligations of Tenant
hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease  may be so
modified.

27.08 CAPTIONS.  The Article and Section captions in this Lease are inserted
only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or 
describe the scope or intent of such Articles and Sections.

27.09 APPLICABLE LAW.  This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Indiana.  If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or
the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of
such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as
to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and
each item, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to
the fullest extent permitted by law.

27.10 TIME.  Time is of the essence of this Lease and the performance of all
obligations hereunder.

27.11 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S DUTIES.  If Tenant fails timely to
perform any of its duties under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right (but
not the obligation), after the expiration of any grace period elsewhere under
this Lease expressly granted to Tenant for the performance of such duty, to
perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant without further prior
notice to Tenant, and all sums expended or expenses incurred by Landlord in
performing such duty shall be deemed to be additional Rent under this Lease and
shall be due and payable upon demand by Landlord.

27.12 RIDERS.  All Riders and exhibits attached hereto and executed both by
Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to be a part hereof and hereby
incorporated herein.

27.13 RECORDING OF LEASE.  This Lease shall not be recorded without the prior
written consent of Landlord.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
27.14 INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS TO THE PREMISES.  Landlord agrees, at its expense, to
make all initial improvements to the Premises in accordance with drawings and
specifications that are subject to Landlord's approval in writing prior to
commencement of the work.

27.15 PARKING SPACES. Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall
have the right to park in the number of parking spaces described in Section
1.01(P) in the parking garage adjacent to the Building ("Parking Spaces").
Tenant shall pay the monthly rental rate for the Parking Spaces established by
Landlord, in its sole discretion from time to time. It is acknowledged and
agreed that the Parking Spaces are not reserved specifically for Tenant's use.

27.16 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by
jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties
hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever rising out of or in any way
in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant,
Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or any other claims (except
claims for personal injury or property damage), and any emergency statutory or
any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event
Landlord commences any summary proceeding for non-payment of rent, Tenant will
not interpose and does hereby waive the right to interpose any counterclaim of
whatever nature or description in any such proceeding.

27.17 NO REPRESENTATIONS. Landlord or Landlord's agents have made no
representations or promises with respect to the Building or Premises except as
herein expressly set forth.

27.18 NO PRESUMPTION.  This Lease shall be construed without regard to any
presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this
Lease to be drafted.

27.19 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Lease, each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Lease on
Tenant's part to be performed shall be deemed and construed as a separate and
independent covenant of Tenant, not dependent on any other provision of this
Lease.

27.20 GENDER.  All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number
or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number
any other lender as the context may require.

27.21 CREDITS.  In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of any, Rent
hereunder, Tenant waives Tenant's right, if any, to designate the items against
which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Tenant agrees that
Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items it sees fit,
irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to
the items against which any such payments shall be credited.

27.22 RIGHT TO TERMINATE.  Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder,
Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective as of December
31, 1998, in consideration of the payment of a termination fee in the amount of
$23,508.00, provided that written notice of termination is received by Landlord
on or before August 31, 1998.  The failure of Tenant to deliver said notice to
Landlord on or before said date shall constitute an irrevocable waiver of said
right.  The termination fee shall be paid to Landlord on December 31, 1998.

27.23 RIGHT OF FIRST OPPORTUNITY.  Provided that Tenant is not in default
hereunder, during the period from January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1998,
Tenant shall have the continuing right of first opportunity to lease and occupy
the space designated by hatched lines on the attached Exhibit A ("Expansion
Space") during the Term of this Lease.  Tenant shall exercise such
right in a writing delivered to Landlord not later than ten (10) days after
receiving written notice that the Expansion Space is, or is about to become,
available for lease, (which notice shall also set forth the rental rate
described below) and the failure to do so shall constitute an irrevocable
waiver of said right. Rental to be paid by Tenant for the Expansion Space shall
be a rental rate equal to the then-prevailing market rate for comparable space
in first-class buildings located in downtown Indianapolis, Indiana at the time
said right is exercised by Tenant,  and Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be
increased to reflect the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises. All
improvements to the Expansion Space shall be made by Landlord, at its expense,
in accordance with drawings and specifications which are subject to Landlord's
approval.  Tenant must exercise said right as to all of the Expansion Space that
may become available for lease and may not exercise the right as to only a
portion of that space. In the event Tenant exercises its rights under this
Section 27.23, Tenant shall have irrevocably waived its right to terminate under
Section 27.22 hereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties' duty authorized representatives have executed
this Lease on the date stated in subparagraph (D) of Article 1 hereof.


                       MET LIFE INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE PARTNERS
                       LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership,
                       by Met Life Real Estate Advisors, Inc., its general
                       partner


                       By:      John F. Loeth
                                -------------------------    

                       Printed: John F. Loeth
                                -------------------------    

                       Title:   Vice President
                                -------------------------    
                                         "Landlord"


                        NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC., A Delaware corporation

                        By:     Lawrence A. Mills
                                -------------------------    
 
                        Printed: Lawrence A. Mills
                                -------------------------    

                        Title:  Chief Operating Officer
                                -------------------------    
                                      "Tenant"




                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
                                 EXHIBIT "A"

Attached to and made a part of the lease for office space on the () () floor to
Market Square Center dated this 27 day of November, 1995.

- ----------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
MET LIFE INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE          NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC., a Delaware 
PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware    Corporation
limited partnership by Met Life Real
Estate Advisors, Inc., its general partner

LANDLORD                                     TENANT




                        [FLOOR PLAN OF MARKET SQUARE CENTER]






LAMSON & CONDON [LOGO]                                 MARKET SQUARE CENTER
  ARCHITECTURE                                            BASEMENT LEVEL      

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.23
<TABLE>
<S><C>
[FORD LOGO]                                     *THESE ITEMS MUST APPEAR ON ALL SHIPPING AND BILLING 
                Purchase Order          *Blanket order number (if any)          *Purchase Order Number, or Release
                  AMENDMENT                                                     Authorization when blanket order
                                                                                is entered

BUYER AGREES TO PURCHASE AND RECEIVE    FMOFB BKBO 058050                       AMENDMENT - 0008

        FORD MOTOR COMPANY              F.O.B. (Title Transfer Point)           DATE OF ORDER
                                        DESTINATION                             02/21/96

NATIONAL TECHTEAM INC.                  TRANSPORTATION TERMS                    DELIVERY DATE
22000 GARRISON AVE                      PREPAID                                 
DEARBORN                MI              PAYMENT TERMS                           SHIPPING POINT
43124                                   NET 30 DAYS     

SELLER, AGREES TO SELL AND DELIVER      ROUTING                                 FUNDS
SUPPLIES AND SERVICES SPECIFIED HEREIN  SELLERS' DELIVERY                       FUNDS = USD

*Ship tax                       SALES AND USE TAXES                     *INVOICE TO:

AS RELAEASED                    DO NOT BILL SALES OR USE TAX            AS RELEASED
                                BECAUSE PURCHASES ARE COVERED BY 
                                DIRECT PAY.

                                SEE SECTION 15 FOR ADDITONAL
                                INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LINE#   *ITEM NUMBER*     QUANTITY*  U/M PRC/QTY   U/M                UNIT PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***********************************DESCRIPTION**********************************

THE FOLLOWING PLANTS ARE COVERED UNDER THIS BLANKET ORDER:
        AF1FB   MARKETING & SALES OPERATI
        AF30A   FPSD PARTS REDISTRIBUTION
        AF31A   FPSD NATIONAL PARTS
        AF38A   FPSD DETROIT PARTS
        AF52A   FPSD GENERAL OFFICE
        AP01A   FORD ATLANTA ASSEMBLY
        AP02A   FORD MICHIGAN TRUCK
        AP03A   FORD CHICAGO ASSEMBLY
        AP04A   FORD OHIO ASSEMBLY
        AP05A   FORD DEARBORN ASSEMBLY
        AP06A   FORD KANSAS CITY ASSEMBLY
        AP06F   FORD KANSAS CITY PAINT
        AP07A   FORD LORAIN ASSEMBLY
        AP09A   FORD LOUISVILLE ASSEMBLY
        AP11A   FORD EDISON ASSEMBLY
        AP12A   FORD NORFOLK ASSEMBLY
        AP14A   FORD ST LOUIS ASSEMBLY
        AP15A   FORD TWIN CITIES ASSEMBLY
        AP16A   FORD WAYNE ASSEMBLY
        AP17A   FORD WIXOM ASSEMBLY
        AP18A   FORD PILOT PLANT
        AP19A   FORD KENTUCKY TRUCK

        CC0BA   GENERAL OFFICE
        CC01A   FORD SHELDON RD 
        CC05A   FORD CCD CONNERSVILLE
        CS0AA   CASTING DIV GEN OFFICE
        CS04A   FORD CLEVELAND CASTING
        CS07A   FORD VULCAN FORGE WORKS
        CS08A   ESSEX ALUMINUM PLT
        EE0CA   GENERAL OFFICE
        EE0FA   NORTH PENN ELECTRONIC PAC
        EE0FF   NP TEST ENGR/KULPSVILLE
        EE01A   FORD EED RAWSONVILLE
        EE02A   FORD PPD SANDUSKY PLANT
        EE03A   FORD EED YPSILANTI
        EE04A   FORD EED LANSDALE
        EE05J   EXPORT OPERATION N. PENN
        EE06A   BEDFORD
        EF0AA   ROMEO ENGINE PLANT
        EF0EA   WINDSOR TRANSPORTATION SVCS
        EF01A   CLEVELAND ENGINE PLT #1
        EF02A   CLEVELAND ENGINE PLANT #2


* SUPPLIER CODE - Q479D BUYER       IS:  SUE SEESTADT (4743)  (313) 322-7132
<PAGE>   2

         ORDER DATE:           02/21/96 BLANKET ORDER NO. FM0FB BKBO 058050

         EF03A  DEARBORN ENGINE
         EF05A  FORD ENGINE GENERAL OFFICE
         EF06A  LIMA ENGINE PLT
         EF17A  ESSEX ENGINE PLANT

         EF18A  FORD CHIHUAHUA ENGINE
         FD0JC  CAR PRODUCT DEVEL - ENVIR
         FD0LA  TRAFFIC & TRUCK SERVICES
         FD0MA  RAILROAD-TRACK STOCK
         FD0MB  RAILROAD-HEAVY EQUIPMENT
         FD0NA  CONSTR, BLDG. & ENVIRON
         FD0PA  POWERHOUSE
         FD0QA  REPROGRAPHICS & OFFICE ST
         FD0RA  TECHNICAL PHOTOGRAPHY
         FD0SA  GRAPHIC ARTS & ADMIN SERV
         FD0SB  HIGHLAND PARK T&TS
         FD0TA  CONTROLLERS OFFICE-T&TS
         FD0VA  INDUST RADIO & VIDEO SVC
         FD0WB  POWERTRAIN OPERATIONS
         FD04A  FORD UTICA TRIM PLANT
         FD05A  FORD CHESTERFIELD TRIM
         FM0CC  B & A GENERAL OFFICE
         FM0FB  CENTRAL STAFFS
         FM0RA  FORD MOTOR LIGHT TRUCK OP
         FM00Q  CAR PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
         FM1BP  ADV.  VEHICLE ENGINEERING
         FM2EP  PRIMUS FORD CREDIT
         GD01A  DEARBORN GLASS PLT
         GD02A  FORD NASHVILLE GLASS

         GD05A  GLASS DIV GENERAL OFF 
         GD07A  FORD TULSA GLASS
         GD09A  FORD GLASS CARLITE 
         GD21A  FORD GLASS DIV
         L7VWC  JAGUAR MAHWAH N.J.
         MS0BA  WAYNE BODY & STAMPING PLT
         MS01A  BUFFALO STAMPING PLANT
         MS02A  CHICAGO STAMPING PLANT
         MS03A  WALTON HILLS STAMPING PLT
         MS04A  DEARBORN FRAME PLT
         MS05A  DEARBORN STAMPING PLT
         MS06A  MONROE STAMPING PLANT
         MS07A  DEARBORN TOOL & DIE
         MS08A  MAUMEE STAMPING PLANT
         MS09A  WOODHAVEN STAMPING PLANT
         PP0AD  DIVISION GENERAL OFFICE
         PP02A  FORD MT CLEMENS PLANT
         PP03A  FORD SALINE PLANT
         PP04A  FORD MILAN PLANT
         TC0AA  GENERAL OFFICE
         TC02A  FORD T & C SHARONVILLE
         TC03A  FORD T & C INDIANAPOLIS
         TC04A  FORD T & C LIVONIA
         TC05A  FORD T & C STERLING

         TC11A  FORD T & C VAN DYKE
         TC12A  FORD T & C BATAVIA
         0088A  FAIRTEL ASSOCIATES
         0168A  FAIRLANE GOLF INC,
         5005A  FAO STAFF SERVICES
         7001A  FORD MOTOR LAND DEVELOP
         7050A  FORD COLORADO PROPERTIES
         9010A  FORD LEASING DEV COMPANY
         9100A  FORD MOTOR CREDIT COMPANY

MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION- FOR NON CPARS LOCATIONS.
         (PLACE AN X ON THE APPLICABLE LINE(S)) 
         ALL LOCATIONS
__       AIR TRANSPORTATION
__       ENGINEERING COMPUTER SYS.
__       F.M.C.C.
__       MANUFACTURING DEV.
__       U.S. LEASING/TOM KAY.
__       SYSTEMS MANAGERS
__       FIRST NATIONWIDE BANK

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>   3

         ORDER DATE:           02/21/96 BLANKET ORDER NO.  FM0FB BKBO 058050

__       ENGINEERING COMPLEX (9 COPIES)
__       COPPO, ROOM 1003, BODY ENGR.
__       GRACE CLARION, RM B7, FPSD GO.
__       ASSOC.  CORP.  OF N. AMERICA

__       DYNAMOMETER BLDG.
__       DIVERSIFIED PROD.  TECH CTR.
__       SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH LAB

SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS:
ALLIANCE PROGRAM OFFICE
  STE. 300 ATRIUM BLDG
    ATTN:    DICK MINNICK
             JIM CLANCY
NAAO MARKETING
  JIM VANNIER, NAAO BUILDING, RM. 578

  MARY BODLEY
  FAIRLAINE TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT CENTER 
  B3
  TELEPHONE X43324

EFFECTIVE DATE
01/01/96

THIS LIMITED PURCHASE ORDER IS ISSUED TO ESTABLISH PRICES FOR THE FOLLOWING:
         APO END USER COMPUTER TRAINING PROGRAM

IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT BUYER'S OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO QUANTITY COMMITMENTS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN BUYER'S RELEASE AUTHORIZATION
FORMS.

SELLER SHALL FURNISH BUYER WITH A WRITTEN REPORT INDICATING DOLLAR VOLUME OF
ALL RELEASES, BY BUYER'S USING LOCATION, PROCESSED AGAINST THIS ORDER DURING
THE PERIOD SPECIFIED. THIS REPORT WILL BE ISSUED ON A QUARTERLY BASIS.

NO ADDITION, DEDUCTIONS OR CHANGES AFFECTING COST OR PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS,
INCLUDING SUBSTITUTIONS, COVERED BY THIS ORDER WILL BE HONORED OR PAID UNLESS
SO STATED IN A WRITTEN NOTICE OF AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE ORDER.

THIS PURCHASE ORDER CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER NP-56426.  ALL
REQUIREMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO 11-01-90 MUST BE INVOICED AGAINST ORDER NUMBER
NP-58050.

THIS PURCHASE ORDER WILL BE EFFECTIVE FOR A ONE YEAR TERM BEGINNING 11-01-90.
THE ORDER WILL BE RENEWED AUTOMATICALLY FOR ONE YEAR TERMS UNLESS EITHER PARTY
NOTIFIES THE OTHER, BEFORE COMPLETION OF EACH CURRENT TERM, THAT THE ORDER
WILL NOT BE RENEWED.  FORD MOTOR COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO AMEND OR CANCEL
THE ORDER AT ANY TIME.

INVOICE TO BE APPROVED BY MARTY GEARNS (OR DESIGNEE).

BUYER'S PAYMENT OBLIGATION SHALL BE NO MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED MAXIMUM, IF ANY,
FOR SELLER'S ACTUAL TIME AT SPECIFIED RATES AND ACTUAL COSTS OF PURCHASED
MATERIALS AND SERVICES. SELLER SHALL ESTABLISH A REASONABLE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
AND BUYER MAY AUDIT SELLER'S RECORDS, AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO TWO YEARS AFTER
FINAL PAYMENT, TO VERIFY BUYER'S PAYMENT OBLIGATION TO SELLER.

WORK WILL BE PERFORMED AND PRICING WILL BE AS STATED IN THE ATTACHMENT TO
NP-58050 DATED 10-24-90. 

AMENDMENT #3 IS CREATED TO ADD UNIX RELATED TRAINING SERVICES TO THIS PURCHASE
ORDER.  WORK WILL BE PERFORMED AND PRICING WILL BE AS STATED IN THE ATTACHMENT
TO BKBO 05805O DATED 7/23/93.
***** ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS EFFECTIVE 01/01/96 *****
FTDC WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THE RESUMES OF POTENTIAL FTDC
INSTRUCTORS BEFORE THEY ARE ENDORSED AS FTDC ASSOCIATES.  

FTDC WILL ALLOCATE APPROXIMATELY 70% OF THE OPEN ENROLLMENT BUSINESS TO 
NATIONAL TECHTEAM. 
NATIONAL TECHTEAM'S TOTAL DESIGNATED PERCENTAGE OF BUSINESS WILL BE
DEFINED AS CLASSES THAT ARE CURRENTLY CATEGORIZED AS BOTH "GROUP TRAINING" 
AND "OPEN ENROLLMENT/CATALOG" COURSES.

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>   4

         ORDER DATE:           02/21/96 BLANKET ORDER NO.  FM0FB BKBO 058050

FTDC WILL CONTINUE TO UTILIZE TECHTEAM FOR THE MAJORITY OF COURSEWARE
DEVELOPMENT, BUT WILL HAVE THE OPTION OF USING ALTERNATE SOURCES WITH

EXTENSIVE FORD KNOWLEDGE, EXPERIENCE AND BACKGROUND FOR SOME PROJECTS.
TECHTEAM WILL NO LONGER BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 100% OF COURSEWARE DEVELOPMENT.
FTDC WILL INCLUDE LEAD INSTRUCTORS FROM TECHTEAM AND OTHER TRAINING SUPPLIER
SUPPLIERS IN DISCUSSIONS SURROUNDING NEW COURSEWARE DEVELOPMENT, REVISIONS TO
EXISTING COURSEWARE AND PRIORITIZING THE NECESSARY REVISIONS.  
TECHTEAM WILL PROVIDE A FULL-TIME ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT ON-SITE AT FTDC TO
HANDLE GROUP TRAINING ISSUES AND OTHER ISSUES AS AGREED UPON BY TECHTEAM AND
FTDC.  FTDC WILL PROVIDE A WORKSTATION FOR THE ASSISTANT.  TECHTEAM WILL
CONTINUE TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ASSISTANT'S SECRETARY AND RELATED FRINGE
BENEFITS.
TECHTEAM'S DOCUMENTATION FEE WILL REMAIN AT $38 PER HOUR.

ALL INVOICES WILL BE DISCOUNTED 1% EFFECTIVE 1-1-91, AND THE DISCOUNT IS TO BE
SHOWN SEPARATELY ON THE INVOICE.

         FROM: TO:
         AS WRITTEN WORK TO BE PERFORMED AND PRICING TO BE AS STATED IN THE
         ATTACHED PRICE LIST DATED 4/l/92.  
         COVERAGE TO BE COMPANY WIDE DIRECT RELEASE BLANKET ORDER,

FORD STANDARD COPYRIGHT, TITLE TO WORK PRODUCT, AND WORK MADE FOR HIRE TERMS &
CONDITIONS APPLY TO THIS BLANKET ORDER AGREEMENT.

     000010 MI SC B0563833               HR                          85.000000 
      PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTING RATES DETAIL OF ALL         
      DELIVERABLES  ASSOCIATED WITH THESE RATES IN VENDOR       
      LETTER DATED 4/22/94 ON FILE IN BUYER'S PURCHASING        
      OFFICE.                                                   
                                                                
    000020 MI SC B0563834               HR                           85.000000 
      NETWORK CONSULTING RATES DETAIL OF ALL DBLIVERABLES       
      ASSOCIATED WITH THESE RATES IN VENDOR LETTER DATED        
       4/22/94 ON FILE IN BUYER'S PURCHASING OFFICE.            
                                                                
    000030 MI SC B0563836               HR                           75.000000 
      SOFTWARE INSTALLATION RATES DETAIL OF ALL DELIVERABLES    
      ASSOCIATED WITH THESE RATES IN VENDOR LETTER DATED 4/22/94
      ON FILE IN  BUYER'S PURCHASING OFFICE.                    
                                                                
    000040 MI SC B0563838               HR                           75.000000 
      SOFTWARE INTEGRATION RATES DETAIL OF ALL DELIVERABLES     
      ASSOCIATED WITH THESE RATES IN VENDOR LETTER DATED        
      4/22/94 ON FILE IN BUYER'S PURCHASING OFFICE.             
                                                                
    000050 MI SC B0698358               HR                           75.000000
      INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR END-USER TRAINING:  WEEKENDS,         
       HOURLY, EVENINGS                                         
                                                                
   000060 MI SC B0698359                DA                          290.000000
      INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR END-USER TRAINING FOR 1/2 DAY         
                                                                
   000070 MI SC B0698360                DA                          450.000000 
      INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR END-USER COMPUTER TRAINING FOR        
      FULL DAY                                                  
                                                                
   000080 MI SC 90698361                DA                          105.000000 
      MARKETING FEE FOR GROUP COMPUTER TRAINING PER COURSE      
      FOR A HALF DAY COURSE,                                    
                                                                
   000090 MI SC 30696362                DA                          290.000000 
      INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR GROUP TRAINING FOR 1/2 DAY            
                                                                
  000100 MI SC B0699363                  DA                         450.000000 
     INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR GROUP COMPUTER TRAINING - FULL DAY     
                                                                
      000110 MI SC B0698364               DA                        450.000000
 INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR TECHNICAL COMPUTER TRAINING *WINDOWS       
         3.1 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL, *MICROSOFT          
         PROJECT 4.0 - MIGRATION  FROM 3.0,*MICROSOFT           
         PROJECT 4.0, *SUPERPROJECT 3.0 FOR WINDOWS AT          
         HOURLY, WEEKEND, EVENING RATES (4 HOUR MINIMUM) -      
         GROUP TRAINING FOR FULL DAY.                           
                                                                
         000120 MI SC B0698365               EA                     490.000000 
INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR TECHNICAL COMPUTER TRAINING -               
         *WINDOWS 3.1 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL,            
         * MICROSOFT PROJECT 4.0 -  MIGRATION FROM 3.0,         
         *MICROSOFT 4.0, *SUPERPROJECT 3.0 FOR WINDOWS -        
         HALF DAY RATE (4 HOURS MINIMUM)                        
                                                                


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>   5

         ORDER DATE:           02/21/96 BLANKET ORDER NO.  FL0FB BKBO 058050

000130 MI SC B0698366                DA                             750.000000
 INSTRUCTOR RATE FOR TECHNICAL COMPUTER TRAINING FOR FULL DAY:
 * WINDOWS 3.1 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT PERSONNEL
 * MICROSOFT PROJECT 4.0 - MIGRATION FROM 3.0
 * MICROSOFT PROJECT 4.0
 * SUPERPROJECT 3.0 FOR WINDOWS

000140 MI SC B0698367                 DA                            290.000000
 TUTORIAL SERVICES: 1/2 DAY

000150 MI SC B0698368                 DA                            450.000000
 TUTORIAL SERVICES: FULL DAY

000160 MI SC B0698669                 DA                            545.000000
 CLASSROOM RENTAL - DEARBORN (UP TO 60 ROOMS PER MONTH)

000l61 Ml SC B0698671                 DA                            475.000000
 CLASSROOM RENTAL - DEARBORN (61-80 ROOMS PER MONTH)

000162 MI SC B0698675                 DA                            375.000000
 CLASSROOM RENTAL - DEARBORN (81-100 ROOMS PER MONTH)

000163 MI SC B0698676                 DA                            370.000000
 CLASSROOM RENTAL - DEARBORN (100+ R00MS PER MONTH)

000170 MI SC B0698677                 DA                            750.000000
 CLASSROOM RENTAL OUTSIDE OF SOUTHEAST MICHIGAN

000175 MI SC B0830955                 EA                            160.000000
 MARKETING FEE PER COURSE

000180 MI SC B0698678                 HR                             38.000000
 COURSE DEVELOPMENT-WRITING SERVICES

000190 MI SC B0792963                 HR                            160.000000
 MARKETING FEE FOR GROUP TRAINING PER COURSE FOR A FULL DAY COURSE IS $160.

                                               TOTAL NUMBER OF ITEMS        23






                                     Page 6

<PAGE>   1
[NBD LOGO]                                                         Exhibit 10.24
                                                  INSTALLMENT BUSINESS LOAN NOTE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due     January 17, 2001                $ 480,211.64

No.                                     Date    January 17, 1996
   --------------------               

PROMISE TO PAY: For value received, the undersigned (the "Borrower") promises to
pay to NBD BANK (the "Bank") or order, at any office of the Bank in the
State of Michigan, the sum of Four Hundred Eighty Thousand Two Hundred Eleven
and 64/100 ******** DOLLARS ($480,211.64) plus interest computed on the basis 
of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360      days at the rate of:

        8.25    % per annum (the "Note Rate") until maturity, whether by
                  acceleration or otherwise, and at the rate of 3% per annum
                  above the Note Rate on overdue principal from the date when 
                  due until paid; or

        -----   % per annum above the rate announced from time to time by the
                  Bank as its "prime" rate (the "Note Rate"), which rate may
                  not be the lowest rate charged by the Bank to any of its 
                  customers, until maturity, whether by acceleration or
                  otherwise, and at the rate of 3% per annum above the Note Rate
                  on overdue principal from the date when due until paid.  Each
                  change in the "prime" rate will immediately change the Note
                  Rate. 

In no event shall the interest rate exceed the maximum rate allowed by law; any
interest payment which would for any reason be deemed unlawful under applicable
law shall be applied to principal.

The Borrower will pay this sum in 59 consecutive monthly installments of
$9,794.52, including interest, commencing February 17, 1996 with a final 
payment due January 17, 2001 at which time the entire balance of unpaid 
principal plus accrued interest shall be due and payable immediately. Each 
payment will be applied first to accrued interest, then to principal.

LOAN AGREEMENT: [complete if applicable] This note evidences a debt under the
terms of a Credit Agreement between the Bank and the Borrower dated August
28, 1995 and any amendments.

PREPAYMENT: If a fixed interest rate is specified above, the Borrower may prepay
all or any part of the principal balance of this note on one business day's
notice provided that, in addition to all principal, interest and costs owing at
the time of prepayment, the Borrower pays a prepayment premium equal to the
Current Value of (i) the interest that would have accrued on the amount prepaid
at the Note Rate, minus (ii) the interest that could accrue on the amount
prepaid at the Treasury Rate.  In both cases, interest will be calculated from
the prepayment  date to the maturity dates of the installments being prepaid.
Such maturity dates shall be determined by applying the prepayment to the
scheduled installments of principal in their inverse order of maturity.
"Treasury Rate" means the yield, as of the date of prepayment, on United States
Treasury bills, notes or bonds, selected by the Bank in its discretion, having
maturities comparable to the scheduled maturities of the installments being
prepaid. "Current Value" means the net present value of the dollar amount of the
interest to be earned, discounted at the Treasury Rate.  In no event shall the
prepayment premium be less than zero.  The Borrower's notice of its intent to
prepay shall be irrevocable.  If the balance of this note is accelerated in
accordance with the terms of this note, the resulting balance due shall be
considered a prepayment due and payable as of the date of acceleration.  The
Borrower agrees that the prepayment premium is a reasonable estimate of loss and
not a penalty. The prepayment premium is payable as liquidated damages for the
loss of bargain and its payment shall not in any way reduce, affect or impair
any other obligation of the Borrower under this note.

SECURITY: To secure the payment of this note and any other present or future
liability of the Borrower, whether several, joint, or joint and several, the
Borrower pledges and grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the
following described property and all of its additions, substitutions, 
increments, proceeds and products, whether now owned or later acquired
("Collateral"):

1. All securities and other property of the Borrower in the custody, possession
   or control of the Bank (other than property held by the Bank solely in a
   fiduciary capacity);
2. All property or securities declared or acknowledged to constitute security 
   for any past, present or future liability of the Borrower to the Bank;
3. All balances of deposit accounts of the Borrower with the Bank;
4. The following additional property:  1 Aspect Call System 100R and 5 Aspect
   Teleset 1F Card 16 Port

BANK'S RIGHT TO SETOFF: The Bank shall have the right at any time to apply its
own debt or liability to the Borrower or to any other party liable on this 
note in whole or partial payment of this note or other present or future 
liabilities, without any requirement of mutual maturity.

REPRESENTATIONS BY BORROWER: Each Borrower represents: (a) that the execution 
and delivery of this Note and the performance of the obligations it imposes do 
not violate any law, conflict with any agreement by which it is bound, or 
require the consent or approval of any governmental authority or any third 
party; (b) that this Note is a valid and binding agreement, enforceable 
according to its terms; and (c) that all balance sheets, profit and loss 
statements, and other financial statements furnished to the Bank are accurate 
and fairly reflect the financial condition of the organizations and persons 
to which they apply on their effective dates, including contingent liabilities 
of every type, which financial condition has not changed materially and 
adversely since those dates. Each Borrower, if other than a natural person, 
further represents: (a) that it is duly organized, existing and in good 
standing under the laws where it is organized; and (b) that the execution and 
delivery of this Note and the performance of the obligations it imposes 
(i) are within its powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary 
action of its governing body; and (iii) do not contravene the terms of its 
articles of incorporation or organization, its by-laws, or any agreement 
governing its affairs.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: The Bank and the Borrower, after consulting or having had
the opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly, voluntarily and
intentionally waive any right either of them may have to a trial by jury in any
litigation based upon or arising out of this note or any related instrument or
agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this note or any course of
conduct, dealing, statements, whether oral or written, or actions of either of
them. Neither the Bank nor the Borrower shall seek to consolidate, by
counterclaim or otherwise, any action in which a jury trial has been waived with
any other action in which a jury trial cannot be or has not been waived. These
provisions shall not be deemed to have been modified in any respect or
relinquished by either the Bank or the Borrower except by a written instrument
executed by both of them.

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS INCLUDING EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                                                                      BORROWER:

Address:        22000 Garrison Avenue           National TechTeam, Inc.
                Dearborn, MI  48124
Address:                                        By: Lawrence A. Miller
                ---------------------           ---------------------------     
                ---------------------               Lawrence A. Miller
                                                ---------------------------
<PAGE>   2
                       ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


EVENTS OF DEFAULT/ACCELERATION: If any of the following events occurs:
        The Borrower or any guarantor of this note ("Guarantor") fails to pay 
        when due any amount payable under this note or under any agreement or 
        instrument evidencing debt to any creditor; 
        The Borrower or any Guarantor (a) fails to observe or perform any other
        term of this note; (b) makes any materially incorrect or misleading 
        representation, warranty, or certificate to the Bank; (c) makes any
        materially incorrect or misleading representation in any financial 
        statement or other information delivered to the Bank; or (d) defaults
        under the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any debt 
        for borrowed money (other than the debt evidenced by this note) such 
        that the creditor declares the debt due before its maturity; 
        There is a default under the terms of any loan agreement, mortgage,
        security agreement, or any other document executed as part of the loan
        evidenced by this note, or any guaranty of the loan evidenced by this 
        note becomes unenforceable in whole or in part, or any Guarantor fails 
        to promptly perform under such a guaranty; 
        A "reportable event" (as defined in the Employee Retirement Income
        Security Act of 1974 as amended) occurs that would permit the Pension
        Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any employee benefit plan of 
        the Borrower or any affiliate of the Borrower; 
        The Borrower or any Guarantor becomes insolvent or unable to pay its 
        debts as they become due; 
        The Borrower or any Guarantor (a) makes an assignment for the benefit 
        of creditors; (b) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver,
        or trustee for itself or for a substantial part of its assets; or (c)
        commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, 
        liquidation, insolvency or similar laws of any jurisdiction; 
        A custodian, receiver, or trustee is appointed for the Borrower or any
        Guarantor or for a substantial part or its assets without its consent 
        and is not removed within 60 days after such appointment; 
        Proceedings are commenced against the Borrower or any Guarantor under 
        any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, or similar laws of any 
        jurisdiction, and such proceedings remain undismissed for 60 days after 
        commencement; or the Borrower or Guarantor consents to the commencement
        of such proceedings;
        Any judgement is entered against the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any 
        attachment, levy, or garnishment is issued against any property of the 
        Borrower or any Guarantor; 
     1. The Borrower or any Guarantor dies; 
        The Borrower or any Guarantor, without the Bank's written consent, 
        (a) is dissolved, (b) merges or consolidates with any third party, 
        (c) leases, sells or otherwise conveys a material part of its assets 
        or business outside the ordinary course of its business, or (d) leases,
        purchases or otherwise acquires a material part of the assets of any 
        other corporation or business entity except in the ordinary course of 
        business, or (e) agrees to do any of the foregoing (notwithstanding 
        the foregoing, any subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other 
        subsidiary, or with the Borrower so long as the Borrower is the 
        survivor); 
     2. The loan-to-value ratio of any pledge securities at any time exceeds 
             %, and such excess continues for five (5) days after notice from
        the Bank to the Borrower;
     3. There is a substantial change in the existing or prospective financial
        condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor which the Bank in good faith
        determines to be materially adverse;
     4. The Bank in good faith deems itself insecure;
When this note shall become due immediately, without notice, at the Bank's
option.
REMEDIES: If this note is not paid at maturity, whether by acceleration or
otherwise, the Bank shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by any
law or agreement.  Any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if the
Bank sends the notice to the Borrower at least seven (7) days prior to the date
of sale, disposition or other event giving rise to the required notice. The Bank
is authorized to cause all or any part of the Collateral to be transferred to
or registered in its name or in the name of any other person, firm or
corporation, with or without designation of the capacity of such nominee.  The
Borrower shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after disposition of any
Collateral.  The Borrower is liable to the Bank for all reasonable costs and
expenses of every kind incurred in making or collection of this note,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs. These
costs and expenses shall include, without limitation, any costs or expenses
incurred by the Bank in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other
similar proceeding.
WAIVER: Each endorser and any other party liable on this note severally waives
demand, presentment, notice of dishonor and protest, and consents to any
extension or postponement of time of its payment without limit as to the
number or period, to any substitution, exchange or release of all or part of
the Collateral, to the addition of any party, and to the release or discharge
of, or suspension of any rights and remedies against, any person who may be
liable for the payment of this note.  No delay on the part of the bank in the
exercise of any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver.  No single or
partial exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy shall preclude any other
future exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  No waiver
or indulgence by the Bank of any default shall be effective unless in writing
and signed by the Bank, nor shall a waiver on one occasion be construed as a
bar to or waiver of that right on any future occasion.
MISCELLANEOUS: The Borrower, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally
liable, and the term "Borrower" shall mean any one or more of them.  This note
shall be binding on the Borrower and its successors, and shall inure to the
benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns.  Any reference to the Bank
shall include any holder of this note.  This note is delivered in the State of
Michigan and governed by Michigan law. Section headings are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this note.

PAYMENT GUARANTEED BY:                  

(Signature)                                             Address

(Signature)                                             Address

(Signature)                                             Address


FOR BANK USE ONLY
FACILITY AUTHORIZED TO LEND UNDER


METHOD OF DISBURSEMENT


LOAN CLASSIFICATION

<TABLE>
<S><C>
COUNTRY CODE    ORC ADDRESS                     SIC CODE         BORR.          BRANCH NUMBER           SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER
                                                                 CODE
                Div    Reg  Grp  Sect    ORC

MAXIMUM ACCOUNT LIMIT     SPECIAL ID    LN.   FRB CODE   OFFICER     LOAN         PROFIT     TX.  PR.   YR.  MAIN COLL.   REG U/
                                        TM.              INITIALS    PURPOSE      CENTER     EX   REL   BA   TYPE        

BILLING INSTRUCTIONS

Payment Amount  1st Principal Payment 1st Interest Payment  Interest Incl.  Principal Cycle  Interest Cycle  Lead Time  Day of Month

INT. COLLARS            CHARGE DDA ACCOUNT NUMBER               PYMT.           CHG.            REV.    PART    MAXIMUM NOTE LIMIT
High  Low                                                       TYPE            TYPE            CR.     BGHT/
                                                                                                        SOLD

</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
[NBD LOGO]                                         CONTINUING SECURITY AGREEMENT

NAME OF DEBTOR:         National TechTeam, Inc.         (the "Debtor")

TAXPAYER I.D. NO:       38-2774613

DEBTOR'S ADDRESS (Chief executive office):     22000 Garrison Avenue, Dearborn, 
                                               MI  48124

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST:  The Debtor grants to NBD BANK, a Michigan banking
corporation, the secured party referred to as the "Bank", whose address is 611
Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226, a continuing security interest in the
Collateral listed below, to secure the payment and performance of:


        All of Debtor's debt to the Bank; and

        (Check if applicable)
        / / All of                                         's debt to the Bank.

                  ----------------------------------------
                   (Name of Borrower if other than Debtor)   

Debt shall include each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type
and description now owed or arising at a later time, whether they are direct or
indirect, joint, several, or joint and several and whether or not of the same
type or class as presently outstanding, which shall collectively be referred to
as "Liabilities."  Liabilities shall also include all interest, costs, expenses
and reasonable attorney's fees accruing to or incurred by the Bank in collecting
the Liabilities or in the protection, maintenance or liquidation of the
Collateral.

COLLATERAL:
/ /Accounts Receivable          / /Equipment            / /Farm Products

/ /Inventory                    / /Instruments          /X/Specific (see Item 6)

NOTE: If no box is checked, it is expressly agreed by Debtor that the Bank is
granted a security interest in "All Assets."  "All Assets" of Debtor shall
include Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Equipment, Instruments and Farm
Products, all as defined below.

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL: The Collateral covered by this agreement is all of
the Debtor's property indicated above and defined below, present and future,
including but not limited to any items listed on any schedule or list attached.
Also included are all proceeds, including but not limited to stock rights,
subscription rights, dividends, stock dividends, stock splits, or liquidating
dividends, and all cash, accounts, chattel paper and general intangibles arising
from the sale, rent, lease, casualty loss or other disposition of the
Collateral, and any Collateral returned to, repossessed by or stopped in transit
by the Debtor. Also included are the Debtor's books and records which relate to
the Collateral. Where the Collateral is in the possession of the Bank, the
Debtor agrees to deliver to the Bank any property which represents an increase
in the Collateral or profits or proceeds of the Collateral.

        1.  "Accounts Receivable" shall consist of accounts, chattel paper and
            general intangibles as those terms are defined in the Michigan
            Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC"). Also included is any right to a
            refund of taxes paid at any time to any governmental entity.  Also
            included are letters of credit, and drafts under them, given in
            support of Accounts Receivable.  Debtor warrants that its chief
            executive office is at the address shown above.

        2.  "Inventory" shall consist of all property held at any location by
            or for the Debtor for sale, rent or lease, or furnished or to be
            furnished by the Debtor under any contract of service, or raw 
            materials or work in process and their products, or materials used
            or consumed in its business, and shall include containers and
            shelving useful for storing.  Without limiting the security
            interest granted, the Inventory is presently located at ___________
            __________________________________________________________________.

        3.  "Equipment" shall consist of any goods at any time acquired, owned
            or held by the Debtor at any location primarily for use in its
            business, including but not limited to machinery, fixtures, 
            furniture, furnishings and vehicles, and any accessions, parts, 
            attachments, accessories, tools, dies, additions, substitutions, 
            replacements and appurtenances to them or intended for use with 
            them.  Without limiting the security interest granted, the 
            Equipment is presently located at _________________________________
            __________________________________________________________________.

        4.  "Instruments" shall consist of the Debtor's interest of any kind in
            any negotiable instrument or security as those terms are defined in
            the UCC, or any other writing which evidences a right to payment of 
            money and is of a type which is, in the ordinary course of
            business, transferred by delivery alone or by delivery with any
            necessary endorsement or assignment.

        5.  "Farm Products" shall consist of all poultry and livestock and
            their young, along with their products and produce; all crops, 
            annual or perennial, and all products of the crops; and all feed,
            seed, fertilizer, medicines, and other supplies used or produced
            in farming operations.  The Debtor will provide the Bank with a
            written list of the buyers, commission merchants or selling agents
            to or through whom it may sell the Farm Products, in form
            acceptable to the Bank.  The Debtor will keep this list current by
            notice to the Bank at least 7 days prior to any sale.  In this
            paragraph the term farm products, buyers, commission merchants and
            selling agents have the meanings given to them in the Federal Food
            Security Act of 1985, and Section 9307 of the UCC.

        6.  "Specific" shall consist of the following, and all accessions,
            parts, attachments, accessories, additions, substitutions,
            replacements, appurtenances, and their related rights:   1 Aspect
            Call System 100R and 5 Aspect Teleset 1F Card 16 Port         
            presently located at:  22000 Garrison Avenue, Dearborn, MI  48124

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS:  The Debtor agrees to all of the Additional
                                  Terms and Conditions on the reverse.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: The Bank and the Debtor after consulting or having had
the opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly, voluntarily and 
intentionally waive any right either of them may have to a trial by jury in
any litigation based upon or arising out of this agreement or any related
instrument or agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated by this
agreement, or any course of conduct, dealing, statements (whether oral or
written), or actions of either of them.  Neither the Bank nor the Debtor shall
seek to consolidate, by counterclaim or otherwise, any action in which a jury
trial has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot be or
has not been waived.  These provisions shall not be deemed to have been
modified in any respect or relinquished by either the Bank or the Debtor except
by a written instrument executed by both of them.

                                                                        DEBTOR:

Dated    January 17, 1995                       National TechTeam, Inc.

                                                By:   Lawrence A. Miller
                                                      ------------------
                                                      Lawrence A. Miller        
                                                      ------------------





<PAGE>   4
WARRANTIES & COVENANTS: The Debtor warrants and covenants to the Bank that: 
1.   It will pay its Liabilities to the Bank secured by this agreement;
2.   It is or will become the owner of the Collateral free from any liens,
     encumbrances or security interests, except for this security interest, and
     existing liens disclosed to and accepted by the Bank in writing, and will
     defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons at any
     time claiming any interest in it;
3.   It will keep the Collateral free of liens, encumbrances and other
     security interests, maintain it in good repair, not use it illegally and
     exhibit it to the Bank on demand;
4.   At its own expense, the Debtor will maintain comprehensive casualty
     insurance on the Collateral against such risks, in such amounts, with such
     deductibles and with such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank,
     and provide the Bank with proof of insurance satisfactory to the Bank.
     Each insurance policy shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement
     satisfactory to the Bank and a prohibition against cancellation or
     amendment of the policy or removal of the Bank as loss payee without at
     least 30 days prior written notice to the Bank.  In all events, the
     amounts of such insurance coverages shall conform to prudent business
     practices and shall be in such minimum amounts that the Debtor will not be
     deemed a co-insurer.
5.   It will not sell or offer to sell or otherwise transfer the Collateral,
     nor change the location of the Collateral, without the written consent of
     the Bank, except in the ordinary course of business;
6    It will pay promptly when due all taxes and assessments on the
     Collateral, or for its use or operation;
7.   No financing statement covering all or any part of the Collateral or any
     proceeds is on file in any public office, unless the Bank has approved
     that filing, and at the Bank's request the Debtor will execute one or more
     financing statements in form satisfactory to the Bank and will pay the
     cost of filing them in all public offices wherever filing is deemed by 
     the Bank to be desirable;
8.   It will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any name change or any
     change in business organization;
9.   It will provide any information that the Bank may reasonably request, and
     will permit the Bank upon prior notice to inspect and copy its books and
     records during normal business hours.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE: The Debtor acknowledges that if the Collateral includes
"Accounts Receivable" then until the Bank gives notice to the Debtor to the
contrary, the Debtor will, in the usual course of its business and at its own
cost and expense, on the Bank's behalf but not as the Bank's agent, demand and
receive and use its best efforts to collect all moneys due or to become due on
the Accounts Receivable.  Until the Bank gives notice to the Debtor to the
contrary or until the Debtor is in default, it may use the funds collected in
its business.  Upon notice from the Bank or upon default, the Debtor agrees
that all sums of money it receives on account of or in payment or settlement of
the Accounts Receivable shall be held by it as trustee for the Bank without
commingling with any of its funds, and shall immediately be delivered to the
Bank with endorsement to the Bank's order of any check or similar instrument.
It is agreed that, at any time the Bank so elects, it shall be entitled, in its
own name or in the name of the Debtor or otherwise, but at the expense and
cost of the Debtor, to collect, demand, receive, sue for or compromise any and
all Accounts Receivable, and to give good and sufficient releases, to endorse
any checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money payable to the
Debtor and, in its discretion, to file any claims or take any action or
proceeding which the Bank may deem necessary or advisable.  It is expressly
understood and agreed, however, that the Bank shall not be required or
obligated in any manner to make any demand or to make any inquiry as to the
nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or to present or file any
claim or take any other action to collect or enforce the payment of any amounts
which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time
or times.  All notices required in this paragraph will be immediately effective
when sent.  Such notices need not be given prior to the Bank taking action.

REPRESENTATIONS BY DEBTOR: Each Debtor represents: (a) that the execution and
delivery of this agreement and the performance of the obligations it imposes do
not violate any law, conflict with any agreement by which it is bound, or
require the consent or approval of any governmental authority or any third
party; (b) that this agreement is a valid and binding agreement, enforceable
according to its terms; and (c) that all balance sheets, profit and loss
statements, and other financial statements furnished to the Bank are accurate
and fairly reflect the financial condition of the organizations and persons to
which they apply on their effective dates, including contingent liabilities of
every type, which financial condition has not changed materially and adversely
since those dates.  Each Debtor, if other than a natural person, further
represents: (a) that it is duly organized, existing and in good standing under
the laws where it is organized; and (b) that the execution and delivery of this
agreement and the performance of the obligations it imposes (i) are within its
powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action of its governing
body; and (iii) do not contravene the terms of its articles of incorporation or
organization, its by-laws, or any agreement governing its affairs.

PLEDGE: If the Debtor is not liable for all or any part of the Borrower's
obligations to the Bank (the "Debt"), then it agrees that:
(a)  If any monies become available to the Bank that it can apply to any Debt,
     the Bank may apply them to Debt not secured by this agreement.
(b)  Without notice to or the consent of the Debtor, the Bank may (i) take any
     action it chooses against any Borrower, against any collateral for the
     Debt, or against any other person liable for the Debt; (ii) release any
     Borrower or any other person liable for the Debt, release any collateral
     for the Debt, and neglect to perfect any interest in any such collateral;
     (iii) forbear or agree to forbear from exercising any rights or remedies,
     including any right of setoff, that it has against the Borrower, any
     other person liable for the Debt, or any other collateral for the Debt;
     (iv) extend to any Borrower additional Debt to be secured by this
     agreement; or (v) renew, extend, modify or amend any Debt, and deal with
     any Borrower or any other person liable for the Debt as it chooses.
(c)  None of the Debtor's obligations under this agreement shall be affected
     by (i) any act or omission of the Bank; (ii) the voluntary or involuntary
     liquidation, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
     assets of any Borrower; (iii) any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy,
     reorganization or other similar proceedings affecting any Borrower or any
     of its assets; or (iv) any change in the composition or structure of any
     Borrower or any Debtor, including a merger or consolidation with any other
     entity.
(d)  The Bank's rights under this section and this agreement are
     unconditional and absolute, regardless of the unenforceability of any
     provision of any agreement between any Borrower and the Bank, or the
     existence of any defense, setoff or counterclaim that any Borrower may be
     able to assert against the Bank.

(e)  It waives all rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement,
     indemnity, exoneration, implied contract, recourse to security, and any
     other claim (as that term is defined in the federal Bankruptcy Code, as
     amended from time to time) that it may have or acquire in the future
     against any Borrower, any other person liable for the Debt, or any
     collateral for the Debt, because of the existence of this agreement, the
     Debtor's performance under this agreement, or the Bank's availing itself
     of any rights or remedies under this agreement.

(f)  If any payment to the Bank on any Debt is wholly or partially invalidated,
     set aside, declared fraudulent or required to be repaid to the Borrower or
     anyone representing the Borrower or the Borrower's creditors under any
     bankruptcy or insolvency act or code, under any state or federal law, or
     under common law or equitable principles, then this agreement shall
     remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, until
     payment in full to the Bank of the repaid amounts, and of the Debt.  If
     this agreement must be reinstated, the Debtor agrees to execute and deliver
     to the Bank new agreements and financing statements, if necessary, in form
     and substance acceptable to the Bank, covering the Collateral.

DEFAULT/REMEDIES: If the Debtor or the Borrower fails to pay any of the
Liabilities when due, or if a default by anyone occurs under the terms of any
agreement related to any of the Liabilities, or if the Debtor dies or fails to
observe or perform any term of this agreement, or if any representation or
warranty contained in this agreement is untrue, or if there is a material
change in the financial condition of the Debtor which the Bank in good faith
determines to be materially adverse, then the Bank shall have the rights and
remedies provided by law or this agreement, including but not limited to the
right to require the Debtor to assemble the Collateral and make it available
to the Bank at a place to be designated by the Bank which is reasonably
convenient to both parties, the right to take possession of the Collateral
with or without demand and with or without process of law, and the right to
sell and dispose of it and distribute the proceeds according to law.  In
connection with the right of the Bank to take possession of the Collateral, the
Bank may take possession of any other items of property in or on the Collateral
at the time of taking possession, and hold them for the Debtor without liability
on the part of the Bank.  If there is any statutory requirement for notice,
that requirement shall be met if the Bank sends notice to the Debtor at least
seven (7) days prior to the date of sale, disposition or other event giving
rise to the required notice.  The Debtor shall be liable for any deficiency
remaining after disposition of the Collateral. 

MISCELLANEOUS:
  1. Where the Collateral is located at, used in or attached to a facility
  leased by the Debtor, the Debtor will obtain from the lessor a consent to
  the granting of this security interest and a subordination of the lessor's
  interest in any of the Collateral, in form acceptable to the Bank. 
  2. At its option the Bank may, but shall be under no duty or obligation
  to, discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any
  time levied or placed on the Collateral, pay for insurance on the Collateral,
  and pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Collateral, and the
  Debtor agrees to reimburse the Bank on demand for any payment made or expense
  incurred by the Bank, with interest at the maximum legal rate. 
  3. No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any right or
  remedy shall operate as a waiver, no single or partial exercise by the Bank
  of any right or remedy shall preclude any other exercise of it or the
  exercise of any other right or remedy, and no waiver or indulgence by the
  Bank of any default shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the
  Bank, nor shall a waiver on one occasion be construed as a waiver of that
  right on any future occasion. 
  4. If any provision of this agreement is invalid, it shall be
  ineffective only to the extent of its invalidity, and the remaining
  provisions shall be valid and effective. 
  5. Except as provided in the Accounts Receivable paragraph above,
  notice from one party to another relating to this agreement shall be deemed
  effective if made in writing (including telecommunications) and delivered to
  the recipient's address, telex number or facsimile number set forth above by
  any of the following means: (a) hand delivery, (b) registered or certified
  mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested,  (c) first class or
  express mail, postage prepaid, (d) Federal Express, Purolator Courier or like
  overnight courier service, or (e) facsimile, telex or other wire transmission
  with request for assurance of receipt in a manner typical with respect to
  communications of that type.  Notice made in accordance with this section
  shall be deemed delivered on receipt if delivered by hand or wire
  transmission, on the third business day after mailing if mailed by first
  class, registered or certified mail, or on the next business day after
  mailing or deposit with an overnight courier service if delivered by express
  mail or overnight courier.  
  6. All rights of the Bank shall inure to the benefit of the Bank's
  successors and assigns; and all obligations of the Debtor shall bind the
  Debtor's heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If there
  is more than one Debtor, their obligations are joint and several. 
  7. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this agreement is 
  sufficient and can be filed as a financing statement.  The Bank is 
  irrevocably appointed the Debtor's attorney-in-fact to execute any financing
  statement on the Debtor's behalf covering the Collateral. 
  8. The terms and provisions of this security agreement shall be governed by  
  Michigan law.



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.25



                           BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
                                                                  

                                                         BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

                                  OFFICE LEASE


                Lease Date:           February 14, 1996 

                Landlord:             SIXTH & PIKE ASSOCIATES, L.P. 
                                      a limited partnership

                Address of Landlord:  520 Pike Street, Suite 1210
                                      Seattle, WA 98101

                Tenant:               NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC., a Delaware 
                                      Corporation

                Address of Tenant:    520 Pike Street, Suite 1460
                                      Seattle, WA 98101

                Contact:              Cheryl Young        Telephone:

PARAGRAPH 1     Premises:             Suite 1460

PARAGRAPH 2     Lease Term:           Twelve months, commencing April 1, 1996 
                                      and ending March 31, 1997.

PARAGRAPH 3     Base Rent:            $4,500.00 per month.
                Area of Premises:     Approximately 3,175 rentable square feet.

PARAGRAPH 27    Percent of Total Building Area:  .875%

                Base Services Year:   1996.  See Paragraph 43.

                Base Utility Rate:    Actual 1996 rate.

                Base Tax Rate:        Actual 1996 rate.

PARAGRAPH 32    Security Deposit:     $5,000.00.

                             The foregoing Basic Lease Information is hereby
                        incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.  Each
                        reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease
                        Information shall mean the respective information
                        hereinabove set forth and shall be construed to
                        incorporate all of the terms provided under the
                        particular Lease paragraph pertaining to such
                        information.  In the event of any conflict between any
                        Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the latter shall
                        control.

                LANDLORD:                           TENANT;
                SIXTH & PIKE ASSOCIATES, L.P.       NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC., a
                a limited partnership               Washington Corporation

                By:  Oregon Property Investment
                     Corporation, 
                     an Oregon corporation
                Its: General Partner
                By:  LA SALLE ADVISORS LIMITED
                Its: Advisor and Duly Authorized Agent


                By: /s/ Stephen T. Wong                 By: /s/ L. A. Miller
                    -------------------                     -----------------
                    Stephen T. Wong

                Its: Vice President                     Its:  COO/CFO

                Date:  2/26/96                          Date:  2/15/96
                      -------------------                     -----------------

                  
                By: /s/ Diane R. McMahon                By:
                    -------------------                     -----------------
                    Diane R. McMahon

                Its: Vice President                     Its: 
                                                             ------------------ 

                Date: 2/26/96                            Date:
                      -------------------                     -----------------
 
<PAGE>   2
PARAGRAPHS                             DESCRIPTION

       BASIC LEASE INFORMATION ............................................    1

       TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................. 1(A)

 1.  OCCUPANCY ............................................................    2

 2.  TERM AND POSSESSION ..................................................    2

 3.  RENT .................................................................    2

 4.  RESTRICTIONS ON USE ..................................................    2

 5.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS .................................................    2

 6.  ALTERATIONS ..........................................................    2

 7.  REPAIR ...............................................................    2

 8.  LIENS ................................................................    2

 9.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.............................................    3

 10. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION ........................................    3

 11. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION ................................................    4

 12  SERVICES AND UTILITIES ...............................................    4

 13. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE .................................................    4

 14. HOLDING OVER .........................................................    5

 15. SUBORDINATION ........................................................    5

 16. RULES AND REGULATIONS ................................................    5

 17. RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD .................................................    5

 18. INSOLVENCY OR BANKRUPTCY .............................................    5

 19. DEFAULT ..............................................................    5

 20. DAMAGE BY FIRE, etc. .................................................    6

 21. EMINENT DOMAIN .......................................................    6

 22. SALE BY LANDLORD .....................................................    6
 
 23. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM .........................................    6

 24. SURRENDER OF PREMISES ................................................    7

 25. WAIVER ...............................................................    7

 26. NOTICES ..............................................................    7

 27. RENTAL ADJUSTMENTS ...................................................    7

 28. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT ..............................................    9

 29. ABANDONMENT ..........................................................    9

 30. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ...............................................    9

 31. ATTORNEYS' FEES ......................................................    9

 32. SECURITY DEPOSIT .....................................................    9

 33. SUBSTITUTION SPACE ...................................................    9

 34. CORPORATE AUTHORITY ..................................................    9

 35. LEASE EFFECTIVE DATE .................................................    9

 36. BROKERAGE ............................................................   10

 37. FORCE MAJEURE ........................................................   10

 38. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD ..................................   10

 39. PERSONAL LIABILITY ...................................................   10

 40. MISCELLANEOUS ........................................................   10


     EXHIBIT A ............................................. Rules & Regulations

     EXHIBIT B ............................................. Outline of Premises

     EXHIBIT D ...................................... Form of Tenant Certificate

     EXHIBIT E ............................................... Legal Description

                                                                       Page 1(A)
<PAGE>   3
                               LEASE AGREEMENT

                 THIS LEASE made as of this 14th day of February, 1996, Between
                 Sixth & Pike Associates (hereinafter called "Landlord") and
                 National TechTeam, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (hereinafter
                 called "Tenant").

                 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from
                 Landlord those Premises (hereinafter called "Premises")
                 outlined in red on Exhibit "B" attached hereto and made a part
                 hereof, specified in the Basic Lease Information attached
                 hereto.

OCCUPANCY     1. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for general office 
                 purposes and for no other use or purpose without the prior
                 written consent of Landlord.

TERM AND      2. (A) The term of this Lease shall be for the period
POSSESSION       specified in the Basic Lease Information (or until sooner
                 terminated as herein provided).  If  Landlord, for any reason
                 whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant
                 at the commencement of the lease term, this Lease shall not be
                 void or voidable, nor shall Landlord or its agent be liable to
                 Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.  In that
                 event, however, Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until
                 Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant.  If
                 Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant prior to
                 the commencement of the term and Tenant chooses to accept such
                 possession, then the term of this Lease and Tenant's
                 obligations hereunder shall commence on the date that it
                 accepts such possession.  Any failure to deliver possession at
                 the stated commencement of the term of this Lease or delivery
                 of possession prior to the stated commencement date shall not
                 in any way affect the obligations of Tenant hereunder or the
                 expiration date hereof.

RENT          3. (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord throughout the term of this
                 Lease, rent as specified in the Basic Lease Information, 
                 payable in monthly installments in advance on the
                 first day of each month during every year of the term hereby
                 demised in lawful money of the United States, without
                 deduction or offset whatsoever, to Landlord at the address
                 specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other
                 firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time
                 designate in writing.  Said rental is subject to adjustment as
                 provided in Paragraph 27 hereof. If this Lease commences on a
                 day other than the first day of a calendar month or ends on a
                 day other than the last day of a calendar month, the monthly
                 rental for the fractional month shall be appropriately
                 prorated.

                 (B) Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other
                 sum due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord will result in
                 administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which
                 additional expense is extremely difficult and economically
                 impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if rent
                 or any other payment due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord
                 remains unpaid ten (10) days after said amount is due, the
                 amount of such unpaid rent or other payment shall be increased
                 by a late charge to be paid Landlord by Tenant in an amount
                 equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent
                 rent or other payment. The amount of the late charge to be paid
                 to Landlord by Tenant on any unpaid rent or other payment shall
                 be reassessed and added to Tenant's obligation for each
                 successive monthly period accruing after the date on which the
                 late charge is initially imposed. Tenant agrees that such
                 amount is a reasonable estimate of the loss and expense to be
                 suffered by Landlord as a result of such late payment by Tenant
                 and may be charged by Landlord to defray such loss and expense.
                 The provisions of this paragraph in no way relieve Tenant of
                 the obligations to pay rent or other payments on or before the
                 date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this paragraph
                 in any way affect Landlord's remedies pursuant to Paragraph 19
                 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid
                 after the date due.

RESTRICTIONS  4. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about
ON USE           the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with
                 the rights of other tenants or occupants of the building or 
                 injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used 
                 for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, 
                 nor shall Tenant cause or maintain or permit any nuisance in, 
                 on, or about the Premises.  Tenant shall not commit or suffer 
                 the commission of any waste, in, on, or about the Premises, nor
                 permit any use of the Premises which may be dangerous to
                 persons or property. Tenant shall not do nor permit anything to
                 be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything
                 therein which will in any way increase the rate of any
                 insurance upon the building in which the Premises are situated
                 or any of its contents or cause a cancellation of said
                 insurance or otherwise affect said insurance in any manner. No
                 retail sales shall be permitted upon the Premises without the
                 prior written consent of Landlord.

COMPLIANCE    5. Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit anything to be 
WITH LAWS        done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict
                 with any law, statute, ordinance, or governmental rule
                 or regulation now in force or which may hereafter be enacted
                 or promulgated.  Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense
                 promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and
                 governmental rules, regulations, or requirements now in force
                 or which may hereafter be in force and with the requirements
                 of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or
                 hereafter constituted relating to or affecting the condition,
                 use, or occupancy of the Premises, excluding structural
                 changes not related to or affected by alterations or
                 improvements made by or for Tenant or Tenant's acts. The
                 judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the
                 admission of Tenant in an action against Tenant, whether
                 Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has so violated
                 any such law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, or
                 requirement, shall be conclusive of such violation as between
                 Landlord and Tenant.

ALTERATIONS   6. Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations,
                 additions, or improvements in, on, or to the Premises or any
                 part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord; and
                 any such alterations, additions, or improvements in, on or to
                 said Premises, except for Tenant's movable furniture and
                 equipment, shall immediately become Landlord's property and, at
                 the end of the term hereof, shall remain on the Premises
                 without compensation to Tenant.  In the event Landlord
                 consents to the making of any such alterations, additions, or
                 improvements by Tenant, the same shall be made by Tenant, at
                 Tenant's sole cost and expense, in accordance with plans and
                 specifications approved by Landlord, and any contractor or
                 person selected by Tenant to make the same must first be
                 approved in writing by Landlord, or, at Landlord's option, the
                 alterations, additions or improvements shall be made by
                 Landlord for Tenant's account and Tenant shall reimburse
                 Landlord for the cost thereof within twenty (20) days after
                 receipt of a statement.  Upon the expiration or sooner
                 termination of the term herein provided, Tenant shall upon
                 demand by Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense forthwith
                 and with all due diligence remove any or all alterations
                 including all communications equipment and wires, additions, or
                 improvements made by or for the account of Tenant, designated
                 by Landlord to be removed, and Tenant shall forthwith and with
                 all due diligence, at its sole cost and expense, repair and
                 restore the Premises to their original condition.

REPAIR        7. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant
                 accepts the Premises as being in the condition in which
                 Landlord is obligated to deliver them and otherwise in good
                 order, condition and repair.  Tenant shall, at all times during
                 the term hereof at Tenant's sole cost and expense, keep the
                 Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and
                 repair. Tenant shall upon the expiration or sooner termination
                 of the term hereof provided, surrender to Landlord the Premises
                 and all repairs, changes, alterations, additions, and
                 improvements thereto, neat and clean and in the same condition
                 as when received except for reasonable wear and tear as
                 determined by Landlord.  It is hereby understood and agreed
                 that Landlord has no obligation to alter, remodel, improve,
                 repair, decorate, or paint the Premises or any part thereof
                 except as specified in Exhibit "C" attached hereto and made a
                 part hereof, and that no representations respecting the
                 condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by
                 Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically herein set forth.


<PAGE>   4
                 demand with interest at the rate payable of eighteen percent 
                 18%) per annum or four percent (4%) above the prime rate of
                 Seattle First National Bank, whichever is more.  Landlord shall
                 have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the
                 Premises any notices permitted or required by law, or which
                 Landlord shall deem proper, for the protection of Landlord, the
                 Premises, the Building, and any other party having an interest
                 herein, from mechanics' and materialmen's liens, and Tenant
                 shall give to Landlord at least five (5) business days prior
                 notice of commencement of any construction on the Premises.

ASSIGNMENT   9.  (A) Tenant shall not sell, assign, encumber or otherwise 
AND              transfer by operation of law or otherwise this Lease or any 
SUBLETTING       interest herein, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or 
                 suffer any person to occupy or use the Premises or any portion
                 thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord as
                 provided herein, nor shall Tenant permit any lien to be placed
                 on the Tenant's interest by operation of law.  A transfer by
                 the present majority shareholders of ownership and control of
                 the voting stock of a corporate tenant, or a transfer of a 
                 controlling interest in a partnership or proprietorship, as
                 applicable, shall be deemed an assignment for the purposes of
                 this paragraph.  Tenant shall, by written notice, advise
                 Landlord of its desire from and after a stated date (which
                 shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety
                 (90) days after the date of tenant's notice), to sublet the 
                 Premises or any portion thereof for any part of the term 
                 hereof, and in such event Landlord shall have the right,
                 to be exercised by giving written notice to Tenant ten (10)
                 days after receipt of Tenant's notice, to terminate this Lease
                 as to the portion of the Premises described in Tenant's notice
                 and such notice shall, if given, terminate this Lease with
                 respect to the portion of the Premises therein described as of
                 the date stated in Tenant's notice.  Said notice by Tenant
                 shall state the name and address of the proposed subtenant,
                 and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a true and complete copy
                 of the proposed sublease with said notice. If said notice
                 shall specify all of the Premises and Landlord shall give said
                 termination notice with respect thereto, this Lease shall
                 terminate on the date stated in Tenant's notice. If, however,
                 this Lease shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing with
                 respect to less than all the Premises, the rent, as defined
                 and reserved hereinabove and as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph
                 27, shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to the number of
                 square feet retained by Tenant, and this Lease as so amended
                 shall continue thereafter in full force and effect.  If
                 Landlord, upon receiving said notice by Tenant with respect to
                 any of the Premises, shall not exercise its right to
                 terminate, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent
                 to Tenant's subletting the Premises specified in said notice.

                 (B) Any subletting hereunder by Tenant shall not result in
                 Tenant being released or discharged from any liability under
                 this Lease. As a condition to Landlord's prior written consent
                 as provided for in this paragraph, the subtenant or subtenants
                 shall agree in writing to comply with and be bound by all of
                 the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, and agreements of
                 this Lease, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly
                 after execution, an executed copy of each sublease and an
                 agreement of said compliance by each sublessee.

                 (C) Landlord's consent to any sale, assignment, encumbrance,
                 subletting, occupation, lien or other transfer shall not
                 release Tenant from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder or be
                 deemed to be a consent to any subsequent occurrence.  Any sale,
                 assignment, encumbrance, subletting, occupation, lien or other
                 transfer of this Lease which does not comply with the
                 provisions of this Paragraph 9 shall be void.

INSURANCE    10. (A) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby
AND INDEM-       waives all claims against Landlord for any injury or damage to
NIFICATION       any person or property in or about the Premises by or from any
                 cause whatsoever, other than Landlord's gross negligence or
                 willful acts or omissions, and, without limiting the generality
                 of the foregoing, whether caused by water leakage of any
                 character from the roof, walls, basement, or any other portion
                 of the Premises of the Building, or caused by gas, fire, oil,
                 or electricity in or about the Premises of the building or the
                 complex of which it is a part or any part thereof.

                 (B) Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and defend
                 Landlord against any and all claims or liability for any injury
                 or damage to any person or property whatsoever; (i) occurring
                 in, on, or about the Premises or any part thereof, (ii)
                 occurring in, on, or about any facilities (including without
                 prejudice to the generality of the term "facilities",
                 elevators, stairways, passageways, or hallways), the use of
                 which Tenant may have in conjunction with other tenants of the
                 Building, when such injury or damage shall be caused in part or
                 in whole by the act, neglect, fault of, or omission of any duty
                 with respect to the same by Tenant, its agents, servants,
                 employees, or invitees.  Tenant further agrees to indemnify and
                 save harmless the Landlord against and from any and all claims
                 by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising
                 from the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever
                 done by the Tenant in or about or from transactions of the
                 Tenant concerning the Premises, and will further indemnify and
                 save the Landlord harmless against and from any and all claims
                 arising from any breach or default on the part of the Tenant in
                 the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the
                 Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or
                 arising from any act or negligence of the Tenant, or any of its
                 agents, contractors, servants, employees, or licensees, and
                 from and against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and
                 liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or
                 action or proceeding brought thereon.  Furthermore, in case any
                 action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of
                 any claims or liability, Tenant agrees to defend such action or
                 proceeding at Tenant's sole expense by counsel reasonably
                 satisfactory to Landlord.  The provisions of this Paragraph 10
                 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with
                 respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such
                 expiration or termination.

                 (C)  Tenant shall secure and maintain, at Tenant's expense:

                     (i) All risk property insurance on all of Tenant's fixtures
                     and personal property in the Demised Premises, and on any
                     alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant upon
                     the Demised Premises all for the full replacement cost
                     thereof.  Tenant shall use the proceeds from such insurance
                     for the replacement of fixtures and personal property and
                     for the restoration of Tenant's improvements, alterations,
                     additions to the leased premises.  Landlord shall be named
                     as loss payee as respects to alterations, additional, or
                     improvements.

                     (ii) Business income and extra expense insurance with
                     limits not less than Tenant's 100% gross revenue for a
                     period of twelve (12) months.

                     (iii) Workers compensation and employers liability
                     insurance. The employers liability insurance shall afford
                     limits not less than $500,000 per accident, $500,000 per
                     employee for bodily injury by disease, and $500,000 policy
                     limit for bodily injury by disease.  Such insurance shall
                     comply with Tenant's obligations to its employees under the
                     lease in the state in which the premises are located.

                     (iv) Commercial general liability insurance which insures
                     claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising 
                     injury, and property damage based upon, involving or
                     arising out of the use, occupancy, or maintenance of the
                     Premises and the Project.  Such insurance shall afford, at
                     a minimum, the following limits:


<TABLE>
                         <S>                                          <C>
                         Each Occurrence                              $1,000,000
                         General Aggregate                            $2,000,000
                         Products/Completed Operations Aggregate      $2,000,000
                         Personal and Advertising Injury Liability    $1,000,000
                         Fire Damage Legal Liability                     $50,000
                         Medical Payments                                 $5,000
</TABLE>

                     Any general aggregate limit shall apply on a per-location
                     basis.

                     Such insurance shall name Landlord; its trustees, officers,
                     directors, agents, and employees; Landlord's Mortgagees of
                     whom Tenant has notice; and Landlord's Representatives of
                     whom Tenant has notice as additional insureds.

                     This coverage shall include blanket contractual liability,
                     broad form property damage liability, and shall contain an
                     exception to any pollution exclusion which insures damage
                     or injury arising out of heat, smoke, or fumes from a
                     hostile fire.  Such insurance shall be written on an
                     occurrence basis and contain a standard separation of
                     insureds provision.

                     (v) Business auto liability which insures against bodily
                     injury and property damage claims arising out of the
                     ownership, maintenance, or use of "any auto." A minimum of
                     a $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident shall
                     apply.

                     (vi) Umbrella excess liability insurance, on a occurrence
                     basis, that applies excess of required commercial general
                     liability, business auto liability, and employers liability
                     policies, which insures against bodily injury, property
                     damage, personal injury and advertising injury claims with
                     the following minimum limits:



<PAGE>   5
                         These limits shall be in addition to and not
                         including those stated for underlying commercial
                         general liability, business auto liability, and
                         employers liability insurance.  Such policy shall name
                         Landlord; its trustees, officers, directors, agents,
                         and employees; Landlord's Mortgagees of whom Tenant has
                         notice, and Landlord's Representatives of whom Tenant
                         has notice as additional insureds.

                         (vii)    General Insurance requirements.  All
                         policies required to be carried by Tenant hereunder
                         shall be issued by and binding upon an insurance
                         company licensed to do business in the State of
                         Washington with a rating of at least "A-" "VIII" or
                         better as set forth in the most current issue of
                         Best's Insurance reports, unless otherwise approved by
                         Landlord.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to
                         be done that would invalidate the insurance policies
                         required.

                         Liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall
                         be primary coverage without right of contribution by
                         any similar insurance that may be maintained by
                         Landlord.

                         Certificates of insurance, acceptable to
                         Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each
                         insurance policy required hereunder and Evidence of
                         Property Insurance Form, Acord 27, evidencing property
                         insurance as required shall be delivered to Landlord
                         prior to delivery or possession of the Premises and
                         ten (10) days prior to each renewal date. 
                         Certificates of Insurance shall include an endorsement
                         for each policy showing that Landlord; its trustees,
                         officers, directors, agents, and employees; Landlord's
                         Mortgagees and Landlord's Representatives are included
                         as additional insureds on liability policies (except
                         Employer's Liability).  The Evidence of Property
                         Insurance Form shall name Landlord as loss payee for
                         property insurance as respects Landlord's interest in
                         improvements and betterments.  Further, the
                         certificates must include an endorsement for each
                         policy whereby the insurer agrees not to cancel,
                         non-renew, or materially alter the policy without at
                         least thirty (30) days prior written notice to
                         Landlord and Landlord's representatives.

                         In the event that Tenant fails to provide
                         evidence of insurance required to be provided by
                         Tenant hereunder, prior to commencement of the term
                         and thereafter during the term, within ten (10) days
                         following Landlord's request thereof, and thirty (30)
                         days prior to the expiration date of any such
                         coverage, Landlord shall be authorized (but not
                         required) to procure such coverage in the amount
                         stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to
                         Tenant and payable upon written notice thereof.

                         The limits of insurance required by this Lease,
                         or as carried by Tenant, shall not limit the liability
                         of Tenant or relieve Tenant of any obligation
                         thereunder, except to the extent provided for under
                         Paragraph 11, Waiver of Subrogation.  Any deductibles
                         selected by Tenant shall be the sole responsibility of
                         Tenant.  

                         Landlord may, at its sole discretion, change the
                         insurance policy limits and forms which are  required
                         to be provided by Tenant. Such changes will be made to
                         conform with common insurance requirements for similar
                         properties in similar geographic locations.  Landlord
                         will not change required insurance limits or forms
                         more often than once per calendar year.

WAIVER OF        11.  Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding,
SUBROGATION           Landlord and Tenant each waives all rights of recovery, 
                      claim, action, or cause of action against the other,
                      its agents (including partners, both general and
                      limited), trustees, officers, directors, employees, for
                      any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, or any
                      improvements thereto, or the Project or any personal
                      property of such party therein, by reason of any peril
                      required to be insured against under this Lease,
                      regardless of cause of origin, including negligence of
                      the other party.  Tenant and Landlord covenant that, to
                      the fullest extent permitted by law, no insurer shall
                      hold any right of subrogation against the other.  Tenant
                      shall advise its insurers of the foregoing and such
                      waiver shall be permitted under any policies maintained
                      by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 10(b) and Paragraph
                      10(c).

SERVICES         12.  (A) Landlord shall maintain the public and common areas
AND                   of the Building, including lobbies, stairs, elevators, 
UTILITIES             corridors  and rest rooms, the windows in the Building,
                      the mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment serving
                      the Building, and the structure itself, in reasonably
                      good order and condition except for damage occasioned by
                      the act of the Tenant, which damage shall be repaired by
                      Landlord at Tenant's expense.

                      (B) Provided the Tenant shall not be in default
                      hereunder, and subject to the provisions elsewhere herein
                      contained and to the rules and regulations of the
                      Building, Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises
                      during ordinary business hours of generally recognized
                      business days, to be determined by Landlord (but
                      exclusive, in any event, of Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
                      holidays), water and electricity suitable for the
                      intended use of the Premises, heat and air conditioning
                      required in Landlord's judgment, for the comfortable use
                      and occupation of the Premises, janitorial services
                      during the times and in the manner that such services
                      are, in Landlord's judgment customarily furnished in
                      comparable office buildings in the immediate market area,
                      and elevator service which shall mean service either by
                      non-attended automatic elevators or elevators with
                      attendants, or both, at the option of the Landlord.
                      Landlord shall be under no obligation to provide
                      additional or after-hours heating or air conditioning,
                      but if Landlord elects to provide such services at
                      Tenant's request, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a
                      reasonable charge for such services as determined by
                      Landlord.  Tenant agrees to keep and cause to be kept
                      closed all window coverings when necessary because of the
                      sun's position, and Tenant also agrees at all times to
                      cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all the
                      regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe
                      for the proper functioning and protection of said
                      heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning system.
                      Wherever heat-generating machines, excess lighting or
                      equipment are used in the Premises which affect the
                      temperature otherwise maintained by the air-conditioning
                      system, Landlord reserves the right to install
                      supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and
                      the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and
                      the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be
                      paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.
                      Landlord shall in no event be liable for any interruption
                      or failure of utility services on the Premises.

                      (C) Tenant will not without the written consent of
                      Landlord use any apparatus or device in the Premises,
                      including without limitation, electronic data processing
                      machines, punch card machines, and machines using excess
                      lighting or current which will in any way increase the
                      amount of electricity or water usually furnished or
                      supplied for use of the Premises as general office space;
                      nor connect with electric current, except through
                      existing electrical outlets in the Premises, or water
                      pipes, any apparatus or device for the purposes of using
                      electrical current or water.  If Tenant shall require
                      water or electric current or any other resource in excess
                      of that usually furnished or supplied for use of the
                      Premises as general office space, Tenant shall first
                      procure the consent of Landlord which Landlord may
                      refuse, to the use thereof, and Landlord may cause a
                      special meter to be installed in the Premises so as to
                      measure the amount of water, electric current or other
                      resource consumed for any such other use.  The cost of
                      any such meters and of installation, maintenance, and
                      repair thereof shall be paid for by Tenant, and Tenant
                      agrees to pay Landlord promptly upon demand by Landlord
                      for all such water, electric current or other resource
                      consumed, as shown by said meters, at the rate charged by
                      the local public utility, furnishing the same, plus any
                      additional expense incurred in keeping account of the
                      water, electric current or other resource so consumed.
                      Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable
                      for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from,
                      nor shall the rental herein reserved be abated by reason
                      of (i) the installation, use or interruption of use of
                      any equipment in connection with the furnishing of any of
                      the foregoing utilities and services, (ii) failure to
                      furnish or delay in furnishing any such utilities or
                      services when such failure or delay is caused by Acts of
                      God or the elements, labor disturbances of any character,
                      any other accidents or other conditions beyond the
                      reasonable control of Landlord, or by the making of
                      repairs or improvements to the Premises or the Building,
                      or (iii) the limitation, curtailment, rationing, or
                      restriction on use of water or electricity, gas or any
                      other form of energy or any other service or utility
                      whatsoever serving the Premises of the Building.
                      Furthermore, Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate
                      voluntarily in a reasonable manner with the efforts of
                      national, state or local governmental agencies or
                      utilities suppliers in reducing energy or other resources
                      consumption.

                      (D) Any sums payable under this Paragraph 12 shall be
                      considered additional rent and may be added to any
                      installment or rent thereafter becoming due, and Landlord
                      shall have the same remedies for a default in payment of
                      such sum as for a default in the payment of rent.

ESTOPPEL         13.  (A) Within ten (10) days following any written request
CERTIFICATE           which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall 
                      execute and deliver to Landlord a certificate
                      substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "D"
                      and made a part hereof, indicating thereon any exceptions
                      thereto which may exist at that time.  Failure of the
                      Tenant to execute and deliver such certificate shall
                      constitute an acceptance of the Premises and
                      acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in
                      Exhibit "D" are true and correct without exception. 
                      Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered
                      pursuant to this paragraph may be relied upon by any
                      mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective
                      purchaser of the Building or any interest therein.

                      (B) Within ten (10) days following any written request
                      from Landlord, Tenant shall furnish current financial
                      statements to Landlord.

HOLDING          14.  (A) Any holding over after the expiration of this Lease
OVER                  with the written consent of Landlord shall be a tenancy 
                      from month to month.  The terms, covenants and conditions
                      of such tenancy shall be the same as provided herein, and
                      the monthly rental shall be the then fair market value 
                      of the Premises as determined by Landlord, but in no 
                      event less than the monthly rental for the last period
                      prior to the expiration subject to adjustment
<PAGE>   6

                      (B) If Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or
                      any part thereof without Landlord's consent following the
                      expiration or sooner termination of this Lease for any
                      reason, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each day of
                      such retention double the amount of the daily rental for
                      the last period prior to the date of such expiration or
                      termination, subject to adjustment as provided in
                      Paragraph 27.  Tenant shall also indemnify and hold
                      Landlord harmless from any loss or liability resulting
                      from delay by Tenant in surrendering the Premises,
                      including, without limitation, any claims made by any
                      succeeding tenant founded on such delay.  Alternatively,
                      if Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord's election
                      thereof, such holding over shall constitute renewal of
                      this Lease for a period from month to month.  Acceptance
                      of rent by Landlord following expiration or termination
                      shall not constitute a renewal of this Lease, and nothing
                      contained in this paragraph shall waive Landlord's right
                      of re-entry or any other right.  Unless Landlord
                      exercises the option hereby given to it, Tenant shall be
                      only a tenant at sufferance, whether or not Landlord
                      accepts any rent from Tenant while Tenant is holding over
                      without Landlord's written consent.

SUB-             15.  Without the necessity of any additional document being
ORDINATION            executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a 
                      subordination, this Lease shall be subject and
                      subordinate at all times to: (a) all ground leases or
                      underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be
                      executed affecting the Building or the land upon which
                      the Building is situated or both, and (b) the lien of any
                      mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or
                      hereafter be executed in any amount for which said
                      Building, land, ground leases or underlying leases, or
                      Landlord's interest or estate in any of said items, is
                      specified as security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                      Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to
                      be subordinated any such ground leases or underlying
                      leases or any such liens to this Lease.  In the event
                      that any ground Lease or underlying Lease terminates for
                      any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed
                      or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any
                      reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination,
                      attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in
                      interest to Landlord at the option of such successor in
                      interest.  Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and
                      deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form
                      requested by Landlord, any additional documents
                      evidencing the priority of subordination of this Lease
                      with respect to any such ground leases or underlying
                      leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust.
                      Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as
                      attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute, deliver and record
                      any such documents in the name and on behalf of Tenant.

RULES AND        16.  Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the rules
REGULATIONS           and regulations printed on or annexed to this Lease and 
                      all reasonable modifications thereof and additions
                      thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord. 
                      Landlord shall not be responsible for the nonperformance
                      by any other Tenant or occupant of the Building of any
                      said rules and regulations.

RE-ENTRY BY      17.  Landlord reserves and shall at all times have the right
LANDLORD              to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply 
                      janitor service and any other service to be provided by 
                      Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to show said Premises to 
                      prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants, to post 
                      notices of non-responsibility, and to alter, improve,
                      or repair the Premises and any portion of the building of
                      which the Premises are a part, without abatement of rent,
                      and may for that purpose erect, use, and maintain
                      scaffolding, pipes, conduit, and other necessary
                      structures in and through the Premises where reasonably
                      required by the character of the work to be performed,
                      provided that entrance to the Premises shall not be
                      blocked thereby, and further provided that the business
                      of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. 
                      Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury
                      or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's
                      business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the
                      Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby.  For
                      each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all
                      times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of
                      the doors in, upon, and about the Premises, excluding
                      Tenant's vaults and safes, or special security areas
                      (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the
                      right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem
                      necessary or proper to open said doors in an emergency,
                      in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises,
                      and any entry to the Premises, or portions thereof
                      obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise,
                      shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed
                      to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer
                      of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive,
                      of Tenant from the Premises or any portions thereof. 
                      Landlord shall also have the right at any time, without
                      the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction
                      and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor,
                      to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances,
                      passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors,
                      elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the
                      Building and to change the name, number or designation by
                      which the Building is commonly known.

INSOLVENCY       18.  The appointment of a receiver to take possession of all
OR                    or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or an 
BANKRUPTCY            assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any
                      action taken or suffered by Tenant under any insolvency,
                      bankruptcy, or reorganization act, shall at Landlord's
                      option constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant.  Upon
                      the happening of any such event or at any time
                      thereafter, this Lease shall terminate five (5) days
                      after written notice of termination from Landlord to
                      Tenant.  In no event shall this Lease be assigned or
                      assignable by operation of law or by voluntary or
                      involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise and in no
                      event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges
                      hereunder be an asset of Tenant under any bankruptcy,
                      insolvency, or reorganization proceedings.

DEFAULT          19.  The failure to perform or honor any covenant, condition
                      or representation made under this Lease shall constitute
                      a default hereunder by Tenant. Tenant shall not have any
                      grace period within which to cure any default in the
                      payment of rental or adjustments thereto, and Landlord
                      shall not be required to give any notice to Tenant of any
                      such default before exercising any remedies available to
                      Landlord.  Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) days
                      from the date of written notice from Landlord within
                      which to cure any default under this Lease other than a
                      default in the payment of rental or adjustments thereto;
                      provided, however, that with respect to any default which
                      cannot reasonably be cured within ten (10) days, Tenant
                      shall have additional time necessary to cure the default
                      so long as Tenant commences to cure within ten (10) days
                      from Landlord's notice, and continues to prosecute
                      diligently the curing thereof. Upon a default under this
                      Lease by Tenant, and failure to cure the default by Tenant
                      within the permissible time period, if any, Landlord
                      shall have the following rights and remedies in addition
                      to, or as an alternative to, any other rights or remedies
                      available to Landlord at law or in equity:

                      (A) The Lease may be terminated at the option of Landlord
                      by notice in writing to Tenant.  If Landlord gives notice
                      to Tenant as herein provided, the Lease will be deemed
                      terminated as of the date specified in Landlord's notice
                      and Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations
                      under the Lease except as provided in the Paragraph 19
                      which shall survive termination of the Lease.

                      (B) Unless the Lease is terminated as provided in
                      subparagraph (a), the Lease will continue in full force
                      and effect, except Tenant's right to possession of the
                      Premises may be terminated at anytime, at the option of
                      Landlord, by notice in writing to Tenant.  If Landlord
                      gives notice to Tenant as herein provided, Tenant's right
                      to possession of the Premises will be deemed terminated
                      as of the date specified in Landlord's notice, and
                      Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, may from time
                      to time, but shall not be obligated to, sublet the
                      Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and
                      at such rental and such other terms as Landlord in its
                      sole discretion deems advisable, with the right to make
                      alterations and repairs to the Premises.  Upon each
                      subletting, at the option of Landlord, (i) either Tenant
                      shall be immediately liable to pay to Landlord, in
                      addition to indebtedness other than rent due hereunder,
                      the cost of such subletting and such alterations and
                      repairs incurred by Landlord and the amount, if any, by
                      which the rent hereunder for the period of such
                      subletting exceeds the amount to be paid as rent for the
                      Premises for such period, or (ii) Landlord shall apply
                      rents received from such subletting first, to payment of
                      any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from
                      Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs
                      of subletting and of any alterations and repairs; third,
                      to payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the
                      residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in
                      payment of future rent as the same comes due hereunder.
                      If, under the option (i), the rents shall not be promptly
                      paid to Landlord by the subtenant(s), or if, under option
                      (ii), the rentals received from the subletting during any
                      month are less than all amounts owed for that month by
                      Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to
                      Landlord.  Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid
                      monthly.  Unless and until the Lease is terminated as
                      provided in subparagraph (a), Tenant shall continue to be
                      liable to Landlord for rent and all other amounts owing
                      under the Lease when and as they become due, whether or
                      not Tenant's possession of the Premises has been
                      terminated, and whether or not the Premises are sublet by
                      Landlord.  For all purposes set forth in the subparagraph
                      (b), Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed
                      attorney-in-fact for Tenant, with power of substitution.
                      No taking possession of the Premises by Landlord, as
                      attorney-in-fact for Tenant, shall be construed as an
                      election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a
                      written notice of such intention is given to Tenant as
                      provided in subparagraph (a).  Notwithstanding any action
                      taken by Landlord under this subparagraph, Landlord may
                      at anytime thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for
                      such previous breach.

                      (C) Upon termination of the Lease as provided in
                      subparagraph (a), or upon termination of Tenant's right
                      to possession of the Premises, as provided in
                      subparagraph (b), Landlord may re-enter and take
                      possession of the Premises, and may remove any persons or
                      property by legal action or by self-help with the use of
                      reasonable force or any other means and without liability
                      for damages.  Any of Tenant's property remaining on the
                      Premises, including, without limitation, equipment,
                      inventory, furnishings and trade fixtures, shall be
                      deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and shall be and
                      become the property of Landlord; provided, however, that
                      Landlord may, in its sole discretion, reject the property
                      and
<PAGE>   7

                          (1) All past due rent and other amounts owing by
                          Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this
                          Lease as of the date of termination of the Lease.

                          (2) All costs associated with Tenant's default,
                          whether or not suit was commenced, including, without
                          limitation, costs of reentry and reletting, costs of
                          clean-up, refurbishing, removal of Tenant's property
                          and fixtures, other expenses occasioned by Tenant's
                          failure to quit the Premises upon termination and to
                          leave them in the required condition, any remodeling
                          costs, attorneys' fees, court costs, broker
                          commissions and advertising costs.

                          (3) The loss of reasonable rental value from the date
                          of termination of the Lease until a new tenant has
                          been, or with the exercise of reasonable efforts
                          could have been, secured.

                          (4) Any excess of the value of the rent and all of
                          Tenant's other obligations under this Lease, as if
                          the Lease had not been terminated, over the
                          reasonable expected return from the Premises for the
                          period commencing on the earlier of the date of trial
                          or the date the Premises are relet and continuing
                          through the end of the term.  The present value of
                          future amounts will be computed using a discount rate
                          equal to the lowest prime interest rate announced
                          by a major Washington bank on short-term commercial
                          loans for its most credit-worthy customers, in effect
                          on the earlier of the date of trial or the date the
                          Premises are relet.

                 (e)  Landlord may, in its sole discretion, sue periodically to
                      recover damages during the period corresponding with the
                      remainder of the Lease term, whether or not the Lease has
                      been terminated, and no action for damages shall bar a
                      later action for damages subsequently accruing.

                 (f)  Landlord may elect to call the entire amount of rental
                      for the balance of the term, or what would have been the
                      balance of the term if the Lease had not been terminated
                      as provided in subparagraph (a), immediately due and
                      payable, which rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord
                      as liquidated damages.

DAMAGE BY        20.  If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or
FIRE, ETC.            other casualty, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same, 
                      provided such repairs can be made within two hundred
                      ten (210) days from the date of such damage under the laws
                      and regulations of the federal, state, and local
                      governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. In
                      such event, this Lease shall remain in full force and
                      effect except that Tenant shall be entitled to a
                      proportionate reduction of rent while such repairs to be
                      made hereunder by Landlord are being made.  Said
                      proportionate reduction shall be based on the extent to
                      which the making of such repairs to be made hereunder by
                      Landlord shall interfere with the business carried on by
                      Tenant on the Premises.  Within twenty (20) days from the
                      date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether
                      or not such repairs can be made within two hundred
                      ten(210)days from the date of such damage and Landlord's
                      determination thereof shall be binding on Tenant.  If
                      such repairs cannot be made within two hundred ten (210)
                      days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall have
                      the option within thirty (30) days of the date of such
                      damage either to: (a) notify Tenant of Landlord's
                      intention to repair such damage and diligently prosecute
                      such repairs, in which event this Lease shall continue in
                      full force and effect and the rent shall be reduced as
                      provided herein; or (b) notify Tenant of Landlord's
                      intention to terminate this Lease as of a date specified
                      in such notice, which date shall be not less than thirty
                      (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after such notice
                      is given.  In the event that such notice to terminate is
                      given by Landlord, this Lease shall terminate on the date
                      specified in such notice.  In case of termination by
                      either event, the rent shall be reduced by a
                      proportionate amount based upon the extent to which said
                      damage interfered with the business carried on by Tenant
                      in the Premises, and the Tenant shall pay such reduced
                      rent up to the date of termination.  Landlord agrees to
                      refund to Tenant any rent previously paid for any period
                      of time subsequent to such date of termination.  The
                      repairs to be made hereunder by Landlord shall not
                      include, and Landlord shall not be required to repair,
                      any damage by fire or other cause to the property of
                      Tenant or any repairs or replacements of any paneling,
                      decorations, ceiling, floor coverings, or any
                      alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements
                      installed on the Premises by or at the expense of Tenant.

EMINENT          21.  If any part of the property described in Exhibit "E"
DOMAIN                shall be taken or appropriated under the power of eminent 
                      domain or conveyed in lieu thereof, Landlord shall have 
                      the right to terminate this Lease at its sole option. 
                      In such event Landlord shall receive (and Tenant shall
                      assign to Landlord upon demand from Landlord) any and all
                      income, rent, award or any interest thereon which may be
                      paid or owed in connection with the exercise of such
                      power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof,
                      and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or
                      against the agency exercising such power or receiving
                      such conveyance, for any part of such sum paid by virtue
                      of such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the
                      value of the unexpired term of this Lease.  If a part of
                      the property described in Exhibit "E" shall be so taken
                      or appropriated or conveyed and Landlord hereto shall
                      elect not to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall
                      nonetheless receive (and Tenant shall assign to Landlord
                      upon demand from Landlord) any and all income, rent,
                      award, or any interest thereon paid or owed in connection
                      with such taking, appropriation or conveyance and if the
                      Premises have been damaged as a consequence of such
                      partial taking or appropriation or conveyance, Landlord
                      shall restore the Premises continuing under this Lease at
                      Landlord's cost and expense provided that such
                      restoration can be made, in Landlord's sole opinion
                      within three hundred sixty (360) days of the time the
                      property so taken is appropriated or conveyed.

                      If such restoration cannot be made, in Landlord's sole
                      opinion, within three hundred sixty (360) days from the
                      time of taking, Landlord shall notify Tenant within sixty
                      (60) days of such taking and Tenant shall have the right
                      to cancel this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of
                      its intention to cancel within thirty (30) days of the
                      date of Landlord's notice.

                      If Tenant elects not to cancel this Lease, it shall
                      remain in full force and effect except that Tenant shall
                      be entitled to an appropriate reduction in rent while
                      such restoration is being made by Landlord.  Such
                      proportionate reduction shall be based upon the extent to
                      which the restoration being made by Landlord shall
                      interfere with the business carried on by Tenant in the
                      demised Premises.  Landlord will not be required to
                      repair or restore any injury or damage to the property of
                      Tenant or make any repairs or restoration to any
                      alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements
                      installed in the Premises by or at the expense of Tenant.

                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
                      this paragraph, if the temporary use or occupancy of any
                      part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated under
                      such power of eminent domain during the term of this
                      Lease, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such
                      taking or appropriation and Tenant shall continue to pay
                      in full all rent payable hereunder by Tenant during the
                      term of this Lease; in the event of any such temporary
                      appropriation or taking, Tenant shall be entitled to
                      receive that portion of any award which represents
                      compensation for the use or occupancy of the Premises
                      during the term of this Lease, and Landlord shall be
                      entitled to receive that portion of any award which
                      represents the cost of restoration of the Premises and
                      the use and occupancy of the Premises after the end of
                      the term of this Lease.

SALE BY          22.  In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the
LANDLORD              Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from
                      any future liability upon any of the covenants or
                      conditions, express or implied, herein contained in favor
                      of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely
                      to the responsibility of the successor in interest of 
                      Landlord in and to this Lease.  This Lease shall not be 
                      affected by any such sale, and Tenant agrees to attorn 
                      to the purchaser or assignee.

RIGHT OF         23.  All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant
LANDLORD TO           under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed 
PERFORM               by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without 
                      any abatement of rent.  If Tenant shall fail to pay any 
                      sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by
                      it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on
                      its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure
                      shall continue for ten (10) days after notice thereof by
                      Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to
                      do, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any
                      obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform
                      any such act on Tenant's part to be made or performed as
                      in this Lease provided.  All sums so paid by Landlord and
                      all necessary incidental costs together with interest
                      thereon at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum
                      or four percent (4%) above the prime rate of Seattle
                      First National Bank, whichever is more per annum from the
                      date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable as
                      additional rent to Landlord on demand, and Tenant
                      covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have,
                      in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, the
                      same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment
                      thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in
                      the payment of the rent.

SURRENDER        24.  (a) Tenant shall, at least ninety (90) days before the
OF PREMISES           last day of the term hereof, give to Landlord a written 
                      notice of intention to surrender the Premises on that 
                      date, but nothing contained herein shall be construed as 
                      an extension of the term hereof or as consent of 
                      Landlord to a holding over by Tenant.
<PAGE>   8

                      equipment belonging to Tenant at Tenant's sole cost, title
                      to which shall be in Tenant until such termination,
                      repairing any damage caused by such removal.  Property
                      not so removed upon the termination of this Lease or upon
                      termination of Tenant's right to possession shall be
                      deemed abandoned by Tenant, and title to the same shall
                      thereupon pass to Landlord.  Upon request by Landlord,
                      unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord, Tenant
                      shall remove, at Tenant's sole cost, any or all permanent
                      improvements or additions to the Premises installed by or
                      at the expense of Tenant and all movable furniture and
                      equipment belonging to Tenant which may be left by Tenant
                      and repair any damage resulting from such removal.

                      (C) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by
                      Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work
                      a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate
                      all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at
                      the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it or
                      any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

WAIVER           25.  If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of
                      any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease,
                      such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any
                      subsequent breach of the same or any other term,
                      covenant or condition contained herein.  Furthermore, the
                      acceptance of rent by Landlord shall not constitute a
                      waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term,
                      covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of
                      Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time
                      Landlord accepted such rent.  Failure by Landlord to
                      enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this
                      Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive
                      or to decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter
                      upon strict performance by Tenant.  Waiver by Landlord of
                      any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease
                      may only be made by a written document signed by
                      Landlord.

NOTICES          26.  All notices and demands which may be or are required to be
                      given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in
                      writing.  All notices and demands by Landlord to Tenant
                      shall be sent by United States certified or registered
                      mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant at the
                      Premises, or to such other place as Tenant may from time
                      to time designate in a notice to Landlord.  All notices
                      and demands by Tenant to Landlord shall be sent by
                      United States certified or registered mail, postage
                      prepaid, addressed to Landlord at the address specified
                      in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other firm or
                      to such other place as Landlord may from time to time
                      designate in a notice to Tenant.  All notices and demands
                      shall be deemed given on the date personally delivered to
                      the address designated above or on the date mailed as
                      provided above.

RENTAL            27. RENTAL ADJUSTMENT FOR COSTS OF OPERATIONS, UTILITIES AND
ADJUSTMENTS           TAXES ADJUSTMENTS     
     
                      I.  COSTS OF OPERATIONS AND UTILITIES

                          In addition to the Basic Rent to be paid hereunder,
                          Tenant shall pay to Landlord increases under this
                          Paragraph 27 as Additional Rent in the manner set
                          forth below:

                          (A)  Definition: For the purposes hereof, the
                               terms used in this Paragraph 27 shall have the 
                               following meanings:

                               (i)    "Operating Costs" shall include Costs of 
                                       Utilities and Other Operating Costs.

                                       (1) "Costs of Utilities" shall mean all
                                       expenses paid or incurred by Landlord,
                                       including any surcharges imposed, in
                                       operation and maintenance of the
                                       Building for heat, light, power, gas,
                                       fuel, air conditioning and ventilating,
                                       electricity and the cost of electrical
                                       surveys, other utilities, including
                                       without limitation to temporary or
                                       permanent utility surcharge or other
                                       exaction, whether now or hereinafter
                                       imposed.

                                       (2) "Other Operating Costs" shall mean
                                       all other expenses paid or incurred by
                                       Landlord for maintaining, operating and
                                       repairing the Building and any real or
                                       personal property used in conjunction
                                       therewith, including, without
                                       limitation: guard services, materials
                                       and supplies, equipment and locks,
                                       service agreements on equipment, the
                                       costs of refuse collection, sewer, water
                                       and other utilities services (excluding
                                       costs included in the Costs of
                                       Utilities), supplies, fluorescent tubes
                                       (which Landlord may replace from time to
                                       time on a group re-lamping basis)
                                       janitorial and cleaning services, window
                                       washing, landscape maintenance, services
                                       of independent contractors, compensation
                                       (including employment taxes and fringe
                                       benefits) of all persons who perform
                                       duties in connection with the operation,
                                       maintenance and repair of the Building,
                                       its equipment and the Land upon which it
                                       is situated, insurance, licenses,
                                       permits and inspection fees.  Building
                                       office rent or rental value,
                                       depreciation on personal property,
                                       including without limitation, window
                                       coverings provided by Landlord and
                                       carpeting in public corridors and common
                                       areas, and the cost of contesting the
                                       validity or applicability of any
                                       governmental enactments which may affect
                                       operating costs, customary management
                                       fees (currently equal to 4% of the gross
                                       rental income from the Building, whether
                                       such fees are actually paid or not),
                                       legal and accounting expenses and any
                                       other expense or charge whether or not
                                       hereinabove described which in
                                       accordance with general accepted
                                       accounting and management practices
                                       would be considered an expense of
                                       maintaining, operating or repairing the
                                       Building.

                                       Notwithstanding anything to the
                                       contrary herein contained, operating
                                       costs shall not include:  
                                       (A) Costs of any special services 
                                       rendered to individual tenants
                                       (including Tenant) for which a special 
                                       charge is made; 
                                       (B) Real Property Taxes (as defined in
                                       Paragraph 27 of this Lease); and 
                                       (C) Depreciation or amortization of costs
                                       required to be capitalized in accordance
                                       with generally accepted accounting
                                       practices (except Other Operating Costs
                                       shall include amortization of capital
                                       improvements made subsequent to the
                                       initial development of the Building
                                       which are designed with a reasonable
                                       probability of improving the operating
                                       efficiency or security of the Building
                                       or its systems, provided that such
                                       amortization costs shall not exceed
                                       expected savings in operating costs
                                       resulting from such capital
                                       expenditures).

                               (ii)    "Lease Year" shall mean the twelve-month 
                                       period commencing January 1 and ending 
                                       December 31.

                               (iii)   "Base Services Year" shall mean the
                                       Lease Year in which the Commencement 
                                       Date occurs.

                               (iv)    "Actual Costs" shall mean the actual
                                       expenses paid or incurred by
                                       Landlord for Operating Costs during
                                       any Lease Year of the term hereof.

                               (v)     "Actual Costs Allocable to the
                                       Premises" shall mean the Tenant's
                                       share of the Actual Costs determined
                                       by Tenant's Percentage of the
                                       Building described in the Basic
                                       Lease Information.

                               (vi)    "Estimated Costs Allocable to the
                                       Premises" shall mean Landlord's
                                       estimate of Actual Costs Allocable
                                       to the Premises for the following
                                       Lease Year to be given by Landlord
                                       to Tenant pursuant to Paragraph
                                       27(c) below.

                          (B)  Base Amount. The "Base Amount" for purposes
                               of this Section shall be the aggregate of:
 
                               (i)     Actual Costs Allocable to the
                                       Premises for the Base Services Year
                                       for Other Operating Costs (excluding
                                       Costs of Utilities); and

                               (ii)    With respect to Costs of Utilities,
                                       an amount determined by multiplying
                                       the Base Utility Rate, as specified
                                       in the Basic Lease Information by
                                       the area of Tenant's Premises as
                                       described in the Basic Lease
                                       Information; provided, however, that
                                       Landlord shall estimate to the
                                       extent required the Actual Costs
                                       Allocable to the Premises for
                                       purposes of determining the Base
                                       Amount in the statement furnished in
                                       accordance with Paragraph 27(c)
                                       below and payments shall be further
                                       adjusted as appropriate at such time
                                       as Actual Costs are determined in
                                       accordance with Paragraph 27(d)
                                       below.

                          (c)  Additional Rent for Estimated Increases in
                               Costs.  Prior to the commencement of each
                               Lease Year (except that with respect to the
                               Base Services Year, Paragraphs 27(c) and (d)
                               shall apply only to the Costs of Utilities
                               and shall exclude Other Operating Costs)
<PAGE>   9

                               its estimate for such Lease Year and
                               Additional Rent payments by Tenant for such
                               Lease Year shall be based on such revised
                               estimate.

                      (d)      Actual Costs.  Within 120 days after the
                               close of each Lease Year during the term
                               hereof, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
                               Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written
                               statement setting forth the Actual Costs
                               Allocable to the Premises during the
                               preceding Lease Year.  If such costs for any
                               Lease Year exceed Estimated Costs Allocable
                               to the Premises paid by Tenant to Landlord
                               pursuant to the preceding subsection (c),
                               Tenant shall pay the amount of such excess to
                               Landlord as added Additional Rent within 20
                               days after receipt of such statement by
                               Tenant.  If such statement shows such costs
                               to be less than the amount paid by Tenant to
                               Landlord pursuant to the preceding subsection
                               (c), then the amount of such overpayment by
                               Tenant shall be credited by Landlord to the
                               next immediate Rent payable by Tenant.
                               
                      (e)      Determinations.  The determination of Actual
                               Costs and Estimated Costs Allocable to the
                               Premises shall be made by Landlord.
                               
                      (f)      Beginning of Term.  If this Lease shall
                               commence on a day other than the first day of
                               a Lease Year, the amount of any adjustment
                               between Estimated and Actual Costs Allocable
                               to the Premises with respect to the Lease
                               Year in which such commencement occurs shall
                               be prorated on the basis which the number of
                               days from the commencement of this Lease to
                               the end of the Lease Year bears to 365; and
                               any amount payable by Landlord to Tenant or
                               Tenant to Landlord with respect to such
                               adjustment shall be payable within 30 days
                               after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of the
                               statement of Actual Costs Allocable to the
                               Premises with respect to such Lease Year.
                               
                      (g)      End of Term.  If this Lease shall terminate
                               on a day other than the last day of a Lease
                               Year, the amount of any adjustment between
                               Estimated and Actual Costs Allocable to the
                               Premises with respect to the Lease Year in
                               which such termination occurs shall be
                               prorated on the basis which the number of
                               days from the commencement of such Lease Year
                               to and including such termination date bears
                               to 365; and shall be due and payable when
                               rendered, notwithstanding the termination of
                               this Lease.
                               
                      (h)      Further Adjustment.  In the event the average
                               occupancy level of the Building for the Base
                               Services Year was or is not 95% or more of
                               full occupancy, then the Actual Costs for
                               such year shall be proportionately adjusted
                               by Landlord to reflect those costs which
                               would have occurred had the Building been 95%
                               occupied during such year.
                               
                      (i)      Base Rent.  Notwithstanding anything to the
                               contrary in this Paragraph 27, the Rent
                               payable by Tenant shall in no event be less
                               than the Rent specified in the Basic Lease
                               Information.
                               
                      (j)      Nonpayment of Additional Rent.  In the event
                               of nonpayment of the Additional Rent
                               hereunder, Landlord shall have the same
                               rights with respect to such nonpayment as it
                               has with respect to any other nonpayment of
                               Rent hereunder.

                 II.  COSTS OF TAXES

                      In addition to the Basic Rent to be paid hereunder,
                      Tenant shall pay to Landlord increases under this
                      Paragraph 27 as Additional Rent in the manner set forth
                      below:

                      (a)      Definition: for purposes hereof, the terms
                               used in the Paragraph 27 shall have the 
                               following meanings:


                               (i)     "Real Property Taxes" shall mean
                                       taxes on real property, development
                                       rights, air rights, and personal
                                       property, including all tenant
                                       improvements which are paid for by
                                       Landlord and not reimbursed by
                                       tenants, and taxes on property of
                                       tenants of the Building, which have
                                       not been paid by such tenants
                                       directly to the taxing authority;
                                       charges and assessment levied with
                                       respect to the Land, the Building,
                                       development rights, air rights, any
                                       improvements, fixtures and
                                       equipment, and all other property of
                                       Landlord, real or personal, used
                                       directly in the operation of the
                                       Building and located in or on the
                                       Building; and any taxes levied or
                                       assessed in addition to or in lieu
                                       of, in whole or in part, such real
                                       property or personal property taxes,
                                       or any other tax upon leasing of the
                                       Building or rents collected, but not
                                       including any federal or state
                                       income tax or franchise tax, and the
                                       cost to Landlord of contesting the
                                       amount or validity or applicability
                                       of any of the aforementioned taxes.
                                       Net recoveries through protest,
                                       after deduction of all costs and
                                       expenses, including counsel and
                                       other fees, shall be deducted from
                                       direct taxes for the year of
                                       receipt.

                               (ii)    "Lease Year" shall mean the period
                                       defined in Paragraph 27(a)(iii) herein.

                               (iii)   "Tenant's Share of Real Property
                                       Taxes" shall mean the amount of Real
                                       Property Taxes payable during any
                                       Lease Year by Landlord multiplied by
                                       Tenant's Percentage of the Building
                                       described in the Basic Lease
                                       Information.

                               (iv)    "Base Tax Amount" shall mean the
                                       product of the Base Tax Rate
                                       described in the Basic Lease
                                       Information multiplied by the area
                                       of Tenant's Premises as described in
                                       the Basic Lease Information.

         (b)     Additional Rent for Estimated Increase in Tenant's Share of
                 Real Property Taxes.  Prior to the commencement of each Lease
                 Year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord may
                 furnish Tenant with a written statement setting forth the
                 estimate of Tenant's Share of Real Property Taxes for such
                 Lease Year.  One-twelfth (1/12) of the amount, if any, by
                 which such estimate exceeds the Base Tax Amount shall be
                 Additional Rent payable by Tenant as provided in Paragraph 3
                 for each month during such Lease Year.

         (c)     Actual Real Property Taxes.  Within 120 days after the close
                 of each Lease Year, during the term hereof, or as soon
                 thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a
                 written statement setting forth the Tenant's Share of Real
                 Property Taxes during the preceding Lease Year.  If Tenant's
                 Share of Real Property Taxes for such Lease Year exceeds the
                 estimated Tenant's Share of Real Property Taxes determined as
                 provided in Paragraph 27II(b), Tenant shall pay the amount of
                 such excess to Landlord as added Additional Rent within 20
                 days after receipt of such statement by Tenant.  If such
                 statement shows such amount to be less than the amount paid by
                 Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 27II(b), then the
                 amount of such overpayment shall be credited by Landlord to
                 the next immediate Rent payable by Tenant, within 30 days
                 following the date of such statement.

         (d)     Personal Property Taxes.  Tenant shall pay, prior to
                 delinquency, all Personal Property Taxes payable with respect
                 to all Property of Tenant located on the Premises or the
                 Building and promptly upon request of Landlord shall provide
                 written proof of such payment.  As used herein, "Property of
                 Tenant" shall include all improvements which are paid for by
                 Tenant.  "Personal Property Taxes" shall include all property
                 taxes assessed against the Property of Tenant, whether
                 assessed as real or personal property.

         (e)     Determinations.  The determination of Tenant's Share of Real
                 Property Taxes shall be made by Landlord.

         (f)     Beginning of Term.  If this Lease shall commence on a day
                 other than the first day of a Lease Year, the amount of any
                 adjustment between the estimated and actual Tenant's Share of
                 Real Property Taxes with respect to the Lease Year in which
                 such commencement occurs shall be prorated on the basis which
                 the number of days from the commencement of this Lease to the
                 end of the Lease Year bears to 365; and any amount payable by
                 Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord with respect to such
                 adjustment shall be payable within 30 days after delivery by
                 Landlord to Tenant of the statement of Tenant's Share of Real
                 Property Taxes with respect to such Lease Year.

         (g)     End of Term.  If this Lease shall terminate on a day other
                 than the last day of a Lease Year, the amount of any
                 adjustment between the estimated and actual Tenant's Share of
                 Real Property Taxes with respect to the Lease Year in which
                 such termination occurs shall be prorated on the basis which
                 the number of days from commencement of such Lease Year to and
                 including such termination date bears to 365 and shall be due
                 and payable when rendered notwithstanding the termination
                 of this Lease.
<PAGE>   10

                      (i)         Nonpayment of Additional Rent.  In the event
                                  of nonpayment of Additional Rent payable by
                                  Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall have the
                                  same rights with respect to such nonpayment
                                  as it has with respect to any other
                                  nonpayment of Rent hereunder.

TAXES            28.  Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes
PAYABLE               levied or assessed and which become payable by 
BY TENANT             Landlord (or Tenant) during the term of this Lease 
                      (excluding, however, state and federal personal
                      or corporate income taxes measured by the income of
                      Landlord from all sources, capital stock taxes, and
                      estate and inheritance taxes), whether or not now
                      customary or within the contemplation of the parties
                      hereto, which are based upon, measured by or otherwise
                      calculated with respect to: (a) the gross or net
                      payable under this Lease, including without
                      limitation, any gross receipts tax levied by any
                      taxing authority, or any other gross income tax or
                      excise tax levied by any taxing authority with
                      respect to the receipt of the rental hereunder; (b)
                      the value of Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures
                      or other personal property located in the Premises;
                      (c) the possession, lease, operation, management,
                      maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by
                      Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; (d)
                      the value of any leasehold improvements, alterations
                      or additions made in or to the Premises, regardless
                      of whether title to such improvements, alterations or
                      additions shall be in Tenant or Landlord; or (e) this
                      transaction or any document to which Tenant is a part
                      creating or transferring an interest or an estate in
                      the Premises.
                      
                      In the event that it shall not be lawful for Tenant
                      to so reimburse Landlord, the rent payable to
                      Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net
                      Landlord the same net rent after imposition of any
                      such tax upon Landlord as would have been payable to
                      Landlord prior to the imposition of any such tax.
                      All taxes payable by Tenant under this Paragraph 28
                      shall be deemed to be, and shall be paid as,
                      Additional Rent.

ABANDONMENT      29.  Tenant shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any
                      time during the term, and any such vacation or
                      abandonment shall be a breach of this Lease.  If Tenant
                      shall abandon, vacate or surrender said Premises or be
                      dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any
                      personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the
                      Premises shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to
                      be abandoned and title thereto shall pass to Landlord,
                      except such property as may be mortgaged to Landlord.

SUCCESSORS       30.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9 hereof, the
AND ASSIGNS           terms, covenants and conditions contained herein shall be
                      binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
                      successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the
                      parties hereto.

ATTORNEYS'       31.  In the event that any action must be taken to enforce any
FEES                  term, covenant or condition of this Lease, Landlord
                      shall be entitled to payment by Tenant of all
                      reasonable costs incurred in connection with such
                      enforcement, whether or not litigation is commenced,
                      including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
                      fees.

SECURITY         32.  (A) By execution of this Lease, Landlord acknowledges
DEPOSIT               receipt of Tenant's security deposit for the faithful
                      performance of all terms, covenants and conditions of
                      this Lease.  The sum of said deposit is specified in
                      the Basic Lease Information.  Tenant agrees that
                      Landlord may apply said security deposit to remedy
                      any failure by Tenant to repair or maintain the
                      Premises or to perform any other terms, covenants or
                      conditions contained herein.  If Tenant has kept and
                      performed all terms, covenants and conditions of this
                      Lease during the term hereof, Landlord will on the
                      termination hereof promptly return said sum to Tenant
                      or the last permitted assignee of Tenant's interest
                      hereunder at the expiration of the lease term.
                      Should Landlord use any portion of said sum to cure
                      any default by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall
                      forthwith replenish said sum to such original amount.
                      Landlord shall not be required to keep any security
                      deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant
                      shall not be entitled to interest on any such
                      deposit.  Upon the occurrence of any events of
                      default described in Paragraph 19 of this Lease said
                      security deposit shall become due and payable to
                      Landlord.
                      
                      (B) Tenant hereby agrees not to look to the
                      mortgagee, as mortgagee, mortgagee in possession, or
                      successor in title to the property, for
                      accountability for any security deposit required by
                      the Landlord hereinunder, unless said sums have
                      actually been received by such mortgagee as security
                      for the Tenant's performance of this Lease.

SUBSTITUTION   33.    (A) Landlord shall have the right at any time from the
SPACE                 date hereof through the end of the term of this Lease or 
                      any renewal or extension hereof, to substitute, instead of
                      the leased Premises, other space (of approximately the
                      same area as the leased Premises) hereinafter referred to
                      as "Substitution Space", in the Building.

                      (B) If Landlord desires to exercise such right, it
                      shall give Tenant at least sixty (60) days prior
                      written notification that Tenant is to relocate to
                      another space.  Tenant shall then give Landlord
                      written notice within ten (10) days of receipt of
                      Landlord's notification whether Tenant agrees to
                      relocate, or whether Tenant elects to terminate the
                      Lease and vacate the Premises as of the sixtieth
                      (60th) day following the date of Landlord's
                      notification.  Should Tenant fail to give Landlord
                      written notice within ten (10) days of receipt of
                      Landlord's notification, then Tenant shall be deemed
                      to have elected to terminate, and this Lease shall
                      automatically terminate sixty (60) days following the
                      date of Landlord's notification.  If Tenant shall
                      retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof
                      following the termination date, Tenant shall be
                      liable to Landlord, for each day of such retention,
                      for double the amount of the daily rental for the
                      last period prior to the date of such expiration or
                      termination, subject to rent adjustments as provided
                      in Paragraph 27, plus actual damages incurred by
                      Landlord resulting from delay by Tenant in
                      surrendering the Premises, including without
                      limitation any claims made against Landlord by any
                      succeeding Tenant to the Premises and Landlord's
                      costs in taking any action at law, in equity or self
                      help to evict Tenant from the Premises.
                      
                      (C) If Tenant elects to move to the Substitution
                      Space, such move shall be at the sole cost of
                      Landlord including all costs and expenses related to
                      improving the space with leasehold improvements equal
                      to those then in Tenant's Premises, moving the
                      furniture, office equipment and other contents of the
                      Premises to the new space, reinstating
                      telecommunications equipment, printing of new
                      stationery, business cards and other printed matter
                      bearing the address of Tenant and such other
                      reasonable expenses as Tenant may incur, it being the
                      intention of the parties that Tenant incur no costs
                      or expenses as a result of the move.  After such
                      move, all terms, covenants, conditions, provisions,
                      and agreements of this Lease shall continue in full
                      force and effect and shall apply to the Substitution
                      Space except that (a) if the then unexpired balance
                      of the term of the Lease shall be less than one year,
                      the term of this Lease shall be extended so that the
                      unexpired balance of the term of this Lease shall be
                      from one year from the date of the move and (b) if
                      the Substitution Space contains more square footage
                      than the presently leased Premises, the monthly
                      rental shall be increased proportionately (provided
                      that such rental increase shall not be in excess of
                      five percent (5%) of the rental immediately preceding
                      such an increase).

CORPORATE        34.  If Tenant signs as a corporation, each of the persons
AUTHORITY             executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant does hereby
                      covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly
                      authorized and existing corporation, that Tenant has
                      and is qualified to do business in Washington, that
                      the corporation has full right and authority to enter
                      into this Lease, and that each and both of the
                      persons signing on behalf of the corporation were
                      authorized to do so.  Upon Landlord's request, Tenant
                      shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably
                      satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing
                      covenants and warranties.

LEASE EFFEC-     35.  Submission of this instrument for examination or signature
TIVE DATE             by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option
                      for lease,  and it is not effective as a Lease or 
                      otherwise until execution and delivery by both
                      Landlord and Tenant.

BROKERAGE        36.  Tenant represents and warrants that it has dealt with no
                      broker, agent or other person in connection with this
                      transaction and/or that no broker, agent or other person
                      brought about this transaction, other than N/A and Tenant
                      agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and
                      against any claims by any other broker, agent or other
                      person claiming a commission or other form of
                      compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with
                      regard to this leasing transaction.  The provisions of
                      this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease.

FORCE            37.  Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action
MAJEURE               to be taken by Landlord, Landlord shall not be liable or
                      responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the
                      computation for any such period of time, any delays due
                      to strikes, riots, Acts of God, shortages of labor or
                      materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or
                      restrictions or any other causes of any kind whatsoever
                      which are beyond the control of Landlord.

CERTAIN          38.  Landlord shall have the following rights, exercisable 
RIGHTS                without notice and without liability to Tenant for damage
RESERVED              or injury to property, persons or business and without
BY LANDLORD           effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or 
                      disturbance of Tenant's use or possession or giving rise 
                      to any claim for setoff or abatement of rent:
<PAGE>   11

                      Building, all without abatement of rent or affecting
                      any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, so long as the
                      leased Premises are reasonably accessible.
                      
                      (B) To have and retain a paramount title to the
                      leased Premises free and clear of any act of Tenant
                      purporting to burden or encumber them.
                      
                      (C) To change the name by which the Building is
                      designated.

                      (D) To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct
                      any business or render any service in or to the
                      Building, provided such exclusive right shall not
                      operate to exclude Tenant from the use expressly
                      permitted herein.
                      
                      (E) To prohibit the placing of vending or dispensing
                      machines of any kind in or about the leased Premises
                      without the prior written permission of Landlord.
                      
                      (F) To have access for Landlord and other tenants of
                      the Building to any mail chutes located on the leased
                      Premises according to the rules of the United States
                      Postal Service.
                      
                      (G) To take all such reasonable measures as Landlord
                      may deem advisable for the security of the Building
                      and its occupants, including without limitation, the
                      search of all persons entering or leaving the
                      Building, the evacuation of the Building for cause,
                      suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the
                      temporary denial of access to the Building, and the
                      closing of the Building after normal business hours
                      and on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, subject,
                      however, to Tenant's right to admittance when the
                      Building is closed after normal business hours under
                      such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe
                      from time to time which may include by way of example
                      but not of limitation, that persons entering or
                      leaving the Building, whether or not during normal
                      business hours, identify themselves to a security
                      officer by registration or otherwise and that such
                      persons establish their right to enter or leave the
                      Building.

PERSONAL         39.  The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by
LIABILITY             Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be
                      limited to the interest of Landlord in the Building
                      and the land, and Landlord shall not be personally
                      liable for any deficiency.  This clause shall not be
                      deemed to limit or deny any remedies which Tenant may
                      have in the event of default by Landlord hereunder
                      which do not involve the personal liability of
                      Landlord.

MISCEL-          40.  (A) The term "Premises" wherever it appears herein 
LANEOUS               includes and shall be deemed or taken to include (except
                      where such meaning would be clearly repugnant to the
                      context) the office space demised and improvements now
                      or at any time hereinafter comprising or built in the
                      space hereby demised. The paragraph headings herein are
                      for convenience of reference and shall in no way define,
                      increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any
                      provision of this Lease.  The term "Landlord" in these
                      presents shall include the Landlord, its successors, and
                      assign.  In any case where this Lease is signed by more
                      than one person, the obligations hereunder shall be joint
                      and several.  The term "Tenant" or any pronoun used in
                      place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or
                      feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals,
                      firms or corporations, and their and each of their
                      respective successors, executors, administrators, and
                      permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.

                      (B) Time is of the essence of this Lease and all its
                      provisions.  This Lease shall in all respects be
                      governed by the laws of the State of Washington.
                      This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all
                      the agreements of the parties hereto and supersedes
                      any previous negotiations.  There have been no
                      representations made by the Landlord or
                      understandings made between the parties other than
                      those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits.  This
                      Lease may not be modified except by a written
                      instrument by the parties hereto.
                      
                      (C) If for any reason whatsoever any of the
                      provisions hereof shall be unenforceable or
                      ineffective, all of the other provisions shall be and
                      remain in full force and effect.

                      Additional Paragraphs attached hereto and made a part 
                      hereof.


                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
                      Lease the day and year first above written.

                       LANDLORD:                        TENANT:
                       SIXTH & PIKE ASSOCIATES, L.P.    NATIONAL TECHTEAM, INC.,
                       a limited partnership            a Delaware Corporation
                       
                       By: Oregon Property Investment  
                           Corporation,                 By:  L. A. Mills
                           an Oregon corporation             -------------------
                       Its: General Partner             Its: COO/CFO 

                       By:  LA SALLE ADVISORS LIMITED   
                       Its: Advisor and Duly            Date: 2/15/96
                            Authorized Agent                 -------------------

                       By:  Stephen T. Wong             By:
                            --------------------------       -------------------
                            Stephen T. Wong

                       Its: Vice President              Its:
                                                             -------------------

                       Date: 2/26/96                    Date:
                            ---------------------------      -------------------

                       By:  Diane R. McMahon
                            ---------------------------      
                            Diane R. McMahon

                       Its: Vice President

                       Date: 2/26/96
                            ---------------------------      
<PAGE>   12
Additonal Paragraphs.

Additonal Paragraph 42 - Tenant Improvements

Landlord agrees to provide the following tenant improvements:

*  The entire premises will be painted.
*  A locking door will be provided and installed in the wall adjacent to the
   single private office.
*  Landlord will provide a budget of $1,000 for electrical work, including
   installation of Landlord supplied light fixtures.
*  The carpet will be patched.



Additonal Paragraph 43 - Rental Adjustments.

Tenant will not be responsible for additonal rent as described in Paragrah 27
of the Lease unless Tenant renews or extends this Lease, in which case Tenant
will pay additonal rent commencing with the first month of the extended term,
based on a Base Services Year of 1996.

<PAGE>   13
RULES AND REGULATIONS

EXHIBIT A    1. Sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, 
                escalators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenants or
                used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and
                egress from their respective Premises.  The halls, passages,
                exits, entrances, elevators and stairways are not for the use of
                the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the
                rights to control and prevent access thereto by all person whose
                presence, in the judgement of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to
                the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building
                and its Tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be
                construed to prevent such access to person with whom any Tenant
                normally deals in the oridinary course of such Teneant's
                business unless such person are engaged in illegal activities. 
                No Tenant, and no employees or invites of any Tenant, shall go
                upon the roof of the Building, except as authorized by Landlord.

             2. No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice, 
                visible from the exterior of leased premsies shall be inscrived,
                painted, affixed, installed or otherwise displayed by any Tenant
                either on its Premises or any part of the Building without the
                prior written consent of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the
                right to remove any such sigh, placard, picture, name,  
                advertisement, or notice without notice to and  at the expense
                of the Tenant.

                All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be
                printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expenses of the
                Tenant by a person approved by  Landlord.

             3. The bulletin board or directory of the Building will be provided
                exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenants
                only and landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names 
                therefrom.

             4. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or
                other coverings, awnings, hangings or decorations shall be
                attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connections with, any
                window or door on any Premises without the prior written consent
                of Landlord.  In any event with the prior written consent of 
                Landlord, all such items  shall be installed inboard of
                Landlords standard window covering and shall in no way be
                visible from the exterior of the building.  No articles shall be
                placed or kept on the window sills so as to be visible form the
                exterior of the Building.  No articles shall be placed against
                glass partitions or doors which might appear unsightly from     
                outside Tenant's Premises.
        
             5. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building,
                between the hours of 6 p.m. and 8 am and at all hours on
                Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, all persons who are not Tenants
                or their accompanied guests in the Building.   Each Tenant shall
                be responsible for all person for whom it allows to enter the
                building and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such 
                persons.    

                Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for error with
                regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of
                any person.

                During the continuance of any invasion, mob, riot, public
                excitement or other circumstance rendering such action advisable
                in Landlord's opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent
                access to the Building by closing the doors, or otherwise, for
                the safety of Tenants and protection of the Building and        
                property in the Building.

             6. No Tenant shall emply any person or persons other than the
                janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises
                umless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing.  Except with
                the written consent of Landlord no person or person s other than
                those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the
                Building for the purpose of cleaning the same.  No Tenant shall
                cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such Tenant's
                carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order
                and cleanliness to the Premises.  Landlord shall in no way be
                responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the
                Premises, however occuring, or for any damage done to the
                effects of any Tenant by the janitor or any other employee or
                any other person.

             7. No Tenant shall obtain for use upon its Premises ice, drinking
                water, food, beverage, towel, or other similar  services except
                through facilities provided by Landlord (and maintained by
                Tenant) and under regulations fixed by Landlord, or accept
                barbering or bootblacking services in its Premises except from  
                persons authorized by Landlord.

             8. Each Tenant shall see that all doors of its Premises are closed
                and securely locked and must observe strict care and caution
                that all water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off
                before the Tenant or its employees leave such Premises, and that
                all utilities shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to
                prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness the
                Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other Tenants
                or occupants of the Building or Landlord.  On multiple-tenancy
                follor, all Tenants shall keep the door or doors to the Building
                corridors closed at all tiems except for ingress and egress.

             9. As more specifically provided in the Tenant's Lease of the 
                Premises, Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or
                air-conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to
                asure the most effective operation of the  Building's heating
                and air-conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to
                adjust any controls other than room thermostats installed for
                Tenant's use.

            10. No Tenant shall alter any lock or access device or install a 
                new or additonal lock of access device or any bolt on any door
                of its Premsies without the prior written consent of Landlord. 
                If Landlord shall give its consent, the Tenant shall in each
                case furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock.

            11. No Tenant shall make or have made additional copies of any keys
                or access devices provided by Landlord.  Each Tenant, upon the
                termination of the Tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all the
                keys or access devices for the Building, offices, rooms and
                toilet rooms which shall have been furnished the Tenant or which
                the Tenant shall have had made.  In the event of the loss of any
                keys or access devices so furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall
                pay Landlord therefore.

            12. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other 
                appartus shall not be used for any purpose other than  that for
                which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind
                whatsoever shall be thrown therein, and  the expense fo brekage,
                stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule
                shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitee,
                shall have caused it.

            13. No Tenant shall use or keep in its Premsies or the Building any
                kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or
                material other than limited quantities necessary for the
                operation or maintenance of office or office equipment.  No
                Tenant shall use any method of heating or air-conditioning
                other than that supplied by Landlord.

            14. No Tenant shall use, keep or permit to be used or kept in its 
                Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance or permit or
                suffer such Premsises to be occupied or used in a manner
                offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the
                Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations or
                interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business
                therein, nor shall any animals or birds be brought or kept in or
                about any Premises of the Building.

            15. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any Tenant on its 
                Premsies (except that use by the Tenant of  Underwriters'
                Laboratory approved equipement of the preparation of coffee,
                tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for Tenants and their
                employees shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and
                use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city
                laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations), nor shall
                Premises be used for lodging.

            16. Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, no Tenant
                shall sell, or permit the sale, at retail, of newspapers,
                magazimes, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or
                merchandise in or on any Premises, nor shall Tenant carry on, or
                permit or allow any employee or other person to carry on the
                business of stenography, typewriting or any similar business in
                or from any Premises for the service or accomodation of 
                occupants of any


<PAGE>   14
17.  If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm or similar
     services, it shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord's instructions
     in their installation.

18.  Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone, telegraph
     and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed. No boring or
     cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior consent of Landlord.
     The location of burglar alarms, telephones, call boxes and other office
     equipment affixed to all Premises shall be subject to the written approval
     of Landlord.

19.  No Tenant shall install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or any
     other device on the exterior walls or the roof of the Building. Tenants
     shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from
     or in the Building or elsewhere.

20.  No Tenant shall lay linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering
     so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of its Premises in any
     manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. The expense of repairing
     any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or the removal of any
     floor covering shall be borne by the Tenant by whom, or by whose
     contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

21.  No furniture, freight, equipment, materials, supplies, packages,
     merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried
     up or down the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as
     shall be designated by Landlord.

     Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of
     all safes, furniture or other heavy equipment brought into the Building.
     Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord,
     stand on wood strips of such thickness as determined by Landlord to be
     necessary to properly distribute the weight thereof. Landlord will not be
     responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe, equipment or property
     from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or
     maintaining any such safe, equipment or other property shall be repaired at
     the expense of Tenant.

     Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause
     noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building
     or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to
     Landlord or to any Tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained
     by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices
     sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The persons employed to move
     such equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord.

22.  No Tenant shall place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds
     the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which
     is allowed by law. No Tenant shall mark, or drive nails, screw or drill
     into, the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface such
     Premises or any part thereof. 

23.  No Tenant shall install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending
     machine without the written consent of Landlord.

24.  There shall not be used in any space, or in the public areas of the
     Building, either by any Tenant or others, any hand trucks except those
     equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material handling
     equipment as Landlord may approve. No other vehicles of any kind shall be
     brought by any Tenant into or kept in or about the Premises.

25.  Each Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of
     its Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles
     if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the
     ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and
     garbage in the city without violation of any law or ordinance governing
     such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only
     through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such
     times as Landlord shall designate.

26.  Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written
     material and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each Tenant shall
     cooperate to prevent the same. No Tenant shall make room-to-room
     solicitation of business from other Tenants in the Building, without the
     written consent of Landlord. 

27.  Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without
     liability to any Tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

28.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any
     person who, in Landlord's judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence
     of liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the rules and
     regulations of the Building.

29.  Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the
     name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the
     business of Tenant except as Tenant's address.

30.  Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
     procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental
     agency.

31.  Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from
     theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other
     means of entry to the Premises closed.

32.  The requirements of Tenants will be attended to only upon application at
     the office of the Building by an authorized individual. Employees of
     Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular
     duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employees
     will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific
     instructions from Landlord.

33.  Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the
     benefit of any particular Tenant or Tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord
     shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of
     any other Tenant or Tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing
     any such Rules and Regulations against any or all Tenants of the Building.

34.  Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and
     regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety
     and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the
     preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such
     Rules and Regulations herein above stated and any additional rules and
     regulations which are adopted.

35.  Landlord reserves the right to designate the use of the parking spaces on
     the Premises.

36.  Tenants shall use carpet protectors under all desk chairs.

37.  Tenant or Tenant's guests shall park between designated parking lines only,
     and shall not occupy two parking spaces with one car. Vehicles in violation
     of the above shall be subject to tow-away, at vehicle owner's expense.

38.  Vehicles parked on Premises overnight without prior written consent of the
     Landlord shall be deemed abandoned and shall be subject to tow-away at
     vehicle owner's expense.

39.  Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing
     Rules and Regulations by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers,
     invitees and guests.

40.  These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed
     to in any way modify, alter or amend, in whole or in part, the terms,
     covenants, agreements and conditions of any Lease of Premises in the
     Building. The word "Building" as used herein means 520 Pike Tower, of which
     the Premises are part.

41.  520 Pike Tower is a non-smoking Building. Smoking is strictly prohibited in
     any common areas or office spaces within the Building.



<PAGE>   15
                                  EXHIBIT B







                                 [FLOOR PLAN]







  CANNON
   REAL 
  ESTATE                        14th FLOOR PLAN         1/16" = 1" = 0"
 SERVICES



                                                                       PLEASE
                                                                       INITIAL
                                                                       LANDLORD
<PAGE>   16
                                                    FORM OF TENANT CERTIFICATE

                                   EXHIBIT D

                                      Date:__________________________, 19____

TO:  (Lender)      ________________________________________________________

                   ________________________________________________________

                   ________________________________________________________

and

TO:  (Landlord)    ________________________________________________________

                   ________________________________________________________

                   ________________________________________________________

RE:  Property known as:   520 Pike Tower, Suite ___________________________



Gentlemen:

        Respecting that certain Lease dated _________________, 19____ between

_________________________________________ as Landlord and ___________________
as Tenant. Tenant hereby certifies that it has unconditionally accepted
possession of the Premises described in said Lease, and that said Lease is in
full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any
way, and that the DATE OF COMMENCEMENT of the term of the Lease is
_____________________________, 19____ and the end of the term is
________________, 19____, unless sooner terminated as therein provided.

        Undersigned further certifies that all terms and conditions to be
performed by the Landlord under said Lease have been satisfied and that on this
date there are not existing defenses or offsets which the undersigned has
against the full enforcement of said Lease by Landlord; and that no rent has
been paid in advance (except as provided in said Lease) and that rent has
continued to be paid in accordance with said Lease since the term commencement.

        Tenant is in occupancy of the leased Premises; and there is ONGOING
FULL OPERATION OF TENANT'S BUSINESS at leased Premises, being conducted BY
NAMED TENANT during normal business hours.

        Undersigned further agrees not to look to (LENDER) as mortgagee in
possession or successor in title to the property, for accountability for any
SECURITY DEPOSIT required by the Landlord under said Lease UNLESS such sums
have actually been received by (LENDER) as cash security for Tenant's
performance of this Lease.

        Tenant understands that its Lease may be assigned as collateral
        security for a mortgage loan to be granted to Landlord by (LENDER)
        under a Collateral Assignments of Lease form containing (among others)
        the agreements by and restrictions on Landlord that, WITHOUT YOUR PRIOR
        WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION as Assignee, LANDLORD WILL NOT THEREAFTER MODIFY,
        TERMINATE OR ACCEPT SURRENDER OF THE LEASE and will NOT REDUCE, ABATE
        OR ACCEPT PREPAYMENT OF ANY RENT (except the regular monthly rental
        payments required by said Lease to be paid in advance). Tenant
        acknowledges its Landlord's agreements and the restrictions on
        Landlord's rights under said Assignment, and hereby agrees to be bound
        by said agreements and restrictions.

        Tenant will not assign its leasehold without (LENDER'S) written
consent. 

        (Tenant):   _______________________________________________________

        By:         _______________________________________________________


<PAGE>   17
                                   EXHIBIT E

                                       TO

                                 520 PIKE TOWER
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                           REAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION


Lots 10 and 11, Block 18, Addition to the Town of Seattle, as laid out by A.A.
Denny (commonly known as A.A. Denny's 3rd Addition to the City of Seattle),
according to the plat thereof recorded in Volume 1 of Plats, page 33, in King
County, Washington, EXCEPT the southerly 10 feet of said Lot 11, condemned in
King County Superior Court Cause No. 41394 for the widening of Pike Street, as
provided by Ordinance No. 10051 of the City of Seattle.

SUBJECT TO AND TOGETHER WITH all rights granted pursuant to Development and
Parking Rights Agreement dated April 8, 1982 recorded under King County,
Washington recording number 8204080464, as amended by agreement recorded under
King County, Washington recording number 8208240318.
<PAGE>   18
STATE OF  ________________)
                          ) SS.
County of ________________)


        BE IT REMEMBERED, That on this 15th day of February, 1996 before me, 
the undersigned a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally
appeared the within named Lawrence A. Mills known to me to be               who
executed the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same
freely and voluntarily.
 
                IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my
                 official seal the day and year last above written.
                

                Notary Public for       Wayne County
                
                My commission expires   May 8, 1999

                                                CANDACE M. BREWER
                                         NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF MICHIGAN
                                                   WAYNE COUNTY
                                          MY COMMISSION EXP. MAY 8, 1999

STATE OF  ________________)
                          ) SS.
County of ________________)


        BE IT REMEMBERED, That on this      day of          , 1996 before me, 
the undersigned a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally
appeared the within named                known to me to be                who
executed the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same
freely and voluntarily.
 
               IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my
                official seal the day and year last above written.
                

                Notary Public for      __________________________________       
                
                My commission expires  __________________________________

<PAGE>   19

        STATE OF OREGON    )
                           )ss
        COUNTY OF MULTNOMAH)

              BE IT REMEMBERED, That on this 26th day of February, 1996, before
        me, the undersigned a Notary Public in and for said County and State,
        personally appeared the within named Stephen T. Wong known to me to be
        the Vice President of LaSalle Advisors Limited who executed the within
        instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same freely and
        voluntarily.

  
[SEAL]    OFFICIAL SEAL                 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto
         MARLENE KASTING                set my hand and affixed my official seal
       NOTARY PUBLIC-OREGON             the day and year last above written.
       COMMISSION NO.021740
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES JAN. 31, 1997     Marlene Kasting

                                        NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
                                        Oregon, residing at Portland. My
                                        commission expires 1/31/97.

 


        STATE OF OREGON    )
                           )ss
        COUNTY OF MULTNOMAH)

              BE IT REMEMBERED, That on this 26th day of February, 1996, before
        me, the undersigned a Notary Public in and for said County and State,
        personally appeared the within named Diane R. McMahon, known to me to
        be Vice President of LaSalle Advisors Limited who executed the within
        instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same freely and
        voluntarily.


[SEAL]     OFFICIAL SEAL                IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto
          MARLENE KASTING               set my hand and affixed my official seal
        NOTARY PUBLIC-OREGON            the day and year last above written.
        COMMISSION NO.021740
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES JAN. 31, 1997     Marlene Kasting

                                        NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
                                        Oregon, residing at Portland. My
                                        commission expires 1/31/97.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.26


<TABLE>
<S><C>

[FORD LOGO]     Purchase Order                          *THESE ITEMS MUST APPEAR ON ALL SHIPPING AND BILLING
                  AMENDMENT                     *Blanket order number (if any)          *Purchase Order Number, or Release
                                                                                        Authorization when blanket order is
                                                                                        entered

BUYER AGREES TO PURCHASE AND RECEIVE            FM0FB BKBO 058368                       AMENDMENT-0008

        FORD MOTOR COMPANY                      F.O.B. (TITLE TRANSFER POINT)                   DATE OF ORDER
                                                DESTINATION                                             01/06/96

NATIONAL TECHTEAM INC                           TRANSPORTATION TERMS                            DELIVERY DATE
22000 GARRISON AVE                                      PREPAID
DEARBORN                MI                              
48124                                           PAYMENT TERMS                                   SHIPPING POINT
                                                NET 15TH AND 30TH PROX                          N/A

SELLER, AGREES TO SELL AND DELIVER SUPPLIES     ROUTING                                         FUNDS
AND SERVICES SPECIFIED HEREIN                   SELLERS' DELIVERY                               FUNDS =USD

*Ship to:                               SALES AND USE TAXES                             *INVOICE TO:

AS RELEASED                             DO NOT BILL SALES OR                             AS RELEASED 
                                        USE TAX BECAUSE
                                        PURCHASES ARE COVERED  
                                        BY DIRECT PAY.

                                              SEE SECTION 15 FOR ADDITIONAL                         
                                              INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LINE#  *ITEM NUMBER*       QUANTITY*  U/M*      PRC/QTY  U/M         UNIT PRICE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**********************************DESCRIPTION**********************************

  THE FOLLOWING PLANTS ARE COVERED UNDER THIS BLANKET ORDER:
        AF1FB   MARKETING & SALES OPERATI
        AF30A   FPSD PARTS REDISTRIBUTION
        AF31A   FPSD NATIONAL PARTS
        AF34A   FPSD NEW YORK PARTS
        AF35A   FPSD CHICAGO PARTS
        AF38A   FPSD DETROIT PARTS
        AF39A   FPSD ATLANTA PARTS
        AF44A   FPSD DALLAS PARTS
        AF46A   FPSD KANSAS CITY PARTS
        AF49A   FPSD LOS ANGELES PARTS
        AF50A   FPSD SAN FRANCISCO PARTS
        AF52A   FPSD GENERAL OFFICE
        AP01A   FORD ATLANTA ASSEMBLY
        AP02A   FORD MICHIGAN TRUCK
        AP02F   FORD MICHIGAN TRUCK BODY
        AP03A   FORD CHICAGO ASSEMBLY
        AP04A   FORD OHIO ASSEMBLY
        AP05A   FORD DEARBORN ASSEMBLY
        AP06A   FORD KANSAS CITY ASSEMBLY
        AP06F   FORD KANSAS CITY PAINT
        AP06H   FORD KANSAS CITY BODY
        AP07A   FORD LORAIN ASSEMBLY

        AP09A   FORD LOUISVILLE ASSEMBLY
        AP11A   FORD EDISON ASSEMBLY
        AP12A   FORD NORFOLK ASSEMBLY
        AP14A   FORD ST LOUIS ASSEMBLY
        AP15A   FORD TWIN CITIES ASSEMBLY
        AP16A   FORD WAYNE ASSEMBLY
        AP17A   FORD WIXOM ASSEMBLY
        AP18A   FORD PILOT PLANT
        AP19A   FORD KENTUCKY TRUCK
        CC0BA   GENERAL OFFICE
        CC01A   FORD SHELDON RD
        CC05A   FORD CCD CONNERSVILLE
        CS0AA   CASTING DIV GEN OFFICE
        CS0FA   WOODHAVEN FORGING PLANT
        CS04A   FORD CLEVELAND CASTING
        CS07A   FORD VULCAN FORGE WORKS
        EE0BA   DIV. GEN. OFFICE
        EE0CA   GENERAL OFFICE
        EE0FA   NORTH PENN ELECTRONIC FAC
        EE0FF   NP TEST ENGR/KULPSVILLE


* SUPPLIER CODE - Q479D BUYER         IS:  B. RODRIGUEZ (4753)  (313)-845-3544
<PAGE>   2
5322
Oct 93                          TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.  OFFER, ACCEPTANCE, AND MODIFICATION - This purchase order is an offer to
    Seller by Buyer to enter into the purchase agreement it describes, and upon
    acceptance shall be the complete and exclusive statement of such agreement.
    Beginning work hereunder shall constitute an acceptance of the offer.
    Modifications proposed by Seller are not part of the agreement in the
    absence of Buyer's written acceptance.
2.  CHANGES - (a) Buyer at any time, by amendment or other writing signed by
    it, may change the design (including drawings, materials, and 
    specifications, processing (method of packing and shipping, and the place
    of delivery of the supplies and services.
    (b) If any such change affects cost or timing, Buyer shall adjust purchase
    price and deliver schedules equitably.
    (c) Seller shall not make any change in the design, processing, packing,
    shipping, and the place of delivery of the supplies and services.
    (d)  Seller shall notify Buyer's manager of the facility to which Seller
    ships the supplies and Buyer's purchasing office that issued this purchase
    order of each change to the construction or operation of the supplies of
    this agreement that is issued by Seller subsequent to sale and that relates
    to (i) safety of operation, (ii) compliance with laws or regulations, or
    (iii) compliance with the specifications of this order. Each notice shall
    identify the number of this order. Within a reasonable time after each
    notice, Seller at its expense shall implement the change in the supplies.
3.  BAILED PROPERTY - Unless otherwise specified in this order, Seller
    is responsible for loss of, and damage to, property owned by Buyer and 
    possessed by Seller for use in carrying out this order, including
    responsibility for loss and damage which occur despite Seller's exercise of
    reasonable care, but excluding normal wear and tear. Seller shall (a)
    properly house and maintain such property on Seller's premises, (b) mark it
    "Property of Ford Motor Company" (or of the appropriate Ford Associated
    Company, as the case may be), (c) refrain from commingling it with the
    property of Seller or with that of a third party, and (d) maintain it as
    personalty. Buyer shall have the right to enter Seller's premises at
    reasonable times to inspect such property and Seller's records pertaining
    thereto and to take possession of the property. Upon Buyer's request,
    Seller immediately shall deliver such property to a carrier selected by
    Buyer, properly packed and marked in accordance with the requirements of
    the carrier and Buyer, at Buyer's option F.O.B. Carrier, Seller's facility
    or F.O.B. Buyer's facility, freight collect.
4.  RELEASES - If delivery dates are not specified in this agreement, Seller
    shall procure materials and fabricate, assemble, and ship supplies only as
    authorized in shipment releases issued to Seller by Buyer. Buyer may return
    overshipments to Seller at Seller's expense for all packing, handling,
    sorting and transportation. Buyer from time to time and with reasonable
    notice may change or temporarily suspend shipping schedules specified in the
    purchase order or shipment release.
5.  PACKING, MARKING, AND SHIPPING - (a) Seller shall pack and ship the supplies
    in accordance with the requirements of Buyer and the carrier transporting
    such supplies. Seller shall mark each package in accordance with the current
    edition of Buyer's Package Identification or Steel Packaging Standards, as
    applicable, and additional instructions of Buyer and the carrier. Seller
    will reimburse Buyer for costs incurred as a result of improper packing,
    marking, routing or shipping.
    (b)  Upon request, Seller shall advise Buyer with regard to packing,
    marking, routing, and shipping that will enable Buyer to secure the most
    economical transportation rates.
    (c)  Seller shall not charge separately for packing, marking or shipping
    unless Buyer authorizes such charges in writing, in which case Seller shall
    add such charges to its invoice as a separate item and attach supporting
    data.
    (d)  Buyer may require shipment of any of the supplies covered by this
    agreement by a more expeditious method of transportation if seller fails to
    meet the shipping requirements of this agreement, and Seller shall bear the
    cost difference of such transportation unless such failure is due to an
    excusable delay of Section 13.
    (e)  Seller shall be responsible for any loss, damage, or injury which
    results from, or occurs during, shipment of supplies by Seller's vehicles.
6.  PACKING SLIPS AND BILLS OF LADING - (a) Seller shall obtain a straight bill
    of lading from the carrier of these supplies and shall include on each
    packing slip and bill of lading the number of this purchase order and the
    location of the destination facility.
    (b)  Seller shall include a numbered master packing slip with each shipment.
    If less than a carload or truckload is being shipped, the slip shall be
    included in one of the packages which shall be marked "Packing Slip Inside".
    In carload and truckload shipments the master packing slip shall be enclosed
    in an unsealed envelope that is affixed near the door on the inside of the
    freight vehicle.
    (c)  Seller shall retain the original bill of lading for two years from the
    date of shipment unless otherwise directed by the Traffic Manager at the
    destination facility.
7.  EXPORT/IMPORT - For each international shipment, Seller shall include a
    priced invoice with the master packing slip and upon request shall furnish
    all other required export/import documents. Export credits and custom
    drawbacks shall belong to Buyer or its designee. Upon request, Seller shall
    furnish in satisfactory form all documents required to obtain export credits
    and customs drawbacks or to satisfy any other government requirement,
    including certificates that identify the country of origin of the materials
    used in these supplies and the value added in each country.
8.  INSPECTION - Buyer at its option may reject, or retain and correct, supplies
    that do not meet the requirements of this purchase order. If Buyer elects to
    correct the supplies, it shall consult with Seller on the method of
    correction. Seller shall reimburse Buyer for reasonable expenses resulting
    from rejection or correction.
9.  PROPRIETARY RIGHTS - (a) Seller shall handle and be responsible for every
    claim of infringement of any present or future patent, copyright, industrial
    design right, or other proprietary right that results from the sale or use
    of the supplies hereof (i) alone, (ii) in combination by reason of their
    content, design, or structure, or (iii) in combination in accordance with
    Seller's recommendations, or at Buyer's option provide all reasonable
    assistance to Buyer in Buyer's handling of such claims. Seller's obligations
    shall apply even though Buyer furnishes all or any portion of the design
    and specifies all or any portion of the processing.
    (b)  Seller grants to Buyer and its Associated Companies a nonexclusive,
    royalty free, irrevocable license to rebuild and have rebuilt the supplies
    of this purchase order.
    (c)  Seller will neither assert nor transfer to another a right to assert
    against Buyer and/or its Associated Companies, or dealers or customers
    thereof, any copyright of Seller that is applicable to any works of
    authorship furnished to Buyer or any of Buyer's Associated Companies in the
    course of Seller's activity hereunder.
    (d)  All technical information disclosed heretofore and hereafter by Seller
    to Buyer in connection with these supplies or services is disclosed on a
    nonconfidential basis.
10. WARRANTY - Seller warrants that the supplies and services will conform to
    the applicable drawings and specifications and will be free of defects in
    design (to the extent that Seller furnished the design), materials, and
    workmanship. Seller shall handle and be responsible for every claim of
    damage or injury that is based on a breach of the foregoing warranty, or at
    Buyer's option provide all reasonable assistance to Buyer in Buyer's
    handling such claims.
11. SUBCONTRACTING AND ADVERTISING - Seller may subcontract for goods or
    services to be incorporated in the supplies or services of this agreement,
    but Seller shall not subcontract all of its duties under this agreement
    without Buyer's prior written approval. Seller shall not refer to Buyer in
    advertising or public releases without Buyer's written approval.
12. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW - (a) Ford Motor Company (Ford U.S.) serves from time to
    time as a contractor for the United States government. The policy of the
    United States government expressed in Pub. L95-507, that small business
    concerns and small disadvantaged business concerns shall have the maximum
    practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts of the United
    States government, and its clause entitled "Utilization of Small Business
    Concerns and Small Business Concerns Owned and Controlled by Socially and
    Economically Disadvantaged Individuals," apply to Ford U.S. and its U.S.
    suppliers. Ford U.S. mailed the foregoing clause to its U.S. suppliers and a
    copy is available upon request. (b) If Ford U.S. is the Buyer, Seller shall
    comply with federal laws, rules, and regulations applicable to
    subcontractors of government contractors, including those relating to
    contracting with small and disadvantaged business concerns (Pub. L 95-507);
    equal employment opportunity and affirmative action in the employment of
    minorities (Executive Order - 11246), women (Executive Order - 11375), the
    handicapped (29 USC 793), and certain veterans (38 USC 2012); contracting
    with business concerns operating in areas of surplus labor (41 CFR 1-1.805);
    and contracting with women-owned business concerns (Executive Order 12138).
13. EXCUSABLE DELAYS - Neither Buyer nor Seller shall be liable for a failure to
    perform that arises from causes or events beyond its reasonable control and
    without its fault or negligence, including labor disputes of any kind. In
    the event of a delay in performance, Buyer at its option may acquire
    possession of all finished supplies, work in process, and parts and
    materials produced or acquired for the work hereof, and Seller immediately
    shall deliver such property to a carrier selected by Buyer, property packed
    and marked in accordance with the requirements of the Carrier and Buyer, at
    Buyer's option F.O.B. Carrier, Seller's facility or F.O.B. Buyer's facility,
    freight collect.
14. WORK ON BUYER'S PREMISES - (a) If Seller's employees, contractors, or agents
    provide services to Buyer on Buyer's premises, Seller shall examine the
    premises to determine whether they are safe for such services and shall
    advise Buyer promptly of any situations it deems to be unsafe. For services
    performed on Buyer's premises in Canada, Seller must furnish, prior to
    payment, evidence of compliance with the Worker's Compensation Act.
    (b)  Seller shall handle and be responsible for every claim that arises
    from Seller's work on Buyer's premises and that is for actual or alleged (i)
    injury to any person, (ii) damage to any property, (iii) economic loss, or
    (iv) violation of any law, ordinance, or regulation, or at Buyer's option
    provide all reasonable assistance to Buyer in Buyer's handling of such
    claims, unless the claim arises from the negligence or recklessness of
    Buyer, Buyer's director, and Buyer's employees.
15. SALES AND USE TAXES - (a) Seller must not include sales and use taxes for
    supplies that will be shipped to, or services that will be furnished in,
    locations for which Buyer has a direct pay permit. These locations and the
    applicable permit numbers are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                Ford Motor Company                                              Ford Motor Company (Cont.)

State           Location/Plant          Permit No.              State           Location                        Permit No.      
<S>             <C>                     <C>                     <C>             <C>                             <C>
Indiana         Indianapolis            380549190-001-5                         Loraine Assembly and Ohio       98-000545
Georgia         All Locations           080-30-03517-4                          Truck Plants                    
Kentucky        Kentucky Truck          8448                                    Maumee Stamping                 98-001860
Louisville      Assembly                29370                                   Sandusky                        98-000553
Michigan        All Locations           38-0549190                              Ford Parts & Service and        98-001877
Minnesota       Twin Cities Assy        1032                                    All Other Locations
Missouri        Kansas City Assy        10352287
                St. Louis Assy          10795952
New Jersey      Edison Assembly         DP-038-0549190-         Tennessee       Nashville Glass                 2-280549190-
                                        002                                                                     003-8
New York        All locations           38-0549190C             Virginia        Norfolk Assembly                998168-3
                                        (DP-000045)                             Ford Electronics & Refrig Corporation
Ohio            Batavia                 98-001982               Indiana         Bedford                         003298086-
                Canton                  98-000546                                                               002-0
                Cleveland Casting       98-000548                               Connersville Plant              003298086-
                Cleveland Engine #1     98-000551                                                               001-4
                and #2                                          Pennsylvania    Lansdale                        89-11068-3
                Walton Hills Stamping   98-000554
                Sharonville             98-000550
                Lima Engine             98-000552

</TABLE>

    (b)  Illinois and Oklahoma exempt from sales or use taxes most supplies and
    services that are used or consumed in manufacturing products for sale.
    Seller must not include sales or use taxes for supplies or services shipped
    to the locations listed below when this purchase order designates that the
    supplies or services are exempt.

    State               Location                   Permit or Registration No.
    Illinois            Chicago Assembly Plant            0069-1801
                        Chicago Stamping Plant            759-220-5
    Oklahoma            Tulsa Glass Plant                 127240

    (c)  Seller must include sales or use tax on other supplies and services if
    Seller is licensed to do so by the tax authorities of the destination.
    Seller must identify the sales or use tax on Seller's invoice as a separate
    item. 
16. TERMINATION AT OPTION OF BUYER - (a) Buyer may terminate its purchase
    obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, at any time, by a written notice
    of termination to Seller. Buyer shall have such right of termination
    notwithstanding the existence of an excusable delay of Section 13.
    (b)  Upon receipt of the notice of termination, Seller, unless otherwise
    directed by Buyer, shall (i) terminate promptly all work under this purchase
    order; (ii) transfer title and deliver to Buyer the finished work, the work
    in process, and the parts and materials which Seller produced or acquired in
    accordance with this purchase order and which Seller cannot use in producing
    goods for itself or for others; (iii) settle all claims by subcontractors
    for actual costs that are rendered unrecoverable by such termination; and
    (iv) take actions reasonably necessary to protect property in Seller's
    possession in which Buyer has an interest.
    (c)  Upon termination by Buyer under this Section, Buyer's obligation to
    Seller shall be; (i) the purchase order price for all finished work and
    completed services which conform to the requirements of the purchase order;
    (ii) Seller's actual cost of the work in process and parts and materials
    transferred to Buyer in accordance with subsection (b)(ii) hereof; (iii)
    Sellers actual costs if settling claims by subcontractors of subsection
    (b)(iii) hereof; and (iv) Seller's actual cost of carrying out its
    obligations of subsection (b)(iv) hereof, but Buyer's obligation shall not
    exceed those Buyer would have had to Seller in the absence of termination.
    (d)  Seller shall furnish to Buyer, within one month after the date of
    termination, Seller's termination claims, which shall consist exclusively of
    the items of Buyer's obligations to Seller that are listed in the subsection
    (c) hereof. Buyer may audit Seller's records, before or subsequent to
    payment, to verify amounts requested in Seller's termination claim.
    (e)  Buyer shall not be liable to Seller if Buyer terminates its purchase
    obligations of this agreement because of Seller's default.
17. APPLICABLE LAW - This purchase order shall be governed by the law of
    Buyer's principal place of business, and litigation on contractual causes
    arising from the purchase order shall be brought only in that jurisdiction.



               When this document is a release, these terms and
                  conditions are superseded by the terms and
                      conditions of the purchase order.


                                    Page 2
<PAGE>   3
ORDER DATE: 01/06/96  BLANKET ORDER NO.  FM0FB BKBO 058368

EE01A   FORD EED RAWSONVILLE
EE02A   FORD PPD SANDUSKY PLANT
EE03A   FORD EED YPSILANTI
EE04A   FORD EED LANSDALE

EE05J   EXPORT OPERATION N.PENN
EE06A   BEDFORD
EE07A   MARKHAM
EF0AA   ROMEO ENGINE PLANT
EF01A   CLEVELAND ENGINE PLT #1
EF02A   CLEVELAND ENGINE PLANT #2
EF03A   DEARBORN ENGINE
EF05A   FORD ENGINE GENERAL OFFIC
EF06A   LIMA ENGINE PLT
FD0JC   CAR PRODUCT DEVEL - ENVIR
FD0LA   TRAFFIC & TRUCK SERVICES
FD0MA   RAILROAD-TRACK STOCK
FD0MB   RAILROAD-HEAVY EQUIPMENT
FD0NA   CONSTR, BLDG. & ENVIRON
FD0PA   POWERHOUSE
FD0QA   REPROGRAPHICS & OFFICE ST
FD0QB   BUSINESS MACHINE REPAIR
FD0QC   REPROGRAPHICS & OFFICE ST
FD0RA   TECHNICAL PHOTOGRAPHY
FD0SA   GRAPHIC ARTS & ADMIN SERV
FD0SB   HIGHLAND PARK T&TS
FD0TA   CONTROLLERS OFFICE-T&TS
FD0VA   INDUST RADIO & VIDEO SVC
FD0WB   POWERTRAIN OPERATIONS

FD04A   FORD UTICA TRIM PLANT
FD05A   FORD CHESTERFIELD TRIM
FD20F   VEHICLE DEVELOPMENT
FM0CC   B & A GENERAL OFFICE
FM0CD   ROUGE OFFICE BLDG.
FM0FB   CENTRAL STAFFS
FM0FD   FM&SP
FM0MA   FORD LEASING DEVLP.  CO.
FM0QA   ARIZONA PROVING GROUND
FM0RA   FORD MOTOR LIGHT TRUCK OP
FM00Q   CAR PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
FMlBP   ADV.  VEHICLE ENGINEERING
FM2EP   PRIMUS FORD CREDIT
GD0BA   GLASS PRODUCT DEV & RES
GD01A   DEARBORN GLASS PLT
GD02A   FORD NASHVILLE GLASS
GD05A   GLASS DIV GENERAL OFF
GD07A   FORD TULSA GLASS
GD09A   FORD GLASS CARLITE
GD21A   FORD GLASS DIV
L7VWC   JAGUAR MAHWAH N.J.
MS0BA   WAYNE BODY & STAMPING PLT
MS01A   BUFFALO STAMPING PLANT
MS02A   CHICAGO STAMPING PLANT

MS03A   WALTON HILLS STAMPING PLT
MS04A   DEARBORN FRAME PLT
MS05A   DEARBORN STAMPING PLT
MS06A   MONROE STAMPING PLANT
MS07A   DEARBORN TOOL & DIE
MS08A   MAUMEE STAMPING PLANT
MS09A   WOODHAVEN STAMPING PLANT
PP0AD   DIVISION GENERAL OFFICE
PP02A   FORD MT CLEMENS PLANT
PP03A   FORD SALINE PLANT
PP04A   FORD MILAN PLANT
TC0AA   GENERAL OFFICE
TC02A   FORD T & C SHARONVILLE
TC03A   FORD T & C INDIANAPOLIS
TC04A   FORD T & C LIVONIA
TC05A   FORD T & C STERLING
TC11A   FORD T & C VAN DYKE
TC12A   FORD T & C BATAVIA
0088A   FAIRTEL ASSOCIATES
0168A   FAIRLANE GOLF INC.


                                     Page 3
<PAGE>   4

     ORDER DATE: 01/06/96   BLANKET ORDER NO. FM0FB BKBO 058368

   1503A   FORD EXPORT - WIXOM
   5005A   FAO STAFF SERVICES
   7001A   FORD MOTOR LAND DEVELOP
   7020A   DETROIT DOWNTOWN DEVELOP

   7040A   FORD MOTOR PROPERTIES
   7050A   FORD COLORADO PROPERTIES
   7060B   GREENFIELD PROPERTIES
   7066B   FAIRLANE WOODS
   9010A   FORD LEASING DEV COMPANY
   9100A   FORD MOTOR CREDIT COMPANY

   MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION- FOR NON CPARS LOCATIONS.  
           (PLACE AN X ON THE APPLICABLE LINE(S))
              
   __     ALL LOCATIONS
   __     AIR TRANSPORTATION
   __     ENGINEERING COMPUTER SYS.
   __     F.M.C.C.
   __     MANUFACTURING DEV.
   __     U.S. LEASING/TOM KAY
   __     SYSTEMS MANAGERS
   __     FIRST NATIONWIDE BANK
   __     ENGINEERING COMPLEX (9 COPIES)
   __     COPPO, ROOM 1003, BODY ENGR.
   __     GRACE CLARION, RM B7, FPSD GO.
   __     ASSOC.  CORP.  OF N. AMERICA
   __     DYNAMOMETER BLDG.
   __     DIVERSIFIED PROD.  TECH CTR.
   __     SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH LAB

SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS:
SYSTEMS MANAGERS (40)

EFFECTIVE DATE
01/08/96

SEE ATTACHED FOR PRICES, TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

AMENDMENT IS BEING ISSUED TO INCORPORATE THE 2.5% ECONOMIC INCREASE INTO THE
BILL RATES FOR BILLING RANGES 04-10.  THESE NEW MAXIMUM BILL RATES ARE
EFFECTIVE 1-01-95 AND ARE AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BILLING RANGES           MAXIMUM BILL RATES
         <S>                       <C>
         10                        $49.85
         09                        $43.77
         08                        $40.09
         07                        $36.92
         06                        $31.91
         05                        $27.06
         04                        $23.73
</TABLE>

                          ATTACHMENT TO PURCHASE ORDER
                    GENERAL CONSULTING TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.  DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT SERVICES.  THE SELLER SHALL PROVIDE, AS
REQUESTED BY THE BUYER, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED ON THE FACE OF THE PURCHASE
ORDER IN MORE SPECIFIC DETAIL, THE WORK ASSIGNMENTS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE
EMPLOYEES PROVIDED BY THE SELLER.  BUYER SHALL DESIGNATE IN WRITING THE PERSON
OR PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE SUCH WORK ASSIGNMENTS ON BEHALF OF BUYER.  TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE REVERSE SIDE OF BUYER'S
ABOVE REFERENCED PURCHASE ORDER ARE INCONSISTENT WITH THE ADDITIONAL TERMS AND
CONDITIONS SET OUT IN THIS ATTACHMENT, THE ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
SHALL APPLY.

2.  FEE FOR CONTRACT SERVICES.  IN CONSIDERATION OF THE CONTRACT SERVICES TO BE
PERFORMED AS SET OUT IN PARAGRAPH 1, BUYER WILL PAY SELLER A FEE AS SHOWN ON
THE FACE OF THIS PURCHASE ORDER. (FOR OVERTIME SEE PARAGRAPH 14)

3.  PLACE OF PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACT SERVICES; TRAVEL EXPENSES.  THE
CONTRACT SERVICES SHALL BE PERFORMED AT A PLACE OR PLACES DESIGNATED BY THE
BUYER.  REASONABLE TRAVEL EXPENSES TO BE REIMBURSED BY BUYER TO SELLER ON AN
ACTUAL COST BASIS.  TRAVEL EXPENSE TO COVER OVERNIGHT TRAVEL OUTSIDE THE
METRO-DETROIT AREA.  ALL TRAVEL TO BE PRE-APPROVED BY A FORD PROGRAM MANAGER.


                                     Page 4
<PAGE>   5

     ORDER DATE: 01/06/96 BLANKET ORDER NO. FMOFB BKBO O58368


4.  STATEMENTS - PAYMENT.  BETWEEN THE FIRST AND TENTH DAY OF EACH MONTH, SELLER
SHALL FURNISH A STATEMENT, IN A FORM AGREED BY BUYER, COVERING CONTRACT SERVICES
RENDERED AND TRAVEL EXPENSES INCURRED DURING THE PRECEDING MONTH. SELLER SHALL
INCLUDE ON EACH SUCH STATEMENT SELLER'S PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER, DATE OF INVOICE
AND INVOICE NUMBER.  BUYER SHALL PAY STATEMENTS IN GOOD ORDER PER FORD STANDARD
TERMS (NET 15/30 PROX).  BUYER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO AUDIT SELLER'S RECORDS AT
ANY TIME PRIOR TO TWO YEARS AFTER FINAL PAYMENT TO VERIFY PAYMENT OBLIGATION.
THE TOTAL FEE PAYABLE TO SELLER FOR ALL CONTRACT SERVICES AND EXPENSES REQUESTED
AND PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE
OF ABOVE ORDER, AND SELLER SHALL NOT PERFORM CONTRACT SERVICES OR INCUR ANY
EXPENSES THAT CAUSE THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO EXCEED
SUCH AMOUNT WITHOUT A WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

5.  RELATIONSHIP.  SELLER'S RELATIONSHIP TO BUYER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
SHALL BE THAT OF AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR AND NOT AN EMPLOYEE OR AGENT.
SELLER SHALL NOT REPRESENT OR HOLD ITSELF OUT AS HAVING ANY RELATIONSHIP WITH
BUYER OTHER THAN THAT OF AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.  NO NEW ASSIGNMENTS WILL BE
UNDERTAKEN BY SELLER WITHOUT SECURING PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM BUYER'S
DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE.  BUYER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY TAX LEVIED
ON SELLER OR SELLER'S EMPLOYEES OR REPRESENTATIVES BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AUTHORITY, RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR INCOME ATTRIBUTED TO SELLER'S
EMPLOYEES OR REPRESENTATIVES.

6.  TITLE TO WORK PRODUCT.  ALL INFORMATION AND DATA SELLER DEVELOPS OR ACQUIRES
IN PERFORMING CONTRACT SERVICES SHALL BELONG TO BUYER, WITHOUT FURTHER
CONSIDERATION, AND SHALL BE DELIVERED TO BUYER UPON COMPLETION OF THIS 
AGREEMENT OR EARLIER IF REQUESTED.  BUYER SHALL BE FREE TO USE AND DISCLOSE
TO OTHERS INFORMATION AND DATA DELIVERED HEREUNDER.

7.  WORK FOR HIRE.  ANY WORK OF AUTHORSHIP CREATED BY SELLER IN PERFORMING
THE SERVICES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS A SPECIALLY ORDERED OR
COMMISSIONED "WORK FOR HIRE" AND ALL COPYRIGHTS FOR SUCH WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP
SHALL BEAR A VALID COPYRIGHT NOTICE DESIGNATING FORD MOTOR COMPANY AS THE
COPYRIGHT OWNER.  IN THE EVENT ANY PORTION OF THE WORK OF AUTHORSHIP CREATED BY
THE SELLER IN PERFORMING THE SERVICES HEREUNDER DOES NOT QUALIFY AS "WORK FOR
HIRE", SELLER SHALL ACQUIRE TITLE TO THE COPYRIGHT FOR SUCH PORTION AND ASSIGN
ALL ACQUIRED TITLE AND INTEREST TO BUYER.

8.  TITLE TO INVENTIONS.  EVERY INVENTION, DISCOVERY AND IMPROVEMENT MADE,
CONCEIVED OR REDUCED TO PRACTICE IN PERFORMING CONTRACT SERVICES BELONGS TO
BUYER, WITHOUT FURTHER CONSIDERATION, AND SHALL BE REPORTED TO BUYER PROMPTLY.
UPON REQUEST, SELLER SHALL EXECUTE ALL DOCUMENTS AND PAPERS, AND SHALL FURNISH
ALL REASONABLE ASSISTANCE REQUIRED (I) TO ESTABLISH IN BUYER TITLE TO SUCH
INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES AND IMPROVEMENTS AND (II) TO ENABLE BUYER TO APPLY FOR
UNITED STATES AND FOREIGN PATENTS THEREON.

9.  COPYRIGHT LICENSE.  SELLER HEREBY GRANTS TO BUYER AND TO ITS DOMESTIC
AND FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES, A PERMANENT, NONEXCLUSIVE, PAID-UP WORLDWIDE LICENSE
UNDER EACH COPYRIGHT OWNED OR CONTROLLED OR HAVE THE RIGHT TO LICENSE IN EACH
WORK OF AUTHORSHIP FIXED IN ANY TANGLIBLE MEDIUM OF EXPRESSION FURNISHED TO
BUYER OR ITS DESIGNEE IN PERFORMING CONTRACT SERVICES,

TO USE SUCH WORK FOR BUYER'S INTERNAL PURPOSES, AND TO REPRODUCE SUCH WORK, TO
PREPARE DERIVATIVE WORKS, DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF SUCH WORK TO THE PUBLIC, AND TO
PERFORM AND DISPLAY SUCH WORK PUBLICLY.

10. CONFIDENTIALITY.  SELLER AND ITS EMPLOYEES SHALL USE THE INFORMATION
AND DATA ACQUIRED FROM BUYER OR THIRD PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ONLY IN
PERFORMING THE CONTRACT SERVICES, AND SHALL NOT DISCLOSE TO ANY THIRD PARTY,
DURING THE PERIOD OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THEREAFTER, ANY SUCH INFORMATION AND
DATA THAT IS NOT IN THE PUBLIC DOMAIN.

11. LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL INJURIES AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.  SELLER SHALL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR AND SHALL HOLD BUYER HARMLESS FROM ALL EXPENSES, INCLUDING
LEGAL FEES, WHICH ARISE FROM ITS PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER AND WHICH ARE FOR ACTUAL
OR ALLEGED INJURY TO ANY PERSON OR DAMAGE TO ANY PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUYERS
PROPERTY, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH EXPENSES ARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO BUYER'S
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

12. EMPLOYMENT: THIRD PARTIES.  IN PERFORMING THE CONTRACT SERVICES,
SELLER SHALL EMPLOY ONLY SUCH EMPLOYEES AND THIRD PARTIES AS BUYER SHALL HAVE
APPROVED IN WRITING IN ADVANCE.  SELLER SHALL REQUIRE EACH EMPLOYEE AND


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>   6

     ORDER DATE:           01/06/96 BLANK ET ORDER NO. FMOFB BKBO 058368

THIRD PARTY APPROVED BY BUYER AN AGREEMENT UNDER WHICH THE THIRD PARTY IS BOUND
TO THE TERMS SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPHS 5 THROUGH 13 HEREOF.  IN THE EVENT THAT,
FOR ANY REASON, BUYER IS NOT SATISFIED WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY EMPLOYEE OF
SELLER, SELLER SHALL REPLACE SUCH EMPLOYEE WITH ANOTHER

QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND GOVERNING LAW.  SELLER AND ITS EMPLOYEES SHALL
COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN PERFORMING THE SERVICES
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN.  LITIGATION IN CONTRACTUAL
CAUSES ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A FEDERAL DISTRICT
COURT LOCATED IN MICHIGAN OR IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN.

14. OVERTIME RATES.  STRAIGHT TIME RATES PER HOUR ARE APPLICABLE TO EIGHT
(8) HOURS WORK EACH WORKING DAY OF THE SELLER'S NORMAL FORTY (40) HOUR
WORK WEEK, EXCEPT HOLIDAYS,  REGARDLESS OF THE TIME THE SELLER'S BEGIN THEIR
WORK DAYS.  WORK SHALL BE AT STRAIGHT TIME RATES UNLESS BUYER APPROVES HIGHER
RATES IN WRITING IN ADVANCE.  TIME AND ONE-HALF OVERTIME RATES PER HOUR ARE
APPLICABLE TO HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (10) HOURS STRAIGHT TIME EACH DAY
OF THE NORMAL WORK WEEK AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON THE SIXTH WORK DAY, AS LONG AS
40 TOTAL WORK HOURS HAVE BEEN EXCEEDED.  APPROVED VACATION AND SICK TIME COUNTS
TOWARD THE 40 TOTAL HOURS.  DOUBLE-TIME RATES APPLY TO ALL HOURS WORKED ON
HOLIDAYS AND THE SEVENTH WORK DAY OF A WEEK.  RECOGNIZED HOLIDAYS FOR THE
PURPOSES OF THIS PURCHASE ORDER ARE THE TEN PRIMARY FORD HOLIDAYS AS SCHEDULED
AT THE BEGINNING OF THE CALENDAR YEAR. (NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR.
DAY, GOOD FRIDAY, EASTER MONDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, JULY 4TH, LABOR DAY,
THANKSGIVING DAY, THANKSGIVING FRIDAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY).  BILLING RATE FOR
TIME AND ONE-HALF HOURS = 1.25 X THE STRAIGHT TIME BILLING

RATE AND THE BILLING RATE FOR DOUBLE TIME HOURS = 1.5 X THE STRAIGHT TIME
BILLING RATE.  THE OVERTIME AND DOUBLE TIME BILLING RATE FACTOR FOR SYSTEMS
POSITIONS IS 1.0.

15. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT COMPLIANCE.  SELLER SHALL COMPLY WITH
THE AMERICAN'S WITH DISABILITIES ACT.

16. AUDIT.  BUYER'S PAYMENT OBLIGATION SHALL BE NO MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED
MAXIMUM, IF ANY FOR SELLER'S ACTUAL TIME AT SPECIFIED RATES AND ACTUAL COSTS OF
PURCHASED MATERIALS AND SERVICES.  SELLER SHALL ESTABLISH A REASONABLE
ACCOUNTING SYSTEM AND BUYER MAY AUDIT SELLER'S RECORDS, AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO
TWO YEARS AFTER FINAL PAYMENT, TO VERIFY BUYER'S PAYMENT OBLIGATION TO SELLER.

17. HIRING OF CURRENTLY CONTRACTED EMPLOYEES TO FORD MOTOR COMPANY.  IN
THE EVENT SELLER HIRES AN INDIVIDUAL WHO IS ON A PROJECT ASSIGNMENT TO BUYER AT
THE TIME OF SUCH HIRING, SELLER SHALL NOT PROVIDE SUCH INDIVIDUAL TO BUYER FOR
ANY ASSIGNMENT FOR A PERIOD OF 90 DAYS.

18. HIRE OPTION.  FORD MOTOR COMPANY AND ANY FORD SUBSIDIARY SHALL HAVE AN
UNEQUIVOCAL RIGHT TO HIRE ONE OR MORE OF SELLER'S EMPLOYEES AFTER THE EMPLOYEES
HAVE BEEN WORKING AT A FORD FACILITY FOR MORE THAN SIX (6) MONTHS.  SELLER
UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS RIGHT SHALL SUPERSEDE ANY RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS THAT
EXIST BETWEEN SELLER AND ITS EMPLOYEES AND SHALL SURVIVE ANY TERMINATION OF THE
PURCHASE (BLANKET) ORDER.

19. DRUG FREE ENVIRONMENT.  SELLER IS RESPONSIBLE AND ACCOUNTABLE FOR
PROVIDING FORD WITH DRUG-FREE CONTRACT PERSONNEL.

20. SHIFT PREMIUMS.  UNDER THIS PURCHASE ORDER SHIFT PREMIUMS MUST BE
APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY THE FORD REQUESTING MANAGER AND INDICATED ON THE CPO
AUTHORIZATION.  WHEN AUTHORIZED, SHIFT PREMIUMS WILL BE COMPUTED TO A MAXIMUM
OF:

AFTERNOON SHIFT BILLING RATE - (APPLICABLE STANDARD BILLING RATE) X 1.035
MIDNIGHT SHIFT BILLING RATE - (APPLICABLE STANDARD BILLING RATE) X 1.070.

SHIFT PREMIUMS FOR OVERTIME HOURS WILL BE COMPUTED BY FIRST MULTIPLYING THE
STANDARD BILLING RATE BY THE APPLICABLE OVERTIME MULTIPLIER AND THEN
MULTIPLYING THE RESULT BY THE APPROPRIATE SHIFT PREMIUM.  FORD WILL NOT BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR RATES COMPUTED UNDER ANY OTHER METHOD OR ASSUMPTION.

                                              TOTAL NUMBER OF ITEMS     =      0



                                     Page 6

<PAGE>   1
EXHIBIT 11 -- STATEMENT RE:  COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31
                                                                1995               1994               1993
                                                           -------------       ------------      -------------
<S>                                                         <C>                <C>                <C>
Primary

Average shares outstanding                                    11,204,971         10,339,072          7,987,800

Net effect of dilutive stock options and warrants -
   based on the treasury stock
   method using average market price                             155,797            642,111          1,318,455
                                                           -------------       ------------      -------------

Total                                                         11,360,768         10,981,183          9,306,255
                                                           -------------       ------------      -------------

Net income                                                 $   2,399,067       $  1,971,049      $   1,672,413
                                                           =============       ============      =============

Per share amount                                           $        0.21       $       0.18      $        0.18
                                                           =============       ============      =============


Fully Diluted

Average shares outstanding                                    11,204,971         10,339,072          7,987,800

Net effect of dilutive stock options and warrants -
   based on the treasury stock
   method using the quarter-end market price,
   if higher than average market price                           155,797            740,064          1,535,140
                                                           -------------       ------------      -------------

Total                                                         11,360,768         11,079,136          9,522,940
                                                           =============       ============      =============

Net income                                                 $   2,399,067       $  1,971,049      $   1,672,413
                                                           =============       ============      =============

Per share amount                                           $        0.21       $       0.18      $        0.18
                                                           =============       ============      =============

</TABLE>




                                      29






<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                       1,717,543
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               13,624,827
<ALLOWANCES>                                   200,000
<INVENTORY>                                    769,545
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            16,191,444
<PP&E>                                       7,458,571
<DEPRECIATION>                               2,898,257
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              22,285,523
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        3,838,529
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       114,077
<OTHER-SE>                                  17,777,889
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                22,285,523
<SALES>                                      1,959,363
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            41,787,462
<CGS>                                        1,705,303
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               32,337,016
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             5,349,034
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              24,109
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              4,077,303
<INCOME-TAX>                                 1,678,236
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 2,399,067
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.21
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.21
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission